As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2011
 
Registration No. 333-171913
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Pre-Effective
Amendment No. 1
 
to
 
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter )
     
Maryland
6712
To be applied for
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
(Primary Standard Industrial
(I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)
Classification Code Number)
Identification Number)
 
One Farm Glen Boulevard
Farmington, CT 06032
(860) 676-4600
(Address and telephone of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
John J. Patrick, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
One Farm Glen Boulevard
Farmington, CT 06032
(860) 676-4600
(Address and telephone number of registrant’s agent for service)
 
Copies to:
William W. Bouton III, Esq.
Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP
20 Church Street
Hartford, CT 06103
(860) 725-6200
 
Adam J. Gwaltney, Esq.
Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP
50 Kennedy Plaza, Suite 1500
Providence, RI 02903
(404) 274-2000
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  o
If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:  o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:  o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:  o
 
 
1

 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
       
Large accelerated filer  o
Accelerated filer  þ
Non-accelerated filer  o
Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
   
Amount
to be Registered
   
Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price per Share
   
Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
   
Amount of
Registration
Fee
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
   
17,880,200 shares (2)
   
$
10.00
   
$
178,802,000
   
$
20,758.92
 
 
(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2)
Includes 687,700 shares to be issued to The Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc., a private foundation.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 
2

 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
(FIRST CINNECTICUT BANCORP, INC. LOGO)
 
(Proposed Holding Company for Farmington Bank)
Up to 14,950,000 Shares of Common Stock
(Subject to increase to up to 17,192,500 shares)
$10.00 per Share
 
This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., (“FCB”). FCB is a Maryland corporation that was recently formed in connection with the conversion of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company, or the MHC, from the mutual to the stock form of organization. The MHC currently owns all of the outstanding stock of Farmington Bank, a Connecticut-chartered savings bank. The MHC will cease to exist as a result of the conversion, and FCB will own all of the common stock of Farmington Bank. We expect that the common stock of FCB will be quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “FBNK” All shares offered for sale are being offered at a price of $10.00 per share.
 
FCB is offering for sale up to 14,950,000 shares of its common stock on a best efforts basis, which will include shares of FCB common stock to be issued to an employee stock ownership plan established by FCB equal to 8.0% of the shares to be issued in the offering. We will also issue an additional number of shares equal to 4.0% of the shares issued in the offering to a charitable foundation to be established by Farmington Bank. We must sell a minimum of 11,050,000 shares in order to complete the offering, and we will terminate the offering if we do not sell the minimum number of shares. We may sell up to 17,192,500 shares in the event of a greater demand for our shares or changes in market or economic conditions without resoliciting subscribers.
 
We are offering shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” to eligible depositors and our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans. Shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering will be offered for sale to the general public in a “community offering,” with a preference given first to natural persons residing in Hartford County, Connecticut, then to all other natural persons residing in Connecticut. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering or community offering in a “syndicated community offering” through a syndicate of selected dealers managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
 
The minimum number of shares you may order is 25 shares. The maximum purchase that an individual may make through a single deposit account is 30,000 shares, and no individual acting alone, or with an associate or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 60,000 shares. The offering is expected to expire at 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on [Date 1], but we may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [Date 2] or longer if the Connecticut Banking Commissioner approves a later date. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [Date 2], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 17,192,500 shares or decreased to less than 11,050,000 shares, in which event we will resolicit subscribers, and you will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order. If you do not provide us with a written indication of your intent, your funds will be returned to you, with interest. Funds received prior to the completion of the offering will be held in a segregated account at Farmington Bank. All subscriptions received will bear interest at Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate, which is currently 0.2% per annum.
 
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will use its best efforts to assist us in selling our common stock, but is not obligated to purchase any of the common stock that is being offered for sale. Subscribers will not pay any commissions to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. There is currently no public market for the common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in the common stock, but is under no obligation to do so.
 
 
3

 
 
OFFERING SUMMARY
Price: $10.00 per Share
                         
   
Minimum
   
Midpoint
   
Maximum
   
Adjusted
Maximum
 
                         
Number of shares:
    11,050,000       13,000,000       14, 950 ,000       17,192,500  
Gross offering proceeds:
  $ 110,500,000     $ 130,000,000     $ 149,500,000     $ 171,925,000  
Estimated offering expenses, excluding selling agent fees and expenses:
  $ 1,750,000     $ 1,750,000     $ 1,750,000     $ 1,750,000  
Selling agent fees and expenses (1) (2) :
  $ 1,143,300     $ 1,322,100     $ 1,500,900     $ 1,706,500  
Estimated net proceeds:
  $ 107,606,700     $ 126,927,900     $ 146,249,100     $ 168,468,500  
Estimated net proceeds per share:
  $ 9.74     $ 9.76     $ 9.78     $ 9.80  
 
(1)            Includes: (i) a management fee payable by us to Keefe, Bruyette &Woods, Inc. and costs of underwriting counsel totaling $150,000; (ii) fees payable by us to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. in connection with the subscription and community offerings equal to 1.0% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings (net of insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan and other tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans). See “UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA” and “THE CONVERSION AND THE OFFERING – Plan of Distribution”.
(2)             If all shares of common stock are sold in the syndicated community offering, excluding shares purchased by our employee stock ownership and other tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, shares purchased by insiders of FCB, and shares contributed to FCB’s charitable foundation, for which no selling agent commissions would be paid, the maximum selling agent fees and expenses would be $ 5.6 million at the minimum, $ 7.6 million at the maximum and $ 8.7 million at the maximum, as adjusted.  See “The Conversion and the Offering—Plan of Distribution” for a discussion of fees to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and other FINRA member firms in the event that shares are sold in a syndicated community offering.
 
THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT BANK DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY, NOR ARE THEY OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED BY, A BANK.
 
THESE SECURITIES INVOLVE INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL. PLEASE READ CAREFULLY THE SECTION ENTITLED “RISK FACTORS” BEGINNING ON PAGE ___ OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
NEITHER THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT DEPARTMENT OF BANKING, THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR ANY OTHER REGULATORY BODY HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
 
For assistance, please contact the Stock Information Center at (877) 860-2086.
The date of this prospectus is _________ __, 2011
 
 
4

 
 
(FARMINGTON BANK LOGO)
 
 
5

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
   
Page
 
7
 
21
 
26
 
29
 
30
 
31
 
31
 
32
 
33
 
34
 
37
 
38
 
55
 
56
 
85
 
91
 
92
 
95
 
104
 
110
 
110
 
126
 
128
 
129
 
133
 
133
 
133
 
133
 
F-1
 
II-1
 
II-5
 
II-5
 
II-6
 
 
6

 
 
S UMMARY
 
The following summary explains the significant aspects of the conversion, the related offering and the business of FCB and Farmington Bank. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For additional information and before making an investment decision, you should read this entire document carefully, including the consolidated financial statements and the section entitled “RISK FACTORS” .
 
Our Organization
 
Farmington Bank began business as Farmington Savings Bank in 1851. In March 2006, Farmington Bank reorganized into the single-tier mutual holding company structure. As part of the reorganization, Farmington Bank formed the MHC, a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company. Farmington Bank became a Connecticut-chartered capital stock savings bank and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the MHC. Upon the completion of the conversion and stock offering, Farmington Bank will be a wholly owned subsidiary of FCB. The directors of Farmington Bank will also serve as the directors of FCB. Certain of the officers of Farmington Bank will also serve as officers of FCB without additional compensation.
 
The Companies
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
 
FCB has been organized as a Maryland chartered stock holding company and will own 100% of the common stock of Farmington Bank after the completion of the conversion. FCB has not engaged in any business to date. After the conversion, FCB will replace the MHC as the owner of all of the stock of Farmington Bank. The executive office of FCB is located at One Farm Glen Boulevard, Farmington, Connecticut, and its telephone number is (860) 676-4600.
 
Farmington Bank
 
Farmington Bank is a full-service, community bank with 15 full service branch offices and 4 limited service offices, including our main office, located throughout Hartford County, Connecticut. Farmington Bank provides a diverse range of commercial and consumer services to businesses, individuals and governments across Central Connecticut. Farmington Bank is regulated by the Connecticut Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Farmington Bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum allowable under the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC. Farmington Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”). Farmington Bank is currently the wholly owned subsidiary of the MHC.
 
Our main office is located at One Farm Glen Boulevard, Farmington, Connecticut, and our telephone number is (860) 676-4600. Our website address is www.farmingtonbankct.com. Information on our website should not be considered a part of this prospectus.
 
Our Business
 
We provide a full range of banking services to businesses, individuals and governments in Central Connecticut. Our business is headed by a seasoned management team with prior experience in commercial and residential lending at financial institutions throughout New England. This management team was brought on commencing in 2008 following the planned retirements of our then President and Chief Executive Officer and soon thereafter, our Chief Financial Officer.  Our new management is highlighted by John J. Patrick Jr. , hired in March 2008 as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Patrick was also named Chairman of our board of directors in July 2008, again succeeding the retiring Chairman. Mr. Patrick is a former President and Chief Executive Officer of TD Banknorth, Connecticut division and, prior to that, Mr. Patrick was President of Glastonbury Bank & Trust Co., now part of TD Bank. Mr. Patrick and the other members of our management team, including Gregory White, our Chief Financial Officer, Michael Schweighoffer, our Chief Risk Officer, and David Blitz, our Director of Commercial Banking, each of whom joined Farmington Bank in 2009, have extensive experience in such areas as commercial and consumer lending, credit analysis and risk management and in leading growth initiatives of other financial institutions.
 
The goal of our new management team is to make Farmington Bank the premier commercial bank in Central Connecticut with an emphasis on growing our commercial loan assets and services. Under the supervision of our new management team, we have made significant changes to our business structure including:
 
 
strengthening our risk management and compliance procedures;
 
 
implementing an expansion strategy, including the opening of three new branches in 2010 ;
 
 
adding cash management services, government banking and small business banking;
 
 
7

 
 
 
doubling the number of our commercial lenders and recruiting other experienced personnel to strengthen our finance department;
 
 
implementing a secondary market residential lending program; and
 
 
enhancing technology to support our risk management program.
 
We also offer a full range of residential mortgage loan services. We intend to continue to invest in people, technology and the business of serving our customers as we pursue our strategic initiatives.
 
On a consolidated basis, as of December 31, 2010, the MHC and Farmington Bank had approximately $1.4 billion in assets, $1.1 billion in deposits and total capital accounts of approximately $95.9 million.  From December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010, we experienced asset growth of approximately $160.2 million or 13%. This included significant growth in loans during 2010 of $122.0 million, or 11.6%, the result of several factors, including our purchase of $34.0 million in residential loans, a $96.3 million increase in the commercial real estate portfolio, growth in our commercial real estate swap loan product and the implementation of a home equity line of credit promotional program. We believe we would have increased assets even further in 2010 had we not purposefully slowed our growth to conserve our regulatory capital ratios.
 
The growth in loans during 2010 included an increase of $104.7 million, or 20.0% in our commercial loan portfolio.  This compares to an increase in total loans during the period of December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 of $122.0 million, or 11.6%. At December 31, 2010 the commercial loan portfolio comprised 53.2% of our overall lending portfolio; it includes commercial real estate loans, commercial loans, construction loans and timeshare loans.   The growth in our commercial loan portfolio was partly driven by our  timeshare lending line of business.  As described below, we plan to gradually exit this business and dedicate more resources toward growing core commercial lending lines of business including commercial loans, commercial real estate loans and construction loans.   As of December 31, 2010, we employed 278 full-time equivalent employees.
 
We have increased assets over the past five years and, since 2008, emphasized commercial lending. However, commercial loans as a percentage of our total loans has declined over the past five years as result of increases in home equity loans, our purchase of residential real estate loans as investments, stricter underwriting standards (which results in our turning down certain loans) and capital constraints, as well as general economic factors experienced over the past few years.  During that period we have also experienced an increase in our nonperforming loans and a corresponding increase in our provision for loan losses.  The increased provision for loan losses, among other factors, resulted in lower net income over the past few years, especially in 2008 and 2009.  The reason for this is due predominately to deteriorating economic conditions over the past few years and increased loan loss provisions resulting from weakening credit quality and impairment of securities beginning in 2008.
 
In addition, as of December 31, 2010, we had a specific reserve allocation of $4.9 million for a $4.9 million nonperforming resort (timeshare) loan. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the outcome of a bankruptcy proceeding with respect to this loan made it probable that we would not collect any amounts due on the loan and required us to fully reserve for this loan.  We have recently decided to gradually exit resort (timeshare) lending to focus on our other commercial lending lines while continuing to hold outstanding loans and honoring any advances requested relating to outstanding timeshare loan commitments until they are repaid in the normal course of business.
 
See “BUSINESS OF FARMINGTON BANK” for a more detailed discussion of our business.
 
Our Business Strategy
 
Our business strategy is to operate as a well-capitalized and profitable community bank for businesses, individuals and governments. Our branch franchise extends throughout Hartford County with lending throughout the State of Connecticut. The key elements of our operating strategy include:
 
 
maintaining a strong capital position in excess of the well-capitalized standards set by our banking regulators to support our current operations and future growth;
 
 
increasing our focus on commercial lending and continuing to expand commercial banking operations;
 
 
continuing to focus on consumer and residential lending;
 
 
maintaining asset quality and prudent lending standards;
 
 
expanding our existing products and services and developing new products and services to meet the changing needs of consumers and businesses in our market area;
 
 
continuing expansion through de novo branching with a current goal of adding two to three de novo branches each year for so long as the deposit and loan generating environment continues to be favorable;
 
 
taking advantage of acquisition opportunities that are consistent with our strategic growth plans; and
 
 
continuing our efforts to control non-interest expenses.
 
See “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS – Our Business Strategy” for a more detailed discussion of our business strategy.
 
 
8

 
 
Our Market Area
 
We operate in a primarily suburban market area that has a stable population and household base. All of our current offices are in Hartford County, Connecticut. Our primary market area is Central Connecticut. Our main office is in Farmington, Connecticut and is approximately ten miles from the City of Hartford, Connecticut. Hartford County has a mix of industry groups and employment sectors including insurance, health services, finance, manufacturing, not-for-profit, education, government and technology. Our primary market area for deposits includes the communities in which we maintain our banking office locations. Our lending area is broader than our deposit market area and includes, in addition to Hartford County, other areas of Connecticut. In certain circumstances, we will make loans outside the State of Connecticut.
 
According to U.S. Census estimates, the population of Hartford County was estimated at approximately 880,000 people in 2009, with a median household income in 2008 of $64,045, approximately $10,000 more than the national average.  Like many other areas in the United States, Hartford County has experienced a downturn in general economic trends over the last several years.  Unemployment in the area was 9.1% as of December 2010, compared to 8.6% for the State of Connecticut and 9.8% for the United States for the same period.  According to statistics provided by The Warren Group, median housing costs have begun to stabilize with the median single family home cost in Hartford County at approximately $224,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $220,000 in 2009.  While increasing from 2009 to 2010, the median single family housing cost has decreased 3.8% and 8.6% from the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
Changes in Corporate Structure
 
Currently, the MHC is a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company with no stockholders. The MHC owns all of the outstanding stock of Farmington Bank, a Connecticut-chartered savings bank.
 
The mutual-to-stock conversion involves a series of transactions by which we will convert the MHC from a mutual form of organization to a public stock holding company form of organization. In the public stock holding company structure, Farmington Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of a Maryland corporation known as First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., or “FCB,” and all of the outstanding common stock of FCB will be owned by the public, including our employee stock ownership plan, and by a charitable foundation established by Farmington Bank.
 
After the conversion, our ownership structure will be as follows:
 
(FLOW CHART)
 
Our normal business operations will continue without interruption during the conversion. The same corporators who adopted the plan of conversion and who continue to be corporators of the MHC at the time of the conversion will serve as members of an advisory board of FCB and Farmington Bank after the conversion. The executive officers of FCB and Farmington Bank will be the persons who are currently executive officers of the MHC and Farmington Bank. Please see “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING” for a more detailed discussion of the terms of the offering.
 
 
9

 
 
Reasons for the Conversion and the Stock Offering
 
The reasons for the conversion and our decision to conduct the offering are to:
 
 
provide us with additional capital to support our organic strategic growth plans;
 
 
maintain a strong capital position exceeding regulatory guidelines;
 
 
achieve enhanced profitability by growing our assets and otherwise positioning us to successfully compete in a competitive financial services marketplace;
 
 
increase our franchise and stockholder value;
 
 
expand products and services to meet the needs of our customers;
 
 
allow us to continue to retain and attract talented and experienced employees through stock based compensation; and
 
 
increase our philanthropic endeavors to the communities we serve through the formation and funding of a new charitable foundation.
 
Terms of the Offering
 
We are first offering shares of our common stock in a subscription offering to eligible depositors and our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans. Shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering will be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons residing in Hartford County in Connecticut, then to all other natural persons residing in Connecticut. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering or community offering in a syndicated community offering to be managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
 
We are offering for sale between 11,050,000 and 14,950,000 shares of common stock on a best efforts basis. All shares of common stock are being offered for sale at a price of $10.00 per share. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. The amount of capital being raised is based on an independent appraisal of FCB. In the event of a greater demand for shares of our common stock or a change in financial or market conditions, with the Connecticut Banking Commissioner’s approval, we may sell up to 17,192,500 shares without giving you further notice or providing you with the opportunity to change or cancel your order.
 
The offering is expected to expire at 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on [Date 1], but we may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [Date 2] or longer if the Connecticut Banking Commissioner approves a later date. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [Date 2], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 17,192,500 shares or decreased to less than 11,050,000 shares. In the event the offering is extended beyond [Date 2] or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 17,192,500 shares or decreased to less than 11,050,000 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, and you will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order. If you do not provide us with a written indication of your intent, your funds will be returned to you, with interest. Funds received prior to the completion of the offering will be held in a segregated account at Farmington Bank. All subscriptions received will bear interest at Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate, which is currently 0.2% per annum.
 
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., our marketing advisor and sales agent in the offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock. However, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering.
 
 
10

 
 
How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering
 
The following table summarizes how we intend to use the proceeds of the offering, based on the sale of shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming that all of the shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and community offerings.
                         
( Dollars In Thousands)
 
Minimum
11,050,000
Shares at
$10.00
per share
   
Midpoint
13,000,000
Shares at
$10.00
per share
   
Maximum
14,950,000
Shares at
$10.00
per share
   
Adjusted
Maximum
17,192,500
Shares at
$10.00
per share
 
                         
Gross offering proceeds
  $ 110,500     $ 130,000     $ 149,500     $ 171,925  
Less: offering expenses
    2,893       3,072       3,251       3,457  
Net offering proceeds
    107,607       126,928       146,249       168,468  
                                 
Distribution of net proceeds:
                               
Proceeds contributed to Farmington Bank
  $ 53,803     $ 63,464     $ 73,125     $ 84,234  
Loan to employee stock ownership plan
    9,194       10,816       12,438       14,304  
Proceeds retained by FCB
  $ 44,610     $ 52,468     $ 60,686     $ 69,930  
 
Initially, we intend to invest the proceeds retained in the offering by FCB in short-term liquid investments, such as U.S. treasury and government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities , cash and cash equivalents, deposit the funds in Farmington Bank, or repay certain short-term borrowings. FCB may also use the funds, subject to any regulatory restrictions, to:
 
 
contribute additional capital to Farmington Bank;
 
 
fund strategic growth opportunities, including the acquisition of other banking institutions or other financial services related businesses (although there are no plans for any such acquisitions at this time);
 
 
pay cash dividends to stockholders;
 
 
fund stock based compensation plans and other general corporate purposes;
 
 
repurchase shares of its common stock; and
 
 
other general corporate purposes.
 
The proceeds contributed to Farmington Bank by FCB will be used by Farmington Bank to support its general business operations. The proceeds will be utilized by Farmington Bank to grow its balance sheet through loan origination, deposit generation and enhancing existing products and services along with supporting the development of new products and services. In addition, in the future the funds are expected to be used by Farmington Bank to finance de novo branching. Farmington Bank expects to continue to extend its branch network at a rate of approximately two to three new branches per year for so long as the deposit and loan generating environment continues to be favorable.
 
Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING” for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering.
 
How We Determined the Offering Range
 
The amount of common stock we are offering is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of FCB, assuming the conversion and offering are completed. RP Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”), our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of March 15, 2011, the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock of FCB, including shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, was $ 135,200,000. This pro forma market value is the midpoint of a valuation range established by regulation with a minimum of $ 114,920,000 and a maximum of $ 155,480,000 . Based on this valuation and the $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding upon completion of the stock offering, including shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, will range from 11,492,000 to 13,520,000 with a midpoint of 11,492,000, and the number of shares of our common stock that will be sold in the stock offering will range from 11,050,000 shares to 14,950,000 shares with a midpoint of 13,000,000 shares.
 
If a greater demand for shares of our common stock or a change in financial or market conditions warrant, the offering range may be increased by 15.0%, which would result in an adjusted maximum pro forma market value, including shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, of $ 178,802,000 , total shares outstanding of 17,880,200 and total shares sold in the stock offering of 17,192,500. If the appraised value changes to either below $ 114,920,000 or above $ 178,802,000 , we will resolicit persons who submitted stock orders and you will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order.
 
The appraisal was based in part on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of our common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of publicly-traded companies utilized by RP Financial in its appraisal that RP Financial considers comparable to FCB. In the original appraisal, dated December 14, 2010, the peer group was comprised of ten publicly-traded companies.  In the March 15, 2011 appraisal, the peer group has been reduced to eight companies because two companies announced acquisition transactions and are no longer appropriately comparable to FCB.
 
 
11

 
 
Ticker
 
Financial Institution
 
Exchange
 
Primary Market
 
Total
Assets (in
millions)
 
                     
BFED
 
Beacon Federal Bancorp
 
NASDAQ
 
East Syracuse, NY
 
$
1,059
 
BRKL
 
Brookline Bancorp, Inc.
 
NASDAQ
 
Brookline, MA
   
2,720
 
CBNJ
 
Cape Bancorp, Inc.
 
NASDAQ
 
Cape May, NJ
   
1,061
 
ESSA
 
ESSA Bancorp, Inc.
 
NASDAQ
 
Stroudsburg, PA
   
1,081
 
CSHC
 
Ocean Shore Holding Co.
 
NASDAQ
 
Ocean City, NJ
   
838
 
OCFC
 
OceanFirst Financial Corp.
 
NASDAQ
 
Toms River, NJ
   
2,251
 
UBNK
 
United Financial Bancorp
 
NASDAQ
 
W. Springfield, MA
   
1,585
 
WFD
 
Westfield Financial Inc.
 
NASDAQ
 
Westfield, MA
   
1,240
 
 
In selecting the comparable group companies, RP Financial limited the group to financial institutions located in New England and the Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States whose common stock is traded on a national securities exchange. The group was further limited by asset size, tangible capital ratio and earnings factors.
 
In preparing its appraisal, RP Financial considered the information in this prospectus, including our financial statements. RP Financial also considered the following factors, among others:
 
 
our historical, present and projected operating results and financial condition;
 
the economic, demographic and competition characteristics of our market area;
 
a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial statistics with those of other similarly-situated, publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies;
 
the effect of the capital raised in this offering on our net worth and earnings potential; and
 
the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general economic conditions in the market for such securities.
 
Three measures that investors often use to analyze an issuer’s stock are the ratio of the offering price to the issuer’s reported book value, the ratio of the offering price to the issuer’s tangible book value and the ratio of the offering price to the issuer’s annual net income. According to RP Financial, while appraisers (as well as investors) use all of these ratios to evaluate an issuer’s stock, the price-to-book-value ratio has historically been the most frequently used method due to the volatility of earnings in the thrift industry in the mid-to-late 2000’s and, more recently, due to decreasing interest rates and increased expenses related to credit quality. Tangible book value is total equity less intangible assets. Book value is the same as total equity and represents the difference between the issuer’s assets and liabilities. Core earnings, a non-GAAP measure, is defined as net income before extraordinary items, less the after-tax portion of income from the sale of investment securities or loans and nonrecurring items. RP Financial considered these ratios, among other factors, in preparing its appraisal.
 
The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for us and the peer group companies, utilized by RP Financial in its appraisal. These ratios are based on estimated core earnings for the 12 months ended December 31, 2010 and book value as of December 31, 2010. The December 31, 2010 data was utilized as it is the latest financial information presented to investors in this offering circular.
                   
   
Price-to-Core
Earnings
Multiple (1)
   
Price-to-Book
Value Ratio
   
Price-to-
Tangible Book
Value Ratio
 
                   
FCB (on a pro forma basis)
                 
Minimum
    42.67    
x
60.39 %     60.39 %
Midpoint
    51.80    
x
65.19 %     65.19 %
Maximum
    61.53    
x
69.25 %     69.25 %
Adjusted Maximum
    73.55    
x
73.21 %     73.21 %
                         
Peer group companies as of March 15, 2011
                       
Average
    18.91    
x
103.08 %     107.75 %
Median
    19.16    
x
102.61 %     109.55 %
 
 
(1)
Based on trailing twelve months net income through December 31 , 2010, adjusted by RP Financial to reflect estimated recurring “core” income.
 
 
12

 
 
Compared to the average pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a 225.3 % premium on a price-to-core earnings basis, a discount of 32.8 % on a price-to-book basis and a discount of 35.7 % on a price-to-tangible book basis. This means that, at the maximum of the offering range, a share of our common stock would be less expensive than the peer group on a book value and tangible book value basis.
 
Compared to the median pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a 221.1 % premium on a price-to-core earnings basis, a discount of 32.5 % on a price-to-book basis and a 36.8 % discount on a price-to-tangible book basis. This means that, at the maximum of the offering range, a share of our common stock would be less expensive than the peer group on a book value and tangible book value basis. For more information, see “UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA”.
 
Our board of directors determined that the offering range was reasonable and appropriate after considering the different elements of the appraisal, the methodology utilized by RP Financial and the conclusions set forth in the appraisal report. The board of directors considered the range of price-to-earnings multiples and the range of price-to-book value and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different amounts of shares to be sold in the offering .  The appraisal did not consider one valuation approach to be more important than the others and, therefore, the board of directors did not give more weight to one approach over the others . Rather, in approving the appraisal, the board of directors concluded that these ranges represented the appropriate balance of the approaches to establishing our valuation, and the number of shares to be sold, in comparison to the peer group institutions. The estimated appraised value took into consideration the potential financial impact of the offering and the stock contribution to the charitable foundation.
 
In addition, we intend to issue shares of common stock to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. The shares issued will be equal to 4.00% of the total of the shares sold in the offering, representing 3.85% of all shares issued and outstanding after the offering. The contribution of common stock to the charitable foundation will have the effect of reducing our pro forma valuation. See “COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE FOUNDATION” beginning on page [___] of this prospectus.
 
The appraisal is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing our common stock. The independent appraisal does not indicate market value. You should not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 per share purchase price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were utilized by RP Financial to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. Because of differences in important factors such as operating characteristics, location, financial performance, asset size, capital structure and business prospects between us and other fully converted institutions, you should not rely on these comparative valuation ratios as an indication as to whether or not our common stock is an appropriate investment for you.
 
After-Market Performance Information
 
The appraisal prepared by RP Financial includes examples of after-market stock price performance for standard mutual-to-stock conversion offerings ( i.e. , excluding “second step” conversions by publicly traded mutual holding companies) completed during the three-month period ended March 15, 2011 ). The following table presents stock price appreciation information for all standard mutual-to-stock conversions completed between January 1, 2010 and March 15, 2011 . These companies did not constitute the group of ten comparable public companies utilized in RP Financial’s valuation analysis.
 
 
13

 
 
Standard Conversion Offerings
Completed Closing Dates between January 1, 2010 and March 15, 2011
 
                             
           
Price Performance from Initial Trading Date
 
Transaction
Exchange
Closing Date
 
Offering Size
 
1 day
 
1 week
 
1 month
 
15-Mar-11
 
       
(Dollars in
Millions)
                 
                             
Anchor Bancorp (ANCB)
NASDAQ
01/26/11
 
$
25.5
 
0.0
%
0.3
%
4.5
%
9.0
%
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. (WBKC)
NASDAQ
01/20/11
 
$
25.1
 
24.5
%
22.4
%
35.0
%
35.9
%
SP Bancorp, Inc. (SPBC)
NASDAQ
11/01/10
 
$
17.3
 
-6.0
%
-6.6
%
-8.0
%
10.0
%
Standard Financial Corp. (STND)
NASDAQ
10/07/10
 
$
33.6
 
19.0
%
18.9
%
29.5
%
48.1
%
Peoples Federal Bancshares, Inc. (PEOP)
NASDAQ
07/07/10
 
$
66.1
 
4.0
%
6.9
%
4.2
%
38.1
%
OBA Financial Services, Inc. (OBAF)
NASDAQ
01/22/10
 
$
46.3
 
3.9
%
1.1
%
3.0
%
40.2
%
OmniAmerican Bancorp, Inc. (OABC)
NASDAQ
01/21/10
 
$
119.0
 
18.5
%
13.2
%
9.9
%
54.4
%
Athens Bancshares, Inc. (AFCB)
NASDQ
01/07/10
 
$
26.8
 
16.0
%
13.9
%
10.6
%
35.3
%
Madison Bancorp, Inc. (MDSN)
OTC
10/07/10
 
$
6.1
 
25.0
%
25.0
%
25.0
%
10.0
%
Century Next Financial Corp. (CTUY)
OTC
10/01/10
 
$
10.6
 
25.0
%
15.0
%
10.0
%
35.0
%
United-American Savings Bank (UASB)
OTC
08/06/10
 
$
2.5
 
0.0
%
-5.0
%
5.0
%
44.1
%
Fairmount Bancorp, Inc. (FMTB)
OTC
06/03/10
 
$
4.4
 
10.0
%
20.0
%
10.0
%
65.0
%
Harvard Illinois Bancorp, Inc. (HARI)
OTC
04/09/10
 
$
7.9
 
0.0
%
0.0
%
-1.0
%
-6.0
%
Versailles Financial Corp. (VERF)
OTC
01/13/10
 
$
4.3
 
0.0
%
0.0
%
0.0
%
75.0
%
                             
Average
     
$
28.3
 
10.0
%
8.9
%
9.8
%
35.3
%
Median
     
$
21.1
 
7.0
%
10.1
%
7.5
%
37.0
%
NASDAQ Average
     
$
45.0
 
10.0
%
8.8
%
11.1
%
33.9
%
NASDAQ Median
     
$
30.2
 
10.0
%
10.1
%
7.2
%
37.0
%
 
Stock price performance is affected by many factors, including, but not limited to: general market and economic conditions; the interest rate environment; the amount of proceeds a company raises in its offering; and numerous factors relating to the specific company, including the experience and ability of management, historical and anticipated operating results, the nature and quality of assets and market area. Accordingly, the after-market performance of other companies that have undertaken a mutual holding company conversion may not be similar to that of FCB. In addition, the pricing ratios for those other stock offerings were in some cases different from the pricing ratios for FCB’s common stock and the market conditions in which those offerings were completed were, in some cases, different from current market conditions. Any or all of these differences may cause our stock to perform differently from these other offerings. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to carefully read this prospectus, including, but not limited to, the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page.
 
This table is not intended to be indicative of how our stock may perform. Furthermore, this table presents only short-term price performance with respect to several companies that only recently completed their initial public offerings and may not be indicative of the longer-term stock price performance of these companies. We can give you no assurance that our stock will not trade below the $10.00 purchase price or that our stock will perform similarly to other recent initial public offerings.
 
Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion and Offering
 
We intend to adopt the benefit plans described in more detail below. We will recognize additional compensation expense related to adopting one or more new benefit plans. The actual expense will depend on the market value of our common stock and may increase or decrease as the value of our common stock increases or decreases. As reflected under “UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA” based upon assumptions set forth therein, we would recognize additional after-tax expense of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, assuming shares of our common stock are sold at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. If awards under the stock benefit plans are funded from authorized but unissued stock, your ownership interest would be diluted by up to 12.3%. See “UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA” for an illustration of the effects of each of these plans.
 
Employee Stock Ownership Plan . We intend to adopt an employee stock ownership plan in connection with the conversion. The plan will purchase up to 8.0% of the total shares of common stock issued in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, or 1,430,416 shares of common stock, assuming we sell shares up to the adjusted maximum of the offering range. In the event we increase the maximum amount of common stock offered after receiving the Connecticut Banking Commissioner’s approval of an increase in the stock valuation range, our employee stock ownership plan and our other tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans will have first priority to purchase shares offered over the maximum, up to a total of 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation. In the event our employee stock ownership plan chooses not to purchase shares in the offering, with the prior approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, it may purchase shares in the open market of our common stock. The employee stock ownership plan will use the proceeds from a 15-year loan from FCB to purchase these shares in the offering. As the loan is repaid and shares are released from collateral, the shares will be allocated to the accounts of employee participants. Allocations will be based on a participant’s individual compensation (subject to compensation caps established by law) as a percentage of total plan compensation. Non-employee directors are ineligible to participate in the employee stock ownership plan.
 
 
14

 
 
Stock Benefit Plans . We intend to implement one or more new stock benefit plans no earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. We will submit any such plans to our stockholders for their approval. The terms and conditions of such stock benefit plans, including the number of shares available per award and the types of awards, have not been determined at this time. However, if we do implement one or more stock benefit plans within 12 months following the completion of the offering, with the Connecticut Banking Commissioner’s approval, the plans will reserve a number of shares up to 4.0% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation for awards to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, and a number of shares up to 10.0% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering for issuance pursuant to the exercise of stock options. The Connecticut Department of Banking regulations impose the above percentage limitations on all stock benefit plans implemented within 12 months of the offering. The following are other limitations imposed by these regulations on stock benefit plans implemented within 12 months of the completion of the offering: (i) an individual may not receive more than 25.0% of the shares under any plan; (ii) non-employee directors may not receive more than 5.0% of the shares of any plan individually, or 30.0% of the shares of any one or more plans in the aggregate; (iii) stock options may not be granted with an exercise price at less than the market price of such stock at the time of grant; (iv) the grants may not vest earlier than one year after the plan is approved by stockholders or at a rate exceeding 20.0% per year; (v) management and employee stock benefit plans may not be funded with shares issued at the time of the offering; and (vi) officers and directors must exercise or forfeit their options if we become critically undercapitalized, are subject to an enforcement action by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner or receive a capital directive from the Connecticut Banking Commissioner. Stock benefit plans implemented more than 12 months after the completion of the offering, are not subject to the limitations set forth above , however, industry practice has been to include many of these limitations in plans adopted more than 12 months after a stock offering . We have not yet determined when we will adopt these plans but currently anticipate that these plans will be adopted more than 12 months after the offering subject to approval of our stockholders .
 
The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and the aggregate dollar value of grants under one or more stock benefit plans at the adjusted maximum of the offering range if such plans reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to 4.0% of the shares issued in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation for restricted stock awards to key employees and directors, and a number of shares of common stock equal to 10.0% of the shares issued in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation for stock options. Also set forth is the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all qualifying employees. The following table also shows the dilution to stockholders if shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market.
 
   
Number of Shares or Options
to be Granted
          Value of New
Available Grants
 
     
At
Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering
Range
      As a
percentage of
Common
Stock to be
Issued in the
Offering and
to the
Foundation
     
As a
percentage of
Common
Stock to be
Outstanding
Total (1)
     
Maximum
Dilution
Resulting from
the Issuance of
Shares for
Stock Benefit
Plans
   
At Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering
 
                              ( Dollars in
Thousands)
 
Employee stock ownership plan
    1,430,416       8.00 %     8.00 %     0.00 %   $ 14,304 (2)
                                         
Restricted Stock Plan
    715,208       4.00 %     4.00 %     3.85 %   $ 7,152 ( 2)(3)
                                         
Stock option plan
    1,788,020       10.00 %     10.00 %     9.09 %   $ 6,222 (3)
Total
    3,933,644       22.00 %     22.00 %     12.28 %   $ 27,678  
 
(1)
Reflects the amount of shares in the respective plans as a percentage of total issued and outstanding shares immediately subsequent to the offering, including shares sold in the offering.
(2)
Assumes the value of FCB common stock is $10.00 per share for purposes of determining the total estimated value of the grants.
(3)
For purposes of this table, fair value for stock awards is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $ 3.48   per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with the following assumptions; a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00 and vesting to take place over five years. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.
 
We may fund our stock benefit plans through open market purchases, as opposed to new issuances of stock.
 
 
15

 
 
The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the new stock benefit plans, which will not be implemented until at least six months after the completion of the offering, will be based in part on the price of shares of common stock of FCB at the time the options are granted. The value also will depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated fair value of the options to be available for grant under the stock benefit plan using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share. The Black-Scholes option pricing model provides an estimate only of the fair value of the options, and the actual value of the options may differ significantly from the value set forth in this table.
 
  Exercise Price  
Grant-Date
Fair Value Per
Option
   
1,149,200
Options at
Minimum of
Range
   
1,352,000
Options at
Midpoint of
Range
   
1,554,800
Options at
Maximum
of Range
   
1,788,020
Options at
Adjusted
Maximum of
Range
 
8.00   $ 2.78     $ 3,194,776     $ 3,758,560     $ 4,322,344     $ 4,970,696  
 
10.00
    3.48       3,999,216       4,704,960       5,410,704       6,222,310  
 
12.00
    4.18       4,803,656       5,651,360       6,499,064       7,473,924  
 
14.00
    4.87       5,596,604       6,584,240       7,571,876       8,707,657  
 
The value of the restricted shares awarded under the stock benefit plans, which will not be implemented until at least six months after completion of the offering, will be based on the market value of our common stock at the time the shares are awarded. The following table presents the total value of all restricted stock that would be available for award and issuance under the new stock benefit plan, assuming the market price of our common stock ranges from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.
                           
  Share Price  
459,680
Shares Awarded at
Minimum of Range
   
540,800
Shares Awarded at
Midpoint of Range
   
621.920
Shares Awarded at
Maximum
of Range
   
715,210
Shares Awarded at
Adjusted
Maximum of Range
 
8.00   $ 3,677,440     $ 4,326,400     $ 4,975,360     $ 5,721,680  
 
10.00
    4,596,800       5,408,000       6,219,200       7,152,100  
 
12.00
    5,516,160       6,489,600       7,463,040       8,582,520  
 
14.00
    6,435,520       7,571,200       8,706,880       10,012,940  
 
Our Contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc.
 
In connection with the offering and in furtherance of our commitment to our community, we intend to establish a new charitable foundation as part of the stock offering to operate in addition to the existing charitable foundation established by Farmington Bank. We will issue shares of our common stock to the charitable foundation ranging from 442,000 shares at the minimum of the valuation range to 687,700 shares at the adjusted maximum of the valuation range, having an initial market value of $ 4.4 million at the minimum of the valuation range and $ 6.9  million at the adjusted maximum of the valuation range. We do not expect, at the present time, to issue additional shares of common stock or make other contributions to either the existing charitable foundation or the new charitable foundation in the future. As a result of the issuance of shares to the new charitable foundation, we will record an after-tax expense of approximately $ 3.0  million at the minimum of the valuation range and of approximately $ 4.6  million at the adjusted maximum of the valuation range, during the quarter in which the stock offering is completed. The new charitable foundation will be dedicated exclusively to supporting charitable causes and community development activities in the communities in which we operate.
 
The new charitable foundation is expected to make contributions in any year of at least 5% of its assets, that is, $ 221,000 at the minimum of the valuation range or $ 344,000 at the adjusted maximum of the valuation range.
 
Issuing shares of common stock to the new charitable foundation will:
 
 
dilute the voting interests of purchasers of shares of our common stock in the offering; and
 
 
result in an expense, and a reduction in earnings during the quarter in which the offering closes and the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution to the charitable foundation, offset in part by a corresponding tax benefit.
 
The establishment and funding of the charitable foundation has been approved by the boards of directors of FCB and Farmington Bank.
 
 
16

 
 
Without the contribution to the charitable foundation, RP Financial estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater and, as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the offering. RP Financial will update its appraisal of our estimated pro forma market value at the conclusion of the offering. The pro forma market value reflected in that updated appraisal will be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and financial conditions, as well as whether we will make the proposed contribution to the charitable foundation.
 
See “RISK FACTORS — Our contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits”, “COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE FOUNDATION” and “FARMINGTON BANK COMMUNITY FOUNDATION, INC.”
 
Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering
 
We are offering shares of FCB common stock in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:
 
 
(1)
Depositors with accounts at Farmington Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 at the close of business on December 31, 2009.
 
 
(2)
Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans (including our employee stock ownership plan), who will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation. Our employee stock ownership plan currently intends to purchase up to 8.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation.
 
 
(3)
Depositors with accounts at Farmington Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 at the close of business on March 31, 2011.
 
We may offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to the below groups in the following descending order of priority:
 
 
(1)
Natural persons residing in Hartford County , Connecticut.
 
 
(2)
Other natural persons residing in Connecticut.
 
The community offering, if held, may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering as we may determine at any time. We also may offer for sale shares of our common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering or community offering through a syndicated community offering managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
 
We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated community offering. We have not established any set criteria for determining whether to accept or reject a purchase order in the community offering or the syndicated community offering and, accordingly, any determination to accept or reject purchase orders will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.
 
If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. Shares will be allocated first to categories in the subscription offering. A detailed description of share allocation procedures can be found in the section of this prospectus entitled “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING”.
 
You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights
 
You are prohibited by law from transferring your subscription rights. If you order stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state regulatory agencies, against anyone who we believe sells or gives away their subscription rights. Civil suits and criminal prosecutions have been brought against individuals transferring or participating in the transfer of subscription rights in connection with other offerings. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you sold or transferred your subscription rights. In addition, on the order form, you may not add the name of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. You may add only those persons who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering on your eligibility date. The stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation, if there is an oversubscription.
 
Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase
 
In connection with the conversion and offering, our board of directors has established the following purchase limitations:
 
 
The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25.
 
 
17

 
 
 
In the subscription offering, the maximum amount of common stock which may be purchased through a single deposit account is 30,000 shares, and no individual, together with one or more associates or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 60,000 shares.
 
 
Other than tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, the maximum amount of common stock that an individual may purchase is 30,000 shares, and no individual, together with one or more associates or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 60,000 shares in the offering.
 
Unless we determine otherwise, persons having the same address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposit accounts registered to the same address will be subject to this overall purchase limitation of 60,000 of the shares of common stock sold in the offering.
 
Subject to regulatory approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase limitations in the offering at any time. Our tax-qualified benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, are authorized to purchase up to 10.0% of the total of the shares sold in the offering and those contributed to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. without regard to these purchase limitations.
 
See the detailed description of “acting in concert” and “associate” in the section of this prospectus headed “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”.
 
Steps We May Take if We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares
 
If we do not receive orders for at least 11,050,000 shares of common stock, we may take several steps in order to issue the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range. Specifically, subject to necessary regulatory approvals, we may:
 
 
increase the purchase and ownership limitations;
 
 
extend the offering beyond the [Date 2] expiration date, with the Connecticut Banking Commissioner’s approval, provided that any such extension will require us to resolicit subscriptions received in the offering; and/or
 
 
increase the number of shares to be purchased by our employee stock ownership plan.
 
How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock:
 
To purchase shares you must deliver a properly completed and signed original stock order form, accompanied by payment or Farmington Bank deposit account withdrawal authorization, as described below. You may submit your order form in one of the following ways: by mail, using the stock order reply envelope provided, by overnight delivery to  our order processing center  at the address indicated on the stock order form or by hand-delivery to any of the bank s full service banking locations . Stock order forms will not be accepted by mail or by hand-delivery at any of our branch offices. We are not required to accept copies or facsimiles of order forms.
 
In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:
 
 
1.
Personal check , bank check or money order. Personal checks, bank checks and money orders, payable to FCB will be immediately cashed and will be deposited in a separate account with Farmington Bank. Third party and Farmington Bank line of credit checks may not be remitted as payment for your order. We will pay interest in these funds at our passbook savings rate from the date payment is received until completion or termination of the offering. Wire transfers as payment for shares of common stock ordered will not be permitted or accepted as proper payment. You should not mail cash.
 
 
2.
Authorized account withdrawal. The stock order form outlines the types of Farmington Bank deposit accounts that you may authorize for direct withdrawal. You may not request a direct withdrawal from any checking account. A hold will be placed on these funds when your stock order form is received, making the funds unavailable to you, provided, however, these funds will not be withdrawn from your accounts until the completion or termination of the offering and will earn interest at the applicable deposit account rate until then. The funds you authorize must be in your account at the time your stock order form is received. You may authorize funds from your certificate of deposit accounts without incurring an early withdrawal penalty, with the agreement that the withdrawal is being made for the purchase of shares in the offering. If a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at the current passbook rate subsequent to the withdrawal. You may not authorize direct withdrawals from retirement accounts held by Farmington Bank. Funds withdrawn from deposit accounts at Farmington Bank may reduce or eliminate a depositor’s liquidation rights. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING – Liquidation Rights” for further information.
 
 
18

 
We may not lend funds or extend a line of credit (including line of credit or overdraft checking) to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares in the offering.
 
We reserve the right to waive, or permit the correction of, incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms on a case by case basis, but do not represent that we will do so. Once your order is received by us, you may not change, modify or cancel your order. Our employees and Stock Information Center staff are not responsible for correcting or completing the information provided on the stock order forms we receive, including the account information requested for the purpose of verifying subscription rights.
 
By signing the stock order form, you are acknowledging both receipt of this prospectus and that the shares of common stock are not deposits or savings accounts that are federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by us or the federal government.
 
Using IRA Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock
 
You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account(s), or IRA. However, shares of common stock must be held in a self-directed retirement account maintained by an unaffiliated institutional trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm. Farmington Bank’s individual retirement accounts are not self-directed, so funds in such accounts cannot be invested in our common stock. You may transfer some or all of the funds in your Farmington Bank individual retirement account to a self-directed account maintained by an unaffiliated institutional trustee or custodian. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one and transfer your funds before placing your stock order. Because individual circumstances differ and processing of retirement account transactions takes additional time, we recommend that you promptly contact (preferably at least two weeks before the [Date 1] offering deadline) our Stock Information Center for assistance with purchases using your individual retirement account or other retirement account that you may have at Farmington Bank or elsewhere. Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the stock offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held. See “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING – Using IRA Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock”.
 
Deadline for Orders of Common Stock
 
If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment for the shares of common stock, must be received (not postmarked) by us no later than 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on [Date 1], unless we extend this deadline. We expect that the community offering, if held, will terminate at the same time, although it may continue until [Date 2] or longer if the Connecticut Banking Commissioner approves a later date. Once submitted, your order is irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or extended beyond [Date 2] or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 17,192,500 shares or decreased to fewer than 11,050,000 shares. In either of these cases, you will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order. If we do not receive a written response from you regarding your intent, we will cancel your order, promptly return to you all funds received by us with interest at Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate, and cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations. No single extension may last longer than 90 days. All extensions, in the aggregate, may not last beyond [Date 3].
 
Delivery of Prospectus
 
To ensure that each purchaser in the subscription and community offering receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the offering deadline in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we will not mail a prospectus any later than five days prior to such date or hand-deliver a prospectus later than two days prior to that date. Stock order forms may only be delivered if accompanied or preceded by a prospectus. We are not obligated to deliver a prospectus or order form by means other than United States mail.
 
We will make reasonable attempts to deliver a prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights. However, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on [Date 1], 2011 whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.
 
Delivery of Stock Certificates
 
Certificates representing shares of common stock sold in the offering will be mailed to the persons entitled thereto at the certificate registration address noted by them on their order form, as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering and receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals. It is possible that until certificates for the common stock are delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading.
 
Market for Common Stock
 
FCB has never issued capital stock to the public. We anticipate that our common stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “FBNK”. We will try to secure at least three market makers to make a market in our common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so. While we will attempt before completion of the offering to obtain commitments from at least two other broker-dealers to make a market in our common stock, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining such commitments.
 
19

 
 
The development and maintenance of a public market, having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness, depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of shares of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which shares of our common stock can be sold. There can be no assurance that persons purchasing the shares of common stock will be able to sell their shares at or above the $10.00 offering purchase price per share. You should recognize that there may be a limited trading market in the shares of common stock. See “RISK FACTORS –There Will Be a Limited Trading Market in Our Common Stock, Which Will Hinder Your Ability to Sell Our Common Stock and May Lower the Market Price of the Stock” on page [____].
 
Our Dividend Policy
 
Following completion of the offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. In the future, our board of directors intends to consider a policy of paying cash dividends on the common stock. However, no decision has been made with respect to the payment of dividends. The payment of dividends will depend upon a number of factors, including capital requirements, FCB’s and Farmington Bank’s financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions and regulatory restrictions that affect the payment of dividends by Farmington Bank to FCB. No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by applicable policy and regulation, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends.
 
Restrictions on the Acquisition of FCB and Farmington Bank
 
Maryland and Connecticut law, as well as provisions contained in the plan of conversion and FCB’s Certificate of Incorporation, restricts the ability of any person, firm or entity to acquire FCB, Farmington Bank, or their respective capital stock. The restrictions in FCB’s Certificate of Incorporation include the requirement that for a period of seven years from the completion of the offering a potential acquirer of any capital stock of FCB obtain the prior approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner before acquiring in excess of 10% of the voting stock of FCB or Farmington Bank.
 
Proposed Stock Purchases by Management
 
FCB’s directors and executive officers and their associates are expected to purchase approximately 197,500 shares of common stock in the offering, which represents 1.7 %, 1.5 %, 1.3 % and 1.1 % of the shares outstanding upon the completion of the conversion and offering and the contribution of shares to the charitable foundation , at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. Directors and executive officers will pay the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares in the offering. These shares will be counted in determining whether the minimum of the range of the offering is reached. Directors and executive officers and their associates may not purchase greater than 25% of the outstanding shares of common stock of FCB.
 
How You Can Obtain Additional Information—Stock Information Center
 
Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the offering, please call our Stock Information Center, Monday through Friday between 10 :00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays. The toll-free phone number is ( 877) 860- 2086 . In addition, a representative of Keefe, Bruyette and Woods, Inc. will be available to meet with you in person on Monday between 12:00 p.m. and 5:00 p.m., Tuesday through Thursday between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., and Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 12 :00 p.m. at our  branch office at  32 Main Street, Farmington, Connecticut.
 
 
20

 
 
R ISK FACTORS
 
You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in shares of our common stock. An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent in our business. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all other information included in this prospectus.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
A substantial portion of our loan portfolio consists of commercial real estate loans and commercial loans, which expose us to increased risks and could adversely impact our earnings.
 
Our new executive management team has brought an increased focus to transitioning Farmington Bank’s balance sheet to be more like a commercial bank. At December 31, 2010, our commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans totaled $ 361.8 million and $ 112.5 million or 30.8 % and 9.6%, respectively , of our total loan portfolio. These types of loans generally expose a lender to greater risk of non-payment and loss than one-to four-family residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often depends on the successful operation of the property and business of the borrowers and the collateral securing these loans may not be sold as easily as residential real estate. In addition, commercial real estate and commercial loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to one-to four-family residential mortgage loans. Also, many of our commercial real estate and commercial loan borrowers have more than one loan outstanding with us. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one-to four-family residential mortgage loan.
 
Due to the economic recession and slow economic recovery, the real estate market and local economy has deteriorated .  While the value of our real estate collateral securing loans has not been substantially impacted, further deterioration in the real estate market or a prolonged economic recovery could adversely affect the value of the properties securing the loans or revenues from borrowers’ businesses, thereby increasing the risk of non-performing loans. A continued deterioration in the economy and slow economic recovery may also have a negative effect on the ability of our commercial borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which could have an adverse impact on our earnings.
 
All of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. See further discussion on the commercial loan portfolio in “Lending Activities” within “BUSINESS OF FARMINGTON BANK”.
 
Our loan portfolio possesses increased risk due to its rapid expansion and unseasoned nature.
 
From December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2010, our total loan portfolio increased by $ 336.4 million or 40.0 %.  As a result of this rapid expansion, a significant portion of our portfolio is unseasoned. Our limited experience with these loans does not provide us with a significant payment history pattern with which to judge future collectibility. As a result, it may be difficult to predict the future performance of this part of our loan portfolio. These loans may have delinquency or charge-off levels above our expectations, which could adversely affect our future performance.
 
Our loan portfolio includes timeshare loans, the performance of which has been negatively impacted by the downturn in the economy and in turn could negatively impact our profitability.
 
In November 2007, prior to the arrival of our new management team, we hired a team of experienced, industry-specific lenders to begin lending to developers and operators of timeshare vacation resorts as a component of our commercial loan portfolio. This program was instituted with lending restrictions based on total commitments, capital and geographic concentrations. In mid-2009, larger lenders began to pull back their activities in this area at which time we began to shift our lending focus in this lending area strictly to hypothecation loans which have historically, and to this date, performed well. In early 2010, we placed a moratorium on future loans in this portion of our portfolio with lending only extended on outstanding commitments. We have recently decided to gradually exit this line of lending in its entirety and are in the process of an orderly phase-out of this line in order to devote our full resources to our core commercial lending services.
 
Like the real estate market as a whole, the timeshare industry continues to be negatively impacted by the weakened economy and slow economic recovery and borrowers are depending on their existing liquidity to make loan payments, which at some point could be reduced to the point where such borrowers are no longer able to make payments on their loans absent sale of timeshare units. If this were to occur, it could negatively impact our earnings.
 
At December 31, 2010, we had a specific reserve allocation of $ 4.9 million for a $4.9 million nonperforming resort ( timeshare ) loan. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the outcome of a borrower bankruptcy proceeding with respect to this loan made it probable that we would not collect any amounts due on the loan and required us to fully reserve for this loan .  We have recently decided to gradually exit resort (timeshare) lending to focus on our other commercial lending lines while continuing to hold our outstanding resort (timeshare) loans and honoring any advances requested relating to approved and unadvanced loan commitments until they are repaid in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2010, there was $105.2 million in outstanding timeshare loans and $23.6 million in unadvanced commitments and $19.0 million in approved loan commitments , which will replace $12.5 million in outstanding loans or unadvanced commitments and will result in $6.5 million of new funds to exsisting borrowers . As of December 31, 2010 all of the resort ( timeshare ) loans, except for the fully reserved loan noted above, were performing according to their terms.
 
Our lack of geographic diversification increases our risk profile.
 
Our operations are located principally in Hartford County, Connecticut. As a result of this geographic concentration, our results depend largely upon economic and business conditions in this area. Deterioration in economic and business conditions in our service area could have a material adverse impact on the quality of our loan portfolio and the demand for our products and services, which in turn may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
 
21

 
 
If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.
 
We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. Recent declines in real estate values have impacted the collateral values that secure our real estate loans. The impact of these declines on the original appraised values of secured collateral is difficult to estimate. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loss and delinquency experience on different loan categories, and we evaluate existing economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance, which would decrease our net income.   Our loan loss allowance for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $20.7 million and $16.3 million, respectively.   Although we are currently unaware of any specific problems with our loan portfolio that would require any increase in our allowance at the present time, it may need to be increased further in the future due to our emphasis on loan growth and on increasing our portfolio of commercial business and commercial real estate loans.
 
In addition, banking regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in the allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Future changes in interest rates may reduce our profits which could have a negative impact on the value of our stock.
 
Our ability to make a profit largely depends on our net interest income, which could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income Farmington Bank earns on its interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest expense Farmington Bank pays on its interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans. In addition, as market interest rates rise, we will have competitive pressures to increase the rates paid on deposits, which may result in a decrease in our net interest income.
 
In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities. A reduction in interest rates results in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities, as borrowers refinance their debt in order to reduce their borrowing costs. This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that we may not be able to reinvest prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates earned on the prepaid loans or securities.
 
We opened new branches in 2010 and expect to continue branch expansion which may result in losses at those branches initially as they generate new deposit and loan portfolios, and negatively impact our earnings.
 
Farmington Bank opened new branch offices in Glastonbury, Connecticut, Plainville, Connecticut and Berlin, Connecticut in 2010 and is expected to open a new branch in West Hartford, Connecticut in early 2011. Farmington Bank intends to continue to explore opportunities to expand its branch network at a rate of approximately two to three de novo branches per year for so long as the deposit and loan generating environment continues to be favorable. Losses are expected in connection with these new branches for some time, as the expenses and costs of acquisition associated with them are largely fixed and are typically greater than the income earned at the outset as the branches build up their customer bases. No assurance can be given as to when, if ever, new branches will become profitable.
 
Strong competition within Farmington Bank’s market area may limit our growth and profitability.
 
Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market area, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to compete successfully in our market area. The greater resources and deposit and loan products offered by our competitors may limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets.
 
If our government banking deposits were lost within a short period of time, this could negatively impact our liquidity and earnings.
 
In June 2009, we created a government banking group to provide deposit and loan services to municipalities throughout Connecticut.  Our municipal deposits as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 were $173.8 million or 15.7% and $114.1 million or 11.5% of our total deposits outstanding, respectively. If a significant amount of these deposits were withdrawn within a short period of time, it could have a negative impact on our short term liquidity and have an adverse impact on our earnings.
 
The loss of our Chief Executive Officer could adversely impact our business.
 
Our future success and profitability are substantially dependent upon the vision, management and banking abilities of our Chief Executive Officer, who has substantial background and significant experience in banking and financial services, as well as personal contacts in Central Connecticut and the region generally. The loss of our Chief Executive Officer may be disruptive to our business and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
 
22

 
 
Risks Related to the Financial Services Industry
 
The local and national economies remain weak and unemployment levels are high. A prolonged economic downturn will adversely affect our business and financial results.
 
The financial industry experienced unprecedented turmoil in 2008 through 2010. The local economy in which we conduct business and the United States economy remains weak . Unemployment in Hartford County, Connecticut was 9.1% as of December 2010, compared to 8.6% for the State of Connecticut and 9.8% for the United States for the same period.  Annual housing permits in Hartford County, Connecticut as of December 2009 decreased to their lowest levels in over a decade and single family home sales declined 9.23% from 2009 to 2010.   Worsening of these conditions may adversely affect our business by materially decreasing our net interest income or materially increasing our loan losses. There can be no assurance that we will not be affected by the current economic conditions in a way we cannot currently predict or mitigate.
 
Passage of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act will increase our operational and compliance costs.
 
On July 21, 2010, the President of the United States signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). This new law will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act creates a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws, weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, imposes certain capital requirements on financial institutions, eliminates the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, broadens the base for FDIC deposit insurance assessments, requires publicly traded companies to provide non-binding votes on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments, and directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives. As a result, our revenue may be reduced due to fee income limitations and we may be required to maintain higher minimum capital ratios. It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the yet to be written implementing rules and regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance costs and could increase our interest expense.
 
Higher Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums and special assessments will adversely affect our earnings.
 
The FDIC increased deposit insurance premium expense effective June 30, 2009 in the form of a special assessment. The FDIC has exercised its authority to raise assessment rates beginning in 2009, and may impose another special assessment in the future. If such action is taken by the FDIC it could have an adverse effect on our earnings.
 
We operate in a highly regulated environment and our business may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.
 
We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, as Farmington Bank’s chartering authority, by the FDIC, as insurer of deposits, and by the Federal Reserve Board as the regulator of FCB. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which a financial institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of an institution, the classification of assets by the institution and the adequacy of an institution’s allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, may have a material impact on our operations.
 
We face various technological risks that could adversely affect our business.
 
We rely on communication and information systems to conduct business. Potential failures, interruptions or breaches in system security could result in disruptions or failures in our key systems, such as general ledger, deposit or loan systems. We have developed policies and procedures aimed at preventing and limiting the effect of failure, interruption or security breaches of information systems; however, there can be no assurance that these incidences will not occur, or if they do occur, that they will be appropriately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in the loss of business, subject us to increased regulatory scrutiny or subject us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have an adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition.
 
 
23

 
 
Risks Related to the Offering
 
The future price of the shares of common stock may be less than the $10.00 purchase price per share in the offering.
 
If you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the $10.00 purchase price in the offering. In several cases, shares of common stock issued by newly converted savings institutions have traded below the initial offering price. The aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal. The independent appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The independent appraisal is based on certain estimates, assumptions and projections, all of which are subject to change from time to time. After our shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, investor perceptions of FCB and the outlook for the financial services industry in general. Price fluctuations may be unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.
 
You may not revoke your decision to purchase FCB common stock in the subscription or community offering after you send us your order.
 
Orders and funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in connection with a purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the offering, including any extension of the expiration date. Because completion of the offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and a reconfirmation of the independent appraisal, there may be one or more delays in the completion of the offering. Orders submitted in the subscription and community offerings are irrevocable, and subscribers will have no access to subscription funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond [Date 2], 2011, or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 17,192,500 shares or decreased to less than 11,050,000 shares of common stock.
 
Our failure to deploy the net proceeds effectively may have an adverse impact on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.
 
We intend to invest between approximately $ 53.8  million and $ 73.1  million of the net proceeds of the offering (or $ 84.2  million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) in Farmington Bank. Farmington Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, to purchase investment securities, to pursue strategic growth opportunities or for other general corporate purposes. We may use the net proceeds retained at FCB to invest in short-term liquid investments, to repurchase shares of common stock, to pay dividends to our stockholders, to pursue strategic growth opportunities or for other general corporate purposes. However, with the exception of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan to purchase our common stock, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. We have not established a timetable for reinvesting the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long reinvesting the net proceeds will require.
 
Our return on equity will be low following the stock offering. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.
 
Net income divided by average equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. Following the stock offering, we expect our consolidated equity to be between $ 190.3  million at the minimum of the offering range and $ 244.3  million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. Based upon our income for the year ended December 31, 2010, and these pro forma equity levels, our return on equity would be 2.56 % and 1.99 % at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. We expect our return on equity to remain low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering. Although we will be able to increase net interest income using proceeds of the stock offering, our return on equity will be negatively affected by added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plan we intend to adopt. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income and leverage the capital raised in the stock offering, we expect our return on equity to remain low, which may reduce the market price of our shares of common stock.
 
Our implementation of one or more new stock benefits plans may dilute your ownership interest.
 
We intend to adopt one or more new stock benefit plans following the offering, subject to receipt of stockholder approval. These plans may be funded either through open market purchases or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock of FCB. While our intention is to fund these plans through open market purchases, stockholders would experience a 12.3% reduction in ownership interest at the maximum of the offering range in the event newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock options and shares of restricted stock under the plans in an amount equal to 10.0% and 4.0%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering. In the event we adopt the plans more than one year following the offering, the plans will not be subject to certain limitations imposed by Connecticut regulations, including limits on the total number of options or restricted shares available for award under the plans.
 
 
24

 
 
The implementation of our employee stock ownership plan and one or more new stock benefit plans will increase our compensation and benefit expenses and adversely affect our profitability.
 
We intend to adopt an employee stock ownership plan and one or more new stock benefit plans after the offering, subject to stockholder approval, which will increase our annual employee compensation and benefit expenses related to the restricted stock awards and stock options granted to participants under such plans. The actual amount of the additional compensation and benefit expenses will depend on the number of restricted shares and options actually granted under the plans, the fair market value of our shares of common stock at specific points in the future, the applicable vesting periods and other factors which we cannot predict at this time; however, we expect them to be material. If a stock benefit plan is implemented within one year of the completion of the offering, the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance for grants of options and restricted stock awards under such stock benefit plan may not exceed 10.0% and 4.0% of the shares sold in the offering, respectively. If we award options or other stock awards in excess of these amounts under a stock benefit plan adopted more than one year after the completion of the offering, our costs would increase further.
 
In addition, we will recognize expense for our employee stock ownership plan when shares are committed to be released to participants’ accounts (i.e., as the loan used to acquire these shares is repaid), and we would recognize expense for stock options and restricted stock over the vesting period of awards made to recipients. The expense in the first year following the offering has been estimated to be $ 2.7 million after tax at the adjusted maximum of the offering range as set forth in the pro forma financial information under “PRO FORMA DATA,” assuming the $10.00 per share purchase price as fair market value. Actual expenses, however, may be higher or lower, depending on the price of our common stock on the grant date. For further discussion of our proposed stock benefit plans, see “MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION DISCUSS AND ANALYSIS”.
 
There may be a limited market for our common stock, which may lower our stock price and make it more difficult for investors to sell their shares of our common stock.
 
We plan for our stock to be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market after the offering. However, the shares of our common stock may not be regularly traded. Even if a liquid market develops for our common stock, there is no assurance that it can be maintained.
 
Additionally, the aggregate purchase price of common stock sold in the offering is based on an independent appraisal. After our shares begin trading, the marketplace will determine the price per share, which may be influenced by various factors, such as prevailing interest rates, investor perceptions of FCB, economic conditions and the outlook for financial institutions. Price fluctuations may be unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. In several cases, due to market volatility, shares of common stock of newly converted savings institutions traded below the price at which the shares were sold in the companies’ initial public offerings. After the offering, the trading price of our common stock may not be at or above $10.00.
 
The issuance of shares to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will dilute your ownership interests and adversely affect our net income.
 
We intend to establish a charitable foundation, Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc., in connection with the stock offering. We will make a contribution to the charitable foundation in the form of shares of FCB common stock. We will issue shares of common stock to the charitable foundation ranging from 442,000 shares at the minimum of the valuation range to 687,700 shares a the adjusted maximum of the valuation range, which equals approximately 3.8% of all shares issued and outstanding after the offering. The contribution will also have an adverse effect on our net income for the quarter and year in which we make the issuance and contribution to the charitable foundation. The after-tax expense of the contribution will reduce net income in 2011 by approximately $ 3.5  million at the midpoint of the offering range. Persons purchasing shares in the offering will have their ownership and voting interests in FCB diluted by 3.8% due to the issuance of additional shares of common stock to the charitable foundation.
 
Our contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits.
 
We believe that the contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc., valued at approximately $ 6.9  million, pre-tax, at the adjusted maximum of the offering range will be deductible for federal income tax purposes. However, we cannot guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the foundation. If the contribution is not deductible, we would not receive any tax benefit from the contribution. In addition, even if the contribution is tax deductible, we may not have sufficient profits to be able to use the deduction fully.
 
Our stock value may suffer from anti-takeover provisions that may impede potential takeovers.
 
Maryland law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions, sometimes known as anti-takeover provisions, that may impede efforts to acquire us, or impede stock purchases in furtherance of an acquisition, even though acquisition efforts or stock purchases might otherwise have a favorable effect on the price of our common stock. Those provisions may also make it more difficult to remove our board and management.
 
 
25

 
 
Our articles of incorporation include a requirement that for a period of seven years from the completion of the offering a potential acquirer of common stock obtain the prior approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner before acquiring in excess of 10.0% of any capital stock of FCB or Farmington Bank. Consistent with the Maryland General Corporation Law, our articles of incorporation and/or bylaws also provide for staggered directors’ terms, limit the stockholders’ ability to remove directors and empower only the directors to fill board vacancies. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws further provide for, among other things, restrictions on the voting of more than 10.0% of our outstanding voting stock and approval of certain actions, including certain business combinations, by specified percentages of our disinterested directors, as defined in the articles of incorporation, or by specified percentages of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote. The articles of incorporation also authorize the board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock, the rights and preferences of which may be designated by the board, without the approval of our stockholders. The articles of incorporation also establishes supermajority voting requirements for amendments to the charter and bylaws, limit stockholders’ ability to call special meetings of stockholders, and impose advance notice provisions on stockholders’ ability to nominate directors or propose matters for consideration at stockholder meetings.
 
Our employee stock ownership plan, which expects to purchase 8.0% of the shares issued in the conversion, contains provisions that permit participating employees to direct the voting of shares held in the employee stock ownership plan, and those provisions may have anti-takeover effects.
 
The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, together with applicable regulations, requires that a person obtain the consent of the Federal Reserve Board before attempting to acquire control of a bank holding company, such as FCB. In addition, for a period of seven years following the conversion, no person may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10.0% of any class of our capital stock without prior written approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner.
 
In addition, we intend to enter into employment agreements and change of control agreements with certain executive officers, which will require payments to be made to them in the event their employment is terminated following a change in control of FCB or Farmington Bank. We also intend to issue stock options to key employees and directors that will require payments to them in connection with a change in control of FCB or Farmington Bank. These payments may have the effect of increasing the costs of acquiring FCB or Farmington Bank, thereby discouraging future takeover attempts.
 
For more information about the anti-takeover effects of our charter and bylaws, the employee stock ownership plan and certain federal and state regulations and laws, see “Restrictions on the Acquisition of FCB and Farmington Bank”.
 
S ELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
 
The summary financial information presented below is derived in part from the consolidated financial statements of the MHC and Farmington Bank. The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1. The information at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements of the MHC that appear in this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 is derived in part from audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus.
 
    At December 31  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
                               
Selected Financial Condition Data:
                             
(Dollars in thousands)
                             
                                         
Total assets
  $ 1,416,630     $ 1,255,186     $ 1,094,387     $ 950,302     $ 894,019  
Cash and cash equivalents
    18,608       28,299       31,732       65,960       64,146  
Held to maturity securities
    3,672       3,010       3,011       73       118  
Available for sale securities
    163,008       121,350       178,104       170,979       189,142  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    7,449       7,449       7,420       2,298       2,435  
Loans receivable, net
    1,157,917       1,039,995       831,911       671,305       599,810  
Deposits
    1,108,505       993,886       804,085       803,158       758,397  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    71,000       62,000       117,000       -       10,000  
Mortgagors’ and investors’ escrow accounts
    9,717       8,894       7,763       6,668       6,276  
Total capital accounts
    94,993       93,673       90,663       89,315       82,121  
Allowance for loan losses
    20,734       16,316       9,952       8,124       8,312  
Non-performing loans (1)
    17,722       14,846       6,115       2,647       637  
 
(1)
Non-performing loans include loans for which Farmington Bank does not accrue interest (non-accrual loans) and loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest.
 
 
26

 
 
    Years Ended December 31,
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
(Dollars in thousands)
                             
                               
Selected Operating Data:
                             
Interest income
  $ 61,063     $ 57,975     $ 55,718     $ 51,417     $ 46,896  
Interest expense
    11,613       17,408       22,605       23,325       18,139  
Net interest income
    49,450       40,567       33,113       28,092       28,757  
Provision for (reduction in) allowances for loan losses
    6,694       7,896       2,117       (706 )     (474 )
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    42,756       32,671       30,996       28,798       29,231  
Noninterest income (loss)
    6,889       3,635       (560 )     2,839       2,159  
Noninterest expense, excluding contribution to existing charitable foundation
    42,674       34,747       27,343       23,920       21,310  
Contribution to existing charitable foundation
    -       495       534       328       250  
Total noninterest expense
    42,674       35,242       27,877       24,248       21,560  
Income before income taxes
    6,971       1,064       2,559       7,389       9,830  
Provision for income taxes
    2,102       175       613       2,249       2,900  
                                         
Net income
  $ 4,869     $ 889     $ 1,946     $ 5,140     $ 6,930  
 
 
27

 
 
    At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2010    
2009
   
2008
    2007     2006  
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
                             
                               
Performance Ratios:
                             
Return on average assets
    0.35 %     0.07 %     0.19 %     0.56 %     0.80 %
Return on average equity
    4.95 %     0.95 %     2.13 %     6.03 %     9.12 %
Interest rate spread (1)
    3.62 %     3.31 %     2.94 %     2.72 %     3.08 %
Net interest margin (2)
    3.76 %     3.57 %     3.40 %     3.30 %     3.54 %
Non-interest expense to average assets
    3.05 %     2.94 %     2.69 %     2.66 %     2.49 %
Efficiency ratio (3)
    75.75 %     79.73 %     85.64 %     78.39 %     69.74 %
Efficiency ratio, excluding existing foundation contribution
    75.75 %     78.61 %     84.00 %     77.33 %     68.93 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
    115.46 %     117.12 %     119.43 %     121.24 %     120.81 %
                                         
Asset Quality Ratios:
                                       
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans
    1.76 %     1.54 %     1.18 %     1.20 %     1.37 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-performing loans
    117.00 %     109.90 %     162.75 %     306.91 %     1304.87 %
Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans
    0.21 %     0.17 %     0.04 %     (0.08 )%     (0.09 )%
Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans
    1.50 %     1.41 %     0.73 %     0.39 %     0.10 %
Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets
    1.25 %     1.18 %     0.56 %     0.28 %     0.07 %
                                         
Capital Ratios:
                                       
Capital to total assets at end of period
    6.71 %     7.46 %     8.28 %     9.40 %     9.19 %
Average capital to average assets
    7.23 %     7.80 %     8.83 %     9.35 %     8.77 %
Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets
    9.02 %     9.23 %     11.28 %     13.24 %     14.14 %
Tier I capital to total average assets
    6.48 %     7.37 %     8.31 %     9.55 %     9.53 %
Total capital to risk-weighted assets
    10.28 %     10.48 %     12.53 %     14.47 %     15.40 %
Total capital to total average assets
    6.80 %     7.82 %     8.76 %     9.80 %     9.48 %
                                         
Other Data:
                                       
Number of full service offices
    15       12       12       12       11  
Number of limited service offices
    4       4       4       4       4  
 
(1)
Represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(2)
Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets.
(3)
Represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
 
 
28

 
 
F ORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains “ forward-looking statements. ”    You can identify these forward-looking statements through our use of words such as “may,” “will,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “should,” “indicate,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “plan,” “project,” “could,” “intend,” “target” and other similar words and expressions of the future.  These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
 
 
statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;
 
 
statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;
 
 
statements regarding the asset quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and
 
 
estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.
 
These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control.  In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.
 
The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:
 
 
Local, regional and national business or economic conditions may differ from those expected.
 
 
The effects of and changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the U.S. Federal Reserve Board’s interest rate policies, may adversely affect our business.
 
 
The ability to increase market share and control expenses may be more difficult than anticipated.
 
 
Changes in laws and regulatory requirements (including those concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance) may adversely affect us or our business.
 
 
Changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by regulatory agencies, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, may affect expected financial reporting.
 
 
Future changes in interest rates may reduce our profits which could have a negative impact on the value of our stock.
 
 
We are subject to lending risk and could incur losses in our loan portfolio despite our underwriting practices. Changes in real estate values could also increase our lending risk.
 
 
Changes in demand for loan products, financial products and deposit flow could impact our financial performance.
 
 
Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.
 
 
We may not manage the risks involved in the foregoing as well as anticipated.
 
 
If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.
 
 
Our stock value may be negatively affected by federal regulations and articles of incorporation provisions restricting takeovers.
 
 
Implementation of stock benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income.
 
 
The Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law on July 21, 2010 and is expected to result in dramatic regulatory changes that will affect the industry in general, and impact our competitive position in ways that can’t be predicted at this time.
 
 
The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act (“EESA”) of 2008 has and may continue to have a significant impact on the banking industry.
 
Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of us in this Prospectus speak only as of the date of this Prospectus. We do not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the date the forward-looking statement was made. The reader should, however, consult any further disclosures of a forward-looking nature we may make in future filings.
 
 
29

 
 
 H OW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING
 
Although we are unable to determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $ 107.6  million and $ 146.2  million, or up to $ 168.5  million if the offering range is increased by 15%, assuming that 100% of the shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription offering.
 
A summary of the anticipated net proceeds at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range and of the distribution of the net proceeds is as follows:
                                                         
         
Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
       
    Minimum
11,050,000 Shares
    Midpoint
13,000,000 Shares
    Maximum
14,950,000 Shares
    Adjusted Maximum
17,192,500 Shares (1)
 
     
Amount
  Percent
of Net
Proceeds
     
Amount
  Percent
of Net
Proceeds
     
Amount
  Percent
of Net
Proceeds
     
Amount
  Percent of
Net
Proceeds
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                                         
Gross offering proceeds
  $ 110,500           $ 130,000           $ 149,500           $ 171,925        
Less offering expenses
    2,893             3,072             3,251             3,457        
Net offering proceeds
  $ 107,607       100.0 %   $ 126,928       100.0 %   $ 146,249       100.0 %   $ 168,468       100.0 %
                                                                 
Distribution of net proceeds:
                                                               
Proceeds contributed to Farmington Bank
  $ 53,803       50.0 %   $ 63,464       50.0 %   $ 73,125       50.0 %   $ 84,234       50.0 %
Loan to employee stock ownership plan
    9,194       8.5 %     10,816       8.5 %     12,438       8.5 %     14,304       8.5 %
Proceeds retained by FCB (1)
  $ 44,610       41.5 %   $ 52,648       41.5 %   $ 60,686       41.5 %   $ 69,930       41.5 %
 
(1)
As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15.0% increase in the offering range to reflect a greater demand for the shares or changes in market or financial conditions following the commencement of the offering. Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Farmington Bank’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings.
 
FCB May Use the Proceeds it Retains From the Offering:
 
 
to invest in securities;
 
 
to deposit funds in Farmington Bank;
 
 
to repay short term borrowings;
 
 
to contribute additional capital to Farmington Bank;
 
 
to finance strategic growth opportunities, such as acquisitions of other banking institutions or financial services related businesses, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition opportunities;
 
 
to pay cash dividends to stockholders;
 
 
to fund stock based compensation plans;
 
 
to repurchase shares of our common stock; and
 
 
for other general corporate purposes.
 
FCB expects to contribute 50% of the net offering proceeds to Farmington Bank for working capital to be used by Farmington Bank and 8.5% of the net offering proceeds to fund a loan to Farmington Bank’s employee stock ownership plan to purchase up to 8.0% of the shares of common stock issued and outstanding after the offering (between $ 9.2  million and $ 12.4  million, or $ 14.3  million if the offering is increased by 15.0%). The remaining 41.5% of the net offering proceeds will be retained by FCB. Initially, FCB intends to invest the proceeds retained in the offering by FCB in short-term liquid investments, such as U.S. treasury and government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities and cash and cash equivalents, or deposit the funds in Farmington Bank. Pursuant to Connecticut banking regulations, FCB may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the conversion and the offering, except under limited circumstances, such as to fund tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or management recognition plans that have been approved by stockholders.
 
 
30

 
 
Farmington Bank May Use the Net Proceeds it Receives From the Offering:
 
 
to grow its balance sheet through loan origination and deposit generation;
 
 
to enhance existing products and services and support the development of new products and services;
 
 
to expand its banking franchise through de novo branching; and
 
 
for other general corporate purposes.
 
The use of the proceeds outlined above may change based on changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, our relative position in the financial services industry, the attractiveness of potential acquisitions to expand our operations, and overall market conditions.
 
O UR DIVIDEND POLICY
 
Following completion of the offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. In the future, our board of directors intends to consider a policy of paying cash dividends on the common stock. However, no decision has been made with respect to the payment of dividends. The payment of dividends will depend upon a number of factors, including capital requirements, FCB and Farmington Bank’s financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions that affect the payment of dividends by Farmington Bank to FCB. No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by applicable policy and regulation, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends.
 
Dividends from FCB will depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from Farmington Bank, because FCB initially will have no source of income other than dividends from Farmington Bank, earnings from the investment of proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock, and interest payments with respect to FCB’s loan to the employee stock ownership plan. Under Connecticut law and regulations, Farmington Bank may pay cash dividends out of its net profits. For purposes of this restriction, “net profits” represents the remainder of all earnings from current operations. Further, the total amount of all dividends declared by Farmington Bank in any year may not exceed the sum of its net profits for the year in question combined with its retained net profits from the preceding two years. Federal law also prevents Farmington Bank from paying dividends or making other capital distributions that, if by doing so, would cause it to become “undercapitalized.” The FDIC may limit Farmington Bank’s ability to pay dividends. For information concerning additional federal and state law and regulations regarding the ability of Farmington Bank to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends to FCB, see “SUPERVISION AND REGULATION.”
 
Unlike Farmington Bank, FCB is not restricted by the FDIC’s regulations on the payment of dividends to its stockholders, although the source of dividends will depend on the net proceeds retained by us and earnings thereon, and dividends from Farmington Bank. Pursuant to Connecticut banking regulations, during the three-year period following the conversion and the offering, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders, and no dividend will be paid to our stockholders if such dividends would reduce our stockholders’ equity below the amount of the liquidation account required to be established in connection with the conversion. In addition, FCB will be subject to Maryland state law limitations on the payment of dividends. Maryland law generally limits dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent.
 
See “SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA” and “MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK” for information regarding our historical dividend payments.
 
M ARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK
 
FCB has never issued capital stock to the public. We anticipate that our common stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market. We will try to get at least three market makers to make a market in our common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so. While we will attempt before completion of the offering to obtain commitments from at least two other broker-dealers to make a market in our common stock, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining such commitments.
 
The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for the common stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue. Nor can we assure you that, if you purchase shares of common stock, you will be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share. See “RISK FACTORS – There may be a limited market for our common stock, which may lower our stock price and make it more difficult for investors to sell their shares of our common stock” on page ___.
 
 
31

 
 
HI STORICAL AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE
 
At December 31 , 2010, Farmington Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements and was considered “well capitalized” under prompt corrective action provisions. The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Farmington Bank at December 31 , 2010, and the pro forma regulatory capital of Farmington Bank, after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at a $10.00 per share purchase price and assuming the receipt by Farmington Bank of between $ 53.8  million and $ 84.2  million of the net offering proceeds at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. The table assumes the receipt by Farmington Bank of 50% of the net offering proceeds and that 100% of the shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription offering.
 
        Unaudited Pro Forma at December 31 2010, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of  
    Farmington Bank
Historical at
December 31, 2010
  Minimum
11,050,000 Shares
  Midpoint
13,000,000 Shares
  Maximum
14,950,000 Shares
  Adjusted Maximum
17,192,500 Shares (1)
 
     
Amount
    Percent
of
Assets (2)
     
Amount
    Percent
of
Assets (2)
     
Amount
    Percent
of
Assets (2)
     
Amount
    Percent
of
Assets (2)
     
Amount
    Percent
of
Assets
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
       
Equity capital
  $ 94,893       6.70 %   $ 134,906       9.17 %   $ 142,133       9.60 %   $ 149,360       10.03 %   $ 157,671       10.51 %
                                                                                 
Tier 1 (leverage) capital (4)(5)
  $ 97,194       6.47 %   $ 137,207       8.82 %   $ 144,434       9.23 %   $ 151,661       9.63 %   $ 159,972       10.09 %
Tier 1 (leverage) requirement (3)
    75,098       5.00       77,788       5.00       78,271       5.00       78,754       5.00       79,309       5.00  
Excess
  $ 22,096       1.47 %   $ 59,419       3.82 %   $ 66,163       4.23 %   $ 72,907       4.63 %   $ 80,663       5.09 %
                                                                                 
Tier 1 risk-based capital (5)
  $ 97,194       9.01 %   $ 137,207       12.59 %   $ 144,434       13.23 %   $ 151,661       13.87 %   $ 159,972       14.60 %
Tier 1 risk-based requirement
    64,732       6.00       65,377       6.00       65,493       6.00       65,609       6.00       65,743       6.00  
Excess
  $ 32,462       3.01 %   $ 71,830       6.59 %   $ 78,941       7.23 %   $ 86,052       7.87 %   $ 94,229       8.60 %
                                                                                 
Total risk-based capital (4)(5)
  $ 110,772       10.27 %     150,785       13.84 %     158,012       14.48 %     165,239       15.11 %     173,550       15.84 %
Total risk-based requirement (3)
    107,886       10.00       108,962       10.00       109,156       10.00       109,349       10.00       109,571       10.00  
Excess
  $ 2,886       0.27 %   $ 41,823       3.84 %   $ 48,856       4.48 %   $ 55,890       5.11 %   $ 63,979       5.84 %
                                                                                 
Reconciliation of capital:
                                                                               
Net Proceeds to Farmington
                                                                               
Bank
                  $ 53,803             $ 63,464             $ 73,125             $ 84,234          
Less: employee stock
                                                                               
ownership plan
                    (9,194 )             (10,816 )             (12,438 )             (14,304 )        
Less: restricted stock plan
                    (4,597 )             (5,408 )             (6,219 )             (7,152 )        
Pro Forma increase in Tier 1
                                                                               
and risk-based capital
                  $ 40,012             $ 47,240             $ 54,468             $ 62,778          
 
(1)
As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares that could occur due to a 15.0% increase in the offering range to reflect a greater demand for the shares or changes in market or financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2)
Tangible and core capital levels are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(3)
The current core capital requirement for financial institutions is 4.0% of total adjusted assets for financial institutions that receive the highest supervisory rating for safety and soundness and a 4.0% to 5.0% core capital ratio requirement for all other financial institutions. In addition, the FDIC requires a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater.
(4)
Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20.0% risk weighting.
(5)
Pro forma capital levels assume that the employee stock ownership plan purchases 8.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering with funds we lend. Pro forma GAAP and regulatory capital have been reduced by the amount required to fund this plan. See “MANAGEMENT” for a discussion of our employee stock ownership plan.
 
 
32

 
 
C APITALIZATION
 
The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of the MHC and Farmington Bank at December 31, 2010 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of FCB after giving effect to the conversion and offering, based upon the assumptions set forth in the “PRO FORMA DATA” section.
                                 
   
Unaudited Pro Forma at December 31, 2010,
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
   
Historical
at
December 31, 2010
 
Minimum
11,050,000
Shares
 
Midpoint
13,000,000
Shares
 
Maximum
14,950,000
Shares
 
Adjusted
Maximum
17,192,500
Shares (1)
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                 
Deposits (2)
 
$
1,108,505
 
$
1,108,505
 
$
1,108,505
 
$
1,108,505
 
$
1,108,505
 
Borrowed funds
   
176,029
   
176,029
   
176,029
   
176,029
   
176,029
 
Total deposits and borrowed funds
 
$
1,284,534
 
$
1,284,534
 
$
1,284,534
 
$
1,284,534
 
$
1,284,534
 
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Common stock, no par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized; shares to be issued as reflected (3)(4)
 
$
--
 
$
115
 
$
135
 
$
155
 
$
179
 
Additional paid-in capital (3)
   
--
   
111,912
   
131,993
   
152,074
   
175,167
 
Retained earnings (5)
   
97,513
   
97,513
   
97,513
   
97,513
   
97,513
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
   
(2,520
)
 
(2,520
)
 
(2,520
)
 
(2,520
)
 
(2,520
)
                                 
After-tax expense of foundation (6)
   
--
   
(4,420
)
 
(5,200
)
 
(5,980
)
 
(6,877
)
Tax benefit of contribution to foundation
   
--
   
1,459
   
1,716
   
1,973
   
2,269
 
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (7)
   
--
   
(9,194
)
 
(10,816
)
 
(12,438
)
 
(14,304
)
Common stock acquired by restricted stock plan
   
--
   
(4,597
)
 
(5,408
)
 
(6,219
)
 
(7,152
)
Total shareholders’ equity
 
$
94,993
 
$
190,268
 
$
207,413
 
$
224,558
 
$
244,275
 
                                 
Pro Forma Shares Outstanding
                               
Total shares issued
   
--
   
11,492,000
   
13,520,000
   
15,548,000
   
17,880,200
 
Shares sold in offering
   
--
   
11,050,000
   
13,000,000
   
14,950,000
   
17,192,500
 
Shares issued to the foundation
   
--
   
442,000
   
520,000
   
598,000
   
687,700
 
                                 
Total shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets (2)
   
6.71
%
 
12.58
%
 
13.56
%
 
14.52
%
 
15.60
%
Tangible equity as a percentage of assets
   
6.71
%
 
12.58
%
 
13.56
%
 
14.52
%
 
15.60
%
 
(1)
As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15.0% increase in the offering range to reflect a greater demand for shares or changes in market or general financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2)
Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.
(3)
On a pro forma basis, FCB common stock and additional paid-in capital have been revised to reflect the number of shares of FCB common stock to be outstanding, which is 11,050,000 shares, 13,00,000 shares, 14,950,000 shares and 17,192,500 shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively.
(4)
No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of FCB common stock pursuant to the vesting of restricted stock awards or the exercise of options under a stock benefit plan. If this plan is implemented within the first year after the closing of the offering, an amount up to 4.0% and 10.0% of the shares of FCB common stock sold in the offering will be reserved for issuance upon the vesting and exercise of restricted stock options under the plan, respectively. See “MANAGEMENT”.
(5)
The retained earnings of Farmington Bank will be substantially restricted after the offering. See “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING – Liquidation Rights” and “SUPERVISION AND REGULATION”.
(6)
Represents the expense of contribution to the charitable foundation based on a 33% tax rate. The realization of the deferred tax benefit is limited annually to a maximum deduction for charitable contributions equal to 10% of our annual taxable income, subject to our ability to carry forward for federal or state purposes any unused portion of the deduction for the five years following the year in which the contribution is made.
(7)
Assumes that 8.0% of the shares sold in the offering will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from FCB. The loan will be repaid principally from Farmington Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since FCB will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected on FCB’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.
 
 
33

 
 
 
The following table summarizes historical data of the MHC and pro forma data at and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the tables, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the offering. Moreover, pro forma stockholders’ equity per share does not give effect to the liquidation account to be established in the offering or, in the unlikely event of a liquidation of Farmington Bank, to the tax effect of the recapture of the bad debt reserve. See “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING – Liquidation Rights”.
 
The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:
 
 
(i)
100% of the shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and community offering;
 
 
(ii)
197,500 shares of common stock will be purchased by our executive officers and directors;
 
 
(iii)
our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation, with a loan from FCB. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest over a period of 15 years;
 
 
(iv)
FCB will contribute to the charitable foundation a number of shares equal to 4.0% of the shares sold in the offering;
 
 
(v)
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a fee equal to 1.0% of the dollar amount of shares of common stock sold in the subscription offering and the community offering. No fee will be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. with respect to shares of common stock purchased by our qualified and non-qualified employee stock benefit plans, or stock purchased by our officers, directors and employees, and their immediate families; and
 
 
(vi)
total expenses of the offering, including the marketing fees to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., will be between $ 2.9  million at the minimum of the offering range and $ 3.5  million at the maximum of the offering range, as adjusted.
 
We calculated pro forma consolidated net earnings for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 as if the estimated net proceeds we received had been invested at the beginning of the applicable period at an assumed interest rate of 2.01 % ( 1.35 % on an after-tax basis), which represented the yield on the five-year Treasury Bond as of December 31 , 2010. This method reflects the approximate short-term use of proceeds anticipated by FCB. The effect of withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock has not been reflected. Historical and pro forma per share amounts have been calculated by dividing historical and pro forma amounts by the indicated number of shares of common stock. No effect has been given in the pro forma stockholders’ equity calculations for the assumed earnings on the net proceeds.
 
The pro forma table gives effect to the implementation of one or more stock benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that the stock benefit plan will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation at a price of $10.00 per share, and that such shares of common stock granted under the plans will vest over a five-year period. We have also assumed that the stock benefit plans will grant options to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation. In preparing the table below, we have assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $ 3.48 for each option. Finally, we assumed that 25% of the stock options were non-qualified options granted to directors, resulting in a tax benefit (at an assumed tax rate of 33%) for a deduction equal to the grant date fair value of the options.
 
We may grant restricted stock or options under a stock benefit plan in excess of 4.0% and 10.0%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering if the stock benefit plan is adopted more than 12 months following the stock offering. In addition, we may grant options that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock benefit plan is adopted more than 12 months following the stock offering.
 
The pro forma stockholders’ equity calculation in the table gives effect to the estimated after-tax expense associated with the stock contribution to the charitable foundation. The expense of the stock contribution to the charitable foundation is not reflected in the pro forma net income or pro forma net income per share. The pro forma data assumes that we will realize 100.0% of the income tax benefit as a result of the contribution to the foundation based on a 33% tax rate. The realization of the tax benefit is limited annually to 10% of our annual taxable income. However for federal and state tax purposes, we can carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the year in which the contribution is made.
 
As discussed under “HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING,” we intend to contribute shares from the stock offering to the Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. in an amount equal to 4.0% of the stock offering and contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds to Farmington Bank. We will use a portion of the proceeds we retain for the purpose of making a loan to the employee stock ownership plan, and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.
 
 
34

 
 
The pro forma table does not give effect to:
 
 
withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the stock offering;
 
 
our results of operations after December 31 , 2010 or after the stock offering; or
 
 
changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering.
 
The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the stock offering at the date on which the stock offering actually occurs and you should not use the table to indicate future results of operations. Pro forma stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amount of our assets and liabilities, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. We did not increase or decrease stockholders’ equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market value. Pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Pro forma stockholders’ equity does not give effect to the impact of intangible assets or the liquidation account we will establish in connection with the offering in the unlikely event we are liquidated.
                                 
   
At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2010 (Unaudited)
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
   
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
    Minimum
11,050,000
Shares
    Midpoint
13,000,000
Shares
    Maximum
14,950,000
Shares
    Adjusted Maximum
17,192,500
Shares (1)
 
                                 
Gross proceeds of offering
  $ 110,500     $ 130,000     $ 149,500     $ 171,925  
Plus: market value of shares issued to the charitable foundation
    4,420       5,200       5,980       6,877  
Pro forma market capitalization
    114,920       135,200       155,480       178,802  
                                 
Pro forma shares issued in offering
    11,050,000       13,000,000       14,950,000       17,192,500  
Pro forma shares issued to foundation
    442,000       520,000       598,000       687,700  
Total
    11,492,000       13,520,000       15,548,000       17,880,200  
                                 
Gross proceeds of offering
  $ 110,500     $ 130,000     $ 149,500     $ 171,925  
Less: Expenses
    2,893       3,072       3,251       3,457  
Estimated Net Proceeds
    107,607       126,928       146,249       168,468  
Less: common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (9,194 )     (10,816 )     (12,438 )     (14,304 )
Less: common stock purchased by the restricted stock plan (4)
    (4,597 )     (5,408 )     (6,219 )     (7,152 )
Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted
  $ 93,816     $ 110,704     $ 127,592     $ 147,012  
                                 
Consolidated Net Income :
                               
Historical
  $ 4,869     $ 4,869     $ 4,869     $ 4,869  
Pro forma income on net proceeds
    1,263       1,491       1,718       1,980  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2)
    (411 )     (483 )     (556 )     (639 )
Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment (3)
    (616 )     (725 )     (833 )     (958 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (4)
    (734 )     (863 )     (993 )     (1,142 )
Pro forma net income
  $ 4,371     $ 4,289     $ 4,205     $ 4,110  
                                 
Per share net income (reflects ASC 718-40)
                               
Historical
  $ 0.46     $ 0.39     $ 0.34     $ 0.30  
Pro forma income on net proceeds
    0.12       0.12       0.12       0.12  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2)
    (0.04 )     (0.04 )     (0.04 )     (0.04 )
Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment (3)
    (0.06 )     (0.06 )     (0.06 )     (0.06 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (4)
    (0.07 )     (0.07 )     (0.07 )     (0.07 )
Pro forma net income per share (5)
  $ 0.41     $ 0.34     $ 0.29     $ 0.25  
                                 
Stock price as a multiple of pro forma earnings per share
    18.29 x     22.06 x     25.86 x     30.00 x
Shares used for calculating pro forma earnings per share
    10,633,931       12,510,507       14,387,083       16,545,145  
                                 
Shareholders’ equity :
                               
Historical
  $ 94,993     $ 94,993     $ 94,993     $ 94,993  
Estimated net proceeds
    107,607       126,928       146,249       168,469  
Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation
    4,420       5,200       5,980       6,877  
Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation
    1,459       1,716       1,973       2,269  
Less: common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (9,194 )     (10,816 )     (12,438 )     (14,304 )
Less: common stock acquired by restricted stock plan (3)
    (4,597 )     (5,408 )     (6,219 )     (7,152 )
Less: expense of contribution to charitable foundation
    (4,420 )     (5,200 )     (5,980 )     (6,877 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
    190,268       207,413       224,558       244,275  
Intangible assets
    -       -       -       -  
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity
  $ 190,268     $ 207,413     $ 224,558     $ 244,275  
                                 
Stockholders’ equity per share :
                               
Historical
  $ 8.27     $ 7.02     $ 6.10     $ 5.31  
Estimated net proceeds
    9.36       9.39       9.41       9.42  
Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation
    0.38       0.38       0.38       0.38  
Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation
    0.13       0.13       0.13       0.13  
Less: common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)
    (0.80 )     (0.80 )     (0.80 )     (0.80 )
Less: common stock acquired by restricted stock plan (3)
    (0.40 )     (0.40 )     (0.40 )     (0.40 )
Less: expense of contribution to charitable foundation
    (0.38 )     (0.38 )     (0.38 )     (0.38 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 16.56     $ 15.34     $ 14.44     $ 13.66  
Intangible assets
    -       -       -       -  
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (5)
  $ 16.56     $ 15.34     $ 14.44     $ 13.66  
                                 
Offering price as percentage of equity per share
    60.39 %     65.19 %     69.25 %     73.21 %
                                 
Offering price as percentage of tangible equity per share
    60.39 %     65.19 %     69.25 %     73.21 %
                                 
Shares used for pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    11,492,000       13,520,000       15,548,000       17,880,200  
 
 
35

 
 
(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15.0% increase in the offering range to reflect a greater demand for shares or changes in market or general financial conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Assumes that 8.0% of shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from FCB. Farmington Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Farmington Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 15 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Statement of Position 93-6, “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“SOP 93-6”), requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Farmington Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 33.0%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 61,291, 72,107, 82,923, and 95,361 shares were committed to be released during the period at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with SOP 93-6, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of income per share calculations.
(3) If approved by FCB’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4.0% of the shares to be issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans, and purchases by the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from FCB or through open market purchases. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares will be provided by FCB. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 15.0% of the amount contributed to the stock-based benefit plans is amortized as an expense during the period and (iii) the stock-based benefit plans expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 33.0%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4.0% of the shares issued sold in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation)) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 3.8%.
(4) If approved by FCB’s stockholders, one of more stock-based benefit plans may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10.0% of the shares to be issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options to be granted under stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $ 3.48 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with the following assumptions; a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00 and vesting to take place over five years. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. Assuming shares of common stock used to fund stock options (equal to 10.0% of the shares issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation)) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 9.1%.
(5) Income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) and, in accordance with SOP 93-6, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares that have not been committed for release during the period and subtracting non-vested stock awards granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans. See note 2, above.
(6) The retained earnings of Farmington Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends,” “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.” The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering.
 
 
36

 
 
C OMPARISON OF VALUATION AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE FOUNDATION
 
As reflected in the table below, if the charitable foundation is not funded as part of the stock offering, RP Financial estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater, and as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the offering. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the valuation range, our pro forma valuation is $ 114.9  million $ 135.2  million, $ 155.5  million and $ 178.8  million with the charitable foundation, compared to $ 119.4 , $ 140.5  million, $ 161.6 and $ 185.8  million without the charitable foundation. There is no assurance that in the event the chartable foundation were not funded, the appraisal prepared at that time would conclude that our forma market value would be the same as that estimated in the table below. Any appraisal prepared at that time would be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and financial conditions.
 
For comparative purposes only, set forth are certain pricing ratios and financial data and ratios at and for the year ended December 31, 2010 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming the conversion and offering were completed at the beginning of the nine-month period, with and without the charitable foundation.
 
   
Minimum of
Offering Range
   
Midpoint of
Offering Range
   
Maximum of
Offering Range
   
Adjusted Maximum of
Offering Range
 
                                                 
   
With
Foundation
   
Without
Foundation
   
With
Foundation
   
Without
Foundation
   
With
Foundation
   
Without
Foundation
   
With
Foundation
   
Without
Foundation
 
               
(Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)
             
                                                 
Estimated stock offering amounts
  $ 110,500     $ 119,425     $ 130,000     $ 140,500     $ 149,500     $ 161,575     $ 171,925     $ 185,811  
Pro forma market capitalization
    114,920       119,425       135,200       140,500       155,480       161,575       178,802       185,811  
Total assets
    1,511,905       1,518,745       1,529,050       1,537,097       1,546,195       1,555,449       1,565,912       1,576,554  
Total liabilities
    1,321,637       1,321,637       1,321,637       1,321,637       1,321,637       1,321,637       1,321,637       1,321,637  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
    190,268       197,108       207,413       215,460       224,558       233,812       244,275       254,917  
Pro forma net income
    4,372       4,415       4,289       4,339       4,205       4,263       4,110       4,176  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    16.56       16.50       15.34       15.34       14.44       14.47       13.66       13.72  
Pro forma net income per share
    0.41       0.40       0.34       0.33       0.29       0.29       0.25       0.24  
                                                                 
Pro forma pricing ratios :
                                                               
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    60.39 %     60.61 %     65.19 %     65.19 %     69.25 %     69.11 %     73.21 %     72.89 %
Offering price as percentage of pro forma net income per share
    18.29 x     18.75 x     22.06 x     22.73 x     25.86 x     25.86 x     30.00 x     31.25 x
                                                                 
Pro forma financial ratios :
                                                               
Return on assets (annualized)
    0.29 %     0.29 %     0.28 %     0.28 %     0.27 %     0.27 %     0.26 %     0.26 %
Return on equity (annualized)
    2.30 %     2.24 %     2.07 %     2.01 %     1.87 %     1.82 %     1.68 %     1.64 %
Equity to assets
    12.58 %     12.98 %     13.56 %     14.02 %     14.52 %     15.03 %     15.60 %     16.17 %
Total shares issued
    14,492,000       11,943,500       13,520,000       14,050,000       15,548,000       16,157,500       17,880,200       18,581,125  

 
 
37

 

M ANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Overview
 
FCB is a Maryland corporation that was recently formed in connection with the conversion of the MHC from the mutual to the stock form of organization. The MHC currently owns all of the outstanding stock of Farmington Bank, a Connecticut-chartered savings bank. The MHC will cease to exist as a result of the conversion, and FCB will own all of the common stock of Farmington Bank.
 
Established in 1851, Farmington Bank is a full-service, community bank with 15 full service branch offices and 4 limited services offices, including our main office, located throughout Hartford County, Connecticut. Farmington Bank provides a diverse range of commercial and consumer services to businesses, individuals and governments across Central Connecticut. Farmington Bank is regulated by the Connecticut Department of Banking and the FDIC. Farmington Bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum allowable under the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC. Farmington Bank is a member of the FHLBB.
 
Our business is headed by a seasoned management team with experience in commercial and residential lending at financial institutions throughout New England. This management team was brought on commencing in 2008 following the planned retirement of our then President and Chief Executive Officer and soon thereafter, our Chief Financial Officer.  Our new management is highlighted by John J. Patrick Jr. , hired in March 2008 as our President and Chief Executive Officer.  Mr. Patrick was also named Chairman of our board of directors in July 2008, again succeeding the retiring Chairman. Mr. Patrick is a former President and Chief Executive Officer of TD Banknorth, Connecticut division and, prior to that, Mr. Patrick was President of Glastonbury Bank & Trust Co., now part of TD Bank. Mr. Patrick and the other members of our management team, including Gregory White, our Chief Financial Officer, Michael Schweighoffer, Chief Risk Officer and David Blitz, Director of Commercial Banking, each of whom joined Farmington Bank in 2009, have vast experience in such areas as commercial and consumer lending, credit analysis and risk management and in leading growth initiatives of other financial institutions. The goal of our new management team is to make Farmington Bank the premier commercial bank in Central Connecticut with an emphasis on growing our commercial loan assets and services.
 
On a consolidated basis, as of December 31, 2010, the MHC and Farmington Bank had approximately $1.4 billion in assets, $1.1 billion in deposits and total capital accounts of approximately $95.9 million.  From December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010, we experienced asset growth of approximately $160.2 million or 13%. This included significant growth in loans during 2010 of $122.0 million, or 11.6%, the result of several factors, including our purchase of $34.0 million in residential loans, a $96.3 million increase in the commercial real estate portfolio, growth in our commercial real estate swap loan product and the implementation of a home equity line of credit promotional program. We believe we would have increased assets even further in 2010 had we not purposefully slowed our growth to conserve our regulatory capital ratios.
 
The growth in loans during 2010 included an increase of $104.7 million, or 20.0% in our commercial loan portfolio.  This compares to an increase in total loans during the period of December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 of $122.0 million, or 11.6%. At December 31, 2010 the commercial loan portfolio comprised 53.2% of our overall lending portfolio; it includes commercial real estate loans, commercial loans, construction loans and timeshare loans.     The growth in our commercial loan portfolio was partly driven by our  timeshare lending line of business.  As described below, we plan to gradually exit this business and dedicate more resources toward growing core commercial lending lines of business including commercial loans, commercial real estate loans and construction loans.   As of December 31, 2010, we employed 278 full-time equivalent employees.
 
We have increased assets over the past five years and, since 2008, emphasized commercial lending. However, commercial loans as a percentage of our total loans has declined over the past five years as result of increases in home equity loans, our purchase of residential real estate loans as investments, stricter underwriting standards (which results in our turning down certain loans) and capital constraints, as well as general economic factors experienced over the past few years.  During that period we have also experienced an increase in our nonperforming loans and a corresponding increase in our provision for loan losses.  The increased provision for loan losses, among other factors, resulted in lower net income over the past few years, especially in 2008 and 2009.  The reason for this is due predominately to deteriorating economic conditions over the past few years and increased loan loss provisions resulting from weakening credit quality and impairment of securities beginning in 2008.
 
Our Business Strategy
 
Our business strategy is to operate as a well-capitalized and profitable community bank for businesses, individuals and governments, with an ongoing commitment to provide quality customer service.
 
 
Maintaining a strong capital position in excess of the well-capitalized standards set by our banking regulators to support our current operations and future growth. Due to the significant growth achieved during the past few years, we are in need of additional capital to maintain capital levels in excess of the well-capitalized standards set by our regulators. The FDIC’s requirement for a “well-capitalized” bank is a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater. As of December 31, 2010 our total risk-based capital ratio was 10.28 %. During the past year, we were able to maintain our capital levels by selling appreciated mortgage backed securities, purchasing zero risk weighted investments and making certain other strategic operational decisions. The net proceeds from the offering will significantly strengthen our capital levels, which will enable us to implement strategic initiatives designed to maximize stockholder return and support our anticipated growth, increase lending capacity and achieve long-term success.
 
 
Increasing our focus on commercial lending and continuing to expand commercial banking operations . We will continue to focus on commercial lending and the origination of commercial loans using prudent lending standards. We plan to continue to grow our commercial lending portfolio, while enhancing our complementary business products and services. We have recently hired several experienced commercial lenders, centralized our commercial banking support staff to improve efficiency and effectiveness and added a small business banking group, a governmental banking group and cash management services.
 
 
Continuing to focus on residential and consumer lending and the implementation of our secondary market residential lending program . We offer traditional residential and consumer lending products and plan to continue to build a strong residential and consumer lending program that supports our newly implemented secondary market residential lending program. Under the secondary market residential lending program, we sell a majority of our fixed rate residential originations while retaining the loan servicing function. Our interest rate risk is mitigated by avoiding the addition of low-rate twenty and thirty-year fixed rate mortgages to our loan portfolios.
 
 
Maintaining asset quality and prudent lending standards. We will continue to originate all loans utilizing prudent lending standards in an effort to maintain strong asset quality. While our delinquencies and charge-offs have increased as a result of the downturn in the economy and slow recovery, we continue to diligently manage our collection function to minimize loan losses and non-performing assets. We will continue to employ sound risk management practices as we seek to expand our lending capacity.
 
 
38 

 
 
 
Expanding our existing products and services and developing new products and services to meet the changing needs of consumers and businesses in our market area. We will continue to evaluate our consumer and business customers’ needs to ensure that we continue to offer relevant, up-to-date products and services.
 
 
Continuing expansion through de novo branching . The net proceeds from the offering will facilitate our ability to add de novo branch locations, enhancing our existing footprint and enabling us to provide our customers with increased access and service. Farmington Bank opened new branch offices in Glastonbury, Plainville and Berlin, Connecticut in 2010 and we are planning to open another branch in West Hartford during the first quarter of 2011. We intend to continue to explore opportunities to expand our branch network that are consistent with our strategic growth plans.
 
 
Taking advantage of acquisition opportunities that are consistent with our strategic growth plans. In addition to de novo branching, we intend to continue to evaluate opportunities to acquire other financial institutions and financial service related businesses in our current market area or contiguous market areas that will enable us to enhance our existing products and services and develop new products and services. We have no specific plans, agreements or understandings with respect to any expansion or acquisition opportunities.
 
 
Continuing to control non-interest expenses . As part of our strategic plan, we have begun implementing several programs designed to control costs. We monitor our expense ratios and plan to reduce our efficiency ratio by controlling expenses and increasing net interest income and non-interest income. We plan to continue to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of our business processes and our efficiency, utilizing information technology when possible.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
The accounting policies followed by us conform with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices within the banking industry. Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that our most critical accounting policies, which involve the most complex subjective decisions or assessments, relate to allowance for loan losses, other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities, income taxes, pension and other post-retirement benefits. The following is a description of our critical accounting policies and an explanation of the methods and assumptions underlying their application.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses : The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level believed adequate by management to absorb potential losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the statement of condition date. The allowance for loan losses consists of a formula allowance following FASB ASC 450 – Contingencies and FASB ASC 310 - Receivables, The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
 
The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management . This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available . The allowance consists of general, allocated and unallocated components , as further described below .
 
General component : The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors stratified by the following loan segments: residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, installment, commercial, collateral, home equity line of credit, demand, revolving credit and resort. Commercial construction includes classes for commercial real estate construction and residential development, commercial real estate, construction, commercial and consumer. Management uses a rolling average of historical losses based on a time frame appropriate to capture relevant loss data for each loan segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: levels/trends in delinquencies; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience/ability/depth of lending management and staff; and national and local economic trends and conditions. There were no material changes in the Company’s policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance for loan losses during 2010.
 
The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:
 
Residential real estate –residential real estate loans are generally originated in amounts up to 95.0% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price of the property, with private mortgage insurance required on loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80.0%. The Company generally does not grant subprime loans. All loans in this segment are collateralized by owner-occupied residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. Typically, all fixed-rate residential mortgage loans are underwritten pursuant to secondary market underwriting guidelines which include minimum FICO standards. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.
 
 
39

 
 
Commercial real estate – Loans in this segment are primarily income-producing properties throughout New England. The underlying cash flows generated by the properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates, which in turn, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. Management obtains rent rolls annually and continually monitors the cash flows of these loans.
 
Construction loans – Loans in this segment include commercial construction loans, real estate subdivision development loans, to developers, licensed contractors and builders for the construction and development of commercial real estate projects and residential properties. Construction lending contains a unique risk characteristic as loans are originated under market and economic conditions that may change between the time of origination and the completion and subsequent purchaser financing of the property. In addition, construction subdivision loans and commercial and residential construction loans to contractors and developers entail additional risks as compared to single-family residential mortgage lending to owner-occupants. These loans typically involve large loan balances concentrated in single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Real estate subdivision development loans to developers, licensed contractors and builders for the construction are generally speculative real estate development loans for which payment is derived from sale of the property. Credit risk is affected by cost overruns, time to sell at an adequate price, and market conditions. Construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of credit risk than longer-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Residential construction credit quality is impacted by the overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices.
 
Installment, Collateral, Demand and Revolving Credit– Loans in these segments include installment, demand, revolving credit and collateral loans, principally to customers residing in our primary market area with acceptable credit ratings. Our installment and collateral consumer loans generally consist of loans on new and used automobiles, loans collateralized by deposit accounts and unsecured personal loans. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. Excluding collateral loans which are fully collateralized by a deposit account, repayment for loans in these segments are dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower.
 
Commercial– Loans in this segment are made to businesses and are generally secured by assets of the business. Repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business. A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer spending, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.
 
Home equity line of credit–Loans in this segment include home equity loans and lines of credit generally underwritten with a loan-to-value ratio generally limited to no more than 90%, including any first mortgage. Our home equity lines of credit have ten-year terms and adjustable rates of interest which are indexed to the prime rate. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.
 
Resort– Loans in this segment include direct receivable, inventory, pre-sale, homeowner association and acquisition & development loans to timeshare developer / operators and participations in timeshare loans originated by experienced timeshare lending institutions, and originates and sells timeshare participations to other lending institutions. Lending to this industry is generally done on a nationwide basis, as the majority of timeshare operators are located outside of the Northeast. The Company currently owns no acquisition & development loans, and a limited amount of inventory loans, homeowner association loans, and pre-sale loans. Receivable loans are typically underwritten utilizing a lending formula in which loan advances are based on a percentage of eligible consumer notes. In addition, these loans generally contain provisions for recourse to the developer, the obligation of the developer to replace defaulted notes, and parameters with respect to minimum FICO scores or average weighted FICO scores of the portfolio of pledged notes. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.
 
Allocated component : The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial real estate, construction, commercial and resort loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential real estate loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are subject to a troubled debt restructuring agreement or they are nonaccrual loans with outstanding balances of $500,000 or more.
 
 
40

 
 
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record , and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and construction loans by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Management updates the analysis quarterly. The assumptions used in appraisals are reviewed for appropriateness. Updated appraisals are obtained as needed or adjusted to reflect the estimated decline in the fair value based upon current market conditions for comparable properties.
 
The Company periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.
 
Unallocated component :  An unallocated component is maintained, when needed, to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general reserves in the portfolio. The Company’s Loan Policy allows management to utilize a high and low range of 0.0% to 5.0% of our total allowance for loan losses when establishing an unallocated allowance, when considered necessary . The unallocated allowance is used to provide for an unidentified loss that may exist in emerging problem loans that cannot be fully quantified or may be affected by conditions not fully understood as of the balance sheet date .
 
Beginning in 2007 and continuing in 2010, softening real estate markets and generally weak economic conditions have lead to declines in collateral values and stress on the cash flows of borrowers. These adverse economic conditions could continue placing further stress on the Company’s borrowers and resulting in increases in charge-offs, delinquencies and non-performing loans and lower valuations for the Company’s impaired loans, which could in turn impact significant estimates such as the allowance for loan losses and the effect could be material.
 
Other-than-Temporary Impairment of Securities:   In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) 320-Debt and Equity Securities, a decline in market value of a debt security below amortized cost that is deemed other-than-temporary is charged to earnings for the credit related other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) resulting in the establishment of a new cost basis for the security, while the non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income if there is no intent or requirement to sell the security. Management reviews the securities portfolio on a quarterly basis for the presence of OTTI. An assessment is made as to whether the decline in value results from company-specific events, industry developments, general economic conditions, credit losses on debt or other reasons. After the reasons for the decline are identified, further judgments are required as to whether those conditions are likely to reverse and, if so, whether that reversal is likely to result in a recovery of the fair value of the investment in the near term. If it is judged not to be near-term, a charge is taken which results in a new cost basis. Credit related OTTI for debt securities is recognized in earnings while non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income if there is no intent to sell or will not be required to sell the security. If an equity security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired, the full impairment is considered to be credit-related and a charge to earnings would be recorded.   Management believes the policy for evaluating securities for other-than-temporary impairment is critical because it involves significant judgments by management and could have a material impact on our net income.
 
Gains and losses on sales of securities are recognized at the time of sale on a specific identification basis. Marketable equity and debt securities are classified as either trading, available-for-sale, or held-to-maturity (applies only to debt securities). Management determines the appropriate classifications of securities at the time of purchase. At December 31, 2010 and 2009 , we had no debt or equity securities classified as trading. Held-to-maturity securities are debt securities for which we have the ability and intent to hold until maturity. All other securities not included in held-to-maturity are classified as available-for-sale. Held-to-maturity securities are recorded at amortized cost, adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts. Available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, on available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of equity, until realized. Further information relating to the fair value of securities can be found within Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized or accreted into interest income over the term of the securities using the level yield method.
 
Income Taxes: Deferred income taxes are provided for differences arising in the timing of income and expenses for financial reporting and for income tax purposes. Deferred income taxes and tax benefits are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We provide a deferred tax asset valuation allowance for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards when realization is determined not to be more likely than not.
 
 
41

 
 
We adopted the provisions of FASB ASC 740-10, “ Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” , on January 1, 2007. FASB ASC 740-10 prescribes a recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements and provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition issues. Pursuant to FASB ASC 740-10, we examine our financial statements, our income tax provision and our federal and state income tax returns and analyze our tax positions, including permanent and temporary differences, as well as the major components of income and expense, to determine whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. We recognize interest and penalties arising from income tax settlements as part of our provision for income taxes.
 
In December 1999, we created and have since maintained a “passive investment company” (“PIC”), as permitted by Connecticut law. At December 31, 2010 there were no material uncertain tax positions related to federal and state income tax matters. We are currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities for the years ended December 31, 2008 through 2010.   If the state taxing authority were to determine that the PIC was not in compliance with statutory requirements, a material amount of taxes could be due.
 
As of December 31, 2010, management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized through future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences. As of December 31, 2010, our net deferred tax asset was $ 11.4 million and there was no valuation allowance.
 
Pension and Other Post-retirement Benefits: We have a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan that provides benefits for substantially all employees hired before January 1, 2007 who meet certain requirements as to age and length of service. The benefits are based on years of service and average compensation, as defined in the plan. Our funding policy is to contribute annually the maximum amount that could be deducted for federal income tax purposes, while meeting the minimum funding standards established by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
 
In addition to providing pension benefits, we provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for retired employees. Participants or eligible employees hired before January 1, 1993 become eligible for the benefits if they retire after reaching age 62 with fifteen or more years of service. A fixed percent of annual costs are paid depending on length of service at retirement. We accrue for the estimated costs of these other post-retirement benefits through charges to expense during the years that employees render service. We make contributions to cover the current benefits paid under this plan. Management believes the policy for determining pension and other post-retirement benefit expenses is critical because judgments are required with respect to the appropriate discount rate, rate of return on assets, salary increases and other items. Management reviews and updates these assumptions annually. If our estimate of pension and post-retirement expense is too low we may experience higher expenses in the future, reducing our net income. If our estimate is too high, we may experience lower expenses in the future, increasing our net income. For a discussion of Recent Accounting Pronouncements, see “–Recent Accounting Pronouncements” and “CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”.
 
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009
 
Our total assets increased $ 161.0 million, or 12.9 %, to $ 1.4 billion at December 31, 2010, from $1.3 billion at December 31, 2009, primarily due to a $ 42.3 million increase in our investment portfolio and a $ 117.9 million increase in net loans .
 
Our investment portfolio totaled $ 166.7 million, or 11.8 % of total assets, and $124.4 million, or 9.9% of total assets, respectively, at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Available-for-sale investment securities increased $ 41.7 million, or 34.3 %, to $ 163.0 million at December 31, 2010 from $121.4 million at December 31, 2009, primarily due to purchases totaling $ 321.7 million of U.S. treasury obligations and U.S. government agency obligations used to collateralize municipal deposits and repurchase agreements and a decrease of $ 279.3 million in principal repayments or sold matured mortgage-backed securities. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, the securities available-for-sale portfolio was comprised of $ 124.0 million and $5.0 million in U.S. treasury obligations and U.S. government agency obligations, $ 32.3 million and $106.2 million in government sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities, $ 1 .1 million and $1.5 million in corporate debt securities, $ 44,000 and $90,000 in trust preferred debt securities, $ 406,000 and $ 1.4 million in marketable equity securities, $ 3.3 million and $5.1 million in mutual funds and $1.9 million and $2.0 million in trust preferred equity securities. Securities held-to-maturity increased $ 662,000, or 22.0 %, to $ 3.7  million at December 31, 2010 from $3.0 million at December 31, 2009.
 
The net unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale, on a pre-tax basis, decreased $ 2.4 million to $ 1.7 million at December 31, 2010 from $ 4.1 million at December 31, 2009. The decrease in the net unrealized gains on investment securities available-for-sale reflects the sale of two mortgage-backed securities and several marketable equity securities for a net gain of $ 1.7 million  and unrealized holding losses totaling $ 297,000 . The held-to-maturity securities portfolio had an amortized cost of $ 3.7 million at December 31, 2010 comprised of a $3.0 million trust preferred security,  $ 663,000 municipal debt securities and two mortgage-backed securities totaling $9,000 that had an aggregate fair market value of $ 3.7 million, compared to an amortized cost of $3.0 million at December 31, 2009, comprised of a $3.0 million trust preferred security and $ 10,000 in mortgage-backed securities that had an aggregate fair market value of $3.0 million. Principal payments totaling $1,000 were made in held-to-maturity securities ended December 31, 2010. During 2010, the only purchases designated as held-to-maturity were the $ 663,000 municipal debt securities . At December 31, 2010, our available-for-sale investment securities portfolio gross unrealized losses equaled $ 297,000, of which $ 292,000 was from securities that had been in a loss position of twelve months or more.   The gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2010 were primarily comprised of a $ 288,000 unrealized loss on a preferred equity security that has been in a loss position since 2007 with a gross unrealized loss of $ 297,000 and $ 368,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009 , respectively. Management does not believe that the unrealized loss represents and other-than-temporary impairment .
 
 
42

 
 
Net loans receivable increased $117.9 million to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2010 from $1.0 billion at December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a $96.3 million, or 36.3%, increase in commercial real estate loans, an $8.1 million, or 7.7%, increase in commercial loans, a $15.2 million, or 22.8%, increase in home equity lines of credit and a $22.4 million, or 27.1%, increase in resort (timeshare) loans, offset by a $22.1 million, or 32.1%, decrease in construction loans. The significant growth in loans during 2010 was a result of several factors, including our purchase of $34.0 million in residential loans, a $96.3 million increase in the commercial real estate portfolio, growth in our commercial real estate swap loan product and the implementation of a home equity line of credit promotional program. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, the loan portfolio consisted of $453.6 million and $446.9 million in residential real estate loans, $361.8 million and $265.5 million in commercial real estate loans, $46.6 million and $68.7 million in construction loans, $12.6 million and $16.4 million in installment loans, $112.5 million and $104.5 million in commercial loans, $81.8 million and $66.7 million in home equity lines of credit loans, $105.2 and $82.8 million in resort (timeshare) loans and $2.3 million and $3.0 million in collateral, demand and revolving credit loans.
 
The allowance for loan losses increased $ 4.4 million to $ 20.7 million at December 31, 2010 from $16.3 million at December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a $ 4.9 million allocation made during 2010 for a $ 4.9 million impaired resort (timeshare) loan. Impaired loans increased to $ 31.0 million as of December 31, 2010 from $16.4 million as of December 31, 2009. Non-performing loans increased to $ 17.7 million at December 31, 2010 from $14.8 million as of December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, the allowance for loan losses represented 1.76 % of total loans and 117.0 % of non-performing loans, compared to 1.6% of total loans and 109.9% of non-performing loans as of December 31, 2009. Net charge-offs for 2010 were $ 2.4 million, or 0.21 %, to average loans outstanding for the period.
 
Bank-owned life insurance increased $ 5.7 million to $ 19.7 million at December 31, 2010 from $14.0 million at December 31, 2009 primarily due to the purchase of an additional $5.0 million in bank-owned life insurance to offset costs incurred in connection with supplemental executive compensation plans executed in 2009.
 
Premises and equipment increased $ 1.6 million to $ 21.9 million at December 31, 2010 from $20.3 million at December 31, 2009, primarily due to the purchases and renovations of our three new branches (Glastonbury , Plainville and Berlin, Connecticut) that we opened in 2010.
 
Deposits increased $ 114.6 million, or 11.5 %, to $ 1.1 billion at December 31, 2010 from $993.9 million at December 31, 2009. Interest-bearing deposits grew $ 93.3 million, or 10.8 %, to $ 958.3 million at December 31, 2010 from $865.0 million at December 31, 2009 . Noninterest-bearing demand deposits totaled $ 150.2 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $ 21.3 million from December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, interest-bearing deposits consisted of $ 217.2 million and $151.8 million in NOW accounts, $ 158.2 million and $146.9 million in money market accounts, $ 129.1 million and $119.5 million in savings accounts, $ 453.7 million and $446.7 million in time deposits and $ 137,000 and $130,000 in club accounts. The $ 93.3 million increase in interest-bearing deposits from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 was primarily due to a $ 65.4 million, or 43.1 %, increase in NOW accounts that was largely attributable to a $ 62.7 million increase in NOW account balances held by municipalities during the period. The increase in low cost municipal deposits is due to the significant number of new municipal relationships developed by our new government banking group established during the second half of 2009. Our deposit base was also positively impacted by the opening of three new branches during 2010. Our weighted-average rate paid on deposits outstanding at December 31, 2010 declined 20 basis points to 0.7 % from 0.9% at December 31, 2009.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased $ 9.0 million, or 14.5 %, to $ 71.0 million at December 31, 2010 from $62.0 million at December 31, 2009. Our repurchase liabilities increased $ 33.9 million to $ 84.0 million at December 31, 2010 from $50.1 million at December 31, 2009 due to an increase in our business checking customers using our repurchase swap product where excess funds are swept daily into a collateralized account.
 
Total capital accounts increased $ 1.3 million, or 1.4 %, to $ 95.0 million at December 31, 2010 compared to $93.7 million at December 31, 2009. This was primarily due to earnings of $ 4.9 million, offset by a decrease in net unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale of $ 1.6 million and $2.0 million change in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to employee benefit plans, net of tax effects . Our total risk weighted capital to risk weighted assets declined from 10.47 % at December 31, 2009 to 10.28 % at December 31, 2010, which is 28 basis points above the   10.0% minimum total risk-based capital ratio that the FDIC regulation requires us to maintain in order to be considered well capitalized. During 2010, we were able to maintain our capital levels by selling appreciated mortgage-backed securities, purchasing zero-risk weighted investments and making certain other strategic operational decisions. The net proceeds from the offering will significantly strengthen our capital levels allowing us to aggressively pursue our strategic initiatives.
 
 
43

 
 
Comparison of Operating Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2010 to the Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
Our results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income from earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We also generate noninterest income, including service charges on deposit accounts, mortgage servicing income, bank-owned life insurance income, safe deposit box rental fees, brokerage fees, insurance commissions and other miscellaneous fees. Our noninterest expense primarily consists of employee compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs and other noninterest expenses. Our results of operations are also affected by our provision for loan losses.
 
The following discussion provides a summary and comparison of our operating results for years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Income Statement Summary:
                         
    Years Ended
 December 31,
       
                         
   
2010
   
2009
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
       
                         
Net interest income
  $ 49,450     $ 40,567     $ 8,883       21.9 %
Provision for loan losses
    6,694       7,896       ( 1,202 )     ( 15.2 ) %
Noninterest income ( loss )
    6,889       3,635       3,254       89.5 %
Noninterest expense
    42,674       35,242       7,432       21.1 %
Income before income taxes
    6,971       1,064       5,907       555.2 %
Provision for Income taxes
    2,102       175       1,927       1101.1 %
Net income
  $ 4,869     $ 889     $ 3,980       447.7 %
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, net income increased by $ 4.0 million to $ 4.9 million, compared to a $ 889,000 net income for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in net income primarily resulted from an $ 8.9 million increase in net interest income, a $ 1.2 million decrease in the provision for loan losses and a $ 3.3 million increase in noninterest income, which was partially offset by an increase of $ 7.4 million in noninterest expense and a $ 1.9 million increase in the income tax provision. The increase in net interest income was the result of a $ 3.1 million, or 5.3 %, increase in interest income and a reduction of $ 5.8 million, or 33.3 %, in interest expense. The increase in noninterest income was primarily due to an increase of $ 285,000 in fees for customer services, a $ 1.7 million increase on gains on sale of investment securities, a $160,000 increase due to the absence of investment impairments, a $ 177,000 increase in bank-owned life insurance and a $ 227,000 increase in other noninterest income. The increase in noninterest expense was attributable to an increase of $ 4.8 million, or 26.1 %, in salary and benefit expense, a $ 1.1 million increase in occupancy expense, a $ 967,000 increase in furniture and equipment expense, a $ 1.0 million increase in marketing premiums, which was partially offset by a $ 412,000 decline in FDIC insurance premiums and a $75,000 decrease in other noninterest expense , when compared to the same period in 2009. The provision for income taxes increased $ 1.9 million to $ 2.1 million for the year ended 2010 compared to   tax expense of $175,000 in 2009 as a result of an increase in taxable income.
 
Net Interest Income:   Net interest income is determined by the interest rate spread (i.e., the difference between the yields earned on interest-earning assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities) and the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income before the provision for loan losses was $ 49.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $ 40.6 million for the same period in 2009. The $ 8.9 million, or 21.9 %, increase in net interest income was primarily due to a $ 3.1 million, or 5.3 %, increase in interest income and a reduction of $ 5.8 million, or 33.3 %, in interest expense. Average interest-earning assets increased by $ 178.3 million, or 15.7 %, to $1.3 billion during the year   ended December 31, 2010 when compared to the same period in the prior year. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $ 168.3 million, or 17.4 %, to $1.1 billion during year ended December 31, 2010 when compared to December 31, 2009.   Our net interest rate spread increased 32 basis points to 3.63 % during 2010 from 3.31 % for 2009, primarily due to a 77 basis point decline in the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 1.02 % for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 1.79 % during the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Interest and Dividend Income: For the year ended December 31, 2010, interest and dividend income increased $ 3.1 million, or 5.3 %, to $ 61.1 million from $ 58.0 million for the same period in the prior year. Our average interest-earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2010, grew by $ 178.3 million, or 15.7 %, to $1.3 billion from $1.1 billion in the prior year, while the yield on average interest-earning assets decreased 45 basis points to 4.65 % from 5.10 %. A decline of $ 6.4 million in the average balance of securities for the year ended December 31, 2010 when compared to December 31, 2009, coupled with a 1.55 basis point decline in the yield resulted in a $ 2.5 million, or 35.7 %, reduction in the interest and dividends on investments. Interest income on loans receivable increased $ 5.7 million, or 11.2%, to $56.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $50.5 million for the prior year due to an increase of $ 177.1 million, or 19.3 %, in the average balance of loans receivable, partially offset by a 37 basis point decline in the weighted average yield. Other interest income earned on federal funds sold and other short-term investments declined $ 98,000 to $ 495,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 when compared to $ 593,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decline was due to a 23 basis points reduction in the yield earned for the year ended December 31, 2010 when compared to December 31, 2009.
 
 
44

 
 
Interest Expense: Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 declined $ 5.8 million, or 33.3 %, to $ 11.6 million from $ 17.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This primarily resulted from a 80 basis points decline in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits to 0.84 % for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 1.64 % during 2009 .   The decrease in the cost of funds was primarily due to the impact the sustained low interest rate environment had on our time deposits during the year ended December 31, 2010. The decline in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities was largely attributable to our implementation of a more disciplined pricing strategy for time deposits where we reduced short-term rates, maintained longer-term rates at a competitive rate and reduced our rate concession practices for customers who did not utilize multiple bank services. This resulted in a $ 40.5 million, or 8.6 %, decline in the average balance of time deposits for the year ended December 31, 2010 when compared to the average balance for the year ended December 31, 2009. The cash outflow of matured time deposits was offset with lower cost municipal deposit accounts opened by our new government banking group. The government banking group assisted in increasing the municipal NOW and money market accounts year-to-date average balance outstanding to $ 426.3 million at December 31, 2010 from $ 236.4 million at December 31, 2009.
 
Average outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston were $ 66.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $ 10.4 million when compared to December 31, 2009. The average rate paid on these borrowings was 3.23 % for the year ended December 31, 2010, or 32 basis lower than the average rate of 3.55 % for the year 2009. The decrease in the average rate for Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings resulted from the maturity of $ 14.0 million of higher-cost borrowings in 2010 being replaced with $20.0 million of lower-cost borrowings as of December 31, 2010.
 
Provision for Loan Losses:   The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level management determined to be appropriate to absorb estimated credit losses that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the dates of the financial statements. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis and charges any provision for loan losses needed to current operations. The assessment considers historical loss experience, historical and current delinquency statistics, the loan portfolio segment and the amount of loans in the loan portfolio, the financial strength of the borrowers, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions and other credit quality indicators .
 
Management recorded a provision for loan losses of $ 6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 which is a decline of $ 1.2 million from the provision of $ 7.9 million recorded during the year ended December 31, 2009 . The provision recorded is based upon management’s analysis of the allowance for loan losses necessary to absorb the estimated credit losses in the loan portfolio for the period primarily due to the slow economic recovery within our market area and the resulting increase in non-performing loans and delinquent loans.
 
At December 31, 2010, the allowance for loan losses totaled $ 20.7 million, or 1.8 % of total loans and 117.0 % of non-performing loans, compared to an allowance for loan losses of $ 16.3 million which represented 1.6% of total loans and 109.9 % of non-performing loans at December 31, 2009.  The increase of $4.4 million in allowance for loan losses in 2010 is primarily the result of a specific allocation of $4.9 million for a $4.9 million nonperforming timeshare loan.
 
Noninterest Income (Loss):   Sources of noninterest income primarily include banking service charges on deposit accounts, brokerage and insurance fees, bank-owned life insurance and mortgage servicing income. Other-than-temporary impairment of securities are also included in noninterest income (loss).
 
The following table summarizes noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
                           
     
Years Ended December 31,
 
     
2010
   
2009
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
     
( Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities
  $ -     $ (160 )   $ 160       100.0 %
 
Fees for customer services
    3,061       2,776       285       10.3 %
 
Net gain ( loss ) on sales of investments
    1,686       -       1,686       100.0 %
 
Gain ( loss ) on loans sold
    822       86       736       855.8 %
 
Brokerage fee income
    377       394       ( 17 )     ( 4.3 ) %
 
Bank-owned life insurance income
    667       490       177       36.1 %
 
Other
    276       49       227       463.3 %
 
Total noninterest income (loss)
  $ 6,889     $ 3,635     $ 3,254       89.5 %
 
 
45

 
 
Noninterest income increased by $ 3.3 million to $ 6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $ 3.6 million for the year ending December 31, 2009. There were net gains from the sale of securities of $ 1.7 million in 2010 compared to no gains or losses experienced in the year ended December 31, 2009. We sold appreciated marketable equity securities and appreciated mortgage-backed securities to bolster our risk based capital ratio to ensure we remained well capitalized. Fees for customer services increased $ 285,000, or 10.3 %, to $ 3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $ 2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily due to increases of $ 120,000 in debit card exchange fees earned and $ 116,000 in cash management service fees. The gain on the sale of fixed-rate residential mortgage loans increased by $ 736,000 to $ 822,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 when compared to the $ 86,000 gain during the same period in 2009 as a result of the commencement of our secondary marketing residential lending program in the third quarter of 2010.   Income earned on bank-owned life insurance increased $ 177,000 in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009 as a result of our purchase of $5.0 million in additional insurance policies during the past year. We did not have any other-than-temporary impairment of securities in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to a loss of $160,000 in the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Noninterest Expense:   The following table summarizes noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
                         
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2010
 
2009
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
( Dollars in thousands)
 
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 23,221     $ 18,413     $ 4,808       26.1 %
Occupancy expense
    4,142       2,993       1,149       38.4 %
Furniture and equipment expense
    4,022       3,055       967       31.7 %
FDIC assessments
    1,760       2,172       ( 412 )     ( 19.0 ) %
Marketing expense
    2,583       1,588       995       62.7 %
Other operating expense (1)
    6,946       7,021       (75 )     (1.1 ) %
Total noninterest expense
  $ 42,674     $ 35,242     $ 7,432       21.1 %
 
(1)   Includes directors’ fees and expenses totaling $383,400 and $350,800 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 , respectively.
 
Noninterest expense increased $ 7.4 million, or 21.1 %, to $ 42.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $ 35.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 . Salary and employee benefits expense increased $ 4.8 million which was mainly attributable to the addition of 48 full time equivalent employees to support our commercial lending, accounting and loan workout areas, three   new branches that opened during 2010 and the implementation of cash management, government banking and a small business lending department. In addition, salary and employee benefits increased by $ 676,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 2009 in connection with supplemental retirement agreements entered into during December 2009 and a new phantom stock plan offered in 2009. Please see “COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS” for more information with respect to the supplemental retirement agreements and phantom stock plan. Occupancy expense increased $ 1.1 million, or 38.4 %, to $ 4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $ 3.0 million for 2009 due to expenses totaling $ 1.0 million relating to the occupation of our new leased corporate headquarters in October 2009 and $ 229,000 associated with the opening of our Glastonbury , Plainville and Berlin branches during 2010, which expense was partially offset by a $ 84,000 reduction in other occupancy expenses. The $ 967,000 increase in furniture and equipment expense in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31,   2009 was primarily the result of $ 451,000 of depreciation and other maintenance costs incurred in connection with the installation of new teller cash recyclers and coin counters in all of our branches, $ 417,000 in furniture and equipment depreciation and other costs incurred in connection with relocating to our new headquarters and $ 222,000 in depreciation and other costs in connection with three new branches opened during 2010, offset by a decrease in operating lease expense of $137,000 due to an early cancellation fee incurred in 2009 . We moved to our new headquarters to promote greater efficiency, unify our departments and leadership team and create an environment to support our continued growth. We also incurred FDIC assessments of $ 1.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, representing a $ 412,000 decrease from the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily due to the $560,000 special assessment charged by the FDIC in 2009 in an effort to restore the FDIC insurance fund. Marketing expenses increased by $ 995,000, or 62.7 %, to $ 2.6 million largely due to the costs associated with the implementation of a marketing re-branding program related to our name change to Farmington Bank from Farmington Savings Bank, expenses incurred with the opening of three   new branches and costs related to website upgrades. Other operating expense decreased by $ 75,000 to $ 6.9 million due to various decreases in operating costs during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Income Tax Provision: Income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $ 2.1 million, an increase of $ 1.9 million from the year ended December 31, 2009 .   The effective tax rate was 30.2 % and 16.4 % of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The effective tax rate differed from the statutory rate of 34 % for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 primarily due to the preferential tax treatment of corporate dividends received and non-taxable earnings on bank-owned life insurance and municipal investments.
 
 
46

 
 
Comparison of Operating Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2009 to the Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
The following discussion provides a summary and comparison of our operating results for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
Income Statement Summary:
                           
     
Years Ended
December 31,
 
     
2009
   
2008
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
     
( Dollars in thousands)
 
                           
 
Net interest income
  $ 40,567     $ 33,113     $ 7,454       22.5 %
 
Provision for loan losses
    7,896       2,117       5,779       273.0 %
 
Noninterest income (loss)
    3,635       (560 )     4,195       749.1 %
 
Noninterest expense
    35,242       27,877       7,365       26.4 %
 
Income before income taxes
    1,064       2,559       (1,495 )     (58.4 )%
 
Provision for income taxes
    175       613       (438 )     (71.5 )%
 
Net income
  $ 889     $ 1,946     $ (1,057 )     (54.3 )%
 
We had net income of $889,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to a net income of $1.9 million for 2008. When comparing 2009 to 2008, net interest income increased $7.5 million, or 22.5%, primarily due to an increase of $4.4 million in mortgage interest and fees on loans and a decline in interest expense of $5.2 million. The $5.8 million, or $273.0%, increase in the provision for loan losses to $7.9 million in 2009 from $2.1 million in 2008 was a result of management’s determination that an increase in the allowance for loan losses was necessary to absorb the estimated credit losses in the loan portfolio attributable to the growth of the portfolio, the continued decline in economic conditions within our market area and the resulting increase in non-performing loans. Non-performing loans increased from $6.1 million as of December 31, 2008 to $14.8 million as of December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, the allowance for loan losses represented 1.6% of total loans and 110.0% of non-performing loans, compared to 1.2% of total loans and 162.8% of non-performing loans as of December 31, 2008. Losses from other-than-temporary impairment of securities were $160,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, causing the change in noninterest income (loss) between the periods. Noninterest income increased by $4.2 million to $3.6 million and noninterest expense increased by $7.4 million to $35.2 million in 2009 from 2008. The $7.4 million increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to increases in salaries and employee benefits, FDIC assessments, furniture and equipment expenses, marketing expenses and other related expenses. Income before taxes decreased $1.5 million to $1.1 million for the year ending December 31, 2009 from income before taxes of $2.6 million for the prior year.
 
Net Interest Income : Net interest income before the provision for loan loss increased 22.5% to $40.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $33.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to an increase of $4.4 million in mortgage interest and fees on loans and a decline in interest expense of $5.2 million. Our net interest rate spread increased to 3.3% for the year ended December 31, 2009 from 2.9% for the year ended December 31, 2008. Average interest-earning assets increased $160.6 million, or 16.5%, to $1.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $975.3 million for the prior year.
 
Interest and Dividend Income : Interest and dividend income increased $2.3 million, or 4.1%, to $58.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $55.7 million the prior year. The increase in interest and dividend income from 2008 to 2009 was due primarily to a $162.4 million increase in the average balance of loans receivable to $918.7 million from $756.3 million and a $31.2 million increase in the average balance of federal funds sold and other short-term investments and interest-earning assets to $63.5 million from $32.3 million, offset by a $36.1 million decrease in the average balance of investment securities to $146.2 million from $182.3 million and a 61 basis point decline in the yield on interest-earning assets to 5.10%. The average loan yield for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased 53 basis points to 5.49% from 6.02% compared to the prior year as a result of the lower interest rate environment in 2009, as well as the scheduled repricing of certain adjustable rate mortgages. Interest and dividend income on securities decreased to $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, which was primarily attributable to a decline in the average securities available-for-sale of $36.1 million, or 19.8%.
 
Interest Expense:   Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased 23.0% to $17.4 million from $22.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the prior year was attributable to a 98 basis point decline in the average rate paid from 2.77% in 2008 to 1.79% in 2009 as a result of the falling rate environment, partially offset by a $153.2 million increase average interest-bearing liabilities. For the year ended December 31, 2009, average interest-bearing liabilities rose 18.8% to $969.8 million from $816.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2009, average noninterest-bearing deposits increased $3.2 million, or 2.9%, to $114.1 million from $110.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
 
47

 
 
Provision for Loan Losses: Management recorded a provision of $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $5.8 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. The provision recorded is based upon management’s analysis of the allowance for loan losses necessary to absorb the estimated credit losses in the loan portfolio for the period primarily due to the growth in the loan portfolio, the continued decline in economic activity within our market area and the resulting increase in non-performing loans. Non-performing loans increased from $6.1 million as of December 31, 2008 to $14.8 million as of December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, the allowance for loan losses totaled $ 16.3 million, or 109.9% of non-performing loans and 1.6% of total loans, compared to $10.0 million at December 31, 2008, or 162.8% of non-performing loans and 1.2% of total loans. We experienced net loan charge-offs of $1.5 million in 2009 compared with net charge-offs of $289,000 in 2008. The increase in loan charge-offs was primarily due to the impact of continued decline in the economic conditions in our marketplace on our borrowers. Delinquencies in our loan portfolio also increased as a result of the market conditions.
 
Noninterest Income (Loss): The following table summarizes noninterest income for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
                           
     
Year Ended
December 31,
       
     
2009
   
2008
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
           
( Dollars in thousands)
 
             
 
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities
  $ (160 )   $ (5,176 )   $ 5,016       96.9 %
 
Fees for customer service
    2,776       2,594       182       7.0 %
 
Net loss on sales of investments
    -       (30 )     30       100.0 %
 
Gain on real estate investment
    -       701       (701 )     (100.0 )%
 
Gain (loss) on loans sold
    (39 )     123       (162 )     (131.7 )%
 
Brokerage fee income
    394       408       (14 )     (3.4 )%
 
Bank-owned life insurance income
    490       520       (30 )     (5.8 )%
 
Other
    174       300       (126 )     (42.0 )%
 
Total noninterest income (loss)
  $ 3,635     $ (560 )   $ 4,195       749.1 %
 
Noninterest income (loss) increased by $4.2 million to $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to ($560,000) for 2008. There were net losses experienced in the amount of $30,000 from the sale of securities in 2008. Noninterest income included other-than-temporary impairment charges totaling $160,000 for 2009 compared to $5.2 million of other-than-temporary impairment charges during the year ended December 31, 2008. Other-than-temporary impairment charges in 2009 were comprised of a trust preferred bond. Fees for customer services increased $182,000, or 7.0%, to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $2.6 million for the prior year primarily due to increases in ATM fees, insurance fees earned and miscellaneous fees. In 2008 a gain on real estate investment of $701,000 was recognized. There was no gain on real estate investment recognized during the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Noninterest Expense:   Noninterest expense increased by $7.3 million, or 26.4%, to $35.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $27.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
The following table summarizes noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
                           
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
 
2008
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 18,413     $ 14,681     $ 3,732       25.4 %
 
Occupancy expense
    2,993       2,951       42       1.4 %
 
Furniture and equipment expense
    3,055       2,658       397       14.9 %
 
FDIC assessments
    2,172       292       1,880       643.8 %
 
Marketing expense
    1,588       1,224       364       29.7 %
 
Other expense (1)
    7,021       6,071       950       15.6 %
 
Total noninterest expense
  $ 35,242     $ 27,877     $ 7,365       26.4 %
 
(1) Includes directors’ fees and expenses of $351,000 and $308,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
 
48

 
 
The $3.7 million increase in salary and employee benefits was mainly attributable to a $2.8 million increase in salary costs when compared to the same period in the prior year. The increased salary costs were due to the addition of 14 full-time equivalent employees during 2009, which included several new officers in the areas of commercial banking, government banking, marketing, cash management and finance. Other increases in salary and employee benefits included increased costs of $236,000 in pension expense, $223,000 in employment taxes, $142,000 in 401(k) Plan expense and $142,000 in workmen’s compensation insurance when compared to the same period in the prior year, as well as the inclusion of directors’ fees and expenses in this expense category. The $397,000 increase in furniture and equipment expense for 2009 as compared to 2008 was primarily the result of furniture and equipment depreciation, costs incurred in connection with relocating to our new corporate headquarters and an increase in equipment lease payments. FDIC assessments increased $1.9 million in 2009 from 2008 as a result of a $560,000 special premium and increased deposit assessment rates levied by the FDIC for the purpose of restoring the federal deposit insurance fund. Other noninterest expense increased $950,000, or 15.6%, in 2009 from the prior year due to an increase of $240,000 in audit fees, $143,000 in the provision for the off-balance sheet commitments reserve, $95,000 in correspondent bank services, $91,000 in collection expense, $88,000 in legal costs, $72,000 in OREO expenses and $221,000 in various other operating expenses. Marketing expenses increased by $364,000, or 29.7%, to $1.6 million largely due to costs associated with increases in marketing research, giveaways and special promotions and print and media advertising used to expand our visibility within our targeted markets.
 
Income Tax Provision: Due to net income of $ 889,000 in 2009, we had an income tax provision of $175,000 in 2009 compared to an income tax provision of $613,000 in 2008. The effective tax rate was 16.4% and 24.0% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The effective tax rate differed from the statutory rate of 34.0% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 primarily due to the preferential tax treatment of corporate dividends received and non-taxable earnings on bank-owned life insurance and municipal investments.
 
Management of Market and Interest Rate Risk
 
General:   The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. Consequently, our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. Our assets, consisting primarily of loans and available-for-sale investment securities, generally have longer contractual maturities than our liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits. As a result, a principal part of our business strategy is to manage interest rate risk and reduce the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Accordingly, our board of directors has established an asset/liability committee which is responsible for (i) evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, (ii) determining the level of risk that is appropriate given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives and (iii) managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by our board of directors. Management monitors the level of interest rate risk on a regular basis and the asset/liability committee meets at least quarterly to review our asset/liability policies and interest rate risk position.
 
We have sought to manage our interest rate risk in order to minimize the exposure of our earnings and capital to changes in interest rates. During the low interest rate environment that has existed in recent years, we have implemented the following strategies to manage our interest rate risk: (i) emphasizing adjustable rate loans, including adjustable rate one-to-four family, commercial and consumer loans, (ii) reducing and shortening the expected average life of the investment portfolio and (iii) periodically lengthening the term structure of our borrowings from the FHLBB. Additionally, beginning in mid-2010, we began selling the majority of our fixed-rate residential mortgages to the secondary market. These measures should serve to reduce the volatility of our future net interest income in different interest rate environments. See “Business of Farmington Bank – Commercial Loans” for a description of our interest rate swap program.
 
Quantitative Analysis:   An economic value of equity and an income simulation analysis are used to estimate our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time. We are most reliant on the income simulation method as it is a dynamic method in that it incorporates our forecasted balance sheet growth assumptions under the different interest rate scenarios tested. We utilize the income simulation method to analyze our interest rate sensitivity position and to manage the risk associated with interest rate movements. At least quarterly, our asset/liability committee reviews the potential effect that changes in interest rates could have on the repayment or repricing of rate sensitive assets and the funding requirements of rate sensitive liabilities. Our most recent simulation uses projected repricing of assets and liabilities on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated repayments and scheduled rate adjustments. Prepayment rate assumptions can have a significant impact on interest income simulation results. Because of the large percentage of loans and mortgage-backed securities we hold, rising or falling interest rates may have a significant impact on the actual prepayment speeds of our mortgage related assets that may in turn effect our interest rate sensitivity position. When interest rates rise, prepayment speeds slow and the average expected life of our assets would tend to lengthen more than the expected average life of our liabilities and therefore would most likely result in a decrease to our asset sensitive position.
 
Our asset/liability policy currently limits projected changes in net interest income to a maximum variance of (15.0%) and (20.0%) assuming a 200 basis point interest rate shock as measured over a 12 month and a 24 month period when compared to the flat rate scenario.
 
 
49

 
 
At December 31, 2010, income at risk (i.e., the change in net interest income) decreased 9.8 % and increased 2.4 % based on a 400 basis point average increase or a 100 basis point average decrease, respectively. At December 31, 2009, income at risk decreased 9.7% and increased 0.6% based on a 300 basis point average increase or a 100 basis point average decrease, respectively. The following table depicts the percentage increase and/or decrease in estimated net interest income over twelve months based on the two scenarios run during each of the periods presented:
 
   
Percentage Increase/(Decrease) in
Estimated Net Interest Income Over 12 Months
 
             
   
At December 31 , 2010
   
At December 31, 2009
 
             
300 basis point increase
      *     (9.71 )%
400 basis point increase
    ( 9.75 ) %     *  
100 basis point decrease
    2.38 %     0.55 %
 
*Scenario not run during period.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources:
 
We maintain liquid assets at levels we consider adequate to meet our liquidity needs. We adjust our liquidity levels to fund loan commitments, repay our borrowings, fund deposit outflows, fund operations and pay escrow obligations on items in our loan portfolio. We also adjust liquidity as appropriate to meet asset and liability management objectives.
 
Our primary sources of liquidity are deposits, principal repayment and prepayment of loans, the sale in the secondary market of loans held for sale, maturities and sales of investment securities and other short-term investments, periodic pay downs of mortgage-backed securities, and earnings and funds provided from operations. While scheduled principal repayments on loans are a relatively predictable source of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by market interest rates, economic conditions and rates offered by our competitors. We set the interest rates on our deposits to maintain a desired level of total deposits. In addition, we invest excess funds in short-term interest-earning assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending requirements. We believe that we have enough sources of liquidity to satisfy our short- and long-term liquidity needs as of December 31, 2010. We anticipate that we will maintain higher liquidity levels following the completion of the stock offering.
 
A portion of our liquidity consists of cash and cash equivalents, which are a product of our operating, investing and financing activities. At December 31, 2010, $ 18.6 million of our assets were invested in cash and cash equivalents compared to $28.3 million at December 31, 2009. Our primary sources of cash are principal repayments on loans, proceeds from the calls and maturities of investment securities, increases in deposit accounts, proceeds from residential loan sales and advances from FHLBB.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 , loan originations and purchases, net of collected principal and loan sales, totaled $ 124.6 million and $215.8 million, respectively.  Cash received from the sales and maturities of investment securities totaled $ 279.3 million and $65.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, with a net gain on sale of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31 , 2010, compared to $65.1 million of available-for-sale securities sold with no gain or loss on sale for the year ended December 31, 2009. We purchased $321.7 million and $5.1 million of available-for-sale investment securities during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 , respectively.
 
Liquidity management is both a daily and longer-term function of business management. If we require funds beyond our ability to generate them internally, borrowing agreements exist with the FHLBB, which provides an additional source of funds. At December 31 , 2010, we had $ 71.0 million in advances from the FHLBB and an additional available borrowing limit of $ 202.9 million, compared to $62.0 million in advances and an additional available borrowing limit of $252.8 million at December 31, 2009, based on collateral requirements of the FHLBB. Internal policies limit borrowings to 25.0% of total assets, or $ 354.0 million and $313.8 million at December 31 , 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Other sources of funds include access to a pre-approved unsecured line of credit with PNC Bank for $10.0 million, which was undrawn at December 31, 2010. During 2010, we entered into the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window loan collateral program that enables us to borrow up to $ 90.0 million on an overnight basis as of December 31 , 2010. The funding arrangement was collateralized by $150.0 million in pledged commercial real estate loans as of December 31 , 2010.
 
 
50

 
 
We had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $ 45.4 million and $41.5 million and unfunded commitments under construction loans, lines of credit and stand-by letters of credit of $ 188.6 million and $178.4 million at December 31 , 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. At December 31 , 2010 and December 31, 2009, time deposits scheduled to mature in less than one year totaled $ 362.7 million and $397.7 million, respectively. Based on prior experience, management believes that a significant portion of such deposits will remain with us, although there can be no assurance that this will be the case. In the event a significant portion of our deposits are not retained by us, we will have to utilize other funding sources, such as FHLBB advances, brokered deposits, our $10.0 million unsecured line of credit with PNC Bank, our $8.8 million secured line of credit with the FHLBB or our $ 90.0 million overnight borrowing arrangement with the Federal Reserve Bank in order to maintain our level of assets. Alternatively, we would reduce our level of liquid assets, such as our cash and cash equivalents in order to meet funding needs. In addition, the cost of such deposits may be significantly higher if market interest rates are higher or if there is an increased amount of competition for deposits in our market area at the time of renewal.
 
 
51

 
 
Net Interest Income Analysis: Average Balance Sheets, Interest and Yields/Costs
 
The following tables present the average balance sheets, average yields and costs and certain other information for the periods indicated therein. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments were made, as the effect thereof was not material. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero percent yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of net deferred costs and premiums that are amortized to interest income or expense.

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2010   2009   2008  
         
Interest
               
Interest
               
Interest
       
   
Average
   
and
   
Yield/
   
Average
   
and
   
Yield/
   
Average
   
and
   
Yield/
 
   
Balance
   
Dividends
   
Cost
   
Balance
   
Dividends
   
Cost
   
Balance
   
Dividends
   
Cost
 
                     
(Dollars in thousands)
                         
Interest-earning assets:
                                                     
Loans receivable, net (1)
  $ 1,095,848     $ 56,131       5.12 %   $ 918,703     $ 50,480       5.49 %   $ 756,258     $ 45,543       6.02 %
Investment securities
    139,824       4,437       3.17 %     146,212       6,902       4.72 %     182,276       8,818       4.84 %
FHLBB stock
    7,449       -       -       7,448       -       -       4,437       -       -  
Federal funds sold and other short-term investments
    70,991       495       0.70 %     63,466       593       0.93 %     32,299       1,357       4.20 %
Total interest-earning assets
    1,314,112     $ 61,063       4.65 %     1,135,829     $ 57,975       5.10 %     975,270     $ 55,718       5.71 %
Noninterest-earning assets
    82,984                       62,590                       59,905                  
                                                                         
Total assets
  $ 1,397,096                     $ 1,198,419                       1,035,175                  
                                                                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
NOW and money market accounts
  $ 426,348     $ 2,368       0.56 %   $ 236,385     $ 2,457       1.04 %   $ 137,819       1,828       1.33 %
Savings accounts (2)
    132,677       283       0.21 %     119,133       250       0.21 %     104,987       414       0.39 %
Time deposits
    430,934       5,678       1.32 %     471,452       10,819       2.29 %     461,369       17,335       3.76 %
Total interest-bearing
deposits
    989,959       8,329       0.84 %     826,970       13,526       1.64 %     704,175       19,577       2.78 %
FHLB Advances
    66,586       2,149       3.23 %     77,024       2,738       3.55 %     56,063       1,747       3.12 %
Repurchase agreement
                                                                       
borrowing
    21,000       719       3.42 %     21,000       719       3.42 %     16,869       577       3.42 %
Repurchase liabilities
    60,600       416       0.69 %     44,834       425       .95 %     39,516       704       1.78 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    1,138,145     $ 11,613       1.02 %     969,828     $ 17,408       1.79 %     816,623     $ 22,605       2.77 %
Noninterest-bearing deposits
    134,924                       114,060                       110,869                  
Other noninterest-bearing  liabilities
    25,594                       21,009                       16,325                  
To tal liabilities
    1,298,663                       1,104,897                       943,817                  
Shareholders’ equity
    98,433                       93,522                       91,358                  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 1,397,096                     $ 1,198,419                     $ 1,035,175                  
                                                                         
Net interest income
          $ 49,450                     $ 40,567                     $ 33,113          
Net interest rate spread (3)
                    3.63 %                     3.31 %                     2.94 %
Net interest-earning assets (4)
  $ 175,967                     $ 166,001                     $ 158,647                  
Net interest margin (5)
                    3.76 %                     3.57 %                     3.40 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
                    115.46 %                     117.12 %                     119.43 %
 
(1)
Includes loans held for sale
(2)
Includes mortgagors’ and investors’ escrow accounts.
(3)
Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)
Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(5)
Net interest margin represents the annualized net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
 
 
52

 
 
Rate Volume Analysis
 
The following tables set forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the volume and rate columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionately based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.
 
           
Year Ended
December 31, 2010
Compared to
December 31, 2009
 
    Year Ended
December 31, 2009
Compared to
December 31, 2008
 
   
    Increase (Decrease)
Due To
           
    Increase (Decrease)
Due To
         
          Volume       Rate       Net       Volume       Rate       Net  
        ( Dollars in thousands)  
Interest and dividend income:
                                               
Loans receivable, net
 
$
8,701
   
$
(3,050
 
$
5,651
   
$
8,342
   
$
(3,405
)
 
$
4,937
 
Investment securities
   
(104
   
(2,361
   
(2,465
)
   
(1,707
)
   
(209
)
   
(1,916
)
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Fed Funds and other interest-earning assets
   
13
     
(111
   
(98
)
   
(3,937
)
   
3,173
     
(764
)
Total interest- earning assets
   
8,610
     
(5,522
   
3,088
     
2,698
     
(441
)
   
2,257
 
Interest expense:
                                               
NOW and money market accounts
   
374
     
(463
   
(89
)
   
902
     
(273
)
   
629
 
Savings accounts(1)
   
(4
   
37
     
33
     
66
     
(230
)
   
(164
)
Time deposits
   
(409
   
(4,732
   
(5,141
)
   
388
     
(6,904
)
   
(6,516
)
Total interest-bearing deposits
   
(39
   
(5,158
   
(5,197
)
   
1,356
     
(7,407
)
   
(6,051
)
FHLB Advances
   
(71
   
(518
   
(589
)
   
720
     
271
     
991
 
Repurchase agreement borrowing
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
141
     
1
     
142
 
Repurchase liabilities
   
5
     
(14
   
(9
)
   
113
     
(392
)
   
(279
)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
   
(105
   
(5,690
   
(5,795
)
   
2,330
     
(7,527
)
   
(5,197
)
Change in net interest income
 
$
8,715
   
$
168
   
$
8,883
   
$
368
   
$
7,086
   
$
7,454
 
 
(1)
Includes mortgagors’ and investors’ escrow accounts.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
The following tables present information indicating various obligations made by us as of December 31, 2010 and the respective maturity dates:
                               
   
Total
   
One Year
or Less
   
More than
One Year
Through
Three
Years
   
More than
Three Years
Through
Five
Years
   
Over Five
Years
 
   
( Dollars in thousands)
 
FHLB advances (1)
  $ 71,000     $ 8,000     $ 27,000     $ 36,000     $ --  
Interest expense payable on FHLB Advances
    6,327       2,035       3,355       937       --  
Repurchase agreement borrowings
    21,000       --       --       10,500       10,500  
Operating leases (2)
    18,133       1,951       4,066       3,889       8,227  
Other liabilities (3)
    11,715       897       1,997       2,208       6,613  
Total Contractual Obligations
  $ 128,175     $ 12,883     $ 36,418     $ 53,534     $ 25,340  
 
(1)           Secured under a blanket security agreement on qualifying assets, principally mortgage loans.
(2)           Represents non-cancelable operating leases for offices and office equipment.
(3)           Consists of estimated benefit payments over the next 10 years to retirees under unfunded nonqualified pension plans.
 
 
53

 
 
Other Commitments
 
The following tables present information indicating various other commitments made by us as of December 31 , 2010 and the respective maturity dates:
 
   
Total
   
One
Year or
Less
   
More than
One Year
Through
Three
Years
   
More than
Three
Years
Through
Five Years
   
Over Five
Years
 
   
( Dollars in thousands)
 
Real estate loan commitments (1)
  $ 23,189     $ 23,189     $ --     $ --     $ --  
Commercial business loan commitments (1)
    3,220       3,220       --       --       --  
Resort loan commitments (1)
    19,000       19,000       --       --       --  
Commercial business loan lines of credit
    54,048       54,048       --       --       --  
Unused portion of home equity lines of credit (2)
    80, 410       937       6,971       11,719       60,783  
Unused portion of construction loans
    20,290       4,867       15,255       --       168  
Unused portion of resort loans
    23,602       3,876       8,237       784       10,705  
Unused revolving lines of credit
    355       355       --       --       --  
Standby letters of credit
    9,885       2,645       2,215       4,949       76  
Total Other Commitments
  $ 233,999     $ 112,137     $ 32,678     $ 17,452     $ 71,732  
 
General: Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract and generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses.
 
(1)            Commitments for loans are extended to customers for up to 60 days after which they expire.
(2)            Unused portions of home equity lines of credit are available to the borrower for up to 10 years.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, other than noted above, that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): In December 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-28, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts”—ASU 2010-28 affects all entities that have recognized goodwill and have one or more reporting units whose carrying amount for purposes of performing Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test is zero or negative. ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 so that for those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that an impairment may exist. The qualitative factors are consistent with existing guidance, which requires that goodwill of a reporting unit be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. For public entities, this guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. Adoption of ASU 2010-28 is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Receivables (Topic 310) : In January 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-01, Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20. The amendments in this update temporarily delay the effective date of disclosures about troubled debt restructurings in ASU 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. The effective date for the troubled debt restructuring disclosures will be aligned with the effective date for new guidance for determining what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. Currently, that guidance is anticipated to be effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-01 will not have a material impact on the financial statements as it impacts disclosures only.
 
 
54

 
 
In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. The statement is intended to improve the transparency of financial reporting by requiring enhanced disclosures about a bank’s allowance for loan losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables (generally defined as loans and leases). The primary goal of the disclosure requirements is to provide more information about the credit risk in a bank’s portfolio of loans and how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for loan loss. The guidance is effective for public entities for annual and interim reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU No. 2010-06 on December 31, 2010 did not have a material impact on the financial statements as it only impacted disclosures .
 
Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure (Topic 820): In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. The amendment to Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements including transfer in and out of Levels 1 and 2 and higher levels of disaggregation for the different types of financial instruments. For the reconciliation of Level 3 fair values measurements, information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements should be presented separately. The guidance was effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosure of information about sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis for assets and liabilities classified as level 3, which is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU No. 2010-06 on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the financial statements as it impacts disclosures only .
 
Business Combinations (Topic 805): In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations. The objective of this update is to address diversity in practice about the interpretation of the pro forma revenue and earnings disclosure requirements for business combinations. The amendments in this update specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting only. This update also expands supplemental pro forma disclosures under Topic 805. The amendments are effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU No. 2010-29 will not have an impact on the financial statements as it affects disclosures only and will apply prospectively to future business combinations.
 
Transfers of Financial Assets ( Topic 860 ) : In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009- 16 codifying the new guidance issued in June 2009 regarding the Transfer of Financial Assets. This guidance requires entities to provide more information about sales of securitized financial assets and similar transactions, particularly if the seller retains some risk in the assets. The guidance eliminates the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity, changes the requirements for the derecognition of financial assets, and enhances the disclosure requirements for sellers of the assets. This guidance was effective for the fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2009. The adoption of ASU No. 2009-16 on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the financial statements .
 
Consolidation (Topic 810): In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-17 codifying the new guidance issued in June 2009 regarding Consolidations. The guidance requires an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity (which would result in the enterprise being deemed the primary beneficiary of that entity and, therefore, obligated to consolidate the variable interest entity in its financial statements); to require ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity; to revise guidance for determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity; and to require enhanced disclosures that will provide more transparent information about an enterprise’s involvement with a variable interest entity. The guidance was effective for interim periods as of the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning after November 15, 2009. The adoption of ASU No. 2009-17 on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the financial statements.
 
Management has reviewed the recent accounting pronouncements discussed above and believes the adoption of these pronouncements will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
 
A financial institution’s asset and liability structure is substantially different from that of an industrial firm in that primarily all assets and liabilities of a bank are monetary in nature, with relatively little investments in fixed assets or inventories. Inflation has an important impact on the growth of total assets and the resulting need to increase equity capital at higher than normal rates in order to maintain an appropriate equity to assets ratio. Management believes that the impact of inflation on financial results depends on our ability to react to changes in interest rates and, by such reaction, reduce the inflationary impact on performance. Management has attempted to structure the mix of financial instruments and manage interest rate sensitivity in order to minimize the potential adverse effects of inflation or other market forces on net interest income and, therefore, earnings and capital.
 
 
Since being formed in January, 2011, FCB has not engaged in any business. Upon completion of the offering, FCB will own all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Farmington Bank. FCB will direct, plan and coordinate Farmington Bank’s business activities. We expect FCB will retain no more than 50.0% of the net proceeds from the offering. A portion of the net proceeds retained by FCB will be used to make a loan to fund the purchase of shares of common stock by the Farmington Bank employee stock ownership plan. FCB intends to invest its capital as discussed in “HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING” on page [___].
 
 
55

 
 
In the future, FCB, as the holding company of Farmington Bank, will be authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations for bank holding companies, which may include the acquisition of banking and financial services companies. We have no plans for any mergers or acquisitions, or other diversification of the activities of FCB at the present time.
 
Our cash flow will depend on earnings from the investment of the net proceeds we retain and any dividends received from Farmington Bank. FCB neither owns nor leases any property, but instead uses the premises, equipment and furniture of Farmington Bank. At the present time, we employ as officers only certain persons who are also officers of Farmington Bank. However, we use the support staff of Farmington Bank from time to time. These persons are not separately compensated by FCB. FCB may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.
 
 
Established in 1851, Farmington Bank is a full-service, community bank with 15 full service branch offices and four limited services offices, including our main office, located throughout Hartford County, Connecticut. We provide a full range of banking services to businesses, individuals and governments in Central Connecticut. Farmington Bank is regulated by the Connecticut Department of Banking and the FDIC. Farmington Bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum extent allowable under the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC. Farmington Bank is a member of the FHLBB. At December 31, 2010, Farmington Bank had approximately $ 1.4 billion in assets, $ 1.1 billion in deposits and total capital accounts of approximately $ 95.0 million.
 
Our business is headed by a seasoned management team with experience in commercial and residential lending at financial institutions throughout New England. This seasoned management team was brought on commencing in 2008, highlighted by the addition of John J. Patrick Jr. in March 2008 as our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Patrick is a former President and Chief Executive Officer of TD Banknorth, Connecticut division and, prior to that, Mr. Patrick was President of Glastonbury Bank & Trust Co., now a part of TD Bank Connecticut. Mr. Patrick and the other members of our management team, including Gregory White, our Chief Financial Officer, Michael Schweighoffer, our Chief Risk Officer, and David Blitz, our Director of Commercial Banking, each of whom joined Farmington Bank in 2009, have vast experience in such areas as commercial and consumer lending, credit analysis and risk management and in leading growth initiatives of other financial institutions.
 
The goal of our new management team is to make Farmington Bank the premier commercial bank in Central Connecticut with an emphasis on growing our commercial loan assets and services. Under the supervision of our new management team, we have made significant changes to our business structure including:
 
 
strengthening our risk management and compliance procedures;
 
 
implementing an expansion strategy, opening three new branches since 2008;
 
 
adding cash management services, government banking and small business banking;
 
 
doubling the number of our commercial lenders and recruiting other experienced personnel to strengthen our finance department;
 
 
implementing a secondary market residential lending program; and
 
 
enhancing our technology to support our risk management program.
 
We also offer a full range of residential mortgage loan services. We will continue to invest in people, technology and the business of serving our customers as we pursue our strategic goals.
 
Since December 31, 2009, we have experienced asset growth of approximately $ 161.4 million or 12.9 %. We employed 278 full-time equivalent employees as of December 31, 2010. See “BUSINESS OF FARMINGTON BANK” for a more detailed discussion of our business.
 
Market Area
 
We operate in a primarily suburban market area that has a stable population and household base. All of our current offices are in Hartford County, Connecticut. Our primary market area is Central Connecticut. Our main office is in Farmington, Connecticut and is approximately ten miles from the City of Hartford, Connecticut. Hartford County has a mix of industry groups and employment sectors including insurance, health services, finance, manufacturing, not-for-profit, education, government and technology. Hartford County is also located on two of Connecticut’s major highways: Interstate 91 and Interstate 84.   Our primary market area for deposits includes the communities in which we maintain our banking office locations. Our lending area is broader than our deposit market area and includes, in addition to Hartford County, other areas of Connecticut. In certain circumstances, we will make loans outside the State of Connecticut.
 
 
56

 
 
While the Hartford County, Connecticut market area has seen slight improvement over the past year, unemployment is still high at 9.1% as of December 2010, compared to 8.6% for Connecticut and 9.8% for the United States for the same period.  Recent job growth has been negative in Hartford County with a 3.7% decrease over the last year.  The population of Hartford County is approximately 880,000 people as of 2009 census estimates.  Based on U.S. Census estimates, from 2000 to 2009, the population of Hartford County increased 2.6%. This compares to population increases of 3.3% for Connecticut and 9.1% for the United States for the comparable period. Population growth is estimated at slightly positive over the next five years at just under 1.0% for Hartford County, compared to an estimated population decline of 0.1% for the State of Connecticut and population growth ofapproximately 4.0% for the United States Bureau of Labor statistics.  According to U.S. census statistics, median household income as of 2009 was estimated at $62,000 for Hartford County, compared to median household income of $67,000 for Connecticut and $50,000 for the United States for 2009.
 
According to statistics provided by The Warren Group, for the year ended December 31, 2010, the median single family home cost in Hartford County was approximately $224,000, compared to $220,000 in 2009.  However, this 2010 median home cost represents a decrease of 3.8% and 8.6% from the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Also, in February 2011, 1 in every 1,989 housing units in Hartford County, Connecticut received a foreclosure filing compared to 1 in every 1,936 in the State of Connecticut and 1 in every 577 in the United States during the same period.
 
Competition
 
We face competition within our market area both in making loans and attracting deposits. Hartford County has a high concentration of financial institutions including large commercial banks, community banks, credit unions and mortgage companies. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we currently do not offer, such as trust services and private banking.
 
Based on the most recent data available from the FDIC, we possess a 3.5% deposit market share in Hartford County as of June 30, 2010. Our market share rank is 8 th out of 25 financial institutions. All of the institutions who possess a greater deposit market share are headquartered outside of Hartford County.
 
Our competition for loans and deposits comes principally from commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from money market funds, brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies. Our primary focus is to build and develop profitable customer relationships across all lines of business while continuing to support the communities within our service area.
 
 
57

 

Properties
 
We operate through our 15 full service branch offices, four limited services offices, including our main office, and two stand-alone ATM facilities. Of the 15 full service branch offices, nine are owned and six are leased. Lease expiration dates of our branches range from 3 months to 15 years with renewal options ranging up to 15 years.
 
Our full service branch offices and limited service offices are located as follows:
         
Branch Name
 
Address
 
Owned or Leased
         
Avon West
 
427 West Avon Road
 
Lease (expires 2019)
   
Avon, Connecticut
   
Avon 44
 
310 West Main Street
 
Own
   
Avon, Connecticut
   
Berlin
 
1191 Farmington Avenue
 
Lease (expires 2020)
   
Berlin, Connecticut
   
Bristol
 
475 Broad Street
 
Own
   
Bristol, Connecticut
   
Burlington
 
253 Spielman Highway
 
Own
   
Burlington, Connecticut
   
Main Street
 
32 Main Street
 
Own
   
Farmington, Connecticut
   
Gables(1)
 
20 Devonwood Drive
 
Own
   
Farmington, Connecticut
   
Village Gate(1)
 
88 Scott Swamp Road
 
Own
   
Farmington, Connecticut
   
Westwoods
 
Routes 6 and 177
 
Own
   
Farmington, Connecticut
   
Westfarms
 
550 South Road
 
Lease (expires 2016)
   
Farmington, Connecticut
   
Farm Glen(1)(2)
 
One Farm Glen Boulevard/3 Melrose
 
Lease (expires 2019)
   
Farmington, Connecticut
   
Glastonbury
 
669 Hebron Avenue
 
Own
   
Glastonbury, Connecticut
   
New Britain
 
73 Broad Street
 
Own
   
New Britain, Connecticut
   
Plainville – Route 10
 
117 East Street
 
Lease (expires 2015)
   
Plainville, Connecticut
   
Plainville 372
 
129 New Britain Avenue
 
Lease (expires 2025)
   
Plainville, Connecticut
   
Southington
 
One Center Street
 
Lease (expires 2015)
   
Southington, Connecticut
   
Southington Drive-Thru (1)
 
17 Center Place
 
Lease (expires 2014)
   
Southington, Connecticut
   
Unionville
 
1845 Farmington Avenue
 
Own
   
Unionville, Connecticut
   
West Hartford
 
962 Farmington Avenue
 
Lease (expires 2014)
   
West Hartford, Connecticut
   
 

(1) Limited service office.
(2) Executive office.
 
 
58

 

Lending Activities
 
Summary:
 
Historically, our principal lending activities have been residential, consumer and commercial lending. In 2008, the board of directors initiated an organic growth strategy, and in 2008 Mr. Patrick replaced our former Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer who retired.  Mr. Patrick has led our business in this period of growth focusing on increasing our commercial portfolio and attracting larger, more comprehensive long-term borrowing relationships in the areas of commercial real estate lending (both owner and non-owner-occupied) and commercial lending, and supplementing these areas with more extensive cash management and depository services.
 
Since the initiative began in 2008, we have added cash management services and implemented a small business banking program, providing small qualified businesses throughout Connecticut with greater access to capital. To support these new areas, we made numerous strategic hires, bringing in lenders with strong experience, as well as a Director of Cash Management. In addition, in early 2009, a Chief Risk Officer and a Director of Commercial Banking were hired. Our Chief Risk Officer and Director of Commercial Banking initiated significant credit policy and portfolio monitoring enhancements to ensure that the subsequent loan portfolio growth was prudent and well-managed. In early 2010, a Director of Residential Lending was hired to execute a long-term growth and earnings strategy centered in residential lending. The resulting overall loan portfolio performance has been strong with growth of 11.6% in 2010, 25.5% in 2009 and 24.0% in 2008.  Our total loans at December 31, 2010 increased by 11.6 % from December 31, 2009 primarily due to increases in commercial real estate loans, timeshare loans and home equity lines of credit. Despite a challenging economy and prolonged recession, our commercial business loans grew 7.7 % from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010.
 
Our senior management has carefully built the infrastructure necessary to support this growth and provide critical on-going portfolio management and risk assessment. An enhanced risk management program has been established to better enable us to evaluate the risk in our current portfolio and to implement changes in our underwriting standards so as to minimize overall portfolio risk going forward. As part of this program, our loan portfolio is subject to concentration limits and market analyses, stress testing and ongoing monitoring, reporting and review of underwriting standards.
 
The composition of our loan portfolio was as follows at the dates indicated:
                                                             
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
 
                                                             
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Real estate loans:
     
Residential
  $ 453,557       38.6 %   $ 446,880       42.4 %   $ 385,943       45.9 %   $ 320,233       47.2 %   $ 274,147       45.2. %
Commercial
    361,838       30.8 %     265,515       25.2 %     201,511       24.0 %     169,238       25.0 %     166,311       27.4 %
Construction (1)
    46,623       4.0 %     68,704       6.5 %     59,442       7.1 %     47,823       7.1 %     39,248       6.5 %
Installment
    12,597       1.1 %     16,423       1.6 %     21,518       2.6 %     23,669       3.5 %     18,621       3.1 %
Commercial
    112,535       9.6 %     104,476       9.9 %     87,717       10.4 %     86,768       12.8 %     79,386       13.1 %
Collateral
    1,941       0.1 %     2,486       0.2 %     2,124       0.2 %     1,998       0.3 %     1,878       0.3 %
Home equity line of credit
    81,837       7.0 %     66,658       6.3 %     33,411       4.0 %     27,479       4.0 %     26,372       4.3 %
Demand
    227       *       415       *       627       0.1 %     467       0.1 %     699       0.1 %
Revolving credit
    84       *       75       *       74       *       65       *       66       *  
Resort (timeshare)
    105,215       8.8 %     82,794       7.9 %     47,674       5.7 %     -       -       -       -  
Total loans
    1,176,454       100.0 %     1,054,426       100.0 %     840,041       100.0 %     677,740       100.0 %     606,728       100.0 %
Less:
                                                                               
Allowance for loan losses
    (20,734 )             (16,316 )             (9,952 )             (8,124 )             (8,312 )        
Net deferred loan costs
    2,197               1,885               1,822               1,689               1,394          
Loans, net
  $ 1,157,917             $ 1,039,995             $ 831,911             $ 671,305             $ 599,810          
 
*
Less than 0.1%.
(1)     Construction loans include commercial and residential construction loans and are reported net of undisbursed construction loans of $ 20.3 million as of December 31, 2010.
 
 
59

 
 
Major loan customers:
 
Our five largest lending relationships with commercial borrowers totaled $ 68.8 million in committed loans as of December 31, 2010 of which $53.4 million, or 4.5 % of our total loan portfolio, was outstanding. These relationships and commitments consist of the following:
 
1.
$ 16.0 million relationship consisting of both real estate loans to purchase and develop certain commercial and residential real estate, consisting in part of the development of an 80 lot residential subdivision in Farmington, Connecticut, and commercial lines of credit to support retail store operations, 30 % of which are participated with a local commercial bank.
 
2.
$ 13.7 million relationship with a commercial cruise line operator as part of a participation in a larger credit facility with a large regional bank;
 
3.
$ 13.1 million relationship consisting of commercial mortgages extended to a real estate developer for the refinancing of a medical office building, the construction of a single-tenant office building and the provision of bridge financing for the renovation of a 78 unit apartment complex in Bristol, Connecticut;
 
4.
$ 13.0 million mortgage loan to a large New England real estate developer to refinance an 8-story building located in Hartford, Connecticut; and
 
5.
$ 13.0 million timeshare finance relationship consisting of hypothecation receivables loans to a timeshare developer in Colorado.
 
All of the credit facilities extended to our five largest borrowers as of December 31, 2010 are current and performing in accordance with their respective terms.
 
Real Estate Loans:
 
Residential Real Estate Loans:   One of our primary lending activities consists of the origination of one-to-four family residential real estate loans that are primarily secured by properties located in Hartford County and surrounding counties in Connecticut. Of the $ 453.6 million and $446.9 million of residential loans outstanding at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, $ 272.3 million and $ 295.7 million are fixed-rate loans, respectively. Generally, residential real estate loans are originated in amounts up to 95.0% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price of the property, with private mortgage insurance required on loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80.0%. We usually do not make loans secured by single-family homes with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 95.0% (with the exception of Federal Housing Administration loans which allow for a 96.5% loan-to-value ratio). Fixed-rate mortgage loans generally are originated for terms of 10, 15, 20, 25 and 30 years. Typically, all fixed-rate residential mortgage loans are underwritten pursuant to secondary market underwriting guidelines which include minimum FICO standards.
 
Prior to 2010, most of our residential mortgage originations were held on our balance sheet. In the first quarter of 2010, a strategic decision was made to sell most of our conforming 15, 20 and 30 year fixed-rate residential mortgage loan production in the secondary market, while retaining most of the servicing rights. Loan servicing includes collecting and remitting loan payments, accounting for principal and interest, contacting delinquent mortgagors, supervising foreclosures and property dispositions in the event of unremedied defaults, making certain insurance and tax payments on behalf of the borrowers and generally administering the loans. We originated $ 71.6 million of fixed-rate one-to-four family residential loans for the year ended December 31, 2010, $ 36.7 million of which were sold in the secondary market. We originated $75.8 million of fixed-rate one-to-four family residential loans during the year ended December 31, 2009, of which $3.5 million were sold in the secondary market. The loans sold meet secondary market guidelines and are subject to warranty exposure. Such exposure is mitigated by our quality control procedures and the fact that we are selling newly originated loans instead of seasoned loans in the secondary market. As of December 31, 2010, we have not been requested or required to repurchase any sold loans due to inadequate underwriting or documentation deficiencies. We have not and do not intend to originate subprime or alternative A paper (alt A) loans.
 
We also offer adjustable-rate mortgage loans for one-to-four family properties, with an interest rate that adjusts annually based on the one-year Constant Maturity Treasury Bill Index, after a one, three, four, five, seven or nine-year initial fixed-rate period. Our adjustable rate mortgage loans generally provide for maximum rate adjustments of 200 basis points per adjustment, with a lifetime maximum adjustment up to 6.0%, regardless of the initial rate. Our adjustable rate mortgage loans amortize over terms of up to 30 years. We originated $ 59.9 million adjustable rate one-to-four family residential loans for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $49.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, we purchased $ 32.4 million and $33.0 million adjustable rate mortgages, respectively.
 
Adjustable rate mortgage loans decrease the risks associated with changes in market interest rates by periodically repricing, but involve other risks because as interest rates increase, the underlying payments by the borrower increase, thus increasing the potential for default by the borrower. At the same time, the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. Upward adjustment of the contractual interest rate is also limited by the maximum periodic and lifetime interest rate adjustments permitted by our loan documents and, therefore, the effectiveness of adjustable rate mortgage loans may be limited during periods of rapidly rising interest rates. Of our one-to-four family residential real estate loans, $ 181.3 million and $ 151.2 million had adjustable rates of interest at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and $ 48.5 million of the adjustable loans outstanding as of December 31, 2010 will see a rate reset on or before December 31, 2011. Continued declines in real estate values and the slowdown in the housing market may make it more difficult for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to sell their homes or refinance their debt due to their declining collateral values.
 
 
60

 
 
All residential mortgage loans that we originate include “due-on-sale” clauses, which give us the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things, the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the real property. We also require homeowner’s insurance and, where circumstances warrant, flood insurance on properties securing real estate loans. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, our largest residential mortgage loan had a principal balance of $4.7 million. This loan is performing in accordance with the agreed upon repayment terms.
 
Commercial Real Estate Loans:   We originate commercial real estate loans and loans on owner-occupied properties used for a variety of business purposes, including office buildings, industrial and warehouse facilities and retail facilities. Commercial mortgage loans totaled $ 361.8 million and $265.5 million, or 30.8 % and 25.2%, of total loans at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Our owner-occupied commercial mortgage loans constitute the largest class of our commercial real estate portfolio. At December 31, 2010 and December 30, 2009, owner-occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $ 121.4 million and $118.9 million, or 33.5 % and 44.8 %, respectively, of our commercial real estate portfolio. Our commercial real estate underwriting policies provide that typically such real estate loans may be made in amounts of up to 75.0% of the appraised value of the property. Our commercial real estate loans are made with terms of up to 20 years, amortization schedules up to 25 years and interest rates that are fixed for a period of time, generally set at a margin above the FHLBB Advance rates. Variable rate options are also available, generally tied to the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal , or for qualifying borrowers, tied to LIBOR plus a margin with a swap option. In reaching a credit decision on whether to make a commercial real estate loan, we consider gross revenues and the net operating income of the property, the sophistication of the borrower, the borrower’s business cash flow and credit history, and the appraised value of the underlying property. In addition, with respect to commercial real estate rental properties, we also consider the terms and conditions of the leases, the credit quality of the tenants and the borrower’s global cash flow. We typically require that the properties securing our commercial real estate loans have debt service coverage ratios (the ratio of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization divided by interest expense and current maturities of long-term debt) of at least 1.20. Environmental reports and current appraisals are required for commercial real estate loans as governed by our written environmental and appraisal policies. Generally, a commercial real estate loan made to a corporation, partnership or other business entity requires personal guarantees by the principals and owners of 20.0% or more of the entity.
 
A commercial real estate borrower’s financial information and various credit quality indicators is monitored on an ongoing basis by requiring the submission of periodic financial statement updates and annual tax returns and the periodic review of payment history. In addition, we typically conduct periodic face-to-face meetings between us and the borrower, as well as property site visits. These requirements also apply to guarantors of commercial real estate loans. Borrowers with loans secured by rental investment property are required to provide an annual report of income and expenses for such property, including a tenant rent roll and copies of leases, as applicable. The largest commercial real estate loan as of December 31, 2010 was a loan for $13.0 million, which is performing in accordance with its terms.
 
Loans secured by commercial real estate, including multi-family properties, generally involve larger principal amounts and a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate, including multi-family properties, are often dependent on successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be affected by adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. Given our level of commercial real estate exposure, our enhanced commercial real estate portfolio risk management program better enables us to evaluate the risk in our current portfolio and to implement changes in our lending practices to minimize overall portfolio risk. As part of this program, the commercial real estate portfolio is subject to concentration limits and market analyses, stress testing and is subject to monitoring, reporting and underwriting standards.
 
 
61

 
 
The following table presents the amounts and percentages of commercial real estate loans held by type as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
                         
   
At December 31, 2010
   
At December 31, 2009
 
   
Amount
   
Percentage
   
Amount
   
Percentage
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Type of Commercial Real Estate Loan:
                       
Owner-Occupied
  $ 121,381       33.6 %   $ 118,888       44.8 %
Industrial
    34,821       9.6 %     28,991       10.9 %
Office
    69,647       19.2 %     52,176       19.7 %
Retail
    76,794       21.2 %     25,129       9.5 %
Multi-Family
    21,658       6.0 %     17,328       6.5 %
Land
    9,126       2.5 %     2,471       0.9 %
Hotel
    5,792       1.6 %     14,435       5.4 %
Other
    22,619       6.3 %     6,097       2.3 %
Total Commercial Real Estate Loans
  $ 361,838       100.0 %   $ 265,515       100.0 %
 
The following table presents the amounts and percentages of commercial real estate loans held by geographic location of the real property securing the loan as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
 
   
At December 31, 2010
   
At December 31, 2009
 
   
Amount
   
Percentage
   
Amount
   
Percentage
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Geographic Region:
                       
Connecticut
  $ 356,821       98.6 %   $ 262,655       98.9 %
Massachusetts
    394       0.1 %     419       0.2 %
New York
    695       0.2 %     717       0.3 %
South Carolina
    1,670       0.5 %     1,724       0.6 %
Vermont
    532       0.1 %     --       --  
New Hampshire
    1,726       0.5 %     --       --  
    $ 361,838       100.0 %   $ 265,515       100.0 %
 
Construction Loans: We offer construction loans, including commercial construction loans and real estate subdivision development loans, to developers, licensed contractors and builders for the construction and development of commercial real estate projects and residential properties. Construction loans outstanding, including commercial and residential, totaled $ 46.6 million and $68.7 million, or 4.0 % and 6.5% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the unadvanced portion of these construction loans totaled $ 20.3 million, as compared to $49.9 million at December 31, 2009.   Our underwriting policies provide that construction loans may typically be made in amounts of up to 75.0% of the appraised value of the property. We extend loans to residential subdivision developers for the purpose of land acquisition, the development of infrastructure and the construction of homes. Advances are determined as a percentage of the cost or appraised value of the improvements, whichever is less, and each project is physically inspected prior to each advance either by a loan officer or an engineer approved by us. We typically limit the number of speculative units financed by a customer, with the majority of construction advances supported by purchase contracts.
 
We also originate construction loans to individuals and contractors for the construction and acquisition of personal residences. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, residential construction loans outstanding totaled $ 6.2 million, or 0.53 %, and $3.1 million, or 0.30%, respectively, of total loans. The unadvanced portion of these construction loans totaled $ 2.3 million and $1.9 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Our residential construction mortgage loans generally provide for the payment of interest only during the construction phase, which is typically up to nine months, although our policy is to consider construction periods as long as 12 months. At the end of the construction phase, the construction loan converts to a long-term owner-occupied residential mortgage loan. Construction loans can be made with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80.0%. Before making a commitment to fund a residential construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. We also review and inspect each property before disbursement of funds during the term of the construction loan. Loan proceeds are disbursed after inspection based on the percentage of completion method. Construction loans to individuals are generally made on the same terms as our one-to-four family mortgage loans.
 
 
62

 
 
Construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of credit risk than longer-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the value of the property at completion of construction compared to the actual cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions. If the estimate of construction cost is too low, we may be required to advance funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property. Additionally, if the estimate of value is too high, we may be confronted with a project, when completed, with a value that is insufficient to assure full payment. Construction lending contains a unique risk characteristic as loans are originated under market and economic conditions that may change between the time of origination and the completion and subsequent purchaser financing of the property. In addition, construction subdivision loans and commercial and residential construction loans to contractors and developers entail additional risks as compared to single-family residential mortgage lending to owner-occupants. These loans typically involve large loan balances concentrated in single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. A continued economic downturn could have an additional adverse impact on the value of the properties securing construction loans and on our borrowers’ ability to sell their units for the amounts necessary to complete their projects and repay their loans.
 
The following table presents the amounts and percentages of construction loans held by type as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
                         
   
At December 31, 2010
   
At December 31, 2009
 
   
Amount
   
Percentage
   
Amount
   
Percentage
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Type of Construction Loans:
                       
Residential
  $ 6,217       13.3 %   $ 3,091       4.5 %
Office
    6,412       13.8 %     12,236       17.8 %
Retail
    5,531       11.9 %     11,175       16.3 %
Industrial
    1,663       3.6 %     6,787       9.9 %
Subdivision
    14,995       32.2 %     21,706       31.6 %
Condo
    1,575       3.4 %     1,964       2.9 %
Subdivision Speculative
    4,634       9.9 %     5,332       7.7 %
Contract
    535       1.1 %     464       0.7 %
Multi-family
    600       1.3 %     -       -  
Commercial Owner-Occupied
    4,461       9.5 %     5,949       8.6 %
Total Construction Loans
  $ 46,623       100.0 %   $ 68,704       100.0 %
 
The establishment of interest reserves for construction and development loans is an established banking practice, but the handling of such interest reserves varies widely within the industry. Many of our construction and development loans provide for the use of interest reserves, and based upon our knowledge of general industry practices, we believes that our practices related to such interest reserves, discussed below, are appropriate and conservative. When we underwrite construction and development loans, we consider the expected total project costs, including hard costs such as land, site work and construction costs and soft costs such as architectural and engineering fees, closing costs, leasing commissions and construction period interest. Based on the total project costs and other factors, we determine the required borrower cash equity contribution and the maximum amount we are willing to loan. In the vast majority of cases, we require that all of the borrower’s cash equity contribution be contributed prior to any material loan advances. This ensures that the borrower’s cash equity required to complete the project will in fact be available for such purposes. As a result of this practice, the borrower’s cash equity typically goes toward the purchase of the land and early stage hard costs and soft costs. This results in our funding the loan later as the project progresses, and accordingly we typically fund the majority of the construction period interest through loan advances. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we advanced construction period interest totaling approximately $ 1.8 million on construction and development loans. While the Company advanced these sums as part of the funding process, we believe that the borrowers in effect had in most cases already provided for these sums as part of their initial equity contribution. Specifically, the maximum committed balance of all construction and development loans which provide for the use of interest reserves at December 31, 2010 was approximately $26.6 million, of which $19.6 million was outstanding at December 31, 2010 and $ 7.0 million remained to be advanced.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the largest commercial construction lending relationship with a single borrower totaled $ 6.2 million. The loan was originated in September 2010 as part of a 49.0% participation with a large regional bank. The loan is secured by an office building in Amherst, NY and has an outstanding balance at December 31, 2010 of $ 1.7 million . The loan is current and performing according to its terms.
 
Commercial Loans :
 
Our approach to commercial lending is centered in relationship banking. While our primary focus is to extend financing to meet the needs of creditworthy borrowers, we also endeavor to provide a comprehensive solution for all of a business’s banking needs including depository, cash management and investment needs. The commercial business loan portfolio is comprised of both middle market companies and small businesses located primarily in Connecticut. Market segments represented include manufacturers, distributors, service businesses, financial services, healthcare providers, not-for-profits and professional service companies. Typically, our middle market lending group seeks relationships with companies that have borrowing needs in excess of $350,000, while our small business lending group supports companies with borrowing needs of $350,000 or less.
 
 
63

 
 
We had $ 112.5 million and $104.5 million in commercial loans at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Of the loans in our commercial loan portfolio, $ 11.3 million and $ 4.0 million were guaranteed by either the Small Business Administration , the Connecticut Development Authority or the United States Department of Agriculture at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Total commercial business loans amounted to 9.6% of total loans as of December 31, 2010 and 9.9% of total loans as of December 31, 2009.
 
Commercial business lending products generally include term loans, revolving lines of credit for working capital needs, equipment lines of credit to facilitate the purchase of equipment and letters of credit. The maximum amount of a commercial business loan is limited by our loans-to-one-borrower limit (15.0% of equity capital plus our allowance for loan losses, pursuant to Connecticut law) and other factors as set forth in our loan policy. Commercial business loans are made with either adjustable or fixed-rates of interest. Variable rates are tied to either the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal or LIBOR   plus a margin. The interest rates of fixed-rate commercial business loans are typically set at a margin above the FHLBB Advance rates. Interest rate swaps are offered to qualified borrowers to effect a fixed-rate equivalent for the borrower and allows us to effectively hedge against interest rate risk on large, long-term loans.
 
When making commercial business loans, we consider the character and capabilities of the borrower’s management, the financial statements of the borrower, our lending history with the borrower, the debt service capabilities of the borrower, the historical and projected cash flows of the business, the value and composition of the collateral and the financial strength and commitment of the guarantors, if any. Commercial loans are generally secured by a variety of collateral, including accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, and supported by personal guarantees. Depending on the collateral used to secure the loans, commercial business loans are typically advanced at a discount to the value of the loan’s collateral. We do not typically make unsecured commercial business loans greater than $100,000. As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, unsecured commercial loans totaled $ 775,600 and $ 152,000, respectively, or less than 1.0% of total loans outstanding. Generally, a commercial loan made to a corporation, partnership or other business entity requires personal guarantees by the principals and owners of 20.0% or more of the entity.
 
Commercial loans generally have greater credit risk than residential real estate loans. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which largely are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial business loans generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of a commercial business loan depend substantially on the success of the business itself. Further, any collateral securing the loan may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise and fluctuate in value. We seek to minimize these risks through our underwriting standards.
 
In an effort to both attract more sophisticated borrowers as well as to hedge our interest rate risk associated with long-term commercial loans, we offer interest rate swaps via our correspondent banking partner, PNC Bank. Interest rate swaps are primarily used to exchange a floating rate payment stream into a fixed-rate payment stream. The variable rates on swaps will change as market interest rates change. We will enter into swap transactions solely to limit our interest rate risk and effectively “fix” the rate for appropriate customer borrowings. We do not engage in any speculative swap transactions. Generally, swap options are offered to “pass” rated borrowers requesting long-term commercial loans or commercial mortgages in amounts of at least $1.0 million. We have established a derivative policy which sets forth the parameters for such transactions (including underwriting guidelines, rate setting process, maximum maturity, approval and documentation requirements), as well as identifies internal controls for the management of risks related to these hedging activities (such as approval of counterparties, limits on counterparty credit risk, maximum loan amounts, and limits to single dealer counterparties). Our interest rate swaps are typically collateralized by U.S. treasury obligation . As of December 31, 2010, we have 19 mirrored swap transactions with a total current notional amount of $ 87.1 million. At December 31, 2010, the fair value of the interest rate swap derivative asset and liability is $ 1.8 million.
 
Our small business customers typically generate annual revenues from their businesses of up to $2.5 million and have borrowing needs of up to $350,000. We deliver and promote the delivery of small business loan products to our existing and prospective customer base by leveraging our retail branch network, including our branch managers, supplemented by a team of dedicated business development officers. Our branch managers and business development officers are fully trained to assist small business owners through the entire loan process from application to closing. We offer a streamlined process for our customers by utilizing a credit scoring system as a key part of our underwriting process, along with a standardized loan documentation package. This results in our ability to deliver quick answers to questions along with cost effective loan closings to our small business customers. As a newly designated Small Business Administration preferred lender, we are also able to offer flexible financing terms to those borrowers who otherwise would not qualify under our traditional underwriting standards. The Small Business Administration program is a cornerstone of our small business loan program. We were recently awarded the “SBA Emerging Lender of the Year” award for fiscal year 2010, having originated 22 Small Business Administration loans totaling $5.0 million in 2010. As of December 31, 2010, our entire small business loan portfolio totaled $ 34.8 million, or 3.0 % of total outstanding loans, with an additional $ 8.1 million in unfunded loan commitments and an average loan size of $ 98,700.
 
 
64

 
 
As of December 31, 2010, our largest commercial business loan commitment totaled $ 13.7 million with $ 9.1 million advanced as of that date, which was performing according to its terms. In addition to the commercial business loans discussed above, we had $ 9.9 million and $4.5 million in letter of credit commitments as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
 
Resort (Timeshare) Loans:
 
In the fourth quarter of 2007, an experienced team of industry-specific lenders was hired to begin lending to developers and operators of timeshare vacation resorts as a component of our commercial loan portfolio. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, our timeshare loans totaled $ 105.2 million and $82.8 million, or 8.8 % and 7.9% of total loans, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the unadvanced and approved amounts of outstanding commitments in our timeshare loans totaled $ 23.6 million.
 
Generally, lending to the timeshare industry consists of the following types of loans:
 
 
Receivables loans – loans, typically lines of credit, made to developers and operators of timeshare resorts to support timeshare interval sales. These loans are secured by a direct assignment of the consumer notes for the purchase of timeshare intervals and, as a result, typically are collateralized by a well-diversified pool of consumer notes. Receivable loans are typically underwritten utilizing a lending formula in which loan advances are based on a percentage of eligible consumer notes. In addition, these loans generally contain provisions for recourse to the developer, the obligation of the developer to replace defaulted notes, and parameters with respect to minimum FICO scores or average weighted FICO scores of the portfolio of pledged notes. Typically, payments made on the consumer notes are remitted to a lockbox which is maintained by a third party servicing company and all payments are sent directly to Farmington Bank by the servicing company.
 
 
Pre-sale loans – loans to developers and operators of timeshare resorts in which construction of the timeshare resort is not yet complete, but timeshare interval sales to consumers have begun. These loans are secured by the assignment of pre-sale notes and the advance rate under the lending formula is generally much lower than a receivables loan. Pre-sale loans are only made available when we also provide the receivables loan and repayment is generally from advances under the receivables loan when construction of the resort is complete.
 
 
“Inventory” loans – loans on unsold timeshare intervals (i.e. inventory) of the timeshare resort developer. These loans are typically advanced at a percentage of the aggregate retail value of the encumbered inventory and are secured by the unsold inventory.
 
 
Acquisition and development loans – loans used by the developer of a timeshare resort to acquire and construct timeshare inventory and the amenities that comprise a resort. These loans are secured by a first mortgage on the real estate being financed.
 
 
Homeowner association loans – loans to homeowner associations to fund repairs or renovations of timeshare or condominium units. Repayment of these loans is from the maintenance fees or special assessments paid by the individual timeshare owners. These loans are secured by a UCC filing on the equipment being purchased and/or an assignment of the fees and assessments to be paid by the unit owners.
 
As part of the timeshare lending program, Farmington Bank makes direct loans to timeshare developer / operators, buys participations in timeshare loans originated by experienced timeshare lending institutions, and originates and sells timeshare participations to other lending institutions. Lending to this industry is generally done on a nationwide basis, as the majority of timeshare operators are located outside of the Northeast. When the timeshare lending unit was established in 2007, Farmington Bank implemented various concentration limits with respect to overall credit exposure to this portfolio, exposure by loan portfolio segment , and exposure by geographic territory, as well as conservative underwriting policies and portfolio monitoring guidelines
 
Since the timeshare program’s inception, we have made a limited amount of acquisition and development loans,  inventory loans, homeowner association loans, and pre-sale loans ; we have no acquisition and development loans in portfolio.  As of December 31, 2010, $ 90.6 million or 86.2 % of total outstanding timeshare loans were comprised of receivable loans. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2010:
 
 
receivable loans represented 89.4 % of total timeshare commitments;
 
 
outstanding inventory loan balances totaled $ 7.5 million, or 7.1 % of outstanding timeshare balances and 0.6 % of total loans;
 
 
outstanding homeowner association loans totaled $ 3.8 million, or 3.6 % of outstanding timeshare balances and 0.3 % of total loans; and
 
 
outstanding presale loans totaled $ 318,000, or 0.3 % of the outstanding timeshare balances.
 
 
65

 
 
As of December 31, 2010, there is no additional lending exposure (i.e. open commitments) on any inventory or pre-sale loans and a $ 213,000 commitment available on homeowner association loans. Geographic dispersion of our timeshare portfolio, based on committed amount, is as follows:
 
 
Florida (38%);
 
 
Mountain region (25%);
 
 
Pacific region (23%);
 
 
Southeast region (9%); and
 
 
Central region (5%).
 
As of December 31, 2010, we had a specific reserve allocation of $ 4.9 million for a $4.9 million nonperforming resort ( timeshare ) loan. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the outcome of a borrower’s bankruptcy proceedings made it probable that we would not collect any amounts due on the loan and required us to fully reserve for this loan. We have recently decided to gradually exit this line of lending to focus on our other commercial lending lines of business while continuing to hold the $ 105.2 million in outstanding loans and honoring any advances requested relating to the $ 23.6 million in unadvanced loan commitments and $19.0 million in approved commitments , which will replace $12.5 million in outstanding loans or unadvanced commitments and will result in $6.5 million of new funds to exsisting borrowers, at December 31, 2010 until they are repaid in the normal course of business.  As of December 31, 2010 all of the timeshare loans, except for the fully reserved loan noted above, were performing according to their terms.
 
Home equity line of credit:
 
We also offer home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, both of which are secured by owner-occupied one-to-four family residences. At December 31, 2010 and   December 31, 2009, home equity loans and equity lines of credit totaled $ 81.8 million and $66.7 million, or 7.0 % and 6.3% of total loans, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the unadvanced amount of home equity lines of credit totaled $ 80.4 million, as compared to $70.2 million at December 31, 2009.
 
The underwriting standards utilized for home equity loans and home equity lines of credit include a determination of the borrower’s credit history, an assessment of the borrower’s ability to meet existing obligations and future payments on the proposed loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan. Home equity loans are offered with fixed-rates of interest and with terms of up to 15 years. The loan-to-value ratio for our home equity loans and our lines of credit, including any first mortgage, is generally limited to no more than 90.0%. Our home equity lines of credit have ten-year terms and adjustable rates of interest which are indexed to the prime rate, as reported in The Wall Street Journal . Interest rates on home equity lines of credit are generally limited to a maximum rate of 18.0% per annum.
 
Installment, Demand, Collateral and Revolving Credit Loans: We offer various types of consumer loans, including installment, demand, revolving credit and collateral loans, principally to customers residing in our primary market area with acceptable credit ratings. Our installment and collateral consumer loans generally consist of loans on new and used automobiles, loans collateralized by deposit accounts and unsecured personal loans. Installment loans totaled $ 12.6 million and $16.4 million, or 1.1 % and 1.6% of our total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Collateral loans totaled $ 1.9 million and $2.5 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Demand loans totaled $ 227,000 and $415,000 at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and revolving credit loans totaled $ 84,000 and $75,000 at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Collateral loans, demand loans and revolving credit loans each represented less than one percent of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. While the asset quality of these portfolios is currently good, there is increased risk associated with consumer loans during economic downturns as increased unemployment and inflationary costs may make it more difficult for some borrowers to repay their loans.
 
Origination, Purchasing and Servicing of Loans:
 
Prior to 2010, we retained most of our residential mortgage originations in our portfolio. In 2010, however, in order to reduce our exposure to rising interest rates , we began to sell fixed-rate conforming loans into the secondary market while retaining the servicing for these loans. Loan servicing includes collecting and remitting loan payments, accounting for principal and interest, contacting delinquent mortgagors, supervising foreclosures and property dispositions in the event of unremedied defaults, making certain insurance and tax payments on behalf of the borrowers and generally administering the loans.
 
Many of the loans sold into the secondary market have been sold to the Federal Home Loan Bank. We are also an approved seller and servicer of both the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation. All adjustable rate mortgages are currently being held in our residential portfolio. We also originate Federal Housing Administration loans through our “mini-eagle” designation with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.
 
 
66

 
 
At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, we were servicing residential real estate loans sold in the amount of $ 52.9 million and $23.7 million, respectively.   We anticipate our servicing asset will continue to grow as we expect to sell the majority of our fixed rate conforming loan production into the secondary market.
 
We also purchase adjustable rate one-to-four family residential mortgage loans from approved mortgage banking firms licensed with the Connecticut Department of Banking. These local mortgage bankers are not employed by us and sell their loans based on competitive pricing. We purchased $ 32.4 million and $33.0 million in adjustable rate loans from these firms during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively . The loans are underwritten to the same credit specifications as our internally originated loans.   We do not, however, participate in the purchase of credit impaired loans.  We expect to continue to purchase adjustable rate loans from approved mortgage banking firms so long as pricing and purchase opportunities remain favorable.
 
From time to time we enter into participations with other regional lenders in commercial real estate and commercial business loan transactions. We participate in transactions (purchase a share of the loan commitment), as well as sell portions of transactions that we originate. As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, our loan portfolio included $ 150.2 million and $ 137.6 million, respectively, in loans in which we purchased a participation share, and $ 56.8 million and $ 50.4 million, respectively, in loans participated to other institutions.
 
Loan Maturity Schedule:
 
The following tables set forth the loan maturity schedule at December 31, 2010 :
                                 
   
Loans Maturing
   
Within One
Year
 
After One
But Within
Five Years
 
After Five
Years
 
Total
December 31, 2010
 
(Dollars In thousands )
Real estate loans:
                               
Residential
 
$
269
   
$
2,241
   
$
451,047
   
$
453,557
 
Commercial
   
6,727
     
39,921
     
315,190
     
361,838
 
Construction
   
30,582
     
15,691
     
350
     
46,623
 
Installment
   
241
     
2,829
     
9,527
     
12,597
 
Commercial
   
11,042
     
32,440
     
69,053
     
112,535
 
Collateral
   
8
     
-
     
1,933
     
1,941
 
Home equity line of credit
   
503
     
15,622
     
65,712
     
81,837
 
Demand
   
227
     
-
     
-
     
227
 
Revolving credit
   
84
     
-
     
-
     
84
 
Resort (timeshare)
   
32,341
     
38,355
     
34,519
     
105,215
 
Total
 
$
82,024
   
$
147,099
   
$
947,331
   
$
1,176,454
 
 
Loans Contractually Due Subsequent to December 30, 2010:
 
The following table sets forth the scheduled repayments of fixed-rate and adjustable rate loans at December 31, 2010 that are contractually due after December 31, 2011 :
 
   
Due After December 31, 2011
   
Fixed
 
Adjustable
 
Total
   
( Dollars in thousands)
Real estate loans:
                       
Residential
 
$
273,275
   
$
180,013
   
$
453,288
 
Commercial
   
119,479
     
235,631
     
355,110
 
Construction
   
191
     
15,850
     
16,041
 
Installment
   
12,356
     
-
     
12,356
 
Commercial
   
39,542
     
61,951
     
101,493
 
Collateral
   
13
     
1,920
     
1,933
 
Home equity line of credit
   
1,299
     
80,036
     
81,335
 
Demand
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Revolving credit
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Resort
   
10,78 7
     
62,087
     
72,874
 
Total
 
$
456,942
   
$
637,488
   
$
1,094,430
 
 
 
67

 
 
Loan Approval Procedures and Authority:
 
Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory and regulatory compliant underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our board of directors and documented in our loan policy. The loan approval process is intended to assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, the viability of the loan, and the adequacy of the value of the collateral that will secure the loan, if applicable. To assess a business borrower’s ability to repay, we review and analyze, among other factors: the borrower’s historical, current, and projected financial performance; its ability to repay the proposed loan(s); the value of the assets offered as collateral; the ability of management to lead the borrower through the current economic cycle; and the financial strength and commitment of the personal or corporate guarantors, if any. To assess an individual borrower’s ability to repay, we review their employment and credit history and information on their historical and projected income and expenses, as well as the adequacy of the collateral.
 
Our policies and loan approval limits are established by our board of directors. Our board has delegated its authority to grant loans in varying amounts to the board of directors’ loan committee, which is currently comprised of all board members. The board loan committee is charged with general oversight of our credit extension functions and has designated the responsibility for the approval of any individual loan under $2.0 million, when the total aggregate commercial debt to the obligor does not exceed $3.5 million, to our management loan committee. Loan requests above these thresholds are required to be approved by the board’s loan committee. Our management loan committee, in turn, has the right to delegate approval authority with respect to such loans to individual lenders as deemed appropriate.
 
Review of Credit Quality :
 
At the time of loan origination, a risk rating based on a nine point grading system is assigned to each commercial-related loan based on the loan officer’s and management’s assessment of the risk associated with each particular loan. This risk assessment is based on an in depth analysis of a variety of factors. More complex loans and larger commitments require that our internal Credit Risk Management Department further evaluate the risk rating of the individual loan or relationship, with Credit Risk Management having final determination of the appropriate risk rating. These more complex loans and relationships receive ongoing periodic review to assess the appropriate risk rating on a post-closing basis with changes made to the risk rating as the borrower’s and economic conditions warrant. Our risk rating system is designed to be a dynamic system and we grade loans on a “real time” basis. Over the course of 2010 and 2009, considerable emphasis has been placed on risk rating accuracy, risk rating justification, and risk rating triggers. Our risk rating process has been enhanced with our recent implementation of industry-based risk rating “cards.” The cards are used by our loan officers and promote risk rating accuracy and consistency on an institution-wide basis. Most loans are reviewed annually as part of a comprehensive portfolio review conducted by management and/or by our independent loan review firm. More frequent reviews of loans rated low pass, watch, substandard and doubtful are conducted by our Credit Risk Management Department . We utilize an independent loan review consulting firm to affirm our rating accuracy and opine on the overall credit quality of our loan portfolio. The consulting firm conducts two loan reviews per year aiming at a 65.0% or higher commercial portfolio penetration. Summary findings of all loan reviews performed by the outside consulting firm are reported to our board of directors and senior management upon completion.
 
Our board of directors and senior management receive monthly reporting on credit trends in the commercial, residential and consumer portfolios (delinquencies, non-performing loans, risk rating migration, charge-off requests, etc.), as well as an update on any significant or developing troubled assets. In 2009, we engaged an outside software firm to aid in the enhancement of our on-going portfolio monitoring and credit risk management reporting. After a lengthy development process, we introduced risk management “dashboards” in early 2010. The dashboards provide detailed analysis of portfolio and industry concentrations, as well as a variety of asset quality trends within industry and loan product types, and are presented to the board of directors on a monthly basis. This new reporting system also performs various credit administration tracking functions and credit grade migration analysis. We are planning to implement the next phase of this system to allow for an enhanced level of stress testing of the portfolios utilizing a multiple of variables.
 
In addition to the monthly dashboards, on a periodic basis our board of directors and senior management receive reports on various “highly monitored” industries and portfolios, such as investment commercial real estate, “for-sale” real estate (i.e. subdivision and condominium lending) and resort (timeshare) lending .
 
This comprehensive portfolio monitoring process is supplemented with several risk assessment tools including monitoring of delinquency levels, analysis of historical loss experience by loan portfolio segment , identification of portfolio concentrations by borrower and industry, and a review of economic conditions that might impact loan quality.
 
 
68

 
 
Non-performing and Problem Assets :
 
Our senior management places considerable emphasis on the early identification of problem assets, problem-resolution and minimizing loss exposure. Delinquency notices are mailed monthly to all delinquent borrowers when they have exceeded their payment grace period , advising them of the amount of their delinquency. A loan is considered delinquent when they customer does not make their payments due according to their contractual terms.   Residential and consumer lending borrowers are typically given 30 days to pay the delinquent payments or to contact us to make arrangements to bring the loan current over a longer period of time. Generally, if a residential or   consumer lending borrower fails to bring the loan current within 90 days from the original due date or to make arrangements to cure the delinquency over a longer period of time, the matter is referred to legal counsel and foreclosure or other collection proceedings are initiated. We may consider forbearance or a loan restructuring in certain circumstances where a temporary loss of income is the primary cause of the delinquency, and if a reasonable plan is presented by the borrower to cure the delinquency in a reasonable period of time after his or her income resumes. Problem or delinquent borrowers in our commercial real estate, commercial business and timeshare portfolios are handled on a case-by-case basis, typically by our special assets department. Appropriate problem-resolution and workout strategies are formulated based on the specific facts and circumstances.
 
All non-commercial mortgage loans are reviewed on a regular basis, and such loans are placed on non-accrual status when they become more than 90 days delinquent. Commercial real estate, commercial business and resort ( timeshare ) loans are evaluated for non-accrual status on a case-by-case basis, but are typically placed on a non-accrual status when they become more than 90 days delinquent. In certain cases, if a loan is less than 90 days delinquent but the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, such loan may be placed on non-accrual status if we determine that collection of the loan in full is not probable. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, unpaid accrued interest is reversed and further income is recognized only to the extent received. If our non-accruing loans were current in accordance with their contractual terms, additional interest income would have been recorded in the amounts of $ 693,000, $753,000, $203,000 and $78,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Loans may be returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due (including arrearages) are reasonably assured of repayment within a reasonable period and there is a sustained period of repayment performance (generally a minimum of six months) by the borrower, in accordance with contractual terms involving payment of cash or cash equivalents. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual status. If a residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, installment, commercial, collateral, home equity line of credit, demand, revolving credit and resort loan is on non-accrual status or is considered to be impaired, cash payments are applied first to interest income and then as a reduction of principal as specified in the contractual agreement, unless the collection of the remaining principal amount due is considered doubtful.
 
Classified Assets:   Under our internal risk rating system, we currently classify loans and other assets considered to be of lesser quality as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” assets. An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by either the current net worth or the paying capacity of the obligor or by the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. Assets classified as “loss” are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. In addition to the classifications discussed above, consistent with ASC 310-10-35, assets are classified as impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement.
 
The loan portfolio is reviewed on a regular basis to determine whether any loans require risk classification or reclassification. Not all classified assets constitute non-performing assets. For example, at December 31, 2010, 91.0 % of commercial real estate, construction real estate, commercial business and timeshare loans rated substandard and doubtful were current as to payments. At December 31, 2010, our classified assets included loans identified as “substandard,” and “doubtful.” We had no assets classified as “loss” at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Substandard assets consisted of $ 81.7 million and $46.8 million of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and doubtful assets consisted of $ -0- and $1.7 million of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
 
The following table sets forth the amounts and percentages of classified loans as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
                                 
   
At December 31, 2010
 
At December 31, 2009
   
Amount
 
Percentage
 
Amount
 
Percentage
   
(Dollars in thousands)
(Dollars in thousands)
                               
Real Estate
                               
Residential
 
$
9,277
     
11.4
%
 
$
9,277
     
19.1
%
Commercial
   
29,037
     
35.4
%
   
26,202
     
54.0
%
Construction
   
6,221
     
7.6
%
   
5,022
     
10.3
%
Installment
   
132
     
0.2
%
   
65
     
0.1
%
Commercial
   
14,687
     
18.0
%
   
6,910
     
14.2
%
Collateral
   
-
     
*
     
-
     
*
 
Home equity line of credit
   
2,092
     
2.6
%
   
1,079
     
2.2
%
Demand
   
25
     
*
     
25
     
0.1
%
Revolving credit
   
-
     
*
     
-
     
*
 
Resort (timeshare)
   
20,234
     
24.8
%
   
-
     
*
 
Total Classified Loans
 
$
81,705
     
100.0
%
 
$
48,580
     
100.0
%
 
*Less than 0.1%.
 
 
69

 
 
On a quarterly basis, our loan policy requires that we evaluate for impairment all commercial real estate, construction and commercial loans that are classified as non-accrual, secured by real property in foreclosure or are otherwise likely to be impaired, residential non-accruing loans greater than $500,000 and all troubled debt restructurings. We have determined that $ 31.0  million and $16.4 million of impaired loans existed at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Based upon our analysis, only $ 15.6 million and $10.2 million of impaired loans required an allowance of $ 5.5 million and $1.4 million to be established as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, $ 50.7  million and $32.2 million, respectively, were included on the classified loan list and were not considered impaired.
 
Loan Delinquencies: The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our loan portfolio delinquencies at the dates indicated.
 
   
Loans Delinquent For
       
   
60-89 Days
   
90 Days and Over
   
Total
 
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Number
   
Amount
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
At December 31, 2010
                                   
Real estate loans:
                                   
Residential
    6     $ 4,624       10     $ 4,128       16     $ 8,752  
Commercial
    2       793       6       3,160       8       3,953  
Construction
    -       -       2       897       2       897  
Installment
    -       -       5       98       5       98  
Commercial
    -       -       10       761       10       761  
Collateral
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Home equity line of credit
    1       24       5       1,843       6       1,867  
Demand
    -       -       1       25       1       25  
Revolving credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Resort (timeshare)
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total
    9     $ 5,441       39     $ 10,912       48     $ 16,353  
At December 31, 2009
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
Residential
    6     $ 1,919       9     $ 5,429       15     $ 7,348  
Commercial
    3       1,176       5       5,131       8       6,307  
Construction
    -       -       2       1,074       2       1,074  
Installment
    1       5       4       87       5       92  
Commercial
    1       300       8       707       9       1,007  
Collateral
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Home equity line of credit
    2       38       2       1,079       4       1,117  
Demand
    -       -       1       25       1       25  
Revolving credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Resort (timeshare)
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total
    13     $ 3,438       31     $ 13,532       44     $ 16,970  
At December 31, 2008
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
Residential
    3     $ 619       10     $ 3,049       13     $ 3,668  
Commercial
    -       -       4       1,468       4       1,468  
Construction
    -       -       2       1,319       2       1,319  
Installment
    -       -       4       108       4       108  
Commercial
    3       95       4       88       7       183  
Collateral
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Home equity line of credit
    -       -       1       80       1       80  
Demand
    -       -       1       3       1       3  
Revolving credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Resort (timeshare)
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total
    6     $ 714       26     $ 6,115       32     $ 6,829  
 
 
70

 
 
Non-performing Assets:   The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets at the dates indicated. Once a loan is 90 days delinquent or either the borrower or the loan collateral experiences an event that makes full collectability of the loan improbable, the loan is placed on “non-accrual” status. Our policy requires six months of continuous payments in order for the loan to be removed from non-accrual status.
                         
    At December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2010
    2009    
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
                               
Non-accrual loans:
                             
Real estate loans:
                             
Residential
  $ 5,209     $ 6,441     $ 3,049     $ 2,236     $ 298  
Commercial
    3,693       5,316       1,468       136       136  
Construction
    898       1,074       1,319       -       197  
Installment
    124       88       108       59       6  
Commercial
    862       823       88       216       -  
Collateral
    -       -       -       -       -  
Home equity line of credit
    2,031       1,079       80       -       -  
Demand
    25       25       3       -       -  
Revolving credit
    -       -       -       -       -  
Resort (timeshare)
    4,880       -       -       -       -  
Total non-accrual loans (1)
    17,722       14,846       6,115       2,647       637  
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more
    -       -       -       -       -  
Total non-performing loans
    17,722       14,846       6,115       2,647       637  
Other real estate owned
    238       422       -       -       -  
Other non-performing assets
    -       -       -       -       -  
Total non-performing assets
  $ 17,960     $ 15,268     $ 6,115     $ 2,647     $ 637  
                                         
Total non-performing loans to total loans
    1.51 %     1.41 %     0.73 %     0.39 %     0.10 %
Total non-performing loans to total assets
    1.25 %     1.18 %     0.56 %     0.28 %     0.07 %
 
( 1 )
The amount of income that was contractually due but not recognized on non-accrual loans totaled $ 693,000, $754,000, $203,000 and $78,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
 
Troubled debt restructurings:   The following table presents information on loans whose terms had been modified in a troubled debt restructuring:
                               
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                             
 
Restructured loans on accrual status
  $ 16,926     $ 5,417     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Restructured loans on nonaccrual status
    10,067       3,515       -       -       -  
Total restructured loans
  $ 26,993     $ 8,932     $ -     $ -     $ -  
 
A loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring   when we, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, grant a concession to the borrower in modifying or renewing the loan that we would not otherwise consider. In connection with troubled debt restructurings, terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with their current financial status, which may include a reduction in the interest rate to market rate or below, a change in the term or movement of past due amounts to the back-end of the loan or refinancing. A loan is placed on non-accrual status upon being restructured, even if it was not previously, unless the modified loan was current for the six months prior to its modification and we believe the loan is fully collectable in accordance with its new terms. Our policy to restore a restructured loan to performing status is dependent on the receipt of regular payments, generally for a period of six months and one calendar year end. All troubled debt restructurings are classified as impaired loans and are reviewed for impairment by us on a regular basis and a calendar year-end reporting period per our policy.
 
 
71

 
 
Under certain circumstances, we provide non-credit related interest rate concessions on residential mortgage loans in lieu of refinancing. Our policy is to modify existing loans to our zero point rate plus 0.25% for a fee of $750.  The existing loan must be at least 12 months old and had no late payments over the last 18 months, or since closing of the loan if the loan is less than 18 months old.  This program is offered on both fixed rate and adjustable rate loans.  During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we reduced the interest rates on loans aggregating $59.7 million and $63.7 million, respectively. None of these loans were considered impaired, non-performing or troubled debt restructurings.   This is due to the fact that the borrowers for these loans were not experiencing financial difficulty, payments were current on each of these loans and the interest rates were reduced consistent with current market rates for competitive reasons.
 
Potential Problem Loans:   We perform a comprehensive internal analysis of our loan portfolio in order to identify and quantify loans with higher than normal risk. Loans having a higher risk profile are assigned a risk rating corresponding to the level of weakness identified in the loan. All special mention, substandard and doubtful loans are included on our “watchlist” which is updated and reviewed quarterly by our Credit Risk Management Department . In addition, on a quarterly basis, loans rated special mention, substandard or doubtful are formally presented to and reviewed by management to assess the level of risk, ensure the risk ratings are appropriate, and ensure appropriate actions are being taken to minimize potential loss exposure. The review cycle is determined based on the risk rating and level of overall credit exposure. This quarterly review is performed by the Chief Risk Officer and members of the Credit Risk Management and Special Assets Departments . Loans identified as being “loss” are normally fully charged off. Loans risk rated substandard or more severe are generally transferred to the Special Assets Department , although it is not uncommon for commercial lenders to manage stable or improving substandard loans with significant oversight from the special assets department. We do not use interest reserves to keep problem loans current. Interest reserves are only used for construction loans during the construction phase of the loan. See – “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS” for further discussion of non-performing assets.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses : Allowance for Loan Losses : The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level believed adequate by management to absorb potential losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the statement of condition date. The allowance for loan losses consists of a formula allowance following FASB ASC 450 – Contingencies and FASB ASC 310 - Receivables, The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
 
The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management . This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available . The allowance consists of general, allocated and unallocated components , as further described below .
 
General component : The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors stratified by the following loan segments: residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, installment, commercial, collateral, home equity line of credit, demand, revolving credit and resort. Commercial construction includes classes for commercial real estate construction and residential development, commercial real estate, construction, commercial and consumer. Management uses a rolling average of historical losses based on a time frame appropriate to capture relevant loss data for each loan segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: levels/trends in delinquencies; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience/ability/depth of lending management and staff; and national and local economic trends and conditions. There were no material changes in the Company’s policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance for loan losses during 2010.
 
The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:
 
Residential real estate –residential real estate loans are generally originated in amounts up to 95.0% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price of the property, with private mortgage insurance required on loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80.0%. The Company generally does not grant subprime loans. All loans in this segment are collateralized by owner-occupied residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. Typically, all fixed-rate residential mortgage loans are underwritten pursuant to secondary market underwriting guidelines which include minimum FICO standards. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.
 
Commercial real estate – Loans in this segment are primarily income-producing properties throughout New England. The underlying cash flows generated by the properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates, which in turn, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. Management obtains rent rolls annually and continually monitors the cash flows of these loans.
 
Construction loans – Loans in this segment include commercial construction loans, real estate subdivision development loans, to developers, licensed contractors and builders for the construction and development of commercial real estate projects and residential properties. Construction lending contains a unique risk characteristic as loans are originated under market and economic conditions that may change between the time of origination and the completion and subsequent purchaser financing of the property. In addition, construction subdivision loans and commercial and residential construction loans to contractors and developers entail additional risks as compared to single-family residential mortgage lending to owner-occupants. These loans typically involve large loan balances concentrated in single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Real estate subdivision development loans to developers, licensed contractors and builders for the construction are generally speculative real estate development loans for which payment is derived from sale of the property. Credit risk is affected by cost overruns, time to sell at an adequate price, and market conditions. Construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of credit risk than longer-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Residential construction credit quality is impacted by the overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices.
 
 
72

 
 
Installment, Collateral, Demand and Revolving Credit– Loans in these segments include installment, demand, revolving credit and collateral loans, principally to customers residing in our primary market area with acceptable credit ratings. Our installment and collateral consumer loans generally consist of loans on new and used automobiles, loans collateralized by deposit accounts and unsecured personal loans. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. Excluding collateral loans which are fully collateralized by a deposit account, repayment for loans in these segments are dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower.
 
Commercial– Loans in this segment are made to businesses and are generally secured by assets of the business. Repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business. A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer spending, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.
 
Home equity line of credit–Loans in this segment include home equity loans and lines of credit generally underwritten with a loan-to-value ratio generally limited to no more than 90%, including any first mortgage. Our home equity lines of credit have ten-year terms and adjustable rates of interest which are indexed to the prime rate. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.
 
Resort– Loans in this segment include direct receivable, inventory, pre-sale, homeowner association and acquisition & development loans to timeshare developer / operators and participations in timeshare loans originated by experienced timeshare lending institutions, and originates and sells timeshare participations to other lending institutions. Lending to this industry is generally done on a nationwide basis, as the majority of timeshare operators are located outside of the Northeast. The Company currently owns no acquisition & development loans, and a limited amount of inventory loans, homeowner association loans, and pre-sale loans. Receivable loans are typically underwritten utilizing a lending formula in which loan advances are based on a percentage of eligible consumer notes. In addition, these loans generally contain provisions for recourse to the developer, the obligation of the developer to replace defaulted notes, and parameters with respect to minimum FICO scores or average weighted FICO scores of the portfolio of pledged notes. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.
 
Allocated component : The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial real estate, construction, commercial and resort loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential real estate loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are subject to a troubled debt restructuring agreement or they are nonaccrual loans with outstanding balances of $500,000 or more.
 
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan - by - loan basis for commercial and construction loans by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Management updates the analysis quarterly. The assumptions used in appraisals are reviewed for appropriateness. Updated appraisals are obtained as needed or adjusted to reflect the estimated decline in the fair value based upon current market conditions for comparable properties.
 
The Company periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.
 
 
73

 
 
Unallocated component :   An unallocated component is maintained, when needed, to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general reserves in the portfolio. The Company’s Loan Policy allows management to utilize a high and low range of 0.0% to 5.0% of our total allowance for loan losses when establishing an unallocated allowance, when considered necessary. The unallocated allowance is used to provide for an unidentified loss that may exist in emerging problem loans that cannot be fully quantified or may be affected by conditions not fully understood as of the balance sheet date.
 
Based on the qualitative and qualitative assessment of the loan portfolio segments and in thorough consideration of the characteristics, risk and credit quality indicators, a detailed revewof classified, non-performing and impaired loans, management believes that the allowance for loan losses properly estimated the inherent probable credit loss that exists in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. This analysis process is both quantitative and subjective as it requires management to make estimates that are susceptible to revisions as more information becomes available. Although we believe that we have established the allowance at levels to absorb probable losses, future additions may be necessary if economic or other conditions in the future differ from the current environment.
 
 
74

 

Schedule of Allowance for Loan Losses: The following table sets forth activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years indicated.
                                         
    For the Years Ended December 31  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
(Dollars in thousands)
                                       
                                         
Balance at beginning of year
 
$
16,316
   
$
9,952
   
$
8,124
   
$
8,312
   
$
8,263
 
Provision for (reversal of) loan losses (1)
   
6,694
     
7,896
     
2,117
     
(706
)
   
(474
)
Charge-offs:
                                       
Real estate
                                       
Residential
   
( 1,152
)    
(134
)
   
(1
)
   
-
     
-
 
Commercial
   
( 1,138
)    
(284
)
   
(136
)
   
(55
)
   
-
 
Construction
   
-
     
(246
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Installment
   
(3
)    
(41
)
   
(4
)
   
(1
)
   
(5
)
Commercial
   
(8
)    
(879
)
   
(161
)
   
(238
)
   
(17
)
Collateral
   
-
     
(1
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Home equity line of credit
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Demand
   
(25
)    
(20
)
   
(20
)
   
(1
)
   
-
 
Revolving credit
   
( 32
)    
(34
)
   
(32
)
   
(28
)
   
(18
)
Resort (timeshare)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total charge-offs
   
( 2,358
)    
(1,639
)
   
(354
)
   
(323
)
   
(40
)
                                         
Recoveries:
                                       
Real estate
                                       
Residential
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Commercial
   
48
     
-
     
10
     
794
     
458
 
Construction
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Installment
   
13
     
2
     
4
     
2
     
2
 
Commercial
   
15
     
91
     
39
     
32
     
95
 
Collateral
   
-
     
1
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Home equity line of credit
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Demand
   
6
     
-
     
-
     
1
     
-
 
Revolving credit
   
-
     
13
     
12
     
12
     
8
 
Resort (timeshare)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total recoveries
   
82
     
107
     
65
     
841
     
563
 
                                         
Net (charge-offs) recoveries
   
( 2,276
)    
(1,532
)
   
(289
)
   
518
     
523
 
Allowance at end of year
 
$
20,734
   
$
16,316
   
$
9,952
   
$
8,124
   
$
8,312
 
                                         
Ratios:
                                       
                                         
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans at end of year
   
117.00
%
   
109.90
%
   
162.75
%
   
306.91
%
   
1,304.87
%
Allowance for loan losses to total loans outstanding at end of year
   
1.76
%
   
1.54
%
   
1.18
%
   
1.20
%
   
1.37
%
Net charge-offs (reversals) to average loans outstanding
   
0.21
%
   
0.17
%
   
0.04
%
   
(0.08
)%
   
(0.09
)%
 
( 1 )
The reversal of the provision of loan losses in the fiscal years December 31, 2006 and 2007 were a result of decreases in charge-offs and increases in recoveries.
 
As shown in the table above, our coverage ratio for our allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans and impaired loans has declined significantly since 2006.  This decline is directly attributable to the prolonged recessionary influences during 2009 and 2010.  This resulted in an increase in both non-accruing and impaired loans since December 31, 2008.  Since December 31, 2008, and in response to the deterioration in the economic climate and asset quality trends, our allowance for loan losses increased $10.78 million, or 108%, to $20.73 million as of December 31, 2010.  Despite this, our increase in non-accruals outpaced our increase in allowance for loan losses during this period, resulting in a decline in coverage ratio.  Our increase in allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2010 from December 31, 2009, along with a slight decrease in commercial real estate and residential non-accrual loans, increased our coverage ratio to 117% for the period ended December 31, 2010.  This represents a slight improvement over a non-accrual coverage ratio of 110% at December 31, 2009.
 
 
75

 
 
With respect to charge-offs, it is our general policy to charge-off or partially charge-off any loan when it becomes evident that its collectability is highly unlikely, or our internal loan rating dictates a charge-off, either full or partial.  We take a charge-off when it is determined that there is a confirmed loss.  Our charge-off policy has remained consistent over the past two years and has not undergone any material revisions.
 
In making a determination on whether collection of a loan is unlikely, a number of criteria are considered including, but not limited to: the borrower’s financial condition; the borrower’s historical, current, and pro-forma debt service ability; an updated collateral valuation and / or impairment test; and the borrower’s and /or guarantor’s willingness and demonstrated ability to continue to support the credit (inclusive of a global cash flow analysis, if warranted).
 
With respect to reserves, all impaired loans are reviewed to determine if a valuation should be established based on one of three measurement tests: (1) the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate; (2) the fair value of the collateral, if applicable; or (3) the observable market price for the loan.  If we determine that an impairment amount exists, we will establish a valuation allowance (i.e. specific reserve) for the loan.  All other loans, including individually evaluated loans determined not to be impaired, are included in a group of loans that is collectively evaluated for impairment.  We categorize our loan portfolio into separate loan portfolio segment with similar risk characteristics.  In estimating credit losses, we consider historical loss experience on each loan portfolio segement, adjusted for changes in trends, conditions, and other relevant factors that may affect repayment of the loans as of the evaluation date. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we have recorded partial charge-offs in the amount of $875,869 against impaired loans of $31.0 million.  Any partial charge-offs on our non-performing or impaired loans cause a reduction in our coverage ratio for our allowance for loan losses and other credit loss statistics.
 
As of December 31, 2010, we had impaired loans of $15.4 million with no valuation or partial charge-offs recorded.  As described above, if a loan is determined to be impaired, we will evaluate the amount of reserves for such loans based on the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate, the fair value of the collateral, if applicable, or the observable market price for the loan.  If we determine that an impairment amount exists, we will establish a valuation allowance for the loan.  If no impairment amount exists based on these tests, then no allowance for loan loss is required on that loan.  If an impairment is shown to exist, we establish an allowance for loan loss for the amount that the recorded investment, or book value, in the loan exceeds the measure of the impaired loan.  In general, any portion of the recorded investment in a collateral dependent loan in excess of the fair value can be indentified as uncollectible and is, therefore, deemed a confirmed loss which is charged-off against our allowance for loan losses.
 
 
76

 
 
Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses:   The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan portfolio segment , the percentage of allowance in each category to total allowance, and the percentage of loans in each portfolio segment to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.
                                                 
    At December 31  
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans
   
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of Loans
in Category
to Total
Loans
 
                                                 
(Dollars in thousands)
                                               
 
Real Estate:
                                               
Residential
 
$
3,056
     
14.7
%
   
38.6
%
 
$
2,138
     
13.1
%
   
42.4
%
Commercial
   
7,726
     
37.3
%
   
30.8
%
   
6,890
     
42.2
%
   
25.2
%
Construction
   
524
     
2.5
%
   
4.0
%
   
1,538
     
9.4
%
   
6.5
%
Installment
   
115
     
0.6
%
   
1.1
%
   
124
     
0.8
%
   
1.6
%
Commercial
   
1,564
     
7.5
%
   
9.6
%
   
2,828
     
17.3
%
   
9.9
%
Collateral
   
-
     
-
     
0.1
%
   
-
     
-
     
0.2
%
Home equity line of credit
   
558
     
2.7
%
   
7.0
%
   
487
     
3.0
%
   
6.3
%
Demand
   
3
     
*
     
*
     
1
     
-
     
-
 
Revolving credit
   
-
     
-
     
*
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Resort (timeshare)
   
7,188
     
34.7
%
   
8.8
%
   
2,310
     
14.2
%
   
7.9
%
Unallocated allowance
   
-
             
n/a
     
-
     
-
     
n/a
 
                                                 
Total allowance for loan losses
 
$
20,734
     
100.0
%
   
100.0
%
 
$
16,316
     
100.0
%
   
100.0
%
 
                                                       
    At December 31,  
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans
   
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of Loans
in Category
to Total
Loans
   
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
   
% of Loans
in Category
to Total
Loans
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Real Estate:
                                                     
Residential
  $ 1,068       10.7 %     45.9 %   $ 1,018       12.5 %     47.2 %   $ 1,203       14.5 %     45.2 %
Commercial
    3,118       31.3 %     24.0 %     3,475       42.8 %     25.0 %     3,451       41.5 %     27.4 %
Construction
    1,319       13.3 %     7.1 %     315       3.9 %     7.1 %     497       6.0 %     6.5 %
Installment
    433       4.4 %     2.6 %     16       0.2 %     3.5 %     18       0.2 %     3.1 %
Commercial
    2,749       27.6 %     10.4 %     2,632       32.4 %     12.8 %     2,392       28.7 %     13.1 %
Collateral
    -       -       0.2 %     -       -       0.3 %     -       -       0.3 %
Home equity line of credit
    -       -       4.0 %     652       8.0 %     4.0 %     530       6.4 %     4.3 %
Demand
    -       -       0.1 %     -       -       0.1 %     -       -       0.1 %
Revolving credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Resort ( timeshare)
    334       3.4 %     5.7 %     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Unallocated allowance
    931       9.3 %     n/a       16       0.2 %     n/a       221       2.7 %     n/a  
                                                                         
Total allowance for loan losses
  $ 9,952       100.0 %     100.0 %   $ 8,124       100.0 %     100.0 %   $ 8,312       100.0 %     100.0 %
 
 
77

 
 
Investment Activities
 
Our Chief Financial Officer is responsible for implementing our investment policy. The investment policy is reviewed at least annually by management and our board of directors and any changes to the policy are subject to the approval of the board of directors. Authority to make investments under the approved investment policy guidelines is delegated by the board of directors to our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer. While general investment strategies are developed and authorized by our Chief Financial Officer, the execution of specific actions rests with both our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, who may act jointly or severally. The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for ensuring that the guidelines and requirements included in the investment policy are followed and that all securities are considered prudent for investment.
 
Our investment policy requires that all securities transactions be conducted in a safe and sound manner. Investment decisions must be based upon a thorough analysis of each security instrument to determine its credit quality and fit within our overall asset/liability management objectives, its effect on our risk-based capital and the overall prospects for yield and/or appreciation.
 
Our investment portfolio, excluding FHLBB stock, totaled $ 166.7 million and $ 124.4 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and consisted primarily of United States government and agency securities, including securities issued by government sponsored enterprises, Government-sponsored residential mortgage -back securities, municipal and other bonds , mutual funds and equity securities, including trust preferred equity securities.
 
Our investment objectives are to provide and maintain liquidity, to establish an acceptable level of interest rate and credit risk, to provide an alternate source of low-risk investments when demand for loans is weak and to generate a favorable return. Our board of directors has the overall responsibility for the investment portfolio, including approval of our investment policy, which is reviewed and approved at least annually. Our board of directors reviews the status of our investment portfolio on a quarterly basis.
 
Investment Securities Portfolio: The following table sets forth the carrying values of our available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolio at the dates indicated.
 
  At December 31,  
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
 
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair Value
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair Value
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair Value
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                                   
                                     
Available-for-Sale:
                                   
U.S. Treasuries and U.S. government agency obligations
  $ 123,977     $ 124,055     $ 5,004     $ 5,020     $ 35,628     $ 35,981  
Government-sponsored residential mortgage -backed securities
    30,516       32,294       102,012       106,231       130,467       131,942  
Corporate debt securities
    1,000       1,052       1,500       1,513       2,500       2,544  
Trust preferred debt securities
    44       44       67       90       250       250  
Preferred equity securities      2,110        1,860         2,132        1,989        2,154        1,165  
Marketable equity securities
    398       406       1,479       1,419       1,479       1,369  
Mutual funds
    3,280       3,297       5,065       5,088       5,000       4,853  
Total available-for-sale
  $ 161,325     $ 163,008     $ 117,259     $ 121,350     $ 177,478     $ 178,104  
                                                 
Held-to-Maturity:
                                               
Government-sponsored residential mortgage -backed securities
  $ 9     $ 9     $ 10     $ 11     $ 11     $ 13  
Municipal debt securities
    663       663       -       -       -       -  
Trust preferred debt securities
    3,000       3,000       3,000     $ 3,000     $ 3,000     $ 2,759  
Total held-to-maturity
  $ 3,672     $ 3,672     $ 3,010     $ 3,011     $ 3,011     $ 2,772  
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded no other-than-temporary impairment charges.   During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charges of $ 161,000 on a trust preferred security. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $5.2 million related to two trust preferred securities, one preferred stock and seven common stocks.
 
 
78

 
 
Consistent with our overall business and asset/liability management strategy, which focuses on sustaining adequate levels of core earnings, most securities purchased were classified available-for-sale at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
 
U.S. Treasuries and U.S. Government Agency Obligations: At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, our U.S. treasuries and U.S. government agency obligations portfolio totaled $ 124.0 million and $5.0 million, respectively, all of which were classified as available-for-sale. There were no structured notes or derivatives in the portfolio.
 
Government-Sponsored Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities: We purchase mortgage-backed securities insured or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies and government-sponsored entities, including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. We do not own any “private label” mortgage backed securities. We invest in mortgage-backed securities to achieve a positive interest rate spread with minimal administrative expense and lower our credit risk as a result of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae.
 
Government-sponsored mortgage -backed securities are created by the pooling of mortgages and the issuance of a security with an interest rate which is less than the interest rate on the underlying mortgages. These mortgage -backed securities typically represent a participation interest in a pool of single-family or multi-family mortgages, although we focus our investments on mortgage-backed securities backed by one-to-four family mortgages. The issuers of such securities pool and resell the participation interests in the form of securities to investors such as us and guarantee the payment of principal and interest to investors. Government-sponsored residential mortgage -backed securities generally yield less than the loans that underlie such securities because of the cost of payment guarantees, mortgage servicing and credit enhancements. However, these mortgage-backed securities are usually more liquid than individual mortgage loans and may be used to collateralize our borrowing obligations.
 
At December 31, 2010, the carrying value of Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities totaled $ 32.3 million, or 2.3 % of assets, and 2.4 % of interest earning assets, $ 32.3 million of which were classified as available-for-sale and $9,000 of which were classified as held-to-maturity, compared to the carrying value of mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2009 which totaled $106.2 million, or 8.5% of assets and 10.6% of interest-earning assets, $106.2 million of which were classified as available-for-sale and $11,000 of which were classified as held-to-maturity. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, 9.7 % and 4.0 % of the mortgage-backed securities were backed by adjustable rate loans and 90.3 % and 96% were backed by fixed-rate mortgage loans. The available-for-sale mortgage-backed securities portfolio had a book yield of 4.66 % at December 31, 2010, compared to a book yield of 5.17% at December 31, 2009 and the held-to-maturity mortgage-backed securities portfolio had a book yield of 11.5 % and 11.7% at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The estimated fair value of our mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2010 was $ 32.3 million, which is $ 1.8 million more than the amortized cost of $ 30.5 million and at December 31, 2009 was $106.2 million, which is $4.2 million more than the amortized cost of $102.0 million at the date. Investments in mortgage-backed securities involve a risk that actual prepayments may differ from estimated prepayments over the life of the security, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such instruments, thereby changing the net yield on such securities. There is also reinvestment risk associated with the cash flows from such securities. In addition, the market value of such securities may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates.
 
Our investment portfolio contained no Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities collateralized by “subprime” loans for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Although we do not have a direct exposure to subprime related assets, the value and related income of our mortgage-backed securities are sensitive to changes in economic conditions, including delinquencies and/or defaults on the underlying mortgages. Continuing shifts in the market’s perception of credit quality on securities backed by residential mortgage loans may result in increased volatility of market price and periods of illiquidity that can have a negative impact upon the valuation of certain securities held by us.
 
Corporate Debt Securities: At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the carrying value of our corporate bond portfolio totaled $ 1.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively, all of which was classified as available-for-sale. The corporate bond portfolio reprices quarterly to LIBOR and had a book yield of 5.38 % at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Although corporate bonds may offer higher yields than U.S. Treasury or agency securities of comparable duration, corporate bonds also have a higher risk of default due to possible adverse changes in the credit-worthiness of the issuer. In order to mitigate this risk, our investment policy requires that corporate debt obligation purchases be rated “A” or better by a nationally recognized rating agency. A security that is subsequently downgraded below investment grade will require additional analysis of credit worthiness and a determination will be made to hold or dispose of the investment.
 
Trust Preferred Debt Securities: At December 31, 2010 the carrying value of our trust preferred debt securities totaled $ 3.0 million, of which $3.0 million was classified as held-to-maturity and $ 44,000 was classified as available-for-sale.  At December 31, 2009, the carrying value of our trust preferred debt securities totaled $3.1 million, of which $3.0 million was classified as held-to-maturity and $ 2.1 million was classified as available-for-sale.
 
 
79

 
 
Municipal Debt Securities: These securities consist primarily of obligations issued by states, counties and municipalities or their agencies and include general obligation bonds, industrial development revenue bonds and other revenue bonds. Our investment policy requires that such state agency or municipal obligation purchases be rated “A” or better by a nationally recognized rating agency. A security that is subsequently downgraded below investment grade will require additional analysis of credit worthiness and a determination will be made to hold or dispose of the investment. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, our state agency and municipal obligations portfolio totaled $ 663,000 and is classified as held-to-maturity. We had no municipal debt securities as of December 31, 2009.
 
Marketable Equity Securities and Mutual Funds : We currently maintain a diversified equity securities and mutual funds  portfolio. At December 31, 2010, the fair value of our marketable equity securities portfolio totaled $ 406,000, compared to the fair value of our marketable equity securities portfolio at December 31, 2009, which totaled $ 1.5 million. Our marketable equity securities represented less than one percent of total assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and were classified as available-for-sale.   At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the mutual funds portfolio totaled $3.3 million and $5.1  million, respectively. The industries represented by our common stock investments are diverse and include banking, insurance and financial services, integrated utilities and various industrial sectors. Our investment policy provides that the total equity portfolio can not exceed 50% of the Tier I capital of Farmington Bank. Investments in equity securities and mutual funds involve risk as they are not insured or guaranteed investments and are affected by stock market fluctuations. Such investments are carried at their market value and can directly affect our net capital position.
 
Preferred Equity Securities: Our investments in preferred equity securities consist of 80,000 shares of both Goldman Sachs and FHLMC preferred stock. The carrying value of our preferred equity securities totaled $1.9 million and $2.0 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Portfolio Maturities and Yields:   The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are summarized in the following tables. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. State agency and municipal obligations as well as common and preferred stock yields have not been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis. Certain mortgage-backed securities have interest rates that are adjustable and will reprice annually within the various maturity ranges. These repricing schedules are not reflected in the table below. At December 31, 2010, mortgage-backed securities with adjustable rates totaled $ 3.1 million and at December 31, 2009, mortgage-backed securities with adjustable rates totaled $4.3 million.
 
 
80

 
 
   
One Year or Less
   
More than One Year
through Five Years
   
More than Five Years
through Ten Years
   
More than Ten Years
   
Total Securities
 
December 31, 2010
 
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Available-for-Sale
                                                           
U.S treasuries and U.S. government agency obligations
  $ 112,974       0.1 %   $ 11,081       2.1 %   $ -           $ -       -     $ 124,055       0.3 %
Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
    -               19,322       4.0 %     3,161       4.7 %     9,811       5.9 %     32,294       4.7 %
Corporate debt securities
    -               -               1,052       5.4 %     -               1,052       5.4 %
Trust preferred debt securities
    -               -               -               44       2.1 %     44       2.1 %
Preferred equity securities
    -               -               -               -       -       1,860          
Marketable equity securities
    -               -               -               -       -       406          
Mutual Funds      -                -                -                -        -        3,292          
Total available-for-sale
                                                                  $ 163,008          
                                                                                 
Held-to-Maturity:
                                                                               
Mortgage-backed securities
                                                                  $ 9          
Municipal debt securities
                                                                    663          
Trust preferred debt securities
                                                                    3,000          
Total held-to-maturity
                                                                  $ 3,672          
 
   
One Year or Less
   
More than One Year
through Five Years
   
More than Five Years
through Ten Years
   
More than Ten Years
   
Total Securities
 
December 31, 2009
 
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
   
Fair
Value
   
Weighted-
Average
Yield
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Available-for-Sale
                                                           
Debt Securities:
                                                           
U.S treasuries and U.S. government agency obligations
  $ -       -     $ 5,020       2.7 %   $ -       -     $ -       -     $ 5,020       2.7 %
Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
    -       -       27,548       4.1 %     7,602       4.4 %     71,081       5.7 %     106,231       5.2 %
 Corporate debt securities
    506       6.2 %     -       -       1,007       5.4 %     -       -       1,513       5.6 %
 Trust preferred debt securities
    -       -       -       -       -       -       90       2.9 %     90       2.9 %
 Trust preferred securities
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       1,989          
 Marketable equity securities      -        -        -        -        -       -        -        -        1,419          
 Mutual funds
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       5,088          
Total available-for-sale
                                                                  $ 121,350          
                                                                                 
Held-to-Maturity
                                                                               
Mortgage-backed securities
                                                                    11          
Trust preferred debt securities
                                                                    3,000          
Total held-to-maturity
                                                                  $ 3,011          
 
Sources of Funds
 
General: Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities. In addition to deposits, funds are derived from scheduled loan payments, investment maturities, loan prepayments, retained earnings and income on earning assets. See “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS – Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
 
Deposits: A majority of our depositors are persons who work or reside in Hartford County, Connecticut. We offer a selection of deposit instruments, including checking, savings, money market savings accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts and fixed-rate time deposits. Deposit account terms vary, with the principal differences being the minimum balance required, the amount of time the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate. We had no brokered deposits for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009; however, we have recently established a relationship with Promontory Interfinancial Network, LLC to participate in their reciprocal deposit program as a service to our customers. This program provides enhanced FDIC insurance to participating customers. We did not have any borrowings from deposit brokers for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
 
81

 
 
Interest rates paid, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are established on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies, market rates, liquidity requirements, rates paid by competitors and growth goals. To attract and retain deposits, we rely upon personalized customer service, long-standing relationships and competitive interest rates.
 
The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and other prevailing interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts that we offer allows us to be competitive in obtaining funds and responding to changes in consumer demand. Based on historical experience, management believes our deposits are relatively stable. Expansion of the branch network and the commercial banking division, as well as deposit promotions and disintermediation from investment firms due to increasing uncertainty in the financial markets, has provided us with opportunities to attract new deposit relationships.
 
It is unclear whether the recent growth in deposits will reflect our historical, stable experience with deposit customers. The ability to attract and maintain money market accounts and time deposits, and the rates paid on these deposits, has been and will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions. At December 31, 2010, $ 453.7 million, or 40.9 % of our deposits were time deposits, of which $ 362.7 million had maturities as of one year or less. At December 31, 2009, $446.7 million, or 45.0%, of our deposit accounts were time deposits, of which $397.7 million had maturities of one year or less.
 
In June 2009, we created a government banking group to provide deposit and loan services to municipalities throughout Connecticut. We hired an experienced government banking officer to market our services and lead our newly created group. Through the efforts of our newly created government banking group, we attracted significant municipal deposits through existing and newly formed relationships. Municipal deposits as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was $ 173.8 million or 15.7 % and $114.1 million or 11.5% of our total deposits outstanding, respectively. These deposits are slightly more volatile than other deposits but provide significant liquidity generally at a lower or similar cost to wholesale funds. We limit the related contingent funding risk by limiting the amount of municipal deposits that can be accepted.
 
The following table displays a summary of our deposits as of the dates indicated:
 
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
Balance
   
Percent
   
Weighted-
Average
Rate
   
Balance
   
Percent
   
Weighted-
Average
Rate
   
Balance
   
Percent
   
Weighted-
Average
Rate
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Deposit type:
                                                     
Demand deposits
  $ 150,186       13.5 %     -     $ 128,884       13.0 %     -     $ 111,337       13.8 %     -  
NOW accounts
    217,151       19.6 %     0.3 %     151,770       15.2 %     0.4 %     54,319       6.8 %     0.3 %
Money market
    158,232       11.6 %     0.9 %     146,906       14.8 %     1.0 %     83,835       10.4 %     1.3 %
Savings accounts
    129,122       14.4 %     0.2 %     119,491       12.0 %     0.2 %     105,029       13.1 %     0.2 %
Club accounts
    137       -       0.2 %     130       -       0.2 %     137       -       0.4 %
Total non-time deposit accounts
    654,828       59.1 %     0.4 %     547,181       55.0 %     0.4 %     354,657       44.1 %     0.4 %
Time deposits
    453,677       40.9 %     1.2 %     446,705       45.0 %     1.6 %     449,428       55.9 %     3.1 %
Total deposits
  $ 1,108,505       100.0 %     0.7 %   $ 993,886       100.0 %     0.9 %   $ 804,085       100.0 %     1.9 %
 
 
82

 
 
As of December 31, 2010, the aggregate amount of outstanding time deposits in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was $ 196.8 million. As of December 31, 2009, the aggregate amount of outstanding time deposits in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was $171.9 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of those time deposits as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively:
             
   
At December 31,
2010
   
At December 31,
2009
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
             
Three months or less
  $ 85,313     $ 64,587  
Over three months through six months
    34,860       58,796  
Over six months through one year
    40,376       34,434  
Over one year through three years
    25,045       9,082  
Over three years
    11,252       5,022  
                 
Total
  $ 196,846     $ 171,921  
 
The following table sets forth the time deposits classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated:
 
    At December 31,  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(Dollars in
thousands)
       
Interest Rate:
                 
0.00% - 1.00%
  $ 250,346     $ 115,489     $ 3,603  
1.01% - 2.00%
    130,908       247,343       61,356  
2.01% - 3.00%
    64,459       51,647       103,379  
3.01% - 4.00%
    5,163       26,997       234,867  
4.01% - 5.00%
    1,331       3,731       43,810  
5.01% - 6.00%
    1,470       1,498       2,413  
                         
Total
  $ 453,677     $ 446,705     $ 449,428  
 
The following table sets forth the amounts and maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2010:
                                                 
   
One Year
and Under
   
Over One
Year to Two
Years
   
Over Two
Years to
Three
Years
   
Over
Three
Years to
Four Years
   
Over Four
Years to
Five Years
   
Thereafter
   
Total
   
Percentage of
Total Time
Deposit
Accounts
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Interest Rate
                                               
0.00% - 1.00%
  $ 249,695     $ 651     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 250,346       55.2 %
1.01% - 2.00%
    79,847       37,275       13,740       46       -       -       130,908       28.9 %
2.01% - 3.00%
    27,798       2,467       6,161       11,473       16,560       -       64,459       14.2 %
3.01% - 4.00%
    3,065       1,488       459       -       151       -       5,163       1.1 %
4.01% - 5.00%
    853       478       -       -       -       -       1,331       0.3 %
5.01% - 6.00%
    1,470       -       -       -       -       -       1,470       0.3 %
Total
  $ 362,728     $ 42,359     $ 20,360     $ 11,519     $ 16,711     $ -     $ 453,677       100.0 %
 
 
83

 
 
The following table sets forth the amounts and maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2009:
                                                 
   
One Year
and Under
   
Over One
Year to Two
Years
   
Over Two
Years to
Three
Years
   
Over
Three
Years to
Four Years
   
Over Four
Years to
Five Years
   
Thereafter
   
Total
   
Percentage of
Total Time
Deposit
Accounts
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Interest Rate:
                                               
0.00% - 1.00%
  $ 114,976     $ 513     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 115,489       25.9 %
1.01% - 2.00%
    228,024       17,500       1,815       4       -       -       247,343       55.4 %
2.01% - 3.00%
    30,293       3,201       2,070       3,722       12,361       -       51,647       11.6 %
3.01% - 4.00%
    21,881       3,161       1,485       470       -       -       26,997       6.0 %
4.01% - 5.00%
    2,440       836       455       -       -       -       3,731       0.8 %
5.01% - 6.00%
    103       1,395       -       -       -       -       1,498       0.3 %
Total
  $ 397,717     $ 26,606     $ 5,825     $ 4,196     $ 12,361     $ -     $ 446,705       100.0 %
 
The following table sets forth the interest-bearing deposit activities for the periods indicated:
 
    Years Ended December 31,  
   
2010
 
2009
   
2008
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
       
Beginning balance
  $ 865,002     $ 692,748     $ 683,246  
Net increase (decrease) in deposits before interest credited
    84,988       158,728       (10,075 )
Interest credited
    8,329       13,526       19,577  
Net increase in deposits
    93,317       172,254       9,502  
Ending balance
  $ 958,319     $ 865,002     $ 692,748  
 
Borrowed Funds
 
Our borrowings consist of advances from and a line of credit with the FHLBB. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had an available line of credit with the FHLBB in the amount of $8.8 million and access to additional Federal Home Loan Bank advances of up to $ 202.9 million. Internal policies limit borrowings to 25.0% of total assets, or $ 354.2 million and $313.8 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
We have a Master Repurchase Agreement borrowing facility with a broker. Borrowings under the Master Repurchase Agreement are secured by our investments in certain treasury bill securities totaling $ 25.0 million. Outstanding repurchase agreement borrowings totaled $21.0 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
During 2010, we entered into an arrangement with PNC Bank giving us access to a $10.0 million pre-approved unsecured line of credit, which was undrawn at December 31, 2010.
 
Subsidiary Activities
 
Farmington Bank is currently the only subsidiary of FCB and is incorporated in Connecticut. Farmington Bank currently has the following subsidiaries all of which are incorporated in Connecticut: Farmington Savings Loan Servicing, Inc., Village Investments, Inc., Village Corp., Limited, 28 Main Street Corp., Village Management Corp. and Village Square Holdings Inc.
 
Farmington Savings Loan Servicing, Inc.: Established in 1999, Farmington Savings Loan Servicing, Inc. operates as Farmington Bank’s “passive investment company” (“PIC”) which exempts it from Connecticut income tax under current law.
 
Village Investments, Inc.: Established in 1994, Village Investments, Inc. currently offers brokerage and investment advisory services through a contract with Infinex Financial Services, a registered broker-dealer.
 
Village Corp., Limited:   Established in 1986, Village Corp., Limited was established to hold certain commercial real estate acquired through foreclosures, deeds in lieu of foreclosure, or other similar means.
 
28 Main Street Corp.: Established in 1992, 28 Main Street Corp. was established to hold residential other real estate owned. 28 Main Street Corp. is currently inactive.
 
Village Management Corp: Established in 1992, Village Management Corp. was established to hold commercial other real estate owned. Village Management Corp. is currently inactive.
 
 
84

 
 
Village Square Holdings, Inc.: Established in 1992, currently holds certain commercial real estate of Farmington Bank previously used as Farmington Bank’s operations center prior to our relocation to One Farm Glen Boulevard, Farmington, Connecticut.
 
Charitable Foundation
 
The Farmington Bank Foundation, Inc., which is not a subsidiary of Farmington Bank, was established in 1998 to serve as a conduit for providing contributions, grants and scholarships to a host of eligible organizations and individuals. To date, the Farmington Bank Foundation, Inc. has donated more than $3.6 million to charitable causes throughout Connecticut. Since 1999, Farmington Bank has contributed to the Farmington Bank Foundation, Inc. $5.0 million in cash and marketable equity securities with, at the date of contribution, a cost basis and fair market of $368,000 and $1.8 million, respectively. The foundation’s board of directors currently consists of Ronald A. Bucchi, Kenneth Burns, John J. Carson, David M. Drew, Robert F. Edmunds, Jr., Brenda O. Kowalski, John J. Patrick, Jr., Kevin S. Ray, Michael Schweighoffer, Gregory A. White, Michael A. Ziebka. It is expected that most of these individuals, in addition to one or more local community members, will also serve as the board of directors of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc., which is being established in connection with the reorganization and offering. Farmington Bank plans to maintain the current foundation after the offering, but does not expect to make any additional contributions to it.
 
In furtherance of our commitment to our community, the plan of conversion provides that we will establish Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc., as a Connecticut non-stock corporation in connection with the offering. The charitable foundation will be funded with shares of FCB common stock, as further described in this prospectus.
 
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
 
We owned $ 19.7 million and $14.0 million of bank-owned life insurance at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These policies were purchased for the purpose of protecting Farmington Bank against the cost/loss due to the death of key employees and to offset Farmington Bank’s future obligations to its employees under various retirement and benefit plans.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are subject to certain pending and threatened legal actions which arise out of the normal course of our business, including typical customer claims and counterclaims arising out of the retail banking and mortgage banking business. We believe that the resolution of any pending or threatened litigation will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
 
Personnel
 
At December 31, 2010, we had 278 full-time equivalent employees, none of whom are represented by a collective bargaining unit. We believe our relationship with our employees is good.
 
S UPERVISION AND REGULATION
 
General
 
Farmington Bank, a Connecticut-chartered stock savings bank, is subject to extensive regulation by the Connecticut Banking Department, as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC, as its deposit insurer. Farmington Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC through the Federal Deposit Insurance Fund. Farmington Bank is required to file reports with, and is periodically examined by, the FDIC and the Connecticut Banking Department concerning its activities and financial condition and must obtain regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions, such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other financial institutions. FCB, as a bank holding company at the completion of the conversion will be subject to regulation by and required to file reports with the Connecticut Department of Banking, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
The following discussion of other laws and regulations material to our operations contains a summary of the current material provisions of such laws and regulations applicable to our operations . Any change in such regulations, whether by the Connecticut Department of Banking, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or the Securities and Exchange Commission, could have a material adverse impact on us.
 
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
 
On July 21, 2010, the President of the United States signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). This new law will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impacts of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.
 
 
85

 
 
The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The CFPB has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets. Farmington Bank, as a bank with $10 billion or less in assets, will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by our primary bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorney generals the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act requires minimum leverage (Tier 1) and risk based capital requirements for bank and savings and loan holding companies that are no less than those applicable to banks, which will exclude certain instruments that previously have been eligible for inclusion by bank holding companies as Tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities.
 
A provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, which will become effective one year after enactment, eliminates the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on our interest expense. The Dodd-Frank Act also broadens the base for FDIC deposit insurance assessments. Assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution, rather than deposits. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increases the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2009, and non-interest-bearing transaction accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012. The legislation also increases the required minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund, from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits, and directs the FDIC to offset the effects of increased assessments on depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets.
 
Under the Dodd-Frank Act we will be required to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. The Dodd-Frank Act also authorizes the Securities and Exchange Commission to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using our proxy materials. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.
 
It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the yet to be written implementing rules and regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance costs and could increase our interest expense.
 
Connecticut Banking Laws and Supervision
 
Connecticut Banking Commissioner: The Connecticut Banking Commissioner regulates internal organization as well as the deposit, lending and investment activities of state chartered banks, including Farmington Bank. The approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner is required for, among other things, the establishment of branch offices and business combination transactions. The Commissioner conducts periodic examinations of Connecticut-chartered banks. The FDIC also regulates many of the areas regulated by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, and federal law may limit some of the authority provided to Connecticut-chartered banks by Connecticut law.
 
Lending Activities: Connecticut banking laws grant banks broad lending authority. With certain limited exceptions, any one obligor under this statutory authority may not exceed 15.0% of a bank’s equity capital and allowance for loan losses plus an additional 10 percent of the bank’s capital and surplus, if the amount that exceeds the bank’s 15 percent general limit is fully secured by readily marketable collateral .
 
Dividends: Farmington Bank may pay cash dividends out of its net profits. For purposes of this restriction, “net profits” represents the remainder of all earnings from current operations. Further, the total amount of all dividends declared by a bank in any year may not exceed the sum of a bank’s net profits for the year in question combined with its retained net profits from the preceding two years. Federal law also prevents an institution from paying dividends or making other capital distributions that, if by doing so, would cause it to become “undercapitalized.” The FDIC may limit a bank’s ability to pay dividends. No dividends may be paid to Farmington Bank’s stockholder if such dividends would reduce stockholders’ equity below the amount of the liquidation account required by Connecticut regulations.
 
Powers: Connecticut law permits Connecticut banks to sell insurance and fixed and variable rate annuities if licensed to do so by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner. With the prior approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, Connecticut banks are also authorized to engage in a broad range of activities related to the business of banking, or that are financial in nature or that are permitted under the Bank Holding Company Act or the Home Owners’ Loan Act, both federal statutes, or the regulations promulgated as a result of these statutes. Connecticut banks are also authorized to engage in any activity permitted for a national bank or a federal savings association upon filing notice with the Connecticut Banking Commissioner unless the Banking Commissioner disapproves the activity.
 
 
86

 
 
Assessments: Connecticut banks are required to pay annual assessments to the Connecticut Banking Department to fund the Department’s operations. The general assessments are paid pro-rata based upon a bank’s asset size.
 
Enforcement: Under Connecticut law, the Connecticut Banking Commissioner has extensive enforcement authority over Connecticut banks and, under certain circumstances, affiliated parties, insiders, and agents. The Connecticut Banking Commissioner’s enforcement authority includes cease and desist orders, fines, receivership, conservatorship, removal of officers and directors, emergency closures, dissolution and liquidation.
 
Holding Company Regulation
 
General: As a bank holding company, FCB will be subject to comprehensive regulation and regular examinations by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board also has extensive enforcement authority over bank holding companies, including, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist or removal orders and to require that a holding company divest subsidiaries (including its bank subsidiaries). In general, enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of law and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.
 
Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength for its subsidiary bank. Under this policy, the Federal Reserve Board may require, and has required in the past, a holding company to contribute additional capital to an undercapitalized subsidiary bank. As a bank holding company, FCB will be required to obtain Federal Reserve Board approval before: (i) acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, it would own or control more than 5.0% of such shares (unless it already owns or controls the majority of such shares); (ii) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or (iii) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company. Under Connecticut banking law, no person may acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10.0% of any class of voting securities of a Connecticut-chartered bank, or any bank holding company of such a bank, without prior notification of, and lack of disapproval by, the Connecticut Banking Commissioner.
 
The Banking Holding Company Act also prohibits a bank holding company, with certain exceptions, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5.0% of the voting shares of any company which is not a bank or bank holding company, or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, or providing services for its subsidiaries. The principal exceptions to these prohibitions involve certain non-bank activities which, by statute or by Federal Reserve Board regulation or order, have been identified as activities closely related to the business of banking or managing or controlling banks. The list of activities permitted by the Federal Reserve Board includes, among other things: (i) operating a savings institution, mortgage company, finance company, credit card company or factoring company; (ii) performing certain data processing operations; (iii) providing certain investment and financial advice; (iv) underwriting and acting as an insurance agent for certain types of credit-related insurance; (v) leasing property on a full-payout, non-operating basis; (vi) selling money orders, travelers’ checks and United States savings bonds; (vii) real estate and personal property appraising; (viii) providing tax planning and preparation services; (ix) financing and investing in certain community development activities; and (x) subject to certain limitations, providing securities brokerage services for customers.
 
Dividends: The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve Board’s view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the holding company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends. Furthermore, under the prompt corrective action regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Reserve Board may prohibit a bank holding company from paying any dividends if the holding company’s bank subsidiary is classified as “undercapitalized.”
 
Pursuant to Connecticut banking regulations, during the three-year period following the offering, FCB may not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders, and no dividend will be paid to stockholders if such dividends would reduce our stockholders’ equity below the amount of the liquidation account required to be established in connection with the conversion. In addition, FCB will be subject to Maryland law limitations and the liquidation account established in connection with the conversion. Maryland law generally limits dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent.
 
 
87

 
 
Redemption: Bank holding companies are required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10.0% or more of the consolidated net worth of the bank holding company. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. This notification requirement does not apply to any company that meets the well capitalized standard for commercial banks, is “well managed” within the meaning of the Federal Reserve Board regulations and is not subject to any unresolved supervisory issues.
 
Federal Regulations
 
Capital Requirements: Under FDIC regulations, federally insured state-chartered banks that are not members of the Federal Reserve System (“state non-member banks”), such as Farmington Bank, are required to comply with minimum leverage capital requirements. For an institution determined by the FDIC to not be anticipating or experiencing significant growth and to be, in general, a strong banking organization, rated composite 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Ranking System established by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, the minimum capital leverage requirement is a ratio of Tier I capital to total assets of 3.0%. For all other institutions, the minimum leverage capital ratio is 4.0%. Tier I capital is the sum of common stockholders’ equity, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (including any related surplus) and minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less intangible assets (except for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships) and certain other specified items.
 
The FDIC regulations require state non-member banks to maintain certain levels of regulatory capital in relation to regulatory risk-weighted assets. The ratio of regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets is referred to as a bank’s “risk-based capital ratio.” Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items (including recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes and residual interests) to four risk-weighted categories ranging from 0.0% to 100.0%, with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk. For example, under the FDIC’s risk-weighting system, cash and securities backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government are given a 0.0% risk weight, loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties generally have a 50.0% risk weight, and commercial loans have a risk weighting of 100.0%.
 
State non-member banks such as Farmington Bank, must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, of which at least one-half must be Tier I capital. Total capital consists of Tier I capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock and certain other capital instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities. The includable amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the amount of the institution’s Tier I capital. Banks that engage in specified levels of trading activities are subject to adjustments in their risk based capital calculation to ensure the maintenance of sufficient capital to support market risk.
 
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act required each federal banking agency to revise its risk-based capital standards for insured institutions to ensure that those standards take adequate account of interest-rate risk, concentration of credit risk, and the risk of nontraditional activities, as well as to reflect the actual performance and expected risk of loss on multi-family residential loans. The FDIC, along with the other federal banking agencies, has adopted a regulation providing that the agencies will take into account the exposure of a bank’s capital and economic value to changes in interest rate risk in assessing a bank’s capital adequacy. The FDIC also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon determination that an institution’s capital level is, or is likely to become, inadequate in light of the particular circumstances.
 
As a bank holding company, FCB will be subject to capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies similar to those of the FDIC for state-chartered banks. On a pro forma basis, FCB’s stockholders’ equity will exceed these requirements.
 
Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action: Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized.
 
The FDIC has adopted regulations to implement the prompt corrective action legislation. An institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and generally a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, or generally a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. As of December 31, 2010, Farmington Bank was a well capitalized institution.
 
 
88

 
 
“Undercapitalized” banks must adhere to growth, capital distribution (including dividend) and other limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. A bank’s compliance with such a plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5.0% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional restrictions, including but not limited to an order by the FDIC to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks or dismiss directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.
 
Transactions with Affiliates: Under current federal law, transactions between depository institutions and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (the “FRA”). In a holding company context, at a minimum, the parent holding company of a savings bank and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the savings bank. Generally, Section 23A limits the extent to which the savings bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to 10.0% of such savings bank’s capital stock and surplus, and contains an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to 20.0% of capital stock and surplus. The term “covered transaction” includes, among other things, the making of loans or other extensions of credit to an affiliate and the purchase of assets from an affiliate. Section 23A also establishes specific collateral requirements for loans or extensions of credit to, or guarantees, acceptances on letters of credit issued on behalf of an affiliate. Section 23B requires that covered transactions and a broad list of other specified transactions be on terms substantially the same, or no less favorable, to the savings bank or its subsidiary as similar transactions with non-affiliates.
 
Loans to Insiders: Further, Section 22(h) of the FRA restricts an institution with respect to loans to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders (“insiders”). Under Section 22(h), loans to insiders and their related interests may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such persons and affiliated entities, the institution’s total capital and surplus. Loans to insiders above specified amounts must receive the prior approval of the board of directors. Further, under Section 22(h), loans to directors, executive officers and principal stockholders must be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons, except that such insiders may receive preferential loans made under a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to the bank’s employees and does not give preference to the insider over the employees. Section 22(g) of the FRA places additional limitations on loans to executive officers.
 
Enforcement: The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured savings banks, including Farmington Bank. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, issue cease and desist orders and remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.
 
The FDIC has authority under Federal law to appoint a conservator or receiver for an insured bank under limited circumstances. The FDIC is required, with certain exceptions, to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured state non-member bank if that bank was “critically undercapitalized” on average during the calendar quarter beginning 270 days after the date on which the institution became “critically undercapitalized.” The FDIC may also appoint itself as conservator or receiver for an insured state non-member institution under specific circumstances on the basis of the institution’s financial condition or upon the occurrence of other events, including: (1) insolvency; (2) substantial dissipation of assets or earnings through violations of law or unsafe or unsound practices; (3) existence of an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business; and (4) insufficient capital, or the incurring of losses that will deplete substantially all of the institution’s capital with no reasonable prospect of replenishment without federal assistance.
 
Insurance of Deposit Accounts: The FDIC has adopted a risk-based insurance assessment system. The FDIC assigns an institution to one of three capital categories based on the institution’s financial condition consisting of (1) well capitalized, (2) adequately capitalized or (3) undercapitalized, and one of three supervisory subcategories within each capital group. The supervisory subgroup to which an institution is assigned is based on a supervisory evaluation provided to the FDIC by the institution’s primary federal regulator and information which the FDIC determines to be relevant to the institution’s financial condition and the risk posed to the Deposit Insurance Fund. An institution’s assessment rate depends on the capital category and supervisory category to which it is assigned. Assessment rates for insurance fund deposits range from 12 basis points for the strongest institution to 50 basis points for the weakest after a uniform increase of 7 basis points effective January 1, 2009. FDIC members are also required to assist in the repayment of bonds issued by the Financing Corporation in the late 1980’s to recapitalize the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.
 
The FDIC provides insurance up to $250,000 per regular account and unlimited deposit insurance coverage is available through December 31, 2012, for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts. Additionally, the FDIC approved a plan for rebuilding the Deposit Insurance Fund after several bank failures in 2008. The FDIC plan aims to rebuild the Deposit Insurance Fund within five years; the first assessment increase was a uniform seven basis points effective January 2009. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the total FDIC assessments were $2.2 million, $292,000 and $90,000, respectively. In November 2009, the FDIC issued new regulations requiring insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The prepaid assessments for these periods were collected on December 30, 2009 and totaled $5.8 million for Farmington Bank. The FDIC has exercised its authority to raise assessment rates for 2009, and may raise insurance premiums in the future. If such action is taken by the FDIC it could have an adverse effect on our earnings.
 
 
89

 
 
The FDIC may terminate insurance of deposits if it finds that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not know of any practice, condition or violations that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.
 
Federal Reserve System: The Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to maintain non-interest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The Federal Reserve Board regulations generally require that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts. We are in compliance with these requirements.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank System: Farmington Bank is a member of the FHLBB, which is one of the regional Federal Home Loan Banks composing the Federal Home Loan Bank System. Each Federal Home Loan Bank serves as a central credit facility primarily for its member institutions. Farmington Bank, as a member of the FHLBB, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLBB. While the required percentages of stock ownership are subject to change by the FHLBB, we were in compliance with this requirement with an investment in FHLBB stock at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008. In the past, we had received dividends on our Federal Home Loan Bank stock. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, our cash dividends from the Federal Home Loan Bank amounted to approximately $86,000 and $194,000, respectively. In 2008, the FHLBB suspended the dividend on stock but has recently begun paying a dividend equal to an annual yield of 0.30% based on average stock outstanding for the fourth quarter of 2010 which resulted in a dividend paid to us totaling approximately $5,600.  The FHLBB’s management reported that their board of directors anticipates that it will continue to declare modest cash dividends through 2011, but cautioned that adverse events such as a negative trend in credit losses on the FHLBB’s private label mortgage-backed securities or mortgage portfolio, a meaningful decline in income, or regulatory disapproval could lead to reconsideration of this plan . Further, there can be no assurance that the impact of recent or future legislation on the Federal Home Loan Banks also will not cause a decrease in the value of the FHLBB stock held by us.
 
Financial Modernization: The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act permits greater affiliation among banks, securities firms, insurance companies, and other companies under a new type of financial services company known as a “financial holding company.” A financial holding company essentially is a bank holding company with significantly expanded powers. Financial holding companies are authorized by statute to engage in a number of financial activities previously impermissible for bank holding companies, including securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; and merchant banking activities. The act also permits the Federal Reserve Board and the Treasury Department to authorize additional activities for financial holding companies if they are “financial in nature” or “incidental” to financial activities. A bank holding company may become a financial holding company if each of its subsidiary banks is well capitalized, well managed, and has at least a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating. A financial holding company must provide notice to the Federal Reserve Board within 30 days after commencing activities previously determined by statute or by the Federal Reserve Board and Department of the Treasury to be permissible. We have not submitted notice to the Federal Reserve Board of FCB’s intent to be deemed a financial holding company. However, FCB is not precluded from submitting a notice in the future should it wish to engage in activities only permitted to financial holding companies.
 
Miscellaneous Regulation
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002: Following the offering we will be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), which implements a broad range of corporate governance and accounting measures for public companies designed to promote honesty and transparency in corporate America and better protect investors from corporate wrongdoing. In general, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act mandated important new corporate governance and financial reporting requirements intended to enhance the accuracy and transparency of public companies’ reported financial results. It established new responsibilities for corporate chief executive officers, chief financial officers and audit committees in the financial reporting process, and it created a new regulatory body to oversee auditors of public companies. It backed these requirements with new Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement tools, increased criminal penalties for federal mail, wire and securities fraud, and created new criminal penalties for document and record destruction in connection with federal investigations. It also increased the opportunity for more private litigation by lengthening the statute of limitations for securities fraud claims and providing new federal corporate whistleblower protection.
 
Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act prohibits the extension of personal loans to directors and executive officers of issuers (as defined in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act). The prohibition, however, does not apply to loans advanced by an insured depository institution, such as those that are subject to the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act.
 
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act also required that the various securities exchanges, including The Nasdaq Global Market, prohibit the listing of the stock of an issuer unless that issuer complies with various requirements relating to their committees and the independence of their directors that serve on those committees.
 
 
90

 
 
Community Reinvestment Act: Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as amended as implemented by FDIC regulations, a bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA does require the FDIC, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution, including applications to acquire branches and other financial institutions. The CRA requires the FDIC to provide a written evaluation of an institution’s CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system. Farmington Bank’s latest FDIC CRA rating was “satisfactory.”
 
Connecticut has its own statutory counterpart to the CRA which is also applicable to Farmington Bank. The Connecticut version is generally similar to the CRA but utilizes a five-tiered descriptive rating system. Connecticut law requires the Connecticut Banking Commissioner to consider, but not be limited to, a bank’s record of performance under Connecticut law in considering any application by the bank to establish a branch or other deposit-taking facility, to relocate an office or to merge or consolidate with or acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of any other banking institution. Farmington Bank’s most recent rating under Connecticut law was “satisfactory.”
 
Consumer Protection and Fair Lending Regulations: We are subject to a variety of federal and Connecticut statutes and regulations that are intended to protect consumers and prohibit discrimination in the granting of credit. These statutes and regulations provide for a range of sanctions for non-compliance with their terms, including imposition of administrative fines and remedial orders, and referral to the Attorney General for prosecution of a civil action for actual and punitive damages and injunctive relief. Certain of these statutes authorize private individual and class action lawsuits and the award of actual, statutory and punitive damages and attorneys’ fees for certain types of violations.
 
The USA Patriot Act: On October 26, 2001, the USA Patriot Act (the “Patriot Act”) was enacted. The Patriot Act gives the federal government new powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. The Patriot Act also requires the federal banking regulators to take into consideration the effectiveness of controls designed to combat money-laundering activities in determining whether to approve a merger or other acquisition application of an FDIC-insured institution. As such, if FCB or Farmington Bank were to engage in a merger or other acquisition, the effectiveness of its anti-money-laundering controls would be considered as part of the application process. We have established policies, procedures and systems to comply with the applicable requirements of the law. The Patriot Act was reauthorized and modified with the enactment of the USA Patriot Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005.
 
Federal Securities Laws: As part of the offering, the common stock of FCB will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
F EDERAL AND STATE TAXATION
 
Federal Taxation
 
General: We are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. Our tax returns have not been audited during the past five years. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to us.
 
Method of Accounting : For Federal income tax purposes, we report income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and use tax year ending December 31 for filing federal income tax returns.
 
Bad Debt Reserves: Prior to the Small Business Protection Act of 1996 (the “1996 Act”), Farmington Bank was permitted to establish a reserve for bad debts and to make annual additions to the reserve. These additions could, within specified formula limits, be deducted in arriving at our taxable income. As a result of the 1996 Act, Farmington Bank was required to use the specific charge-off method in computing its bad debt deduction beginning with its 1996 federal tax return. Savings institutions were required to recapture any excess reserves over those established as of December 31, 1987 (base year reserve). At December 31, 2010, Farmington Bank had no reserves subject to recapture in excess of its base year.
 
Taxable Distributions and Recapture: Prior to the 1996 Act, bad debt reserves created before January 1, 1988 were subject to recapture into taxable income if Farmington Bank failed to meet certain thrift asset and definitional tests. Federal legislation has eliminated these thrift-related recapture rules. At December 31, 2010, our total federal pre-1988 base year reserve was $3.4 million. However, under current law, pre-1988 base year reserves remain subject to recapture if Farmington Bank makes certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its stock, pays dividends in excess of tax earnings and profits, or ceases to maintain a bank charter.
 
 
91

 
 
Alternative Minimum Tax: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), imposes an alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) at a rate of 20.0% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences which we refer to as “alternative minimum taxable income.” The AMT is payable to the extent such alternative minimum taxable income is in excess of an exemption amount and the AMT exceeds the regular income tax. Net operating losses can offset no more than 90.0% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain AMT payments may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. We have not been subject to the AMT and have no such amounts available as credits for carryover.
 
Net Operating Loss Carryovers : A corporation may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. At December 31, 2010, we had no net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes.
 
Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction: FCB may exclude from its income 100.0% of dividends received from Farmington Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations. The corporate dividends received deduction is 80.0% in the case of dividends received from corporations with which a corporate recipient does not file a consolidated tax return, and corporations which own less than 20.0% of the stock of a corporation distributing a dividend may deduct only 70.0% of dividends received or accrued on their behalf.
 
State Taxation
 
Connecticut
 
We are subject to the Connecticut corporation business tax. The Connecticut corporation business tax is based on the federal taxable income before net operating loss and special deductions and makes certain modifications to federal taxable income to arrive at Connecticut taxable income. Connecticut taxable income is multiplied by the state tax rate (7.5% for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009 and 7.5% for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010) to arrive at Connecticut income tax.
 
In 1998, the State of Connecticut enacted legislation permitting the formation of passive investment companies by financial institutions. This legislation exempts qualifying passive investment companies from the Connecticut corporation business tax and excludes dividends paid from a passive investment company from the taxable income of the parent financial institution. Farmington Bank established a passive investment company in 1999 and substantially eliminated the state income tax expense of Farmington Bank since the passive investment company’s organization through December 31, 2010.
 
We believe we are in compliance with the state passive investment company requirements and that no state taxes relating from Farmington Bank are due for the years ended December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2010; however, we have not been audited by the Department of Revenue Services for such periods. If the state were to determine that the passive investment company was not in compliance with statutory requirements, a material amount of taxes could be due. The State of Connecticut continues to be under pressure to find new sources of revenue, and therefore could enact legislation to eliminate the passive investment company exemption. If such legislation were enacted, we would be subject to additional state income taxes in Connecticut.
 
Farmington Bank and FCB are not currently under audit with respect to their income tax returns, and their state tax returns have not been audited for the past five years.
 
M ANAGEMENT
 
Shared Management Structure
 
The board of directors of FCB is comprised of seven persons. The current directors of FCB are the same individuals who serve as directors of Farmington Bank. The board of directors of FCB has been placed in three classes with each member to serve three year terms.  In addition, certain executive officers of FCB are also executive officers of Farmington Bank. Both FCB and Farmington Bank may choose to appoint additional or different persons as directors and executive officers in the future; however, we expect that FCB and Farmington Bank will continue to have some common executive officers until there is a business reason to establish a separate management structure. Our directors will not receive additional compensation for their services to FCB upon completion of the offering, however, certain of their compensation may be allocated to FCB.
 
Executive Officers
 
The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of the individuals who currently serve as executive officers of FCB.
 
Name
   
Age (1)
 
Position
 
         
John J. Patrick, Jr.
 
52
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Gregory A. White
 
46
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Kenneth F. Burns
 
51
 
Executive Vice President and Director of Retail Banking
Michael T. Schweighoffer
 
48
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
 
( 1 )
Ages presented are as of December 31, 2010.
 
 
92

 
 
Biographical Information of Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors
 
The business experience of each of our executive officers who are not directors for at least the past five years is set forth below.
 
Gregory A. White has served as Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer of Farmington Bank since January 2009. Prior to this, he served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Rockville Financial Inc. since its formation in May 2005. Mr. White served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Rockville Bank, a subsidiary of Rockville Financial Inc. from December 2003 to December 2008. Mr. White also served as Senior Vice President of Mechanics Saving Bank and as a Vice President at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and as Vice President at Webster Bank.
 
Michael T. Schweighoffer joined Farmington Bank in March 2009 and serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer. Prior to joining Farmington Bank he served as State President of TD Banknorth, Inc. in Connecticut since 2008. He joined TD Banknorth in 2002 and prior to being named State President in Connecticut , served as a Senior Vice President and Regional Commercial Lending Manager. From 1995 to 2002, Mr. Schweighoffer served as Vice President of Commercial Lending and Regional Commercial Lending Manager at People’s Bank. From 1989 to 2005, Mr. Schweighoffer was employed by Shawmut Bank in a number of capacities including Credit Review Team Leader and Vice President of Commercial Lending.
 
Kenneth F. Burns serves as Executive Vice President and Director of Retail Banking. He joined Farmington Bank in January 2005 as Senior Vice President and Director of Retail Banking. Prior to joining Farmington Bank, from 1998 to 2005, Mr. Burns was the President and CEO of Creative Dimensions, a marketing and manufacturing company located in Plainville, Connecticut. Prior to that, from 1981 to 1997, Mr. Burns worked at Eagle Bank, a $2.2 billion bank headquartered in Bristol, Connecticut, as Executive Vice President of Retail Banking and Marketing.
 
Our Directors
 
Farmington Bank has seven directors, who also serve on the board of directors of FCB. Directors serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately two or three of the directors are elected at each annual meeting. Directors of Farmington Bank will be elected by FCB as its sole stockholder. The following table states our directors’ names, their ages, the years when they began serving as directors of Farmington Bank and when their current term expires.
 
Name (1)
 
Age (2)
 
Director
Since
 
Current Term
Expires
Ronald A. Bucchi
 
55
 
2000
 
2013
John J. Carson
 
67
 
2010
 
2013
David Drew
 
68
 
1991
 
2011
Robert F. Edmunds, Jr.
 
66
 
1989
 
2012
John J. Patrick, Jr. (Chairman)
 
52
 
2008
 
2012
Kevin S. Ray
 
57
 
1997
 
2013
Michael A. Ziebka
 
46
 
2007
 
2011
 
(1)
The mailing address for each person listed is One Farm Glen Boulevard, Farmington, Connecticut. Each of the persons listed as a director is also a director of Farmington Bank, FCB and the MHC.
(2)
Ages as of December 31, 2010.
 
Biographical Information and Qualification of our Directors
 
The members of the board of directors are currently serving terms that expire in 2011, 2012 and 2013. In reviewing the candidates for nomination or re-nomination each year, the nominating committee and board of directors consider the mix of talents and experience of the entire board of directors. Each member of our board of directors resides and works within our service area. This provides them with valuable insight into our business and consumer environment. The particular business experience for at least the past five years and significant qualities of each of our directors are set forth below. Unless otherwise indicated, each director has held his or her current position for the past five years
 
Ronald A. Bucchi is a self employed C.P.A. with a specialized practice that concentrates in CEO consulting, strategic planning, mergers, acquisitions, business sales and tax. He works with domestic and international companies. He is a graduate of the Harvard Business School Executive Education program with completed course studies in general board governance, audit and compensation. He is currently Treasurer and a member of the board of directors of the Petit Family Foundation, Inc. He has served on numerous other community boards and is past Chairman of the Wheeler Clinic and the Wheeler YMCA. He is a member of the Connecticut Society of Certified Public Accountants, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the National Association of Corporate Directors. As a certified public accountant, Mr. Bucchi provides the board of directors with significant experience regarding accounting matters.
 
 
93

 
 
John J. Carson is Vice President, University Relations at the University of Hartford since 2005. From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Carson served as president of the Connecticut Policy and Economic Council and he served as commissioner of economic development for the State of Connecticut from 1981 to 1988. He served as Vice Chairman of Glastonbury Bank and Trust and then TD Banknorth Connecticut. He also served from 2003 to 2007 on the board of directors’ risk committee of the parent corporation, TD Banknorth N.A. He is board advisor to S/L/A/M Collaborative of Glastonbury. Active in numerous community organizations, Mr. Carson serves or has served on committees and boards including: The Bushnell Center for the Performing Arts, Saint Francis Hospital and Medical Center and the Connecticut Center for Advanced Technology. He is a former chairman of the Connecticut Development Authority and Connecticut Business Development Corporation. Mr. Carson’s business, development and economics expertise both in the private and public sectors, as well as his prior board of directors’ experience at a publicly held bank, provide valuable knowledge and experience to our board of directors.
 
David M. Drew is owner and President of the Briarwood Printing Co., Inc., a commercial printer located in Plainville, Connecticut, and also serves as a Director of the RM Jones Companies. Mr. Drew is the former President of several community organizations including Farmington Jaycees, Farmington Exchange Club, The Country Club of Farmington and also the Plainville Chamber of Commerce. He has served as Vice President of the Connecticut and Western Mass Printers Association of America and also of the Connecticut State Golf Association and has been a member or director of numerous local civic groups. In addition, Mr. Drew served on the Zoning Board of Appeals and as Justice of the Peace in the town of Burlington. Mr. Drew provides the Board of Directors with substantial small business management experience, specifically within the community in which Farmington Bank operates, and provides the Board of Directors with valuable insight into the local business and consumer environment.
 
Robert F. Edmunds Jr. is owner and Chairman of Edmunds Manufacturing Company, Inc. ( DBA Edmunds Gages ) located in Farmington Connecticut. Edmunds Gages is a design and manufacturing company that specializes in the production of custom dimensional measuring instruments primarily serving the automotive, aircraft, ordinance and biomedical industries. Mr. Edmunds has held board and committee positions with various charitable and community organizations, most notably, St. Francis Hospital and medical center in Hartford, Connecticut and the Farmington Valley Association for the Retarded and Handicapped (FAVARH) in Canton, Connecticut. Mr. Edmunds provides the board of directors with substantial small company management experience, specifically within the community in which Farmington Bank operates, and provides the board of directors with valuable insight into the local business and consumer environment.
 
John J. Patrick, Jr. Mr. Patrick has served as Chief Executive Officer and President of Farmington Bank since March of 2008 and Chairman of the board since July of 2008. Prior to this, Mr. Patrick served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of TD Banknorth Connecticut. He is a director of The Hospital of Central Connecticut and Vantis Insurance Company, located in Windsor, Connecticut, as well as several other community organizations. Mr. Patrick’s extensive experience in the local banking industry, service as CEO of FCB and Farmington Bank, and involvement in business and civic organizations in the communities in which Farmington Bank serves, affords the board of directors valuable insight regarding the business and operations of Farmington Bank.
 
Kevin S. Ray is President of the Deming Insurance Agency Inc., an insurance agency headquartered in Farmington, Connecticut. Mr. Ray is the former President of several community organizations, including the Farmington Community Chest and Winding Trails Recreation Area, and a board member of the and Farmington Exchange Club and the Farmington Rotary Club. Mr. Ray is also a past Chairman of the Farmington Economic Development Commission and former President of the Professional Insurance Agents Association of Connecticut. Mr. Ray’s significant community involvement provides the board with valuable insight into the community and his insurance background provides the board of directors with substantial experience with respect to an industry that complements the financial services provided by Farmington Bank relating to insurance, sales and investments.
 
Michael A. Ziebka is the Managing Partner of Budwitz & Meyerjack, P.C., an accounting firm located in Farmington, Connecticut. In addition to being managing partner, Mr. Ziebka is also senior audit principal for Budwitz & Meyerjack, P.C. with responsibilities for overseeing the firm’s accounting, auditing, and financial reporting practice. Mr. Ziebka is a member of the Connecticut Society of Certified Public Accountants. He currently serves as a director for several community organizations, including the Exchange Club of Farmington, Ct, Farmington Country Club and Services for the Elderly. He is also a past member of the board of Farmington Chamber of Commerce. As the managing partner and chief financial officer of a certified public accounting firm, Mr. Ziebka provides the board of directors with significant experience regarding accounting matters and financial expertise.
 
Board Independence
 
It is the policy of the board of directors of FCB that a majority of the directors be independent within the meaning of applicable laws and regulations and the listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that all directors are independent, with the exception of John J. Patrick, Jr., due to his position as President and Chief Executive Officer of FCB and Farmington Bank, and David M. Drew, because of compensation received by a company of which Mr. Drew is a control person for printing services provided to Farmington Bank.
 
 
94

 
 
Board Meetings and Committees
 
We conduct business through meetings of our board of directors and its committees. The board of directors of FCB consists of those persons who serve as directors of Farmington Bank. Additionally, members of FCB and Farmington Bank’s committees serve on the identical committees of Farmington Bank. There were no meetings of the board of directors or any committees of FCB in 2010, as FCB was not in existence during this time.
 
Director Attendance at Annual Meetings of Stockholders
 
It will be our policy to expect the attendance of each member of the board of directors at our annual meetings of stockholders.
 
Our Committees
 
In connection with the formation of FCB, the board of directors established or will establish Audit, Compensation and Human Resources, and Governance and Nominating Committees.
 
The audit committee, consisting of Ronald A. Bucchi, John J. Carson and Michael A. Ziebka is responsible for assisting the board in fulfilling its responsibilities concerning FCB’s accounting and reporting practices, and facilitating open communication among the committee, board, internal auditor, independent auditors and management. Ronald A. Bucchi is the audit committee Chairman. Each member of the audit committee is independent in accordance with the listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Market and the Securities and Exchange Commission’s audit committee independence standards. The board of directors has determined that Michael A. Ziebka and Ronald A Bucchi are audit committee financial experts under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. All of the members of the audit committee have a basic understanding of finance and accounting and are able to read and understand fundamental financial statements.
 
The compensation and human resources committee, consisting of Robert F. Edmunds, Jr., David M. Drew and Kevin S. Ray is responsible for determining executive compensation and performing such other functions as are customarily discharged by compensation committees of similar institutions. Robert F. Edmunds, Jr. is the compensation and human resources committee Chairman. Each member of the compensation and human resources committee is independent in accordance with the listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Market, except David M. Drew who is permitted to serve on the committee until 2012 in accordance with the listing requirements the NASDAQ Global Market and Securities and Exchange Commission rules in conjunction with initial public offerings.
 
The governance and nominating committee, is expected to consist of all our independent directors, will be responsible for identifying individuals qualified to become board members and recommending a group of nominees for election as directors at each annual meeting of stockholders, ensuring that the board and its committees have the benefit of qualified and experienced independent directors, and developing a set of corporate governance polices and procedures. The governance and nominating committee will also be responsible for reporting and recommending from time to time to the board of directors on matters relative to corporate governance.
 
Each of the committees listed above will operate under a written charter, which will govern their composition, responsibilities and operations.
 
C OMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
 
The Compensation and Human Resources Committees of the Boards of Directors of FCB and Farmington Bank are charged with the responsibility for establishing, implementing and monitoring adherence to our compensation philosophy and assuring that executives and key management personnel are effectively compensated in a manner which is internally equitable and externally competitive.
 
We currently have four executive officers: John J. Patrick, Jr., Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Gregory A. White, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Kenneth F. Burns, Executive Vice President and Director of Retail Banking, and Michael T. Schweighoffer, Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer. David S. Blitz, who serves as Senior Vice President, Commercial Lending, is also deemed an executive officer for purposes of SEC disclosure requirements.
 
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
 
We believe that competitive compensation is critical for attracting, motivating and rewarding qualified executives. Currently, our compensation program for Farmington Bank has included the following primary elements:
 
 
base salary;
 
 
annual cash incentive awards tied to our annual performance (and for more junior executives, their department and/or individual performance);
 
 
long-term incentive compensation, principally in the form of phantom stock; and
 
 
95

 
 
 
retirement and other benefits.
 
We choose to pay each element of compensation in order to attract and retain the necessary executive talent, reward annual performance and provide incentive for a balanced focus on long-term strategic goals as well as short-term performance. Our policy for allocating between currently paid and long-term compensation is to ensure adequate base compensation to attract and retain personnel, while providing incentives to maximize long-term value of Farmington Bank and, in the future, for our stockholders. Following our initial public offering, we expect that equity-based, long-term incentive compensation will also become an important element of our executive compensation program. Our ability to introduce equity awards to our compensation mix will be dependent on stockholder approval of an equity compensation program and compliance with applicable regulatory guidelines relating to such programs. As a public company, we believe that we can meet the objectives of our compensation philosophy by achieving a balance among these elements that is competitive with our industry peers and creates appropriate incentives for our management team.
 
Employment, Severance and Change in Control Agreements
 
We expect to enter into employment agreements and change in control agreements with our named executive officers and certain other key officers . The severance payments under these agreements will be contingent on the occurrence of certain termination events, and are intended to provide our officers with a sense of security in making the commitment to dedicate their professional careers to the success of FCB and Farmington Bank.
 
Phantom Stock Plan
 
We currently maintain a Phantom Stock Plan for the benefit of our non-employee directors, and a select group of employees as determined by the Chief Executive Officer and Plan Administrator and subject to the review and approval by the compensation and human resource committee of the board of directors. The purpose of the plan is to encourage participants to remain employees or provide services (in the case of directors) and to reward participants for the continued success of Farmington Bank. The enrollment and eligibility requirements are established from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer and Plan Administrator with the review and approval of the compensation and human resource committee of the board of directors as it determines in its sole discretion.
 
Awards of notional “phantom stock” to participating employees are based on performance criteria, while awards to non-employee directors are not based on performance criteria. The performance goals are recommended by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the compensation and human resource committee of the board of directors. Threshold, target and maximum awards will be set for each eligible position at competitive levels, and awards are calculated as a proportion of threshold, target and maximum criteria levels. Awards are granted to employee participants if said participants achieve the performance criteria set forth in their award document, as determined in the Chief Executive Officer’s and Plan Administrator’s discretion. The awards granted to non-employee directors are determined by the Chief Executive Officer and Plan Administrator, subject to the review and approval by the compensation and human resource committee of the board of directors.
 
Each share of phantom stock awarded under the plan represents a contractual right to receive an amount in cash equal to the difference in the base book value of each share and the appreciation of book value. The base book value of a share is equal to Farmington Bank’s book value as of December 31 of the year in which such share is awarded divided by 10,000,000, and the appreciation value is equal to the increase, if any, in the book value of one share of phantom stock of Bank between December 31 in the year the phantom stock was granted and December 31 of the year the phantom stock vests (or in the event of a change in control, the date of the change of control).
 
Each award of phantom stock vests on December 31 in the third year following the year in which the phantom stock was awarded so long as such participant is employed or serving as a non-employee director on that date. While awards of phantom stock are subject to the three-year cliff vesting, the awards of phantom stock to employees are tied to a one year performance period set forth in the award document. Full vesting also occurs upon a change in control, upon the death or disability of the participant, and with respect to employees, upon their normal or early retirement date.
 
Performance awards of phantom stock are subject to the attainment of performance goals and are paid only if the performance goals were achieved during the one year performance period to which such award relates. Upon a change in control, all performance goals shall be deemed met and all phantom stock shall fully vest. If a participant is terminated for cause before payment is made on any vested award of phantom stock, no payment is due and the participant’s phantom stock account is immediately forfeited.
 
Generally, the payment due under each award is paid in a lump sum in cash between January 1 and March 15 immediately following the December 31 vesting date of such award. In the event of a change in control, the payment date is deemed to be the date of the change in control. The conversion will not effect a change in control with respect to any phantom stock outstanding.
 
 
96

 
 
Supplemental Retirement Plan for Senior Executives
 
We have adopted a Supplemental Retirement Plan for Senior Executives (the “SERP”) effective January 1, 2009, for the purposes of providing supplemental retirement benefits to certain executives who have been designated by the board of directors as being eligible to participate. It is intended that the SERP comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and is to be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A. John J. Patrick, Jr., Michael T. Schweighoffer and Gregory A. White have been designated by the board of directors for participation in the SERP. The benefits payable under the SERP vest at a rate of 10% for each year of service since original date of hire, with the benefits being 100% vested upon completion of ten years of service. If an executive is involuntarily terminated without cause or is terminated due to death, disability, change in control or good reason, the benefits shall be 100% vested regardless of years of service. If an executive is terminated for cause or if the executive violates the non-competition provision in the SERP, the retirement benefit under the SERP is forfeited.
 
Generally, the SERP provides the designated participants with a retirement benefit equal to a fixed percentage (50% in the case of Mr. Patrick and 40% in the case of Mr. Schweighoffer and Mr. White) of such executive’s final average compensation (final average compensation is an average of the executive’s highest three (3) years of compensation within the last five (5) years) multiplied by a prorate fraction (the numerator of which is the executive’s years of employment and the denominator of which is set forth in each executive’s participation agreement (16 years for Mr. Patrick, 18 years for Mr. Schweighoffer and 21 years for Mr. White)). If the executive is terminated prior to the age of 62, the amount of the benefit is reduced by 6% per year for each year prior to age 62. However, in the case of the executive’s termination upon disability or termination without cause or for good reason within two (2) years of a change in control, the benefit shall be calculated as if the executive had completed the years of employment between disability or termination and age 65, and as if the executive’s final average compensation had increased 3% per year for each calendar year until age 65. If the benefits provided under the SERP, either on its own, or when aggregated with other payments to the executive that are contingent on a change in control would cause the executive to have an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, the benefits under the SERP and/or other payments shall be reduced to avoid such a result with the amounts under the executive’s employment agreement or change in control agreement reduced first and the SERP benefits reduced next.
 
The executive (or the executive’s beneficiary in the case of death) is entitled to receive the retirement benefits under the SERP (i) if the executive retires or terminates employment (other than due to cause or death) on or after age 65, (ii) if the executive terminates employment (other than due to cause, death or disability, or following a change in control) prior to age 65, (iii) if the executive becomes disabled prior to age 65, (iv) if the executive dies, or (v) if the executive is terminated without cause or for good reason within a two (2) year period after a change in control.
 
The retirement benefit shall be paid 45 days after an executive’s death, retirement or termination except that in the case of an executive’s termination due to disability or termination without cause or for good reason within two (2) years of a change in control, the retirement benefit shall be paid at age 65 unless, at the time the executive executed the participation agreement, the executive elected to receive the payment on the date of termination. If there is a change in control after payments commence under the SERP and the payments are in a form other than a lump sum, the present value of the remaining payments shall be paid to the executive in a lump sum 45 days after the date of the change in control. The payment of the retirement benefits under the SERP are paid in a lump sum unless the participant elects otherwise, in which case the benefit may be paid in annual equal installments over a period not to exceed 20 years, or a percentage of the benefit may be paid in a lump sum and a percentage of the benefit paid in annual equal installments over a period not to exceed 20 years.
 
Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Employees
 
Since 1992, we have maintained a Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Employees for the purpose of attracting, retaining and motivating individuals of high caliber and experience to act as directors and key employees. With respect to participation in the plan by key employees, the plan is intended to be an unfunded plan under ERISA. Effective January 1, 2010, we amended the plan to limit it only to directors and to discontinue further deferrals by key employees. In addition, the amendment changed the interest rate credited to participants’ accounts with respect to participants who had not retired or otherwise been terminated prior to January 1, 2010. Although employees may not make deferrals under the plan on or after January 1, 2010, deferral accounts continue to be maintained for former key employee participants until all amounts credited to such deferral accounts have been paid to such employees, and the time and form of such payments are governed by the provisions of the plan in effect as of the date of such retirement or termination. This plan is unsecured and unfunded.
 
 
97

 
 
Generally, the plan permits eligible participants to defer all or a portion of their fees or compensation. Deferred amounts are credited to a bookkeeping account and earn interest until they are paid out in full. With respect to participants who have retired or been otherwise terminated prior to January 1, 2010, the deferral accounts earn interest at a rate equal to the 5-year CD rate plus 4%, subject to a minimum of 8% and maximum of 12%, with the rate set in December and applying for the following year. With respect to participants who have not retired or been otherwise terminated prior to January 1, 2010, the deferral accounts earn interest at a rate equal to 8%. The interest, in both cases, is credited on a monthly basis. The participant must file an election form electing the percentage of fees or compensation to be deferred and the time and form of payment not later than 30 days after commencing employment, and such election shall remain effective for subsequent years unless the participant makes a new election prior to January 1 of the year in which the fees or compensation will be earned. Participants can elect to receive payment (i) in a lump sum on the earliest of the participant’s termination as a director or employee, disability or a date specified by the participant, (ii) in a lump sum on a date specified by the participant, (iii) in equal consecutive annual or monthly installments over a period not to exceed 15 years, with the first installment to be paid on the earliest of the participant’s termination as a director or employee, disability or a date specified by the participant, or (iv) in equal consecutive annual or monthly installments over a period not to exceed 15 years, with the first installment to be paid on a date specified by the participant. Participants are not able to change the time or form of payment election unless the change is made at least 12 months prior to the date payment of those fees or compensation would otherwise have been made, and the change must delay the payment for at least 5 years from the date payment would otherwise have been made or begun. Participants are always fully vested in their deferral account or if selected in accordance with the installment method in effect prior to death.
 
In the event of a participant’s death before commencement of payment, payment will be made to the participant’s beneficiary in a lump sum within 90 days of the participant’s death, unless the participant has specified a different time and/or form of payment in the election form. In the event of a participant’s death after installment payments have begun, the installments will be accelerated and paid in a lump sum to the participant’s beneficiary within 90 days of the participant’s death.
 
In the event of a change in control or potential change in control, we are required to create a rabbi trust and deposit cash in an amount sufficient to provide for full payment of all potential obligations of the plan. The rabbi trust is irrevocable until all obligations under the plan have been satisfied. Our conversion to a publicly held company will not effect a change in control under this plan.
 
Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees
 
We also maintain a Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees which was effective January 1, 2007. The plan is intended to be an unfunded plan under ERISA. The plan permits eligible employees to defer all or a portion of their compensation. Deferred amounts are credited to a bookkeeping account and earn interest until they are paid out in full. The deferred amounts earn interest at a rate equal to the 5-year CD rate. The rate is set in December and applies for the following year. The interest is credited on a monthly basis. The employee must file an election form electing the percentage of compensation to be deferred and the time and form of payment not later than 30 days after commencing employment, and such election shall remain effective for subsequent years unless the employee makes a new election prior to January 1 of the year in which the compensation will be earned. Participants can elect to receive payment (i) in a lump sum on the earliest of the employee’s termination, disability or a date specified by the employee, (ii) in a lump sum on a date specified by the employee, (iii) in equal consecutive annual or monthly installments over a period not to exceed 15 years, with the first installment to be paid on earliest of the employee’s termination, disability or a date specified by the employee, or (iv) in equal consecutive annual or monthly installments over a period not to exceed 15 years, with the first installment to be paid on a date specified by the employee. Employees are not able to change the time or form of payment election unless the change is made at least 12 months prior to the date payment of the compensation would otherwise have been made and the change must delay the payment for at least five years from the date payment would otherwise have been made or begun. This plan is unsecured and unfunded.
 
In the event of the death of an employee before commencement of payment, payment will be made to the employee’s beneficiary in a lump sum within 90 days of the employee’s death, unless the employee has specified a different time and/or form of payment in the election form. In the event of an employee’s death after installment payments have begun, the installments will be accelerated and paid in lump sum to the employee’s beneficiary within 90 days of the employee’s death or if selected in accordance with the installment method in effect prior to death.
 
In the event of a change in control or potential change in control, we are required to create a rabbi trust and deposit cash in an amount sufficient to provide for full payment of all potential obligations of the plan. The rabbi trust is irrevocable until all obligations under the plan have been satisfied. Our conversion to a publicly held company will not effect a change in control under this plan.
 
Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreement
 
Effective January 1, 2009, we entered into Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreements with John J. Patrick, Jr., our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Gregory A. White, our Chief Financial Officer. These agreements provide that in the event Mr. Patrick or Mr. White purchase an individual supplemental life insurance policy providing $1.0 million of pre-retirement term life coverage and $250,000 of post-retirement coverage, we agree to pay Mr. Patrick or Mr. White, as applicable, a tax-adjusted bonus in an amount equal to the total amount of premiums, increased by 40% paid for such plan provided we receive documentation evidencing such payments. Pursuant to the agreements , we may provide the levels of insurance required through our group insurance policy, in which case we are not obligated to reimburse Messrs . Patrick or White for their individual policy.
 
 
98

 
 
Defined Benefit Employees’ Pension Plan
 
We maintain the Farmington Savings Bank Defined Benefit Employees’ Pension Plan, a non-contributory defined benefit plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. While the primary purpose is to provide employees with retirement benefits, under certain circumstances it provides surviving spouses with plan benefits in the event the employee dies before retirement.
 
As of January 1, 2007 employees who were already participants in the plan continue to be participants in the plan. Employees who were hired on or after January 1, 2007 are not eligible for the Pension Plan. Currently, Kenneth F. Burns, our Director of Retail Banking, is the only named executive officer eligible to participate in this plan.
 
Under the plan, employees hired prior to December 31, 2006 become eligible to participate in the plan as of the January 1 or July 1 coinciding with or immediately following the date the employee reaches age 21 and completes 1,000 hours of service in a consecutive 12 month period. Employees become fully vested in their accrued benefits under the plan upon the completion of 5 years of service after their 18 th birthday. Employees are credited with one year of service for each plan year in which they complete 1,000 hours of service. Employees are also automatically 100% vested if they are active employees when they reach normal retirement age, which is age 65 for employees who were participants in the plan before January 1, 1988 and the later of age 65 or the fifth anniversary of the first day of the plan year in which such employee began participating in the plan. The employees have a choice as to the way they receive the monthly benefit.
 
In general, the plan provides for a normal retirement benefit that is payable monthly on the first day of the month which coincides with or follows the later of the employee’s 65 th birthday or the fifth anniversary of the first day of the plan year in which such employee began participating in the plan. For employees who were participants in the plan before January 1, 1988, the monthly benefit is payable on the first day of the month which coincides with or follows the employee’s 65 th birthday. For employees who continue to work after the normal retirement date and elect a late retirement date, the benefits under the plan continue to accrue while the employee remains employed, but the late retirement benefit payment must begin no later than April 1 following the later of the year the employee reaches age 70 ½ or the year the employee retires.
 
The amount of monthly benefits received under the plan depends on several factors: the length of employment, earnings and salary history while employed, age when retirement payments begin and certain legal limitations and requirements. The normal retirement benefit under the plan is equal to (a) the product of 2% of average annual earning multiplied by years of credited service as of December 31, 2006, plus (b) the product of 1% of average annual earning multiplied by years of credited service on or after January 1, 2007. No more than 30 years of credited service will be taken into account when determining the amount of the benefit. The early retirement benefit under the plan is calculated in basically the same way as the normal retirement benefit, but includes adjustments made by an “early commencement factor.” The early commencement factor, based on the age at which the employee starts to receive the benefit payment, reduces the monthly benefit to account for the additional years during which the employee will receive payments. The late retirement benefit under the plan is calculated in basically the same way as the normal retirement benefit, with credited service and earnings based on the date the employee actually ceases employment. The late retirement benefit will be equal to the greater of (a) the normal retirement benefit calculated using the credited services and earnings to the day of actual retirement, or (b) the normal retirement benefit calculated using the credited services and earnings as of the normal retirement date increased by the late adjustment factor up to April 1 after the age of 70 ½. After age 70 ½ a different calculation applies.
 
The plan also provides a retirement benefit for participants who terminate employment before they are eligible to retire if fully vested. The amount of the benefit is equal to a percentage of the normal retirement benefit. If vested when employment terminates prior to the normal retirement date and the present value of the vested benefits is greater than $5,000, payment of the vested benefit will begin on the normal retirement date and if less than $5,000, it will be paid out in a single lump payment as soon as feasible following termination. Such an employee may elect to receive the benefits as early as the first day of the month coinciding with or following the day the employee would be eligible for early retirement if employment continued, but based only on the service and years of credited service on the date employment terminated and adjusted by the early commencement factor.
 
401(K) Plan
 
We have established the Farmington Bank 401(k) Plan, a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code which provides for a cash or deferred arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
The types of contributions which may be made under the plan are salary deferrals, rollover contributions, safe harbor contributions, matching contributions and profit sharing contributions. An employee is eligible to make salary deferrals and safe harbor contributions to the plan and to receive matching contributions on the first day of the calendar quarter coinciding with or next following the date that the employee has completed six (6) months of service and has attained age 21.
 
 
99

 
 
Under the plan, employees may elect to defer a percentage of compensation each year provided the total deferrals do not exceed $16,500 in 2011 and after 2011 the dollar limit may increase for cost-of-living adjustments. In addition, employees age 50 or over may elect to defer additional amounts called catch-up contributions, which may be deferred regardless of any other limitations on the amount that you may defer to the plan. The maximum catch-up contribution permitted in 2011 is $5,500 and after 2011 the dollar limit may increase for cost-of-living adjustments. For employees hired after January 1, 2008, the plan includes an automatic deferral feature pursuant to which 4% of the employee’s pay will automatically be contributed unless the employee makes an alternative salary deferral election. Employees are also permitted to deposit into the plan rollover contributions, which are distributions received from other plans and certain IRAs. Employees may withdraw the amounts in their rollover account at anytime. The participants in the plan may elect to direct the investment of their accounts in several types of investment funds, but if participants do not elect to direct the investment of their account it will be invested in accordance with the default investment alternative established by the plan.
 
Under the plan, we have the option to make safe harbor matching contributions equal to 100% of an employee’s salary deferral (including catch-up contributions) that do not exceed 4% of an employee’s compensation. We may also make discretionary matching contributions equal to a uniform percentage of an employee’s salary deferrals. In addition, we may make discretionary profit sharing contributions that are allocated among eligible employees depending on how much compensation an employee receives during the year and the classification to which the employee is assigned. We determine the amount of the profit sharing contribution for each classification and allocates it to the employees proportionately based on the employee’s compensation compared to the total compensation of all employees in such classification. To be considered an eligible employee for purposes of receiving profit sharing contributions, the employee must have completed 1,000 hours of service during the calendar year.
 
Employees are always 100% vested in the amounts in their accounts attributable to salary deferrals (including catch-up contributions), rollover contributions and safe harbor contributions. Employee becomes vested in amounts attributable to matching contributions and profit sharing contributions made prior to January 1, 2007 in 25% increments, beginning with the completion of two years of service and ending with the completion of five years of service. An employee also becomes 100% vested if employed on or after age 65, or if an employee dies or becomes disabled while employed.
 
An employee may receive distributions from the plan in the form of a single lump payment or installments over a period of not more than the employee’s assumed life expectancy; however, if the total vested amount in an account is less than $5,000 then it must be paid in a lump sum.
 
Annual Incentive Compensation Plan
 
We maintain an Annual Incentive Compensation Plan which provides annual cash incentive awards to employees who achieve annual performance goals. All regular employees (excluding temporary and casual labor employees) are eligible to participate. However, new employees must be employed by September 30 in a given plan year to be eligible for an award related to performance in that plan year. If employed after September 30, the employee is not eligible to receive an award until the next plan year, but if employed before September 30, the employee will receive a prorated award based on months worked.
 
In general, the plan is prospective in design with the utilization of a defined payout formula that is based upon the achievement of a combination of pre-determined company performance criteria and department/individual performance criteria. Employees must receive a minimum performance rating of “satisfactory” or better for the plan year to be eligible for payout. The plan design incorporates a tiered approach with annual incentive awards that are linked to pre-defined performance objectives. Minimum, target and maximum award opportunity levels are expressed as a percentage of salary and have been set for each eligible employee. The actual payouts are calculated using a ratable approach where payouts are calculated as a proportion of minimum, target and maximum levels. The percentage of payout for overall company performance will be allocated based on the specific weighing of the company goal based on the participant’s tier and the actual performance compared to the pre-determined minimum, target and maximum performance levels. Plan participants below tier 1 will also have a portion of their annual incentive award based on a combination of department and/or individual performance criteria.
 
 
100

 
 
In 2010, the cash incentive awards were payable at the specified percentage of the executive officer’s base salary as follows:
 
     
Incentive Ranges
Percent of Salary
     
Award Objectives
Weighting of Award
 
Tier    
Minimum
     
Target
     
Maximum
     
Bank
     
 
Individual/
Department
 
CEO
    20.00%       40.00%       80.00%       85%       15%  
 Other Executive Officers
    12.50%       25.00%       50.00%       65%       35%  
 
In connection with the hiring of David S. Blitz, he was guaranteed a minimum payout of $50,000 for 2010 under our Annual Incentive Compensation Plan.  The performance objectives for 2010 relative to our executive officers included goals related to financial achievements, risk management, retail and strategic pursuits.
 
Our financial goals for 2010 related to:
 
 
core operating expense growth;
 
 
achievement of efficiency ratios of 80 basis points or lower’
 
 
development of profitability models; and
 
 
timely production of audited financial statements.
 
Our risk management goals included:
 
 
regulatory and FIDICIA compliance;
 
 
maintaining allowance for loan losses consistent with high performing peers;
 
 
achieving favorable measures of risk rating accuracy;
 
 
maintaining high regulatory compliance standards;
 
 
achieving favorable internal audit controls and risk management standards; and
 
 
improvement in efficiency and effectiveness in our loan approval process.
 
Retail goals included:
 
 
customer checking account growth of 1,165 to 1,750 new accounts;
 
 
small business checking account growth of 480 new accounts with $8.0 million in new deposit balances to 720 new accounts with $12.0 million in new deposit balances;
 
 
small business loan growth of 115 new loans with $10.0 million in new loan production to 175 new loans with $16.0 million in new loan production;
 
 
branch expansion of $1.2 million in deposits per month open with overall deposits of $16.0 million to $1.8 million of deposits per month with overall deposits of $26.0 million.
 
 
Implementation of new customer service engagement focus;
 
 
achievement of cost efficiencies related to salary expenses;
 
 
implementation of outbound calling and productivity standards.
 
Strategic goals included:
 
 
achievement of core earnings of $6.5 million to $9.7 million;
 
 
achievement of tier 2 capital ratio of 10% to 10.5%;
 
 
101

 
 
 
maintaining efficiency ratios of 80 basis points or lower;
 
 
loan growth of $120.0 million to $180.0 million
 
 
deposit growth of $115.0 million to $175 million; and
 
 
achieving a camels 2 rating of 3 or lower.
 
In addition, specific goals were established for our CEO which included the above described strategic goals along with goals related to good strategic execution and achievement of liquidity events.
 
Unless a participant is terminated for other than cause or is terminated due to death, disability or retirement, a participant must be an active employee as of the award payout date to receive the award. A participant who is terminated for other than cause or who is terminated due to death, disability or retirement will receive a pro-rated award for the plan year based on months worked. The payout will be paid in a lump sum between January 1 and March 15 after the calendar plan year end, unless previously deferred under the Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan. The plan year is also the performance period for determining the amount of the incentive award to be paid. If the company does not meet minimum performance levels, there will be no payouts.
 
Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation.
 
Following our initial public offering, we intend to establish a long-term incentive compensation program based on the delivery of competitive equity awards to our management team. We expect to use an equity-based, long-term incentive compensation program to reward outstanding performance with incentives that focuses our management team on the task of creating long-term stockholder value. By increasing the equity holdings of our management team, we will provide them with a continuing stake in our long-term success. The nature and size of awards under our equity-based program will be based on a number of factors including regulatory guidelines, awards made to those holding comparable positions in our peer group and the tax or accounting treatment of specific equity compensation techniques.
 
Role of the Compensation Committee
 
Prior to our initial public offering, the compensation and human resources committee of the board of directors developed and administered the executive compensation program with the assistance of an independent compensation consultant. See “—Role of the Compensation Consultant” below. In connection with the plan of conversion, we have established a compensation and human resources committee of the board of directors of FCB to implement and monitor the success of the overall compensation program in achieving the objectives of our compensation philosophy. The compensation and human resources committee will be responsible for the administration of our compensation programs and policies, including the administration of our cash-based and future equity-based incentive programs. The compensation and human resources committee will review and approve all compensation decisions relating to our executive officers. Our Chief Executive Officer will have responsibility for approving compensation decisions relating to our other officers and employees with input from other members of management. The compensation and human resources committee will operate under the mandate of a formal charter that establishes a framework for the fulfillment of its responsibilities. See “Our Management—Committees of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.”
 
Role of the Compensation Consultant
 
Prior to our initial public offering, the board of directors of the MHC and Farmington Bank engaged Amalfi Consulting, LLC, an independent compensation consultant, to gather compensation data for peer institutions to assist its compensation and human resources committee in evaluating base salary and incentive compensation levels. See “—Peer Group Analysis” below.
 
Role of Management
 
Our Chief Executive Officer and other named executive officers will, from time to time, make recommendations to the compensation and human resources committee regarding the appropriate mix and level of compensation for their subordinates. Those recommendations consider the objectives of our compensation philosophy and the range of compensation programs authorized by the compensation and human resources committee.
 
Peer Group Analysis
 
We strongly believe that in order to attract, motivate and reward qualified executives in our marketplace, our compensation program must be competitive relative to the companies with whom we compete. During 2010, we engaged Amalfi Consulting, LLC, an independent consulting firm, to benchmark base and incentive compensation for our executive officers.
 
The group of companies being used for comparative and informational purposes represents a mix of other comparable sized, publicly traded banking organizations located in New England, New York (excluding metro New York City) and New Jersey. For comparative purposes we also utilize broader based surveys particularly in key technical skills areas.
 
 
102

 
 
Our current peer group consists of the following institutions:
   
Oritani Financial Corp.
Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc.
Century Bancorp, Inc.
United Financial Bancorp
Sterling Bancorp
Peapack-Gladstone Financial
Financial Institutions Inc.
Enterprise Bancorp Inc.
Northfield Bancorp Inc.
Westfield Financial Inc.
Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.
Center Bancorp Inc.
Suffolk Bancorp
Hingham Institute for Savings
First of Long Island Corp.
Chemung Financial Corp.
Canandalgua National Corp.
SI Financial Group Inc.
Rockville Financial Inc.
 
 
 
103

 
 
C OMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
AND TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the compensation of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and three most highly compensated executive officers during 2010. Each individual listed in the table below may be referred to as a named executive officer or executive officer.
 
Name and Principal
Position
  Year     Salary     Bonus     Stock
Awards (1)
    Option
Awards
     
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
     
Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings (2)
     
All Other
Compensation
(3)
    Total  
                                                                       
John J. Patrick, Jr.
 
2010
    $ 409,692     $ 160,000     $ 160,000       --       --     $ 53,097     $ 73,529     $ 856,318  
President, Chief Executive Officer
    2009     $ 403,846     $ 200,000       --       --       --     $ 37,643     $ 24,186     $ 665,675  
      2008 (4)   $ 269,231       --       --       --       --       --     $ 8,423     $ 277,654  
                                                                         
Gregory A. White
    2010     $ 213,279     $ 75,000     $ 55,000       --       --     $ 6,516     $ 34,606     $ 384,401  
Chief Financial Officer
    2009     $ 201,058     $ 50,000       --       --       --     $ 1,850     $ 9,803     $ 262,711  
      2008 (5)     --       --       --       --       --       --       --       --  
                                                                         
Michael Schweighoffer
    2010     $ 232,673     $ 100,000     $ 75,000       --       --     $ 9,694     $ 29,561     $ 446,928  
Chief Risk Officer
    2009     $ 181,731       --       --       --       --     $ 2,662     $ 19,311     $ 203,704  
      2008 (6)     --       --       --       --       --       --       --     $ 0  
                                                                         
Kenneth F. Burns
    2010     $ 183,077     $ 50,000     $ 43,750       --       --     $ 10,147     $ 12,047     $ 299,021  
Executive Vice President, Retail Banking
    2009     $ 176,077     $ 43,000       --       --       --     $ 7,940     $ 13,501     $ 240,518  
      2008     $ 149,548     $ 30,000       --       --       --     $ 6,312     $ 19,528     $ 205,388  
                                                                         
David S. Blitz
    2010     $ 186,922     $ 54,967     $ 45,000       --       --       --     $ 22,444     $ 309,333  
Senior Vice President, Commercial Lending
    2009     $ 138,279     $ 25,000       --       --       --       --     $ 9,948     $ 173,438  
      2008 (7)     --       --       --       --       --       --       --       --  
 
(1)
Represents aggregate grant date fair value of phantom stock awards made pursuant to our Phantom Stock Plan determined in accordance with FASB Topic 718.
 
(2)
Reflects the change in the present value of the life annuity from fiscal year end 2009 to 2010 for both our Defined Benefit Employee Pension Plan and Supplemental Retirement Plan for Executives. Change in Pension Value is as follows:
 
                         
Name and Principal
Position (a)
  Year    
Defined Benefit
Employee Pension
Plan (b)
   
Supplemental
Retirement Plan for
Executives (SERP)
   
Total
 
                                 
John J. Patrick, Jr.
    2010       --     $ 53,097     $ 53,097  
President, Chief Executive Officer
    2009       --     $ 37,643     $ 37,643  
      2008       --       --       --  
                                 
Gregory A. White
    2010             $ 6,615     $ 6,516  
Chief Financial Officer
    2009       --     $ 1,850     $ 1,850  
      2008       --       --       --  
                                 
Michael Schweighoffer
    2010             $ 9,694     $ 9,694  
Chief Risk Officer
    2009       --     $ 2,662     $ 2,662  
      2008       --       --       --  
                                 
Kenneth F. Burns
    2010     $ 10,147       --     $ 10,147  
Executive Vice President, Retail Banking
    2009     $ 7,940       --     $ 7,940  
      2008     $ 6,312       --     $ 6,312  
 
 
104

 
 
 
(a)
Mr. Blitz is not eligible to participate in either of our Defined Benefit Employee Pension Plan or Supplemental Retirement Plan for Executives.
 
(b)
Messrs. Patrick, White and Scweighoffer are not eligible to participate in the Defined Benefit Employee Pension Plan as the plan was frozen to new employees hired after January 1, 2007. (3) All Other Compensation includes 401(k) matching contributions, Bank Owned Life Insurance premiums, group term life insurance premiums, car allowance, contributions to our qualified and non-qualified defined benefit plans and other perquisites.
 
(3)
All other compensation includes the following:
 
Name
 
Year
      401 (k)    
Bank
Owned
Life
Insurance
   
Group Term
Life
Insurance
   
Car
Allowance
   
Executive
Life
Insurance
   
Long - Term
Disability
   
 
 
Club Dues
   
Total
 
                                                         
John J. Patrick, Jr.
    2010     $ 9,800       --     $ 414     $ 2,621     $ 47,009     $ 2,835     $ 10,850     $ 73,529  
                                                                         
Gregory A. White
    2010       9,800       --       270       --       14,598       1,098       8,840       34,606  
                                                                         
Michael Schweighoffer
    2010       9,800       --       270       7,200       --       921       11,370       29,561  
                                                                         
Kenneth F. Burns
    2010       --       203       364       --       --       684       10,796       12,047  
                                                                         
David S. Blitz
    2010       9,705       --       377       --       --       12,362       --       22,444  
 
Pension Benefits
 
The following table provides information regarding the retirement benefits for the named executive officers under our tax-qualified defined benefit and supplemental executive retirement plans, namely the Supplemental Retirement Plan for Executives for Messrs. Patrick, White and Schweighoffer, and the Defined Benefit Pension Plan for Mr. Burns. David Blitz is not a participant in any of our qualified or non-qualified define pension plans.
 
 
(4)
Mr. Patrick was hired in March 2008.
 
(5)
Mr. White was hired in January 2009.
 
(6)
Mr. Schweighoffer was hired in March 2009.
 
(7)
Mr. Blitz was hired in March 2009.
 
 
Name
   
Number of Years Credited
Service
     
Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit
     
Payments During Last Fiscal
Year
 
                         
John J. Patrick, Jr.
    3     $ 90,740       --  
                         
Gregory A. White
    2     $ 8,366       --  
                         
Michael Schweighoffer
    2     $ 12,356       --  
                         
Kenneth F. Burns
    6     $ 50,085       --  
 
 
105

 
 
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-In-Control
 
There are currently no Employment Agreements or Change in Control Agreements in place with our named executive officers. Each named executive officer is entitled to receive earned and unpaid compensation upon the retirement, death, disability or termination of the executive officer. In addition, the health care benefit will be continued until such officer is eligible for Medicare.
 
Both the Long Term Incentive Plan “Phantom Stock Plan” and the Supplemental Retirement Plan for Senior Executives have provisions addressing termination and change in control as set forth below. In addition, executives who are involuntarily terminated other than for cause or terminated due to disability, retirement, or death will receive a prorated benefit, based on the termination date under our Annual Incentive Plan.
 
Phantom Stock Plan
 
Under the Phantom Stock Plan, in the event of voluntary termination or termination for cause, no benefits are paid and the phantom stock account is forfeited. For termination due to retirement, death or disability, all awards are fully vested and paid out following the benefit date. Upon a termination due to change in control, all performance goals with respect to any award will be deemed met at the target level and all awards shall be fully vested and paid out upon the change in control date.
 
Supplemental Retirement Plan for Executives
 
We implemented a Supplemental Retirement Plan effective January 1, 2009 for certain executive officers. Currently, Messrs. Patrick, White and Schweighoffer are the only participants in the plan. The plan provides that each executive will receive supplemental benefits, to the extent vested, commencing 45 days following separation from service. As of December 31, 2010, Messrs. White and Schweighoffer were 20% vested in their plan benefits and Mr. Patrick was 30% vested in his plan benefit. Messrs. Patrick, White and Schweighoffer become 100% vested in their supplemental benefits after 10 years of service. Each participant’s supplemental benefit equals a percentage of the participant’s final average compensation (as set forth in each executive’s participation agreement), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the executive’s years of employment with Farmington Bank and the denominator of which is set forth in the executive’s participation agreement. Final average compensation is defined in the plan as the three-year average of the highest base salary and bonus paid to each executive during the last five years of each executive’s employment with Farmington Bank. Supplemental benefits are distributed as of the executive’s normal benefit date and are payable in a lump sum, unless a participant has elected, at the time of execution of his participation agreement, to receive an annuity or other form of benefit.
 
If an executive is less than age 62 at the time of commencement of his supplemental benefit, his benefit will be further reduced by 6% per year for each year before age 62 that the benefit payment commences.
 
Under our Supplemental Retirement Plan for Executives, if Messrs. Patrick, White or Schweighoffer were terminated for cause or voluntarily terminated their employment, they would forfeit all benefits in the event of termination for cause and if they elect to voluntarily terminate their employment, the executives would be entitled to a supplemental benefit calculated in the manner set forth above, and if applicable, multiplied by the executive’s vesting rate set forth in his participation agreement.
 
If Messrs. Patrick, White or Schweighoffer were to die before attaining their benefit age but while employed by us, their respective beneficiary would be entitled to a death benefit equal to the present value of the accrued annuity benefit as of the date of death, without any pre-retirement reductions, payable in a lump sum. In the event Messrs. Patrick, White or Schweighoffer were to become disabled they would be entitled to a supplemental benefit, determined in the manner set forth herein. The supplemental benefit shall be determined as an annuity benefit, at benefit age, with payments equal to the yearly benefit amount calculated as if: (i) the executive had completed years of employment between disability and benefit age, and (ii) the executive’s final average compensation had increased three percent (3%) per year for each calendar year until benefit age. The supplemental benefits are distributed as of the executive’s normal benefit date and are payable in a lump sum, unless a participant has elected, at the time of execution of his participation agreement, to receive an annuity or other form of benefit.
 
Under the Supplemental Retirement Plan, if a change in control occurs and within a two year period thereafter, the executive has an involuntary separation from service without cause or a separation from service for good reason, the executive will be entitled to a supplemental benefit calculated as if the executive had completed the years of employment between separation of service and benefit age and his final average compensation had increased 3% per year until his benefit age. The supplemental benefits are distributed as of the executive’s normal benefit date and are payable in a lump sum, unless a participant has elected, at the time of execution of his participation agreement, to receive an annuity or other form of benefit.
 
 
106

 
 
The following tables describe the potential payments based upon a hypothetical termination or a change in control on December 31, 2010 for Messrs. Patrick, White, Schweighoffer, Burns and Blitz:
 
Name
   
Voluntary
termination
     
Involuntary
Termination
other than for
cause
     
Termination
within 2 years
after Change
in Control
     
Retirement
     
Disability
     
Death
 
                                     
John Patrick
                                   
Supplementary Retirement Plan
  $ 90,740     $ 90,740     $ 5,052,853     $ 90,740     $ 2,368,974     $ 193,542  
Phantom Stock Plan
    --       --     $ 331,460     $ 166,660     $ 166,660     $ 166,660  
Annual Incentive Plan (1)
    --     $ 164,800     $ 164,800     $ 164,800     $ 164,800     $ 164,800  
                                                 
Michael Schweighoffer
                                               
Supplementary Retirement Plan
  $ 12,356     $ 12,356     $ 2,474,762     $ 12,356     $ 919,039     $ 33,273  
Phantom Stock Plan
    --       --     $ 136,747     $ 78,121     $ 78,121     $ 78,121  
Annual Incentive Plan (1)
    --     $ 58,625     $ 58,625     $ 58,625     $ 58,625     $ 58,625  
                                                 
Gregory White
                                               
Supplementary Retirement Plan
  $ 8,366     $ 8,366     $ 2,330,203     $ 8,366     $ 770,162     $ 25,312  
Phantom Stock Plan
    --       --     $ 111,102     $ 57,289     $ 57,289     $ 57,289  
Annual Incentive Plan (1)
    --     $ 53,813     $ 53,813     $ 53,813     $ 53,813     $ 53,813  
                                                 
Kenneth Burns
                                               
Phantom Stock Plan
    --       --     $ 91,821     $ 45,571     $ 45,571     $ 45,571  
Annual Incentive Plan (1)
    --     $ 46,250     $ 46,250     $ 46,250     $ 46,250     $ 46,250  
                                                 
David Blitz
                                               
Phantom Stock Plan
    --       --     $ 93,867     $ 46,873     $ 46,873     $ 46,873  
Annual Incentive Plan (1)(2)
    --     $ 50,000     $ 50,000     $ 50,000     $ 50,000     $ 50,000  
 
 
(1)
Amount reflects payout under Annual Incentive Plan at target level of benefit.
 
(2)
Mr. Blitz, per the terms of his offer letter, has a minimum benefit of $50,000 for the calendar year 2010.
 
Our directors, executive officers and employees and the directors, executive officers and employees of our subsidiaries are permitted to borrow from Farmington Bank in accordance with the requirements of federal and state law. All loans made by Farmington Bank to directors and executive officers or their related interests have been made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to the lender, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. At December 31, 2010 we had loans with an aggregate balance of $ 831,000 outstanding to our executive officers, directors and related parties of our executive officers and directors.
 
The following are transactions in which we were a party that involved an amount that exceeded $120,000 and which a director, executive officer, holder of more than 5.0% of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
 
 
During the fiscal year ended in 2010, as in prior years, we engaged in business transactions with Briarwood Printing Company, Inc., a company that provides printing services. Mr. Drew, who serves on our board of directors, is the President and owner of Briarwood Printing. We paid Briarwood Printing approximately $155,245   in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 in connection with printing services provided to Farmington Bank.
 
Our business dealings with Mr. Drew were entered into at arm’s length and we believe the terms are no less favorable to Farmington Bank than those offered by other printing companies. Our audit committee has reviewed and approved this arrangement.
 
 
107

 
 
Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Offering
 
Stock Benefit Plans. We may adopt one or more stock benefit plans no earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. We will submit any such plans to our stockholders for their approval. The terms and conditions of such stock benefit plans, including the number of shares available per award and the types of awards, have not been determined at this time. However, if we implement any stock benefit plans within 12 months following the completion of the offering, the stock benefit plans will reserve a number of shares up to 4.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering for awards to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients. Stock benefit plans implemented within 12 months following the completion of the offering will also reserve a number of shares up to 10.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering for issuance pursuant to the exercise of stock options. The Connecticut Department of Banking regulations impose the above percentage limitations on all stock-benefit plans implemented within 12 months of the offering. Other limitations imposed by these regulations on plans implemented within 12 months of the completion of the offering include:
 
 
(i)
Management stock benefit plans, in the aggregate, may not hold more than 3.0% of the shares issued in the offering, provided that if an institution has tangible capital of 10.0% or more following the offering, as FCB expects to have, the Connecticut Banking Commissioner may permit a management stock benefit plan to hold up to 4.0% of the shares issued in the offering;
 
 
(ii)
Tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and management stock benefit plans, in the aggregate, may not hold more than 10.0% of the shares issued in the offering, provided that if the institution has tangible capital of 10.0% or more following the conversion , the Connecticut Banking Commissioner may permit the tax-qualified stock benefit plans and management stock benefit plans, in the aggregate, to hold up to 12.0% of the shares issued in the offering;
 
 
(iii)
No individual may receive more than 25.0% of the shares under any stock benefit plan;
 
 
(iv)
Directors who are not employees may not receive more than 5.0% of the shares of any plan individually or 30.0% of the shares of any plan in the aggregate;
 
 
(v)
No stock options may be granted at less than the market price at the time such options are granted;
 
 
(vi)
Shares issued at the time of the conversion may not be used to fund management or employee stock benefit plans;
 
 
(vii)
No plan may begin to vest earlier than one year after the shareholders approve the plan or at a rate exceeding 20.0% per year;
 
 
(viii)
Accelerated vesting may not be provided for except in the case of disability or death or if there is a change of control; and
 
 
(ix)
Any plan must provide that officers and directors must exercise or forfeit their options in the event that the institution becomes critically undercapitalized under applicable federal law, is subject to an enforcement action by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner or receives a capital directive from the Connecticut Banking Commissioner.
 
We have not yet determined whether we will present any stock benefit plans for shareholder approval within 12 months following the completion of the conversion or more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion . If the stock benefit plans are adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion , the plans may not be subject to all of the limitations described above, and we may elect to implement a stock benefit plan containing features that are different from those described above.
 
In the event either federal or state regulators change their regulations or policies regarding stock benefit plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.
 
 
108

 
 
Director Compensation
 
Director Fees
 
Each non-employee director receives an annual retainer of $14,000; $900 for each board meeting and $800 for each committee meeting that the director attends. Historically, each director also receives shares of phantom stock under our Phantom Stock Plan equal to 400 shares annually. We paid fees totaling $347,500 to non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. Directors will not be paid separately for their services on the board of directors of both FCB and Farmington Bank.
 
The following table details the compensation paid to each of our non-management directors in 2010.
                                                 
 
Name
 
Fees
earned or
paid in
cash
     
Stock
Awards
    Option
Awards
     
Non Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
    2010
Total
 
                                                 
David Drew
  $ 59,500     $ 3,748     $ --     $ --     $ 36,683     $ 99,931  
Kevin S. Ray
    60,200       3,748       --       --       28,602       92,550  
Robert F. Edmunds, Jr.
    60,300       3,748       --       --       36,628       100,676  
John J. Carson
    47,200       3,748       --       --       149       51,097  
Ronald A. Bucchi
    63,500       3,748       --       --       15,642       82,890  
Michael A. Ziebka
    56,800       3,748       --       --       5,063       65,611  
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
The compensation and human resources committee of FCB consists of Robert F. Edmunds, Jr., David M. Drew and Kevin S. Ray. No committee member serves or has served as an officer or employee of Farmington Bank. No executive officer of FCB or Farmington Bank serves or has served as a member of the compensation committee of any other entity, one of whose executive officers serves on the compensation committee of as a director of FCB.
 
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
FCB’s bylaws provide that FCB shall indemnify all officers, directors, employees and agents of FCB to the fullest extent permitted under Maryland and federal law. Such indemnification may include the advancement of funds to pay for or reimburse reasonable expenses incurred by an indemnified party to the fullest extent permitted under Maryland and federal law. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of FCB, pursuant to its bylaws or otherwise, FCB has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable.
 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
 
Federal law and regulation generally require that all loans or extensions of credit to a director or an executive officer must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with the general public and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. However, regulations also permit a director or an executive officer to receive the same terms through benefit or compensation plans that are widely available to other employees, as long as the director or executive officer is not given preferential treatment compared to the other participating employees.
 
 
109

 
 
S UBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
The table below sets forth, for each of FCB’s directors and executive officers and for all of the directors and executive officers as a group, the proposed purchases of subscription shares, assuming sufficient shares of common stock are available to satisfy their subscriptions.
 
In each case, it is assumed that subscription shares are sold at the midpoint of the offering range. Connecticut regulations prohibit our directors and officers from selling the shares they purchase in the offering for one year after the date of purchase, except under limited circumstances. See “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”.
                   
Name of Beneficial Owner    
Number of
Shares
     
Amount
     
Percentage of
Shares
Outstanding (2)
 
                   
Directors:
                 
Ronald A. Bucchi
    15,000     $ 150,000       *  
John J. Carson
    10,000       100,000       *  
David Drew
    30,000       300,000       *  
Robert E. Edmunds, Jr.
    30,000       300,000       *  
Kevin S. Ray
    10,000       100,000       *  
Michael A. Ziebka
    5,000       50,000       *  
                         
Named Executive Officers:
                       
John J. Patrick, Jr.
    30,000       300,000       *  
Gregory A. White
    30,000       300,000       *  
Michael T. Schweighoffer
    15,000       150,000       *  
Kenneth F. Burns
    22,500       225,000       *  
David S. Blitz
    --       --       *  
                         
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group
                       
(10 Persons)
    197,500     $ 1,975,000       1.7 %
 
   
 
*            Less than 1.0% of the common stock issued and outstanding.
(1)            Includes proposed subscriptions, if any, by associates.
(2)            Based upon 11,960,000 total shares outstanding at the midpoint of the offering range.
 
T HE CONVERSION AND THE OFFERING
 
General
 
On January 25, 2011, the board of directors of the MHC adopted the plan of conversion. Under the plan of conversion, the MHC will combine, by merger or otherwise, with FCB, in a transaction where Farmington Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of FCB, a newly formed Maryland corporation.
 
The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to eligible account holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (specifically our employee stock ownership plan) and supplemental eligible account holders.
 
The Offering
 
In connection with the conversion, FCB is offering between 11,050,000 and 14,950,000 shares of common stock, which offering may be increased to up to 17,192,500 shares of common stock. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion. In connection with the conversion, we are forming a charitable foundation, to which additional shares of FCB common stock will be contributed. At a special meeting of corporators held on March 3, 2011, the corporators of the MHC voted to approve the plan of conversion.
 
FCB intends to retain between $ 44.6 million and $ 69.9 million of the net proceeds of the offering (excluding the loan to the employee stock ownership plan) and to invest the balance of the net proceeds in Farmington Bank. The offering will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus.
 
 
110

 
 
We are first offering shares of our common stock in a subscription offering to eligible depositors and our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan. Shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering will be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons residing in Hartford County in Connecticut and then to all other natural persons residing in Connecticut. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering or community offering in a syndicated community offering managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. is not required to purchase any shares of the common stock that are being offered for sale. For a more complete description of the community offering or syndicated community offering, see “Community Offering” and “Syndicated Community Offering” herein, respectively.
 
We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering or the syndicated offering. The community offering and syndicated offering, if any, may begin at the same time as, during, or after the subscription offering and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner. See “Community Offering”.
 
We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered based upon an independent appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of FCB. All shares of common stock are being offered for sale at a price of $10.00 per share. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.
 
The following is a brief summary of the material terms of the conversion. A copy of the plan is available for inspection at each branch office of Farmington Bank and at the Connecticut Department of Banking. The plan is also filed as an exhibit to our application for approval of the plan of conversion of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Connecticut Department of Banking. See “WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION”.
 
Reasons for the Conversion and Offering
 
The proceeds from the sale of common stock of FCB will provide Farmington Bank with additional capital, which will be used to grow its balance sheet through loan origination and deposit generation, enhance existing products and services, support future growth, internally or through acquisitions, invest in securities and for other general corporate purposes. The stock offering will also enable FCB and Farmington Bank to increase their capital in anticipation of higher future regulatory capital requirements and/or expectations. Although Farmington Bank currently exceeds all regulatory capital requirements, the sale of common stock will assist Farmington Bank with the orderly preservation and expansion of its capital base and will provide flexibility to respond to sudden and unanticipated capital needs.
 
In addition, since Farmington Bank competes with local and regional banks not only for customers, but also for employees, we believe that the stock offering also will afford us the opportunity to attract and retain management and employees through various stock benefit plans, including stock option plans, restricted stock plans and an employee stock ownership plan.
 
After completion of the stock offering, the unissued common and preferred stock authorized by FCB’s articles of incorporation, as well as any treasury shares that may have been repurchased, will permit FCB to raise additional equity capital through further sales of securities and may permit FCB to issue securities in connection with possible acquisitions, subject to market conditions and any required regulatory approval.
 
The stock offering proceeds will provide additional flexibility to grow through acquisitions of other financial institutions or other businesses. Although there are no current arrangements, understandings or agreements, written or oral, regarding any such opportunities, FCB will be in a position after the stock offering to take advantage of any such favorable opportunities that may arise. See “HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING” on page___for a description of our intended use of proceeds.
 
After considering the advantages and disadvantages of the stock offering, as well as applicable fiduciary duties, the board of directors of the MHC, FCB and Farmington Bank unanimously approved the plan of conversion and stock offering as being in the best interests of FCB, Farmington Bank, and Farmington Bank’s depositors and the communities we serve.
 
Approvals Required
 
The boards of directors of the MHC, FCB and Farmington Bank have approved the plan of conversion and stock issuance and the contribution to the charitable foundation. The approval of the corporators of the MHC is also required. The conversion, offering and contribution must also be approved by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board and reviewed without objection by the FDIC.
 
 
111

 
 
Effects of Conversion on Depositors and Borrowers
 
Continuity. While the conversion is being accomplished, the normal business of Farmington Bank of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. Farmington Bank will continue to be a Connecticut chartered savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the Connecticut Commissioner of Banking and the FDIC. After the conversion, Farmington Bank will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors and executive officers serving Farmington Bank at the time of the conversion will be the directors and executive officers of FCB after the conversion.
 
Effect on Deposit Accounts. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, each depositor of Farmington Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the FDIC to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.
 
Effect on Loans. No loan outstanding from Farmington Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.
 
Tax Effects. We will receive an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with regard to federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be taxable for federal or state income tax purposes to FCB, the MHC, Farmington Bank or the eligible account holders of Farmington Bank. See “Material Income Tax Consequences”.
 
Effect on Liquidation Rights.  Each depositor in Farmington Bank has both a deposit account in Farmington Bank and a pro rata interest in FCB based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. The ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from FCB and Farmington Bank. Consequently, the value of depositors’ interest has realizable value only in the unlikely event that FCB and Farmington Bank are liquidated. If this were to occur, the depositors of record at that time would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of FCB after claims of creditors (including those of depositors, to the extent of their deposit balances).
 
The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion and offering, of liquidation accounts by FCB and Farmington Bank for the benefit of eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders. See “Liquidation Rights” below for more information.
 
Liquidation Rights
 
The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a “liquidation account” by FCB for the benefit of eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders in an amount equal to net value of the MHC as of the date of its latest balance sheet contained in this prospectus. The plan of conversion also provides that FCB shall cause the establishment of a bank liquidation account.
 
The liquidation account established by FCB is designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests in the event of a liquidation of FCB and Farmington Bank. Specifically, in the unlikely event that FCB and Farmington Bank were to completely liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by a distribution to eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders of the liquidation account maintained by FCB. In liquidation of both entities, or of Farmington Bank, when FCB has insufficient assets to fund the distribution due to eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible account holders and Farmington Bank has positive net worth, Farmington Bank shall pay amounts necessary to fund FCB’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. The plan of conversion also provides that if FCB is sold or liquidated apart from a sale or liquidation of Farmington Bank, then the rights of eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders in the liquidation account maintained by FCB shall be surrendered and treated as a liquidation account in Farmington Bank.
 
Pursuant to the plan of conversion, after two years from the date of conversion or upon the written request of the Connecticut Department of Banking, FCB will eliminate or transfer the liquidation account and the interests in such account to Farmington Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon become the liquidation account of Farmington Bank and not be subject in any manner or amount to FCB’s creditors.
 
Also, under the rules and regulations of the Connecticut Department of Banking, no post-conversion merger, consolidation, or similar combination or transaction with another depository institution in which FCB or Farmington Bank is not the surviving institution would be considered a liquidation and, in such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution.
 
 
112

 
 
Each eligible deposit account holder and supplemental eligible deposit account holder would have an initial interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50.00 or more held in Farmington Bank on December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2011.  Each eligible deposit account holder and supplemental eligible deposit account holder would have a pro rata interest in the total liquidation account for each such deposit account, based on the proportion that the balance of each such deposit account on December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2011 bears to the balance of all deposit accounts in Farmington Bank on such dates.
 
If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on December 31, 2009 or March 31, 2011 or any other annual closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and the interest will cease to exist if the deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible account holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible account holders are satisfied would be distributed to FCB as the sole shareholder of Farmington Bank.
 
Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued
 
The plan of conversion and applicable regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering must be based on the appraisal of the pro forma market value of FCB common stock, assuming the offering is completed, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation, RP Financial will receive a fee of $80,000 and $10,000 for expenses and an additional $10,000 for each valuation update, as necessary. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence or bad faith.
 
The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma impact of the offering. The appraisal applied three primary methodologies: the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based upon the current market valuations of the peer group companies, subject to valuation adjustments applied by RP Financial to account for differences between FCB and the peer group. RP Financial placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-earnings and price-to-book and price-to-tangible book value approaches in estimating pro forma market value.
 
In preparing its appraisal, RP Financial considered the information in this prospectus, including our financial statements. RP Financial also considered the following factors, among others:
 
 
our historical, present and projected operating results and financial condition;
 
 
the economic, demographic and competition characteristics of our market area;
 
 
a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial statistics with those of other similarly-situated, publicly-traded savings and thrift holding companies;
 
 
the effect of the capital raised in this offering on our net worth and earnings potential;
 
 
the trading market for our securities and comparable institutions and general economic conditions in the market for such securities; and
 
 
the contribution of stock to the charitable foundation.
 
Included in RP Financial’s independent valuation were certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of FCB after the offering that were utilized in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of 4.0 % of the common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) by the stock-based benefit plan at the $10.00 purchase price. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.
 
 
113

 
 
The independent valuation states that as of March 15, 2011, the estimated pro forma market value, or valuation range, of FCB ranged from a minimum of $ 114,920,000 to a maximum of $ 155,480,000 with a midpoint of $ 135,200,000 . The board of directors of FCB decided to offer the shares of common stock for a price of $10.00 per share. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range and the $10.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range will be 11,050,000 shares, the midpoint of the offering range will be 14,950,000 shares and the maximum of the offering range will be 14,950,000 shares.
 
 
 
The board of directors of FCB reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:
 
 
our financial condition and results of operations;
 
 
comparison of financial performance ratios of FCB to those of other financial institutions of similar size;
 
 
market conditions generally and in particular for financial institutions; and
 
All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. The board of directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The offering range may be amended with the approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, if required, as a result of a greater demand for our shares or changes in market or financial conditions generally. In the event the independent valuation is updated to amend the pro forma market value of FCB to less than $ 114.9 million or more than $ 178.8 million the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to FCB’s registration statement.
 
The appraisal is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing our common stock. The independent appraisal does not indicate market value. You should not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 per share purchase price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were utilized by RP Financial to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. Because of differences in important factors such as operating characteristics, location, financial performance, asset size, capital structure and business prospects between us and other fully converted institutions, you should not rely on these comparative valuation ratios as an indication as to whether or not our common stock is an appropriate investment for you.
 
Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the offering range may be increased by up to 15.0%, or up to $ 171,925,000, without resoliciting subscribers, which will result in a corresponding increase of up to 15.0% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 17,192,500 shares, to reflect a greater demand for our shares or changes in market or financial conditions. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution of additional shares to be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range to up to 17,192,500 shares.
 
If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $ 171,925,000 and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 17,192,500 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the offering range to less than $ 110,500,000 and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 11,050,000 shares, then, after consulting with the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, we may terminate the plan of conversion, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return by check all funds received with interest at Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate of interest. Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of purchasers or take other actions as permitted by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner in order to complete the offering. In the event that we extend the offering and conduct a resolicitation, purchasers would have the opportunity to maintain, change or cancel their stock orders within a specified period. If a purchaser does not respond during the period, his or her stock order will be canceled and payment will be returned promptly, with interest at Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate, and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. Any single offering extension will not exceed 90 days; aggregate extensions may not conclude beyond [Date 3], which is two years after the plan of conversion was adopted by our board of directors. An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and FCB’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and FCB’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see “UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA”.
 
 
114

 
 
Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are available for inspection at the main office of Farmington Bank and as specified under “WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION”.
 
Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights
 
In accordance with the plan of conversion, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having priority rights in the subscription offering and the minimum, maximum and overall purchase and ownership limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under “Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”.
 
Priority 1: Eligible Deposit Account Holders: Each Farmington Bank depositor with an aggregate deposit account balance of $50.00 or more at the close of business on December 31, 2009 will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of (i) 30,000 shares of common stock, (ii) one-tenth of 1.0% of the number of shares of our common stock sold in the offering, or (iii) 15 times the product obtained by multiplying the number of shares issued by a fraction of which the numerator is the total amount of the deposit account balances of the eligible deposit holder on December 31, 2009 and the denominator is the total amount of deposit account balances of all depositor account holders as of December 31, 2009, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”. If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated among the subscribers so as to permit each eligible deposit account holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to, to the extent possible, the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Any shares remaining after such allocation will be allocated among the subscribing eligible deposit account holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of each such eligible deposit account holder’s qualifying deposit bears to the total amount of the qualifying deposits of all eligible deposit account holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more eligible deposit account holders, the excess shall be reallocated on the same principle (one or more times as necessary) among those eligible deposit account holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied, until all available shares have been allocated or all subscriptions have been satisfied.
 
To ensure proper allocation of our shares of common stock, each eligible deposit account holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on December 31, 2009. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of eligible deposit account holders who are also directors or executive officers of FCB or Farmington Bank and their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other eligible deposit account holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits during the one-year period preceding December 31, 2009.
 
Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans:  Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering, including any shares to be issued as a result of an increase in the offering valuation range. Our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase up to 8.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. If, after the satisfaction of the subscriptions of eligible deposit account holders, a sufficient number of shares is not available to fill the subscriptions by our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, the subscriptions shall be filled to the maximum extent possible. If financial or market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan may elect to purchase shares in the open market authorized but unissued shares directly from FCB following the completion of the offering with the prior approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner .
 
Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Deposit Account Holders:  Each Farmington Bank depositor with an aggregate deposit account balance of $50.00 or more at the close of business on March 31, 2011 will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of (i) 30,000 shares of common stock, (ii) one-tenth of 1.0% of the number of shares of our common stock sold in the offering, or (iii) 15 times the product obtained by multiplying the number of shares issued by a fraction of which the numerator is the total amount of the deposit account balances of the supplemental eligible deposit account holder on March 31, 2011 and the denominator is the total amount of deposit account balances of all supplemental eligible depositor account holders as of March 31, 2011 , subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”. If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated among the subscribers so as to permit each supplemental eligible deposit account holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to, to the extent possible, the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Any shares remaining after such allocation will be allocated among the subscribing supplemental eligible deposit account holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of each such supplemental eligible deposit account holder’s qualifying deposit bears to the total amount of the qualifying deposits of all supplemental eligible deposit account holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more supplemental eligible deposit account holders, the excess shall be reallocated on the same principle (one or more times as necessary) among those supplemental eligible deposit account holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied, until all available shares have been allocated or all subscriptions have been satisfied.
 
 
115

 
 
To ensure proper allocation of our shares of common stock, each supplemental eligible deposit account holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on March 31, 2011 . In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.
 
Expiration Date: The subscription offering will expire at 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on [Date 1], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights which have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.
 
The minimum number of shares you may order is 25 shares. The offering is expected to expire at 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on [Date 1], but we may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [Date 2] or longer if the Connecticut Banking Commissioner approves a later date. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [Date 2], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 17,192,500 shares or decreased to less than 11,050,000 shares, in which event we will resolicit subscribers, and you will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order. If you do not provide us with a written indication of your intent, your funds will be returned to you, with interest. Funds received prior to the completion of the offering will be held in a segregated account at Farmington Bank. All subscriptions received will bear interest at Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate, which is currently 0.2% per annum.
 
Community Offering
 
To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of eligible deposit account holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and supplemental eligible deposit account holders, we may offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion to members of the general public in a community offering, with preferences given to the following classes of persons:
 
 
(i)
Natural persons residing in Hartford County, Connecticut; and
 
 
(ii)
Natural persons residing elsewhere in Connecticut.
 
In the community offering, no individual may purchase more than 30,000 shares, and no individual, together with one or more associates or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 60,000 shares in the offering. See “Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”. If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares shall be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all orders have been satisfied. If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons residing in Hartford County, Connecticut, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. The allocation procedures described above will also apply in the case of an oversubscription by other subscribers in the community offering.
 
The minimum purchase is 25 shares. The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.
 
The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the county of Hartford, Connecticut, has a present intent to remain within this community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the community, together with an indication that this presence within the community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.
 
 
116

 
 
Expiration Date:  The community offering, if any, may begin concurrently with, during or after the subscription offering, and is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering, and must terminate no more than 45 days following the subscription offering. FCB may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and is not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [Date 2]. In the event the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [Date 2], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 17,192,500 shares or decreased to less than 11,050,000 shares, in which event we will resolicit subscribers, and you will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order. If you do not provide us with a written indication of your intent, your funds will be returned to you, with interest. Funds received prior to the completion of the offering will be held in a segregated account at Farmington Bank. All subscriptions received will bear interest at Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate, which is currently 0.2% per annum.
 
Syndicated Community Offering
 
As a final step in the offering, the plan of conversion provides that, if feasible, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering, if any, may be offered for sale to selected members of the general public in a syndicated community offering through a syndicate of registered broker-dealers managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. as agent of FCB. We refer to this as the syndicated community offering. We expect that the syndicated community offering will begin as soon as practicable after termination of the subscription offering and the community offering, if any. We, in our sole discretion, have the right to reject orders in whole or in part received in the syndicated community offering. Neither Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. nor any registered broker-dealer shall have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering; however, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in any syndicated community offering. The syndicated community offering would terminate no later than [Date 2] unless extended by us, with approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner.
 
The price at which common stock is sold in the syndicated community offering will be the same price at which shares are offered and sold in the subscription offering and community offering. In the syndicated offering, no individual may purchase more than 30,000 shares, and no individual, together with one or more associates or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 60,000 shares of common stock sold in the offering. See “Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”.
 
If a syndicated community offering is held, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will serve as sole book running manager. In such capacity, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers who are Financial Industry Regulatory Authority member firms. Neither Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated community offering. The syndicated community offering will be conducted in accordance with certain Securities and Exchange Commission rules applicable to best efforts offerings. Under these rules, Keefe Bruyette and Woods, Inc. or the other broker-dealers participating in the syndicated community offering generally will accept payment for shares of common stock to be purchased in the syndicated community offering through a “sweep” arrangement under which a customer’s brokerage account at the applicable participating broker-dealer will be debited in the amount of the purchase price for the shares of common stock that such customer wishes to purchase in the syndicated community offering on the settlement date. Customers who authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts are required to have the funds for the payment in their accounts on, but not before, the settlement date, which will only occur if the minimum of the offering range is met. Customers who do not wish to authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts will not be permitted to purchase shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering.
 
The closing of the syndicated community offering is subject to conditions set forth in an agency agreement among FCB on one hand and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. on the other hand. If and when all the conditions for the closing are met, funds for common stock sold in the syndicated community offering, less fees and commissions payable by us, will be delivered promptly to us. If the offering is consummated, but some or all of an interested investor’s funds are not accepted by us, those funds will be returned to the interested investor promptly after closing, without interest. If the offering is not consummated, funds in the account will be returned promptly, without interest, to the potential investor. Normal customer ticketing will be used for order placement. In the syndicated community offering, order forms will not be used.
 
The syndicated community offering will be completed within 45 days after the termination of the subscription offering, unless extended by FCB with the approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner.
 
If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated community offering, or in the event that there is an insignificant number of shares remaining unsold after the subscription, community and any syndicated community offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares, if possible. The Connecticut Banking Commissioner must approve any such arrangements.
 
 
117

 
 
Limitations on Common Stock Purchases
 
The plan of conversion includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:
 
 
The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25.
 
 
In the subscription offering, no individual may purchase through a single deposit account more than more than 30,000 shares, and no individual, together with one or more associates or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 60,000 shares of common stock sold in the offering.
 
 
No individual may purchase more than 30,000 shares, and no individual, together with one or more associates or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 60,000 shares of common stock sold in the offering.
 
Subject to receipt of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner’s approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase and ownership limitations at any time. We may increase the purchase limitation up to 10.0% of the shares sold in the offering, provided that orders for common stock may not exceed in the aggregate 10.0% of the total shares of common stock sold in the offering. Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including our stock ownership plan, are authorized to purchase up to 10.0% of the shares sold in the offering, without regard to these purchase limitations.
 
Depending upon the demand for our shares and changes in market or financial conditions, our board of directors, with the approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, may decrease or increase the purchase and ownership limitations. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be given, and, in our sole discretion, some other large subscribers who through their subscriptions evidence a desire to purchase the maximum allowable number of shares, may be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation will be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by subscribers who choose to increase their subscriptions.
 
In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 17,192,500 shares of common stock, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion:
 
 
(i)
to fill the subscriptions of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including the employee stock ownership plan, for up to 10.0% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering;
 
 
(ii)
in the event that there is an oversubscription at the eligible deposit account holder or supplemental deposit account holder levels, to fill unfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and
 
 
(iii)
to fill unfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons residing in the county of Hartford, Connecticut, then to natural persons residing in Connecticut.
 
 
The term “associate” of a person means:
 
 
(i)
any corporation or organization (other than the MHC, FCB Farmington Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of the MHC, FCB or Farmington Bank) of which the person is an officer, partner or 10.0% beneficial stockholder;
 
 
(ii)
any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; provided, however, it does not include any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and
 
 
(iii)
any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either lives in the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of the MHC, FCB or Farmington Bank or any of their subsidiaries.
 
 
The term “acting in concert” means:
 
 
(i)
knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or
 
 
(ii)
a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.
 
 
118

 
 
A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) will also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.
 
We have the sole discretion to determine whether prospective purchasers are “associates” or “acting in concert”. Persons having the same address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposits registered at the same address will be deemed to be acting in concert unless we determine otherwise.
 
Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the board of directors. Common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by officers and directors of FCB or Farmington Bank and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of FCB or Farmington Bank for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority guidelines, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of our shares of common stock in the offering and thereafter, see “Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Offering” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of FCB”.
 
Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent Compensation
 
Offering materials have been initially distributed to certain persons by mail, with additional copies made available through our Stock Information Center.
 
We have engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, as a selling agent in connection with the offering of our common stock. In its role as selling agent, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., will:
 
 
provide advice on the financial and securities market implications of the plan of conversion and any related corporate documents, including our business plan;
 
 
assist in structuring our stock offering, including developing and assisting in implementing a marketing strategy for the offering;
 
 
review all offering documents, including this prospectus, stock order forms, letters, brochures and other related offering materials (we are responsible for the preparation and filing of such documents);
 
 
assist us in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, as necessary;
 
 
assist us in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the offering, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms;
 
 
assist us in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the offering;
 
 
meet with the board of directors and management to discuss any of these services; and
 
 
provide such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the offering as may be agreed upon by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and us.
 
For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a management fee of $50,000 payable in four consecutive monthly installments commencing in January, 2011, which will be credited against the success fees in the subscription and community offerings or the fee payable to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. due on the syndicated community offering. A success fee of 1.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in the subscription offering and the community offering will be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., if the offering is consummated, excluding shares purchased by our directors, officers and employees and members of their immediate families, our employee stock ownership plan and our tax-qualified or stock-based compensation or similar plans (except individual retirement accounts), or any charitable foundation established by us (or shares contributed to the charitable foundation).
 
 
119

 
 
The plan of conversion provides that, if necessary, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering to be managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. In such capacity, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers. Neither Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering; however, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in any syndicated community offering. If there is a syndicated community offering, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a management fee not to exceed 5.5% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in the syndicated community offering. Of this amount, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will pass on to selected broker-dealers, who assist in the syndicated community offering, an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment.
 
We also will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with its marketing effort up to a maximum of $50,000. In addition, we will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for fees and expenses of its counsel not to exceed $100,000. These limitations assume no unusual circumstances or delays, or a resolicitation in connection with the offering, and may be increased in amounts not to exceed $25,000 for additional out-of-pocket expenses and $50,000 for additional counsel fees and expenses with the mutual consent of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and us, including in the event of a material delay in the offering that requires an update of financial information in this prospectus. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will only receive reimbursement of its actual reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and the portion of the management fee payable and will return any amounts paid or advanced by us in excess of these amounts. We will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement as our selling agent and performance of services as our selling agent.
 
We have also engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. to act as our conversion agent in connection with the stock offering. In its role as conversion agent, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will, among other things:
 
 
consolidate accounts and develop a central file;
 
 
assist us in establishing and managing the Stock Information Center;
 
 
assist our financial printer with labeling of stock offering materials;
 
 
process stock order forms and certification forms and produce daily reports and analysis;
 
 
assist our transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock certificates;
 
 
advise us on interest and refund calculations; and
 
 
create tax forms for interest reporting.
 
For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a fee of $100,000, and we have made an advance payment of $25,000 to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. with respect to this fee. We also will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with its acting as conversion agent not to exceed $10,000. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will be entitled to the advance payment and also receive reimbursement of its actual reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement as our conversion agent and performance of services as our conversion agent.
 
Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other regular employees of Farmington Bank may assist in the offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.
 
 
120

 
 
Prospectus Delivery
 
To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the expiration date of the offering in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we may not mail a prospectus any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand deliver any later than two days prior to the expiration date. Execution of an order form will confirm receipt of delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will only be distributed with or preceded by a prospectus.
 
In the syndicated community offering, a prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. or one or more other members of the syndicate, or by their respective affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the syndicate member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The members of the syndicate may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations.
 
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Internet sites referenced in the preceding paragraph and any information contained in any other Internet site maintained by any member of the syndicate is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. or any other member of the syndicate in its capacity as selling agent or syndicate member and should not be relied upon by investors.
 
Deadline for Orders of Common Stock
 
If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, we must receive (not postmarked) a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment for the shares of common stock, no later than 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on [Date 1], unless we extend this deadline. We expect that the community offering, if held, will terminate at the same time, although it may continue until [Date 2] or longer if the Connecticut Banking Commissioner approves a later date. Once submitted, your order is irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or extended beyond [Date 2] or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 17,192,500 shares or decreased to fewer than 11,050,000 shares. In either of these cases, you will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order. If we do not receive a written response from you regarding any resolicitation, we will cancel your order, promptly return to you all funds received by us with interest at the Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate, and cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations. No single extension may last longer than 90 days. All extensions, in the aggregate, may not last beyond [Date 3].
 
Procedure for Purchasing Shares
 
To purchase shares you must deliver a properly completed and signed original stock order form, accompanied by payment or Farmington Bank deposit account withdrawal authorization, as described below. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are not signed or are otherwise executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms, and we have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects.
 
You may submit your order form in one of the following ways: by mail, using the stock order reply envelope provided, by overnight delivery to  our order processing center  at the address indicated on the stock order form or by hand-delivery to any of the bank’s full service banking locations . We are not required to accept copies or facsimiles of order forms.
 
We reserve the right to waive, or permit the correction of, incomplete or improperly executed stock order forms on a case by case basis, but do not represent that we will do so. Once received by us, you may not change, modify or cancel your order. Our employees and Stock Information Center staff are not responsible for correcting or completing the information provided on the stock order forms we receive, including the account information requested for the purpose of verifying subscription rights. We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering.
 
You are prohibited by law from transferring your subscription rights. If you order stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state regulatory agencies, against anyone who we believe sells or gives away their subscription rights. Civil suits and criminal prosecutions have been brought against individuals transferring or participating in the transfer of subscription rights in connection with other offerings. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you sold or transferred your subscription rights. In addition, on the order form, you may not add the name of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. You may add only those persons who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription date on your eligibility date. The stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation, if there is an oversubscription.
 
 
121

 
 
By signing the stock order form, you are acknowledging both receipt of this prospectus and that the shares of common stock are not deposits or savings accounts that are federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Farmington Bank, FCB, the MHC or the federal government. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
Payment for Shares
 
Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:
 
 
1.
Personal Check, bank check or money order. Personal checks, bank checks and money orders, payable to First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., will be immediately cashed and will be deposited in a separate account with Farmington Bank. Third party and Farmington Bank line of credit checks may not be remitted as payment for your order. We will pay interest in these funds at our passbook savings rate from the date payment is received until completion or termination of the offering. Wire transfers as payment for shares of common stock ordered will not be permitted or accepted as proper payment. You should not mail cash.
 
 
2.
Authorized account withdrawal. The stock order form outlines the types of Farmington Bank deposit accounts that you may authorize for direct withdrawal. You may not request a direct withdrawal from any checking account. The funds you authorize must be in your account at the time your stock order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds when you stock order form is received, making the funds unavailable to you, provided, however, these funds will not be withdrawn from your accounts until the completion or termination of the offering and will earn interest at the applicable deposit account rate until then. You may authorize funds from your certificate of deposit accounts without incurring an early withdrawal penalty, with the agreement that the withdrawal is being made for the purchase of shares in the offering. If a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at the current passbook rate subsequent to the withdrawal. You may not authorize direct withdrawals from retirement accounts held by Farmington Bank. Funds withdrawn from deposit accounts at Farmington Bank may reduce or eliminate a depositor’s liquidation rights. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING - Liquidation Rights” for further information.
 
We may not lend funds or extend a line of credit (including line of credit or overdraft checking) to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares in the offering.
 
We shall have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the offering. This payment may be made by wire transfer.
 
If our employee stock ownership plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until consummation of the offering, provided that there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or FCB to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase.
 
Using IRA Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock
 
You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account(s), or IRA. However, shares of common stock must be held in a self-directed retirement account maintained by an unaffiliated institutional trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm. Farmington Bank’s individual retirement accounts are not self-directed, so funds in such accounts cannot be invested in our common stock. You may transfer some or all of the funds in your Farmington Bank individual retirement account to a self-directed account maintained by an unaffiliated institutional trustee or custodian. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one and transfer your funds before placing your stock order. Because individual circumstances differ and processing of retirement account transactions takes additional time, we recommend that you promptly contact (preferably at least two weeks before the [Date 1] offering deadline) our Stock Information Center for assistance with purchases using your individual retirement account or other retirement account that you may have at Farmington Bank or elsewhere. Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the stock offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.
 
 
122

 
 
Delivery of Stock Certificates
 
Certificates representing shares of common stock sold in the offering will be mailed to the persons entitled thereto at the certificate registration address noted by them on their order form, as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering and receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals. It is possible that until certificates for the common stock are delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading.
 
Other Restrictions
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country, or in a jurisdiction of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (i) a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of conversion reside in such jurisdiction; (ii) the granting of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us, under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in such state; or (iii) such registration or qualification would be impracticable or unduly burdensome for reasons of cost or otherwise.
 
Restrictions on Selling or Transferring of Subscription Rights and Shares
 
You are prohibited by law from transferring your subscription rights. If you order stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state regulatory agencies, against anyone who we believe sells or gives away their subscription rights. Civil suits and criminal prosecutions have been brought against individuals transferring or participating in the transfer of subscription rights in connection with other offerings. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you sold or transferred your subscription rights. In addition, on the order form, you may not add the name of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. You may add only those persons who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription date on your eligibility date. The stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation, if there is an oversubscription.
 
Stock Information Center
 
Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the offering, please call our Stock Information Center, Monday through Friday between 10 :00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays. The toll-free phone number is ( 877) 860-2086. In addition, a representative of Keefe, Bruyette and Woods, Inc. will be available to meet with you in person on Monday between 12:00 p.m. and 5:00 p.m., Tuesday through Thursday between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., and Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 12 :00 p.m.
 
Material Income Tax Consequences
 
Completion of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to federal income tax consequences of the conversion to the MHC, FCB, Farmington Bank, eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders. Unlike private letter rulings, opinions of counsel or tax advisors are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that FCB or Farmington Bank would prevail in a judicial proceeding.
 
 
123

 
 
The MHC, FCB and Farmington Bank have received an opinion of counsel, Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP, regarding all of the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, which includes the following:
 
1. None of the MHC, FCB, eligible deposit account holders nor supplemental eligible deposit account holders, will recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of the assets of the MHC to the Mid-Tier in constructive exchange for a liquidation interest established in the Mid-Tier for the benefit of such persons who remain depositors of Farmington Bank.
 
2. The merger of the MHC with an into the Mid -Tier and the merger of the  Mid-Tier with and into FCB will together  constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and therefore will qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code. Neither the MHC,  Mid-Tier nor FCB will recognize gain or loss as a result of such mergers . (Sections 361(a) and 1032(a) of the Internal Revenue Code).
 
3. Eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon their constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier for the liquidation accounts in FCB and Farmington Bank.
 
4. No gain or loss will be recognized by eligible deposit account holders or supplemental eligible deposit account holders upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of FCB common stock. Eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.
 
5. It is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the liquidation accounts as of the effective date of the merger of the Mid-Tier with and into FCB. (Section 356(a) of the Code).
 
6. It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of FCB common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price. The holding period of FCB common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised.
 
7. No gain or loss will be recognized by FCB on the receipt of money in exchange for FCB common stock sold in the offering.
 
We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address all material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to the MHC, FCB, Farmington Bank, the Mid-Tier and persons receiving subscription rights. With respect to items  4 and  6 above, Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP relied on your representation  assumed that the subscription rights have no value, which you have based on the fact that they  will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. The firm further noted that RP Financial has issued a letter that the subscription rights have no ascertainable fair market value. The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. If the subscription rights granted to eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders are deemed to have an economic value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders who exercise the subscription rights. Eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.
 
 
124

 
 
The opinion as to item  5 above is based on your representation that the liquidation accounts have no value and is consistent with  the position that: (i) there is no history of any holder of an interest in a liquidation account receiving a payment attributable to a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the liquidation accounts are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the liquidation account with respect to each eligible deposit account holder and supplemental eligible deposit account holder will be reduced as their deposits in Farmington Bank are reduced; and (iv) the liquidation account payment obligation arises only if FCB lacks sufficient net assets to fund the liquidation account. We also note that the U.S. Supreme Court in Paulsen v. Commissioner, 469 U.S. 131 (1985) stated the following:
 
“The right to participate in the net proceeds of a solvent liquidation is also not a significant part of the value of the shares. Referring to the possibility of a solvent liquidation of a mutual savings association, this Court observed: “It stretches the imagination very far to attribute any real value to such a remote contingency, and when coupled with the fact that it represents nothing which the depositor can readily transfer, any theoretical value reduces almost to the vanishing point.” Society for the Savings v. Bowers, 349 U.S. 143, 150 (1955).”
 
In addition, the firm received a letter from RP Financial stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Farmington Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event FCB lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the conversion. If such rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each eligible deposit account holder or supplemental eligible deposit account holder in the amount of such fair market value as of the date of the conversion.
 
The opinion of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP, unlike a letter ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the conclusions expressed therein may be challenged at a future date. We do not plan to apply for a letter ruling concerning the transactions described herein.
 
The federal and state tax opinions will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to FCB’s registration statement. Advice regarding the state income tax consequences consistent with the federal tax opinion has also been issued by  Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP , tax advisors to the MHC, FCB and Farmington Bank.
 
Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after the Offering
 
Unless otherwise approved by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner, shares of common stock purchased in the offering by our directors and officers generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the offering, except in the event of the death of such director or officer. Each certificate for such restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any certificate or record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise, with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and certain officers of FCB also will be restricted by the insider trading rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the stock offering may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1.0% of our outstanding common stock or to purchases of our common stock by any of stock benefit plans.
 
Connecticut regulations prohibit FCB from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following the offering, except we may seek approval from the Connecticut Banking Commissioner to make repurchases in the following circumstances: (i) repurchases in the open market of up to 5.0% of our outstanding stock in extraordinary circumstances; (ii) repurchases of qualifying shares of a director or pursuant to an offer made to all stockholders, (iii) repurchases to fund management recognition plans that have been ratified by our stockholders, and (iv) repurchases to fund our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans. Any request for approval must provide the purpose of the repurchases, an explanation of any extraordinary circumstances necessitating the repurchases and any additional information required by the Connecticut Banking Commissioner.
 
 
125

 
 
FAR MINGTON BANK COMMUNITY FOUNDATION, INC.
 
General
 
In furtherance of our commitment to our local community, the plan of conversion provides that we will establish Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc., as a non-stock, nonprofit Connecticut corporation in connection with the offering. The charitable foundation will be funded with shares of FCB common stock, as further described below. By further enhancing our visibility and reputation in our local community, we believe that the charitable foundation will enhance the long-term value of Farmington Bank’s community banking franchise. The stock offering presents us with a unique opportunity to provide a substantial and continuing benefit to our community and to receive the associated tax benefits.
 
Purpose of the Charitable Foundation
 
The purpose of the charitable foundation is to enhance the relationship between Farmington Bank and the communities in which we operate and to enable our communities to share in our longer-term growth. Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in manners that are not presently available to us. We believe that Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will enable us to assist the communities within our market area in areas beyond community development and lending, and will enhance our current activities under the Community Reinvestment Act.
 
We further believe that funding Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. with shares of FCB common stock will allow our community to share in the potential growth and success of Farmington Bank long after the stock offering is completed. Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will accomplish this goal by establishing continued ties between the charitable foundation and Farmington Bank, thereby forming a partnership within the communities in which Farmington Bank operates.
 
We do not expect the contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. to take the place of our traditional community lending and charitable activities. After the stock offering, we expect to continue making charitable contributions within our community.
 
Structure of the Charitable Foundation
 
Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will be incorporated under Connecticut law as a non-stock, nonprofit corporation. The certificate of incorporation of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will provide that the corporation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc.’s certificate of incorporation will further provide that no part of the net earnings of the charitable foundation will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its directors, officers or members.
 
It is expected that certain of our current directors and officers plus one or more local community members will serve on the initial board of directors of the charitable foundation. While there are no plans to change the size of the initial board of directors during the year following the completion of the stock offering, following the first anniversary of the stock offering, the charitable foundation may alter the size and composition of its board of directors. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “MANAGEMENT – Our Directors” for biographical information for our directors.
 
The board of directors of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will be responsible for establishing its grant and donation policies, consistent with the purposes for which it was established. As directors of a nonprofit corporation, directors of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will at all times be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the charitable foundation’s charitable goals, to protect its assets and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which the charitable foundation is established. The directors of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. also will be responsible for directing the activities of the charitable foundation, including the management and voting of the shares of common stock of FCB held by the charitable foundation. However, all shares of common stock held by Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of the common stock on all proposals considered by stockholders of FCB.
 
Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc.’s place of business will be located at our administrative offices. The board of directors of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary to manage its operations. To the extent applicable, we will comply with the affiliates restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act governing transactions between Farmington Bank and the foundation.
 
Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will receive working capital from:
 
 
(1)
any dividends that may be paid on FCB’s shares of common stock in the future;
 
 
 
(2)
within the limits of applicable federal and state laws, loans collateralized by the shares of common stock; or
 
 
(3)
the proceeds of the sale of any of the shares of common stock in the open market from time to time.
 
 
 
126

 
 
As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets. One of the conditions imposed on the gift of common stock is that the amount of common stock that may be sold by Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. in any one year shall not exceed 5.0% of the average market value of the assets held by Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc., except where the board of directors of the charitable foundation determines that the failure to sell an amount of common stock greater than such amount would result in a longer-term reduction of the value of its assets and/or would otherwise jeopardize its capacity to carry out its charitable purposes.
 
Tax Considerations
 
Our independent tax advisor, Hinckley, Allen & Snyder, LLP, has advised us that an organization created for the above purposes should qualify as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization under the Internal Revenue Code and should be classified as a private foundation. Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will submit a timely request to the Internal Revenue Service to be recognized as an exempt organization. As long as Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. files its application for tax-exempt status within 27 months from the date of its organization, and provided the Internal Revenue Service approves the application, its effective date as a Section 501(c)(3) organization will be the date of its organization. Our independent tax advisor, however, has not rendered any advice on whether Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc.’s tax exempt status will be affected by the regulatory requirement that all shares of common stock of FCB held by Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. must be voted in the same ratio as all other outstanding shares of common stock of FCB on all proposals considered by stockholders of FCB.
 
Farmington Bank may continue to make charitable contributions. We believe that the stock offering presents a unique opportunity to establish and fund a charitable foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital being raised. In making such a determination, we considered the dilutive impact to our stockholders of the contribution of shares of common stock to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. We believe that the contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. in excess of the 10% annual limitation on charitable deductions described below is justified given Farmington Bank’s capital position and its earnings, the substantial additional capital being raised in the stock offering and the potential benefits of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. to our community. See “CAPITALIZATION” on page [___], “UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA” on page [___], and “COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE FOUNDATION” on page [___]. The amount of the contribution will not adversely affect our financial condition. We therefore believe that the amount of the charitable contribution is reasonable given our pro forma capital position, and it does not raise safety and soundness concerns.
 
We have received an opinion from our independent tax advisor that FCB’s contribution of its shares of stock to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. should not constitute an act of self-dealing and that we should be entitled to a deduction in the amount of the fair market value of the stock at the time of the contribution less the nominal amount that Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. is required to pay FCB for such stock. We are permitted to deduct only an amount equal to 10% of our annual taxable income in any one year. We are permitted under the Internal Revenue Code to carry the excess contribution over the five-year period following the contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. We expect that all of the contribution should be deductible over the six-year period. However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. Furthermore, even if the contribution is deductible, we may not have sufficient earnings to be able to use the deduction in full. We do not expect to make any further contributions to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. within the first five years following the initial contribution, unless such contributions would be deductible under the Internal Revenue Code. Any such decisions would be based on an assessment of, among other factors, our financial condition at that time, the interests of our stockholders and depositors, and the financial condition and operations of the foundation.
 
Although we have received an opinion from our independent tax advisor that we should be entitled to a deduction for the charitable contribution, there can be no assurances that the Internal Revenue Service will recognize Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization or that the deduction will be permitted. In such event, our contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. would be expensed without tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes such a determination.
 
As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are exempt from federal and state income taxation. However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, is generally taxed at a rate of 2.0%. Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will be required to file an annual return with the Internal Revenue Service within four and one-half months after the close of its fiscal year. Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will be required to make its annual return available for public inspection. The annual return for a private foundation includes, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the foundation’s managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant.
 
 
127

 
 
Regulatory Requirements Imposed on the Charitable Foundation
 
Our regulatory approvals impose the following requirements on the establishment of the charitable foundation:
 
 
our banking regulators may examine the charitable foundation at the foundation’s expense;
 
 
the charitable foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its board of directors, including a conflict of interest policy;
 
 
the charitable foundation may not engage in self-dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code;
 
 
the charitable foundation must vote its shares in the same ratio as all of the other shares voted on each proposal considered by the stockholders of FCB;
 
 
the charitable foundation may not acquire additional shares of FCB common stock without notifying the Federal Reserve Board;
 
 
the charitable foundation will be treated as an affiliate for purposes of Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which governs transactions between affiliates of financial institutions; and
 
 
FCB will notify the Federal Reserve Board if its direct or indirect ownership in a company, when aggregated with the ownership portion of the charitable foundation, exceeds 5.0% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities of such company.
 
D ESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS OF FCB
 
General
 
FCB is authorized to issue 30,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value, and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value. FCB currently expects to issue in the offering up to 14,950,000 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment up to 17,192,500 shares. FCB will not issue shares of preferred stock in the offering. Each share of FCB common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
The shares of common stock of FCB will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the FDIC or any other government agency.
 
Common Stock
 
Dividends : The payment of dividends by FCB is subject to limitations that are imposed by law and applicable regulation. The holders of common stock of FCB will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by FCB’s board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If FCB issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.
 
Voting Rights : Upon consummation of the offering, the holders of common stock of FCB will have exclusive voting rights in FCB. They will elect FCB’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. FCB’s articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that there will be no cumulative voting for the election of directors. For additional information regarding voting rights, see “RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF FCB - Limitations on Voting Rights” below.
 
Rights to Buy Additional Shares . Holders of the common stock of FCB will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares which may be issued. Preemptive rights are the priority right to buy additional shares if FCB issues more shares in the future. The common stock is not subject to redemption.
 
 
128

 
 
Preferred Stock
 
None of the shares of FCB’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as FCB’s board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of FCB that the board of directors does not approve. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock, therefore, may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of FCB.
 
RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF FCB
 
Although FCB’s board of directors is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of FCB after the reorganization and offering, the board of directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of FCB’s articles of incorporation and bylaws to protect the interests of FCB and its stockholders from takeovers which FCB’s board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Farmington Bank, FCB, our stockholders, our employees, customers, creditors and suppliers and the local community in which we operate. The following discussion is a summary of all the material provisions of FCB’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Farmington Bank’s articles of incorporation and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. FCB’s articles of incorporation and bylaws are included as part of our application for approval of the plan of conversion filed with the Connecticut Banking Commissioner and FCB’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION”.
 
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of FCB
 
FCB’s articles of incorporation and bylaws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of FCB. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of FCB’s board of directors or management of FCB more difficult. The summaries below are qualified in their entirety by reference to FCB’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Maryland law and any other documents referenced in such summary description and from which summary descriptions are derived.
 
Limitation of Voting Rights : FCB’s articles of incorporation provide that no beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock will be permitted to vote any shares in excess of such 10% limit. This provision has been included in the articles of incorporation in reliance on Section 2-507(a) of the Maryland General Corporation Law, which entitles stockholders to one vote for each share of stock unless the articles of incorporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limit or deny voting rights. In addition, FCB’s articles of incorporation provides that for a period of seven years after the completion of the offering, any person who acquires beneficial ownership of more than 10.0% of any class of FCB’s capital stock without the prior approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner will not be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10.0% limit. Any such excess shares are not counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to FCB’s stockholders for a vote.
 
Directors: Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The members of each class generally are elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors is elected annually. Thus, it could take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of FCB’s board of directors. Further, FCB’s bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at a meeting of stockholders. Our articles of incorporation provides that directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of at least the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of issued and outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote for the election of directors. Our bylaws permit vacancies on FCB’s board to be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors although less than a quorum of the board of directors. Persons elected by the board of directors of FCB to fill vacancies may only serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Under FCB’s bylaws, any vacancy occurring on the board of directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the term to which the director has been elected and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.
 
Prohibition on Cumulative Voting :   Our bylaws prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.
 
Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings : Our bylaws provide that subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock, special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the Chairman, the President, a majority of the members of the board of directors or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.
 
Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. FCB’s bylaws generally provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to FCB at least 90 days prior and not earlier than 120 days prior to such meeting. However, if less than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, the written notice must be submitted by a stockholder not later than the tenth day following the earlier of the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.
 
 
129

 
 
Authorized but Unissued Shares of Preferred Stock : In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of FCB that the board of directors does not approve, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock, therefore, may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of FCB.
 
Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets. FCB’s articles of incorporation require the approval of the board of directors and the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by all stockholders entitled to vote thereon. However, Maryland law provides that:
 
 
a merger of a 90% or more owned subsidiary with and into its parent may be approved without stockholder approval; provided, however that: (1) the charter of the successor is not amended in the merger other than to change its name, the name or other designation or the par value of any class or series of its stock or the aggregate par value of its stock; and (2) the contractual rights of any stock of the successor issued in the merger in exchange for stock of the other corporation participating in the merger are identical to the contract rights of the stock for which the stock of the successor was exchanged;
 
 
a share exchange need not be approved by the stockholders of the successor;
 
 
a transfer of assets need not be approved by the stockholders of the transferee; and
 
 
a merger need not be approved by the stockholders of a Maryland successor corporation provided that the merger does not reclassify or change the terms of any class or series of its stock that is outstanding immediately before the merger becomes effective or otherwise amend its charter, and the number of shares of stock of such class or series outstanding immediately after the effective time of the merger does not increase by more than 20% of the number of shares of the class or series of stock that is outstanding immediately before the merger becomes effective.
 
Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. The articles of incorporation of FCB require the approval of the holders of at least 80.0% of FCB’s outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote to approve certain business combinations with an interested stockholder. This supermajority voting requirement will not apply in cases where the proposed transaction has been approved by a majority of disinterested directors or where various fair price and procedural conditions have been met.
 
Under FCB’s articles of incorporation, the term interested stockholder means any person who or which is:
 
 
the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of FCB;
 
 
an affiliate of FCB who or which at any time in the two-year period before the date in question was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of FCB; or
 
 
an assignee of or an entity that has otherwise succeeded to any shares of voting stock that were at any time within the two-year period immediately before the date in question beneficially owned by any interested stockholder, if such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
A business combination includes, but is not limited to:
 
 
any merger or consolidation of FCB or any of its subsidiaries with: (1) any interested stockholder; or (2) any other corporation, which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an affiliate of an interested stockholder;
 
 
any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition to or with any interested stockholder, or any affiliate of any interested stockholder, of any assets of FCB or any of its subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value equaling or exceeding 25% or more of the combined assets of FCB and its subsidiaries;
 
 
the issuance or transfer by FCB or any of its subsidiaries of any securities of FCB or any of its subsidiaries to any interested stockholder or any affiliate of any interested stockholder in exchange for cash, securities or other property having an aggregate fair market value equaling or exceeding 25% of the combined fair market value of the outstanding common stock of FCB, except for any issuance or transfer pursuant to an employee benefit plan of FCB or any of its subsidiaries;
 
 
130

 
 
 
the adoption of any plan for the liquidation or dissolution of FCB proposed by or on behalf of any interested stockholder or any affiliate or associate of such interested stockholder; or
 
 
any reclassification of securities, or recapitalization of FCB or any merger or consolidation of FCB with any of its subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving an interested stockholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity or convertible securities of FCB or any of its subsidiaries, which is directly or indirectly owned by any interested stockholder or any affiliate of any interested stockholder.
 
Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of FCB provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of FCB (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of FCB and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:
 
 
the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, FCB’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;
 
 
the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, FCB and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which FCB and its subsidiaries operate or are located;
 
 
whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of FCB;
 
 
whether a more favorable price could be obtained for FCB’s stock or other securities in the future;
 
 
the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of FCB and its subsidiaries;
 
 
the future value of the stock or any other securities of FCB or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;
 
 
any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;
 
 
the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and
 
 
the ability of FCB to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.
 
If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.
 
Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. FCB’s articles of incorporation may be amended, upon the submission of an amendment by the Board of Directors to a vote of the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock, provided, however, that approval by at least 80.0% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:
 
 
(i)
The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock;
 
 
(ii)
The division of the Board of Directors into three staggered classes;
 
 
(iii)
The ability of the Board of Directors to fill vacancies on the board;
 
 
131

 
 
 
(iv)
The requirement that at least a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by stockholders must vote to remove directors, and can only remove directors for cause;
 
 
(v)
The ability of the Board of Directors and stockholders to amend and repeal the bylaws;
 
 
(vi)
The authority of the Board of Directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;
 
 
(vii)
The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;
 
 
(viii)
The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;
 
 
(ix)
The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by FCB;
 
 
(x)
The limitation of liability of officers and directors to FCB for money damages;
 
 
(xi)
The inability of stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors;
 
 
(xii)
The advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations; and
 
 
(xiii)
The provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80.0% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xiii) of this list.
 
The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of FCB’s directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80.0% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80.0% of the outstanding voting stock.
 
The provisions requiring the affirmative vote of 80% of outstanding shares for certain stockholder actions have been included in the articles of incorporation of FCB in reliance on Section 2-104(b)(4) of the Maryland General Corporation Law. Section 2-104(b)(4) permits the articles of incorporation to require a greater proportion of votes than the proportion that would otherwise be required for stockholder action under the Maryland General Corporation Law.
 
Restrictive Regulations
 
Connecticut regulations prohibit any person from (i) transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of subscription rights or shares of FCB common stock, (ii) announcing an intent to make an offer to purchase shares of FCB common stock from another person prior to completion of the offering or (iii) knowingly acquire more than the maximum purchase allowable under the plan of conversion. Connecticut regulations also provides that for three years after the offering or such longer period as provided in a corporation’s articles of incorporation (we have elected a seven year period) , no person may, directly or indirectly, acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10.0% of any class of FCB’s capital stock without the Connecticut Banking Commissioner’s prior written approval. If a person violates this prohibition, FCB shall not permit the person to vote shares in excess of 10.0% and shall not count the shares in excess of 10.0% in any stockholder vote. Our articles of incorporation provide that these restrictions shall be in force for a period of seven years after the offering.
 
Under the Connecticut Bank Holding Company and Bank Acquisition Act, the Connecticut Banking Commissioner must be given prior notice and not disapprove of an acquisition, tender offer or request or invitation made to securities holders regarding a tender offer or acquisition of any voting securities that would result in a person, directly or indirectly, being the beneficial owner of (i) more than 10.0% of any class of voting securities of such bank or holding company or (ii) more than 25.0% of any class of voting securities of such bank or holding company.
 
Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control, directly or indirectly, of a bank or bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition. A “person” may include an individual, a group of individuals acting in concert or certain entities (e.g., corporations, partnerships, trusts) that own shares of banking organizations but that do not qualify as bank holding company. A person acquires “control” of a banking organization whenever the person acquires ownership, control, or the power to vote 25.0% or more of any class of voting securities institution. Control is also presumed to exist, although rebuttable, if a person or company acquires 10.0% or more, but less than 25.0%, of any class of voting securities and either: (i) the bank holding company has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (ii) no other person owns a greater percentage of that class of voting securities than the acquirer immediately after the transaction. A procedure is provided in the regulations for challenging the rebuttable presumption of control.
 
 
132

 
 
TRANSFER AGENT
 
The transfer agent and registrar for FCB common stock is Registrar and Transfer Company.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
RP Financial has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to FCB setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP of Hartford, Connecticut, counsel to FCB, the MHC and Farmington Bank, will issue to FCB its opinion regarding the legality of the common stock, the federal and state income tax consequences of the offering and the establishment of the charitable foundation. Certain legal matters regarding the offering will be passed upon for Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. by Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, that registers the common stock offered in the offering. This prospectus forms a part of the registration statement. The registration statement, including the exhibits, contains additional relevant information about us and our common stock. The rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission allow us to omit certain information included in the registration statement from this prospectus. You may read and copy the registration statement at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference rooms. The registration statement also is available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at website maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at “http://www.sec.gov.” FCB has filed an application for approval of the plan of conversion with the Connecticut Department of Banking. This prospectus omits certain information contained in the application. The application may be inspected, without charge, at the offices of the Connecticut Department of Banking, 260 Constitution Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.
 
A copy of the plan of conversion is available without charge from FCB by contacting the Stock Information Center.
 
The appraisal report of RP Financial LC. has been filed as an exhibit to our registration statement and to our application to the Connecticut Department of Banking. Portions of the appraisal report were filed electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are available on its website as described above. The entire appraisal report is available at the public reference room of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the offices of the Connecticut Department of Banking as described above.
 
In connection with the offering, FCB will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, FCB and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10.0% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of conversion, FCB has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.
 
 
133

 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
F-1

 
 
(PWC LOGO)
 
 
To the Board of Directors of
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
 
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of condition and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in capital accounts, and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2010 and 2009 , and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.  We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
 
/s/ Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP
 
Hartford, Connecticut
March 24, 2011
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 185 Asylum Street, Suite 2400, Hartford, CT 06103
T: (860) 241 7000, F: (860) 241 7458, www.pwc.com/us
 
 
F-2

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Condition
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
(Dollars in thousands)
           
Assets
           
Cash and due from banks
  $ 18,608     $ 23,299  
Federal funds sold
    -       5,000  
Cash and cash equivalents
    18,608       28,299  
Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost
    3,672       3,010  
Securities available-for-sale, at fair value
    163,008       121,350  
Loans held for sale
    862       -  
Loans, net
    1,157,917       1,039,995  
Premises and equipment, net
    21,907       20,272  
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock, at cost
    7,449       7,449  
Accrued income receivable
    4,227       4,223  
Bank-owned life insurance
    19,657       13,983  
Deferred income taxes
    11,408       8,373  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    7,915       8,232  
Total assets
  $ 1,416,630     $ 1,255,186  
                 
Liabilities and Capital Accounts
               
Deposits
               
Interest-bearing
  $ 958,319     $ 865,002  
Noninterest-bearing
    150,186       128,884  
      1,108,505       993,886  
FHLB advances
    71,000       62,000  
Repurchase agreement borrowings
    21,000       21,000  
Mortgagors escrow accounts
    9,717       8,894  
Repurchase liabilities
    84,029       50,086  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    27,386       25,647  
Total liabilities
    1,321,637       1,161,513  
                 
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
 
    -       -  
Capital accounts
               
Undivided profits
    97,513       92,644  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
    (2,520 )     1,029  
Total capital accounts
    94,993       93,673  
Total liabilities and capital accounts
  $ 1,416,630     $ 1,255,186  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-3

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income

   
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
Interest income
                 
Interest and fees on loans
                 
Mortgage
  $ 42,404     $ 39,337     $ 34,894  
Other
    13,727       11,143       10,649  
Interest and dividends on investments
                       
United States Government and agency obligations
    4,013       6,497       8,292  
Other bonds
    229       305       379  
Corporate stocks
    195       100       147  
Other interest income
    495       593       1,357  
Total interest income
    61,063       57,975       55,718  
                         
Interest expense
                       
Deposits
    8,329       13,526       19,577  
Interest on borrowed funds
    2,149       2,738       1,747  
Interest on repo borrowings
    719       719       577  
Interest on repurchase liabilities
    416       425       704  
Total interest expense
    11,613       17,408       22,605  
Net interest income
    49,450       40,567       33,113  
Provision for allowance for loan losses
    6,694       7,896       2,117  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    42,756       32,671       30,996  
                         
Noninterest income (loss)
                       
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities
    -       (160 )     (5,176 )
Portion of losses recognized in other comprehensive income
    -       -       -  
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
    -       (160 )     (5,176 )
Fees for customer services
    3,061       2,776       2,594  
Net gain (loss) on sales of investments
    1,686       -       (30 )
Gain on real estate investment
    -       -       701  
Net gain on loans sold
    822       86       123  
Brokerage and insurance fee income
    377       394       408  
Bank owned life insurance income
    667       490       520  
Other
    276       49       300  
Total noninterest income (loss)
    6,889       3,635       (560 )
                         
Noninterest expense
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    23,221       18,413       14,681  
Occupancy expense
    4,142       2,993       2,951  
Furniture and equipment expense
    4,022       3,055       2,658  
FDIC assessment
    1,760       2,172       292  
Marketing
    2,583       1,588       1,224  
Other operating expenses
    6,946       7,021       6,071  
Total noninterest expense
    42,674       35,242       27,877  
Income before income taxes
    6,971       1,064       2,559  
Provision for income taxes
    2,102       175       613  
                         
Net income
  $ 4,869     $ 889     $ 1,946  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-4

 
 
 
         
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive (Loss) Income
       
   
Undivided
Profits
   
Unrealized
Gain on
Securities
Available-
for-Sale
   
Related to
Employee Benefits
Plans,
Net of
Tax Effect
   
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 89,863     $ (689 )   $ 142     $ 89,316  
Net income
    1,946       -       -       1,946  
Change in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to employee benefit plans, net of tax effects
    -       -       (1,647 )     (1,647 )
Increase in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax effects
    -       1,102       -       1,102  
Total comprehensive income
                            1,401  
Effect of change in measurement date - FAS 158
    (54 )     -       -       (54 )
Balance at December 31, 2008
    91,755       413       (1,505 )     90,663  
Net income
    889       -       -       889  
Change in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to employee benefit plans, net of tax effects
    -       -       (167 )     (167 )
Increase in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax effects
    -       2,288       -       2,288  
Total comprehensive income
                            3,010  
Balance at December 31, 2009
    92,644       2,701       (1,672 )     93,673  
Net income
    4,869       -       -       4,869  
Change in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to employee benefit plans, net of tax effects
    -       -       (1,959 )     (1,959 )
Decrease in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax effects
    -       (1,590 )     -       (1,590 )
Total comprehensive income
                            1,320  
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 97,513     $ 1,111     $ (3,631 )   $ 94,993  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
F-5

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
 
 
   
For the Year Ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
Cash flows from operating activities
                 
Net income
  $ 4,869     $ 889     $ 1,946  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
                       
Provision for allowance for loan losses
    6,694       7,896       2,117  
Provision for (reduction in) off-balance sheet commitments
    (16 )     74       (69 )
Provision for depreciation and amortization
    3,014       2,029       1,834  
(Gain) loss on sale of investments
    (1,686 )     -       30  
Impairment losses on securities
    -       160       5,176  
Loans originated for sale
    (36,719 )     -       -  
Proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale
    36,679       -       -  
Net gain on loans sold
    (822 )     (86 )     (123 )
Loss on sale of foreclosed real estate
    48       -       -  
Accretion and amortization of investment security discounts and premiums, net
    86       10       78  
Amortization and accretion of loan fees and discounts, net
    (312 )     (64 )     44  
Gain on real estate investments
    -       -       (701 )
Provision for deferred income taxes
    (1,207 )     (908 )     (2,197 )
(Increase) decrease in accrued income receivable
    (4 )     270       (312 )
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance
    (667 )     (498 )     (520 )
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other assets
    133       (6,470 )     3,672  
(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities
    (1,214 )     5,653       2,415  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    8,876       8,955       13,390  
Cash flow from investing activities
                       
Sales and maturities of securities available for sale
    279,259       65,120       83,325  
Purchases of securities held-to-maturity
    (662 )     -       (2,938 )
Purchases of securities available-for-sale
    (321,725 )     (5,070 )     (94,063 )
Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    -       (29 )     (5,121 )
Loan originations, net of principal repayments
    (124,542 )     (215,830 )     (163,965 )
Purchases of bank-owned life insurance
    (5,007 )     (6 )     -  
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate
    374       -       -  
Purchases of premises and equipment
    (4,649 )     (8,410 )     (919 )
Net cash used in investing activities
    (176,952 )     (164,225 )     (183,681 )
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Net increase (decrease) in borrowings
    9,000       (55,000 )     138,000  
Net increase in demand deposits, NOW accounts, savings accounts and money market accounts
    107,647       192,525       12,346  
Net increase (decrease) in certificates of deposit
    6,972       (2,723 )     (14,070 )
Net increase (decrease) in repurchase liabilities
    33,943       15,904       (2,202 )
Change in mortgagors escrow accounts
    823       1,131       1,989  
Net cash provided by financing activities
    158,385       151,837       136,063  
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (9,691 )     (3,433 )     (34,228 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    28,299       31,732       65,960  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 18,608     $ 28,299     $ 31,732  
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
                       
Cash paid for interest
  $ 11,611     $ 17,889     $ 22,641  
Cash paid for income taxes
    3,382       1,225       2,934  
Loans transferred to other real estate owned
    238       1,387       -  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-6

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
 
 
1.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Organization and Business
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Farmington Bank (formerly known as Farmington Savings Bank), (collectively, the “ Company ” ).  Significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. ’ s only subsidiary is Farmington Bank.  Farmington Bank ’ s main office is located in Farmington, Connecticut.  Farmington Bank operates fifteen full service branch offices and four limited services offices in central Connecticut.  Farmington Bank ’ s primary source of income is interest received on loans to customers, which include small and middle market businesses and individuals residing within Farmington Bank ’ s service area.
 
Wholly-owned subsidiaries of Farmington Bank include Farmington Savings Loan Servicing, Inc., a passive investment company for Connecticut income tax purposes that was established to service and hold loans collateralized by real property; Village Investments, Inc. which holds the Company ’ s investment in Infinex Financial Services, a registered broker-dealer; the Village Corp., Limited, a subsidiary that holds certain real estate; 28 Main Street Corp., presently inactive; Village Management Corp., presently inactive and Village Square Holdings, Inc., a subsidiary that holds certain bank premises and other real estate.
 
On June 9, 2005 the Board of Directors of Farmington Bank adopted a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”), pursuant to which Farmington Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of a newly formed mutual holding company called First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., regulated by the Federal Reserve Bank.  All of the equity of Farmington Bank was transferred to First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. which owns 100% of Farmington Bank.  The Plan received the necessary corporator and regulatory approvals and the transaction closed on April 28, 2006.
 
Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make extensive use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the statement of condition, and revenues and expenses for the year .   Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.  Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, investment security other-than-temporary impairment judgments and investment security valuation.
 
Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk
Most of the Company’s lending activities are with customers located within the New England region of the country. Note 5 discusses the types of lending that the Company engages in. The Company does not have any significant concentrations to any one industry or customer.
 
 
F-7

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company defines cash and cash equivalents for consolidated cash flow purposes as cash due from banks, federal funds sold and money market funds. Cash flows from loans and deposits are reported net.  The balances of cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and money market funds, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.  The Company has not experienced any losses from such concentrations.
 
Investment Securities
Marketable equity and debt securities are classified as either trading, available for sale, or held to maturity (applies only to debt securities).  Management determines the appropriate classifications of securities at the time of purchase.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009 , the Company had no debt or equity securities classified as trading.  Held to maturity securities are debt securities for which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity.  All other securities not included in held to maturity are classified as available for sale.  Held to maturity securities are recorded at amortized cost, adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts.  Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized or accreted into interest income over the term of the securities using the level yield method.  Available for sale securities are recorded at fair value.  Unrealized gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, on available for sale securities are excluded from earnings and are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of equity, until realized.  Further information relating to the fair value of securities can be found within Note  4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ( “ FASB ” ) Accounting Standards Codification ( “ FASB ASC ” ) 320- Debt and Equity Securities , a decline in market value of a debt security below amortized cost that is deemed other-than-temporary is charged to earnings for the credit related other-than-temporary impairment ( “ OTTI ” ) resulting in the establishment of a new cost basis for the security, while the non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income if there is no intent or requirement to sell the security. The securities portfolio is reviewed on a quarterly basis for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment. Credit related OTTI for debt securities is recognized in earnings while non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) if there is no intent to sell or will not be required to sell the security. If an equity security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired, the full impairment is considered to be credit-related and a charge to earnings would be recorded. Gains and losses on sales of securities are recognized at the time of sale on a specific identification basis.
 
 
F-8

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston Stock
The Company, which is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, is required to maintain an investment in capital stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”). Based on redemption provisions of the FHLBB, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. At its discretion, the FHLBB may declare dividends on the stock.  On January 29, 2009, the FHLBB notified its members of its focus on preserving capital in response to the ongoing market volatility.  That letter outlined that actions taken by the FHLBB included an excess stock repurchase moratorium, and an increased retained earnings target, and suspension of its quarterly dividend payment. They have recently begun paying a modest dividend but there can be no guarantee of future dividends. The Bank reviews for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis in the FHLBB stock. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009 , no impairment has been recognized .
 
Loans Held for Sale
Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value, as determined by aggregate outstanding commitments from investors or current investor yield requirements. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to noninterest income. Gains or losses on sales of mortgage loans are recognized based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related mortgage loans sold on the trade date.
 
Loans
The Company’s loan portfolio segments include residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, installment, commercial, collateral, home equity line of credit, demand, revolving credit and resort. Construction includes classes for commercial and residential construction.
 
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method. When loans are prepaid, sold or participated out, the unamortized portion is recognized as income or expense at that time.
 
Loan origination fees and direct loan origination costs (including loan commitment fees) are deferred, and the net amount is recognized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield utilizing the interest method over the contractual life of the loan. When loans are prepaid, sold or participated out, the unamortized portion is recognized as income or expense at that time.
 
Interest on loans is accrued and recognized in interest income based on contractual rates applied to principal amounts outstanding. Accrual of interest is discontinued, and previously accrued income is reversed, when loan payments are 90 days or more past due or when, in the judgment of management, collectability of the loan or loan interest becomes uncertain. Loans may be returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due (including arrearages) are reasonably assured of repayment within a reasonable period and there is a sustained period of repayment performance (generally a minimum of six months) by the borrower, in accordance with contractual terms involving payment of cash or cash equivalents. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual status. If a residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, installment, commercial, collateral, home equity line of credit, demand, revolving credit and resort loan is on non-accrual status or is considered to be impaired, cash payments are applied first to interest income and then as a reduction of principal as specified in the contractual agreement, unless the collection of the remaining principal amount due is considered doubtful.
 
 
F-9

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The policy for determining past due or delinquency status for all loan portfolio segments is based on the number of days past due or the contractual terms of the loan. A loan is considered delinquent when the customer does not make their payments due according to their contractual terms. A loan can be demanded at any time if the loan is delinquent or if the borrower fails to meet any other agreed upon terms and conditions.
 
On a quarterly basis, our loan policy requires that we evaluate for impairment all commercial real estate, construction, commercial and resort loan segments that are classified as non-accrual, loans secured by real property in foreclosure or are otherwise likely to be impaired, non-accruing residential and installment loan segments greater than $500,000 and all troubled debt restructurings.
 
Nonperforming loans consist of non-accruing loans and loans past due more than 90 days and still accruing interest.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level believed adequate by management to absorb potential losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the statement of condition date. The allowance for loan losses consists of a formula allowance following FASB ASC 450 – Contingencies and FASB ASC 310 - Receivables , The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
 
The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance consists of general, allocated and unallocated components, as further described below.
 
General component:
The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors stratified by the following loan segments: residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, installment, commercial, collateral, home equity line of credit, demand, revolving credit and resort. Commercial construction includes classes for commercial real estate construction and residential development, commercial real estate, construction, commercial and consumer. Management uses a rolling average of historical losses based on a time frame appropriate to capture relevant loss data for each loan segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: levels/trends in delinquencies; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience/ability/depth of lending management and staff; and national and local economic trends and conditions. There were no material changes in the Company’s policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance for loan losses during 2010.
 
The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:
 
Residential real estate –residential real estate loans are generally originated in amounts up to 95.0% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price of the property, with private mortgage insurance required on loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80.0%. The Company generally does not grant subprime loans. All loans in this segment are collateralized by owner-occupied residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. Typically, all fixed-rate residential mortgage loans are underwritten pursuant to secondary market underwriting guidelines which include minimum FICO standards. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.
 
 
F-10

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Commercial real estate – Loans in this segment are primarily income-producing properties throughout New England. The underlying cash flows generated by the properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates, which in turn, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. Management obtains rent rolls annually and continually monitors the cash flows of these loans.
 
Construction loans – Loans in this segment include commercial construction loans, real estate subdivision development loans, to developers, licensed contractors and builders for the construction and development of commercial real estate projects and residential properties. Construction lending contains a unique risk characteristic as loans are originated under market and economic conditions that may change between the time of origination and the completion and subsequent purchaser financing of the property. In addition, construction subdivision loans and commercial and residential construction loans to contractors and developers entail additional risks as compared to single-family residential mortgage lending to owner-occupants. These loans typically involve large loan balances concentrated in single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Real estate subdivision development loans to developers, licensed contractors and builders for the construction are generally speculative real estate development loans for which payment is derived from sale of the property. Credit risk is affected by cost overruns, time to sell at an adequate price, and market conditions. Construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of credit risk than longer-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Residential construction credit quality is impacted by the overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices.
 
Installment, Collateral, Demand and Revolving Credit– Loans in these segments include installment, demand, revolving credit and collateral loans, principally to customers residing in our primary market area with acceptable credit ratings. Our installment and collateral consumer loans generally consist of loans on new and used automobiles, loans collateralized by deposit accounts and unsecured personal loans. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. Excluding collateral loans which are fully collateralized by a deposit account, repayment for loans in these segments are dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower.
 
Commercial– Loans in this segment are made to businesses and are generally secured by assets of the business. Repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business. A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer spending, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.
 
Home equity line of credit–Loans in this segment include home equity loans and lines of credit generally underwritten with a loan-to-value ratio generally limited to no more than 90%, including any first mortgage. Our home equity lines of credit have ten-year terms and adjustable rates of interest which are indexed to the prime rate. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.
 
Resort– Loans in this segment include direct receivable, inventory, pre-sale, homeowner association and acquisition & development loans to timeshare developer / operators and participations in timeshare loans originated by experienced timeshare lending institutions, and originates and sells timeshare participations to other lending institutions. Lending to this industry is generally done on a nationwide basis, as the majority of timeshare operators are located outside of the Northeast. The Company currently owns no acquisition & development loans, and a limited amount of inventory loans, homeowner association loans, and pre-sale loans. Receivable loans are typically underwritten utilizing a lending formula in which loan advances are based on a percentage of eligible consumer notes. In addition, these loans generally contain provisions for recourse to the developer, the obligation of the developer to replace defaulted notes, and parameters with respect to minimum FICO scores or average weighted FICO scores of the portfolio of pledged notes. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.
 
 
F-11

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Allocated component:
The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial real estate, construction, commercial and resort loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential real estate loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are subject to a troubled debt restructuring agreement or they are nonaccrual loans with outstanding balances of $500,000 or more.
 
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and construction loans by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Management updates the analysis quarterly. The assumptions used in appraisals are reviewed for appropriateness. Updated appraisals are obtained as needed or adjusted to reflect the estimated decline in the fair value based upon current market conditions for comparable properties.
 
The Company periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.
 
Unallocated component :
An unallocated component is maintained, when needed, to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general reserves in the portfolio. The Company’s Loan Policy allows management to utilize a high and low range of 0.0% to 5.0% of our total allowance for loan losses when establishing an unallocated allowance, when considered necessary. The unallocated allowance is used to provide for an unidentified loss that may exist in emerging problem loans that cannot be fully quantified or may be affected by conditions not fully understood as of the balance sheet date.
 
 
F-12

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Beginning in 2007 and continuing in 2010, softening real estate markets and generally weak economic conditions have lead to declines in collateral values and stress on the cash flows of borrowers.  These adverse economic conditions could continue into 2011, placing further stress on the Company’s borrowers and resulting in increases in charge-offs, delinquencies and non-performing loans and lower valuations for the Company’s impaired loans, which could in turn impact significant estimates such as the allowance for loan losses and the effect could be material .
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights
The Company capitalizes mortgage servicing rights for loans originated and then sold with servicing retained based on the fair market value on the origination date.  The cost basis of mortgage servicing rights is amortized on a level yield basis over the period of estimated net servicing revenue and such amortization is included in the consolidated statements of income as a reduction of mortgage servicing fee income.  Mortgage servicing rights are evaluated for impairment by comparing their aggregate carrying amount to their fair value.  An independent appraisal of the fair value of the Company’s mortgage servicing rights is obtained annually and is used by management to evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value estimates. Management reviews the independent appraisal and performs procedures to determine appropriateness.  Impairment is recognized as an adjustment to mortgage servicing rights and mortgage servicing income.
 
Bank Owned Life Insurance
Bank owned life insurance ( “ BOLI ” ) represents life insurance on certain employees who have consented to allow the Company to be the beneficiary of those policies.  BOLI is recorded as an asset at cash surrender value.  Increases in the cash value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds received, are recorded in other non-interest income and are not subject to income tax.
 
Foreclosed Real Estate
Real estate acquired through foreclosure comprises properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans.  The properties are acquired through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure.  At the time these properties are foreclosed, the properties are initially recorded at the lower of the related loan balance less any specific allowance for loss or fair value at the date of foreclosure less estimated selling costs.  Losses arising at the time of acquisition of such properties are charged against the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent loss provisions are charged to the foreclosed real estate valuation allowance and expenses incurred to maintain the properties are charged to noninterest expense. Properties are evaluated regularly to ensure the recorded amounts are supported by current fair values, and a charge to operations is recorded as necessary to reduce the carrying amount to fair value less estimated costs to dispose. Revenue and expense from the operation of other real estate owned and the provision to establish and adjust valuation allowances are included in noninterest expenses. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property are capitalized, subject to the limit of fair value of the collateral. In the Consolidated Statements of Condition, total prepaid expenses and other assets include foreclosed real estate of $ 238,000 and $422,000 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization computed on the straight-line method.  Depreciation periods are based on estimated useful lives, or in the case of leasehold improvements, based on the terms of the leases if shorter.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
Interest rate swap derivatives not designated as hedges are offered to certain qualifying commercial customers and to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements and do not meet the strict hedge accounting under FASB ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging”. Derivative financial instruments are recognized as assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet and measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recognized directly in earnings.
 
 
F-13

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
We have a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan that provides benefits for substantially all employees hired before January 1, 2007 who meet certain requirements as to age and length of service. The benefits are based on years of service and average compensation, as defined in the Plan Document. Our funding policy is to contribute annually the maximum amount that could be deducted for federal income tax purposes, while meeting the minimum funding standards established by the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974.
 
In addition to providing pension benefits, we provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for retired employees. Participants or eligible employees hired before January 1, 1993 become eligible for the benefits if they retire after reaching age 62 with fifteen or more years of service. A fixed percent of annual costs are paid depending on length of service at retirement. We accrue for the estimated costs of these other post-retirement benefits through charges to expense during the years that employees render service. We make contributions to cover the current benefits paid under this plan. Management believes the policy for determining pension and other post-retirement benefit expenses is critical because judgments are required with respect to the appropriate discount rate, rate of return on assets, salary increases and other items. Management reviews and updates the assumptions annually. If our estimate of pension and post-retirement expense is too low we may experience higher expenses in the future, reducing our net income. If our estimate is too high, we may experience lower expenses in the future, increasing our net income.
 
Repurchase Liabilities
Repurchase agreements are accounted for as secured borrowings since the Company maintains effective control over the transferred securities and the transfer meets the other criteria for such accounting. Securities are sold to a counterparty with an agreement to repurchase the same or substantially the same security at a specified price and date. The Company has repurchase agreements with commercial or municipal customers that are offered as a commercial banking service. Customer repurchase agreements are for a term of one day and are backed by the purchasers’ interest in certain U.S. Treasury Bills or other U.S. Government securities. Obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company does not record transactions of repurchase agreements as sales. The securities underlying the repurchase agreements remain in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio.
 
Transfers of Financial Assets
Transfers of an entire financial asset, a group of entire financial assets, or a participating interest in an entire financial asset are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets.
 
Effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted accounting guidance pertaining to the transfers of financial assets. During the normal course of business, the Company may transfer a portion of a financial asset, for example, a participation loan or the government guaranteed portion of a loan. In order to be eligible for sales treatment, the transfer of the portion of the loan must meet the criteria of a participating interest. If it does not meet the criteria of a participating interest, the transfer must be accounted for as a secured borrowing. In order to meet the criteria for a participating interest, all cash flows from the loan must be divided proportionately, the rights of each loan holder must have the same priority, the loan holders must have no recourse to the transferor other than standard representations and warranties and no loan holder has the right to pledge or exchange the entire loan.
 
 
F-14

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Fee Income 
Fee income for customer services which are not deferred are recorded on an accrual basis when earned.
 
Advertising Costs 
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.
 
Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes are provided for differences arising in the timing of income and expenses for financial reporting and for income tax purposes.  Deferred income taxes and tax benefits are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The Company provides a deferred tax asset valuation allowance for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards when realization is determined not to be more likely than not.
 
The Company adopted the provisions of FASB ASC 740-10, “ Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” , on January 1, 2007.  FASB ASC 740-10 prescribes a recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements and provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition issues.  Pursuant to FASB ASC 740-10, the Company examines its financial statements, its income tax provision and its federal and state income tax returns and analyzes its tax positions, including permanent and temporary differences, as well as the major components of income and expense to determine whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities.  The Company recognizes interest and penalties arising from income tax settlements as part of its provision for income taxes.
 
Comprehensive Income
The purpose of presenting comprehensive income is to report a measure of all changes in an entity that result from recognized transactions and other economic events of the period other than transactions with owners in their capacity as owners. Comprehensive income includes net income and certain changes in capital that are not recognized in the statement of income (such as changes in net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale). The Company has reported comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Capital Accounts. The components of comprehensive income are presented in Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Segment Reporting
The Company’s only business segment is Community Banking. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, this segment represented all the revenues and income of the consolidated group and therefore is the only reported segment as defined by FASB ASC 820, Segment Reporting.
 
 
F-15

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Related Party Transactions
Directors and executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries and their associates have been customers of and have had transactions with the Company, and management expects that such persons will continue to have such transactions in the future. See Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information with respect to loans to related parties.
 
Reclassifications
Amounts in prior period consolidated financial statements are reclassified whenever necessary to conform to the current year presentation.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350)
 
In December 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-28 , “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts” —ASU 2010-28 affects all entities that have recognized goodwill and have one or more reporting units whose carrying amount for purposes of performing Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test is zero or negative. ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 so that for those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that an impairment may exist. The qualitative factors are consistent with existing guidance, which requires that goodwill of a reporting unit be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. For public entities, this guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. Adoption of ASU 2010-28 is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Receivables (Topic 310)
 
In January 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-01, Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20 . The amendments in this update temporarily delay the effective date of disclosures about troubled debt restructurings in ASU 2010-20,  Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses . The effective date for the troubled debt restructuring disclosures will be aligned with the effective date for new guidance for determining what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. Currently, that guidance is anticipated to be effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-01 will not have a material impact on the financial statements as it impacts disclosures only.
 
In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses . The statement is intended to improve the transparency of financial reporting by requiring enhanced disclosures about a bank’s allowance for loan losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables (generally defined as loans and leases). The primary goal of the disclosure requirements is to provide more information about the credit risk in a bank’s portfolio of loans and how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for loan loss. The guidance is effective for public entities for annual and interim reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU No. 2010-06 on December 31, 2010 did not have a material impact on the financial statements as it only impacted disclosures.
 
 
F-16

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure (Topic 820)
 
In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements . The amendment to Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements including transfer in and out of Levels 1 and
2 and higher levels of disaggregation for the different types of financial instruments. For the reconciliation of Level 3 fair values measurements, information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements should be presented separately. The guidance was effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosure of information about sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis for assets and liabilities classified as level 3, which is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU No. 2010-06 on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the financial statements as it impacts disclosures only.
 
Business Combinations (Topic 805)
 
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29,  Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations . The objective of this update is to address diversity in practice about the interpretation of the pro forma revenue and earnings disclosure requirements for business combinations. The amendments in this update specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting only. This update also expands supplemental pro forma disclosures under Topic 805. The amendments are effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU No. 2010-29 will not have an impact on the financial statements as it affects disclosures only and will apply prospectively to future business combinations.
 
Transfers of Financial Assets (Topic 860)
 
In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-16 codifying the new guidance issued in June 2009 regarding the Transfer of Financial Assets . This guidance requires entities to provide more information about sales of securitized financial assets and similar transactions, particularly if the seller retains some risk in the assets. The guidance eliminates the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity, changes the requirements for the derecognition of financial assets, and enhances the disclosure requirements for sellers of the assets. This guidance was effective for the fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2009. The adoption of ASU No. 2009-16 on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the financial statements.
 
Consolidation (Topic 810)
 
In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-17 codifying the new guidance issued in June 2009 regarding  Consolidations . The guidance requires an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity (which would result in the enterprise being deemed the primary beneficiary of that entity and , therefore, obligated to consolidate the variable interest entity in its financial statements); to require ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity; to revise guidance for determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity; and to require enhanced disclosures that will provide more transparent information about an enterprise’s involvement with a variable interest entity. The guidance was effective for interim periods as of the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning after November 15, 2009. The adoption of ASU No. 2009-17 on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the financial statements.
 
2.
Restrictions on Cash and Due from Banks
 
The Company is required to maintain a percentage of transaction account balances on deposit in non-interest-earning reserves with the Federal Reserve Bank that was offset by the Company’s average vault cash. At December 31, 2010 and 2009 , the Company was required to have cash and liquid assets of approximately $ 1.0 million and $ 374,000 , respectively, to meet these requirements. The Company maintains a compensating balance of $1.0 million to partially offset service fees charged by the Federal Reserve Bank.
 
 
F-17

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
3.
Fair Value Measurements
 
Fair value estimates are made as of a specific point in time based on the characteristics of the financial instruments and relevant market information.  In accordance with FASB ASC 820-10, the fair value estimates are measured within the fair value hierarchy.  The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).  The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under FASB ASC 820-10 are described as follows:
 
Basis of Fair Value Measurement
 
 
  ●
Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;
 
 
  ●
Level 2 - Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability;
 
 
  ●
Level 3 - Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).
 
When available, quoted market prices are used.  In other cases, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.  These techniques involve uncertainties and are significantly affected by the assumptions used and judgments made regarding risk characteristics of various financial instruments, discount rates, and estimates of future cash flows, future expected loss experience and other factors.  Changes in assumptions could significantly affect these estimates.  Derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in certain cases, could not be realized in an immediate sale of the instrument.
 
Fair value estimates are based on existing financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments.  Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not purport to represent the underlying market value of the Company. There are no transfers between levels for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
 
F-18

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
 
The following table details the financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine the fair value:
 
    December 31, 2010  
                         
         
Quoted Prices in
             
         
Active Markets
   
Significant
   
Significant
 
         
for Identical
   
Observable
   
Unobservable
 
         
Assets
   
Inputs
   
Inputs
 
   
Total
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
U.S. Treasury obligations
  $ 112,975     $ 112,975     $ -     $ -  
U.S. Goverment agency obligations
    11,080       -       11,080       -  
Government sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
    32,294       -       32,294       -  
Corporate debt securities
    1,052       -       1,052       -  
Trust preferred debt securities
    44       -       -       44  
Preferred equity securities
    1,860       -       1,860       -  
Marketable equity securities
    406       116       290       -  
Mutual funds
    3,297       -       3,297       -  
Securities available for sale
  $ 163,008     $ 113,091     $ 49,873     $ 44  
Interest rate swap derivative receivables
    1,771               1,771          
Interest rate swap derivative liabilities
    1,771               1,771          
 
The following table details the financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine the fair value:
 
    December 31, 2009  
                         
         
Quoted Prices in
             
         
Active Markets
   
Significant
   
Significant
 
         
for Identical
   
Observable
   
Unobservable
 
         
Assets
   
Inputs
   
Inputs
 
   
Total
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
U.S. Government agency obligations
  $ 5,020     $ -     $ 5,020     $ -  
Government sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
    106,231       -       106,231       -  
Corporate debt securities
    1,513       -       1,513       -  
Trust preferred debt securities
    90       -       -       90  
Preferred equity securities
    1,989       -       1,989          
Marketable equity securities
    1,419       1,129       290       -  
Mutual funds
    5,088       -       5,088       -  
                                 
Securities available for sale
  $ 121,350     $ 1,129     $ 120,131     $ 90  
Interest rate swap derivative receivables
    93               93          
Interest rate swap derivative liabilities
    93               93          
 
 
F-19

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The following table presents additional information about assets measured at fair value for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
   
Securities Available for Sale
 
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 90     $ 250     $ -  
Transfer into Level 3
    -       -       3,379  
Investment paydowns/accretion
    (46 )     -       (264 )
Total losses - (realized/unrealized):
                       
Included in earnings
    -       (160 )     (2,865 )
Included in other comprehensive income
    -       -       -  
Purchases, issuances and settlements
    -       -       -  
Balance at the end of period
  $ 44     $ 90     $ 250  
 
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value:
 
Securities Available for Sale: Investment securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models. Level 1 securities are those traded on active markets for identical securities including U.S. treasury obligations and, marketable equity securities. Level 2 securities include U.S. government agency obligations, government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities, corporate debt securities, preferred equity securities and mutual funds. When a market is illiquid or there is a lack of transparency around the inputs to valuation, the respective securities are classified as level 3 and reliance is placed upon internally developed models and management judgment and evaluation for valuation. Level 3 securities include trust preferred debt securities. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company did not use the pricing service for its Level 3 securities, which consisted of a pooled trust preferred debt securities.  Therefore, management obtained a price by using a discounted cash flows analysis and a market bid indication.
 
The Company utilizes a third party, nationally-recognized pricing service (“pricing service”) to estimate fair value measurements for almost 100% of its investment securities portfolio.  The pricing service evaluates each asset class based on relevant market information considering observable data that may include dealer quotes, reported trades, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, the LIBOR swap yield curve, trade execution data, market prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things.  The fair value prices on all investment securities are reviewed for reasonableness by management.  Also, management assessed the valuation techniques used by the pricing service based on a review of their pricing methodology to ensure proper hierarchy classifications.
 
Interest Rate Swap Derivative Receivable and Liability: The Company’s derivative positions are valued using proprietary models that use as their basis readily observable market parameters and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.  Such derivatives are basic interest rate swaps that do not have any embedded interest rate caps and floors.  Derivatives that are valued based upon models with significant unobservable market parameters and that are normally traded less actively or have trade activity that is one way are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.  The Company does not have any derivatives classified within Level 3.
 
 
F-20

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
 
Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market that were recognized at fair value below cost at the end of the period as well as assets that are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence of impairment.
 
The following table details the financial instruments carried at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine the fair value:
       
   
At December 31, 2010
 
   
Quoted Prices in
   
Significant
   
Significant
 
   
Active Markets for
   
Observable
   
Unobservable
 
   
Identical Assets
   
Inputs
   
Inputs
 
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
Mortgage servicing rights
  $ -     $ -     $ 457  
Loans held for sale
    -       862       -  
Impaired loans
    -       -       31,012  
Other real estate owned
    -       -       238  
       
   
At December 31, 2009
 
   
Quoted Prices in
   
Significant
   
Significant
 
   
Active Markets for
   
Observable
   
Unobservable
 
   
Identical Assets
   
Inputs
   
Inputs
 
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
Mortgage servicing rights
  $ -     $ -     $ 57  
Impaired loans
    -       -       16,392  
Other real estate owned
    -       -       422  
 
 
F-21

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value :
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights: A mortgage servicing right asset represents the amount by which the present value of the estimated future net cash flows to be received from servicing loans are expected to more than adequately compensate the Company for performing the servicing.  The fair value of servicing rights is estimated using a present value cash flow model.  The most important assumptions used in the valuation model are the anticipated rate of the loan prepayments and discount rates.  Adjustments are only recorded when the discounted cash flows derived from the valuation model are less than the carrying value of the asset.  As such, measurement at fair value is on a nonrecurring basis.  Although some assumptions in determining fair value are based on standards used by market participants, some are based on unobservable inputs and therefore are classified in Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.
 
Loans Held for Sale : Loans held for sale are accounted for at the lower of cost or market. The fair value of loans held for sale are based on quoted market prices of similar loans sold in conjunction with securitization transactions, adjusted as required for changes in loan characteristics .
 
Impaired Loans:   Loans are generally not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  Periodically, the Company records nonrecurring adjustments to the carrying value of loans based on fair value measurements for partial charge-offs of the uncollectible portions of those loans.  Nonrecurring adjustments also include certain impairment amounts for collateral-dependent loans calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10 when establishing the allowance for credit losses.  Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan.  Collateral is typically valued using appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or other assumptions.  Estimates of fair value based on collateral are generally based on assumptions not observable in the marketplace and therefore such valuations have been classified as Level 3. Any impaired loan for which no specific valuation allowance was necessary at December 31, 2010 is the result of either sufficient cash flow or sufficient collateral coverage, or previous charge off amount that reduced the book value of the loan to an amount equal to or below the fair value of the collateral. Impaired loans are measured based on either collateral values supported by appraisals, observed market prices or where potential losses have been identified and reserved accordingly. Updated appraisals are obtained at least annually for impaired loans $250,000 or greater. Management performs a quarterly review of the valuation of impaired loans and considers the current market and collateral conditions for collateral dependent loans when estimating their fair value for purposes of determining whether an allowance for loan losses is necessary for impaired loans.  When assessing the collateral coverage for an impaired loan, management discounts appraisals based upon the age of the appraisal, anticipated selling charges and any other costs needed to prepare the collateral for sale to determine its net realizable value.
 
Other Real Estate Owned: The Company classifies property acquired through foreclosure or acceptance of deed-in-lieu of foreclosure as other real estate owned in its financial statements.  Upon foreclosure, the property securing the loan is written down to fair value less selling costs.  The writedown is based upon the difference between the appraised value and the book value.  Appraisals are based on observable market data such as comparable sales within the real estate market, however assumptions made in determining comparability are unobservable and therefore these assets are classified as Level 3 within the valuation hierarchy.
 
 
F-22

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
4.
  Investment Securities
 
Investment securities at December 31, 2010 are summarized as follows:
 
   
At December 31, 2010
 
         
Gross
   
Gross
       
   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Market
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
 
Available-for-sale
                       
Debt securities:
                       
U.S. Treasury obligations
  $ 112,973     $ 2     $ -     $ 112,975  
U.S. Government agency obligations
    11,004       76       -       11,080  
Government sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
    30,516       1,780       (2 )     32,294  
Corporate debt securities
    1,000       52       -       1,052  
Trust preferred debt securities
    44       -       -       44  
Preferred equity securities
    2,110       43       (293 )     1,860  
Marketable equity securities
    398       10       (2 )     406  
Mutual funds
    3,280       17       -       3,297  
Total securities available for sale
  $ 161,325     $ 1,980     $ (297 )   $ 163,008  
                                 
Held-to-maturity
                               
Government sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
  $ 9     $ -     $ -     $ 9  
Municipal debt securities
    663       -       -       663  
Trust preferred debt security
    3,000       -       -       3,000  
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 3,672     $ -     $ -     $ 3,672  
 
At December 31, 2010, the net unrealized gain on securities available for sale of $ 1.7 million, net of income taxes of $ 572,000 or $ 1.1 million, is included in accumulated other comprehensive income.
 
 
F-23

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Investment securities at December 31, 2009 are summarized as follows:
 
   
At December 31, 2009
 
         
Gross
   
Gross
       
   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Market
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
 
Available-for-sale
                       
U.S. Gov’t agency obligations
  $ 5,004     $ 16     $ -     $ 5,020  
U.S. Government agency obligations
    102,012       4,224       (5 )     106,231  
Government sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
    1,500       13       -       1,513  
Trust preferred debt securities
    67       23       -       90  
Preferred equity securities
    2,132       72       (215 )     1,989  
Marketable equity securities
    1,479       88       (148 )     1,419  
Mutual funds
    5,065       23       -       5,088  
Total securities available for sale
  $ 117,259     $ 4,459     $ (368 )   $ 121,350  
                                 
Held-to-maturity
                               
Government sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
  $ 10     $ 1     $ -     $ 11  
Trust preferred debt security
    3,000       -       -       3,000  
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 3,010     $ 1     $ -     $ 3,011  
 
At December 31, 2009, the net unrealized gain on securities available for sale of $4.1 million, net of income taxes of $1.4 million, or $2.7 million, is included in accumulated other comprehensive income.
 
The following table summarizes gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time the investments have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010 and 2009 :
 
   
Less than 12 Months
   
12 Months or More
   
Total
 
         
Gross
         
Gross
         
Gross
 
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Value
   
Loss
   
Value
   
Loss
   
Value
   
Loss
 
December 31, 2010
                                   
Available for sale:
                                   
Government sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
  $ -     $ -     $ 335     $ (2 )   $ 335     $ (2 )
Preferred equity securities
    95       (5 )     1,722       (288 )     1,817       (293 )
Marketable equity securities
    -       -       5       (2 )     5       (2 )
Total
  $ 95     $ (5 )   $ 2,062     $ (292 )   $ 2,157     $ (297 )
                                                 
                                                 
December 31, 2009
                                               
Available for sale:
                                               
Government sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
  $ -     $ -     $ 4,837     $ (5 )   $ 4,837     $ (5 )
Preferred equity securities
    -       -       1,917       (215 )     1,917       (215 )
Marketable equity securities
    206       (14 )     626       (134 )     832       (148 )
Total
  $ 206     $ (14 )   $ 7,380     $ (354 )   $ 7,586     $ (368 )
 
 
F-24

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Management believes that no individual unrealized loss as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 represents a credit-related other-than-temporary impairment, based on its detailed monthly review of the securities portfolio.  Among other things, the other-than-temporary impairment review of the investment securities portfolio focuses on the combined factors of percentage and length of time an issue is below book value as well as consideration of issuer specific (present value of cash flows expected to be collected, issuer rating changes and trends, credit worthiness and review of underlying collateral), broad market details and the Company’s intent to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security before recovering its cost.  The Company also considers whether the depreciation is due to interest rates or credit risk.
 
The unrealized losses on preferred equity securities relate to two preferred equity securities that are both rated Baa2 by Moody’s as of December 31, 2010. One preferred equity security has been in a loss position for 12 months or more and the other one has been in a loss position less than twelve months. A detailed review of the preferred equity securities was completed by management and procedures included an analysis of their December 31, 2010 audited financial statements and management concluded that the preferred equity securities are not other-than-temporarily impaired.
 
The Company has no intent to sell nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell any of the securities contained in the table during the period of time necessary to recover the unrealized losses, which may be until maturity.
 
During the ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded no other-than-temporary impairment charges. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $160,000 relating to one trust preferred debt security.  During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded other-than-temporary impairment charges on two trust preferred debt securities, one preferred stock and seven common stocks which totaled $5.2 million.
 
There were gross realized losses of $ 164,000 and $ 1.9 million gross realized gains on sales of securities available for sale for the year ended December 31, 2010. There were no gross realized gains or losses on sales of securities available for sale for the year ended December 31, 2009.   There were gross realized losses of $30,000 and $0 gross realized gains on sales of securities available for sale in 2008.
 
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, U.S. Government agency obligations and Government sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities with a cost of $156.4 million and $138.6 million, respectively, were pledged as collateral for treasury, tax and loan deposits, public funds and retail liabilities.
 
 
F-25

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The amortized cost and estimated market value of debt securities at December 31, 2010 by contractual maturity are shown below.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or repayment penalties:
 
                   
   
At December 31, 2010
 
   
Available for Sale
   
Held to Maturity
 
         
Estimated
         
Estimated
 
   
Amortized
   
Market
   
Amortized
   
Market
 
   
Cost
   
Value
   
Cost
   
Value
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
Due in one year or less
  $ 112,973     $ 112,975     $ 663     $ 663  
Due after one year through five years
    11,004       11,080       -       -  
Due after five years through ten years
    1,000       1,052       -       -  
Due after ten years
    44       44       3,000       3,000  
Government sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
    30,516       32,294       9       9  
Total debt securities
  $ 155,537     $ 157,445     $ 3,672     $ 3,672  
 
The amortized cost and estimated market value of debt securities at December 31, 2009 by contractual maturity are shown below.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or repayment penalties:
 
   
At December 31, 2009
 
   
Available for Sale
   
Held to Maturity
 
         
Estimated
         
Estimated
 
   
Amortized
   
Market
   
Amortized
   
Market
 
   
Cost
   
Value
   
Cost
   
Value
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
Due in one year or less
  $ 500     $ 507     $ -     $ -  
Due after one year through five years
    5,004       5,020       -       -  
Due after five years through ten years
    1,000       1,006       -       -  
Due after ten years
    67       90       3,000       3,000  
Government sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities
    102,012       106,231       10       11  
Total debt securities
  $ 108,583     $ 112,854     $ 3,010     $ 3,011  
 
The Company, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (FHLBB), owned $7.4 million of FHLBB capital stock as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, which is equal to its FHLBB capital stock requirement.
 
At this time the FHLBB is not redeeming excess stock from its members.  In 2008 the FHLBB suspended the dividend on the stock but has recently paid a dividend  of $6,000 which is equal to an annual yield of 0.30 based on average stock outstanding for the fourth quarter of 2010. The FHLBB’s management reported that their board of directors anticipates that it will continue to declare modest cash dividends through 2011, but cautioned that adverse events such as a negative trend in credit losses on the FHLBB’s private-label mortgage-backed securities or mortgage portfolio, a meaningful decline in income, or regulatory disapproval could lead to reconsideration of this plan. The Company evaluated its FHLBB capital stock for potential other-than-temporary impairment at December 31, 2010 and 2009.  Capital adequacy, credit ratings, the value of the stock, overall financial condition of both the FHLB system and FHLBB as well as current economic factors was analyzed in the impairment analysis.  The Company concluded that its position in FHLBB capital stock is not other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
 
F-26

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
5.
Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Loans consisted of the following:
 
    As of December 31,  
   
2010
   
2009
 
(Dollars in thousands)
           
Real estate
           
Residential
  $ 453,557     $ 446,880  
Commercial
    361,838       265,515  
Construction
    46,623       68,704  
Installment
    12,597       16,423  
Commercial
    112,535       104,476  
Collateral
    1,941       2,486  
Home equity line of credit
    81,837       66,658  
Demand
    227       415  
Revolving credit
    84       75  
Resort
    105,215       82,794  
Total loans
    1,176,454       1,054,426  
Less:
               
Allowance for loan losses
    (20,734 )     (16,316 )
Net deferred loan costs
    2,197       1,885  
Loans, net
  $ 1,157,917     $ 1,039,995  
 
 
F-27

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:
 
                   
   
As of December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 16,316     $ 9,952     $ 8,124  
                         
Provision for loan losses
    6,694       7,896       2,117  
                         
Charge offs:
                       
                         
Real Estate Loans
                       
Residential
    (1,152 )     (134 )     (1 )
Commercial
    (1,138 )     (284 )     (137 )
Construction
    -       (246 )     -  
Installment
    (3 )     (41 )     (4 )
Commercial
    (8 )     (879 )     (161 )
Collateral
    -       (1 )     1  
Home equity line of credit
    -       -       -  
Demand
    (25 )     (20 )     (20 )
Revolving credit
    (32 )     (34 )     (32 )
Resort
    -       -       -  
Total Charge-offs
    (2,358 )     (1,639 )     (354 )
                         
Recoveries:
                       
Real Estate Loans
                       
Residential
    -       -       -  
Commercial
    48       -       10  
Construction
    -       -       -  
Installment
    13       2       4  
Commercial
    15       91       39  
Collateral
    -       1       -  
Home equity line of credit
    -       -       -  
Demand
    6       -       -  
Revolving credit
    -       13       12  
Resort
    -       -       -  
Total Recoveries
    82       107       65  
Net Charge-offs
    (2,276 )     (1,532 )     (289 )
Balance at end of period
  $ 20,734     $ 16,316     $ 9,952  
 
 
F-28

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The following table lists the allocation of the allowance by loan segment at December 31, 2010:
 
             
Loans individually evaluated for impairment:
  At December 31, 2010  
             
         
Reserve
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Principal Balance
   
Allocation
 
Real estate Loans
           
Residential
  $ 7,001     $ 358  
Commercial
    14,211       260  
Construction
    897       -  
Installment
    -       -  
Commercial
    2,795       -  
Collateral
    -       -  
Home Equity LOC
    1,228       48  
Demand
    -       -  
Revolving Credit
    -       -  
Resort
    4,880       4,880  
Total
  $ 31,012     $ 5,546  
                 
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment:
  At December 31, 2010  
                 
           
Reserve
 
   
Principal Balance
   
Allocation
 
Real estate Loans
               
Residential
  $ 446,556       2,698  
Commercial
    347,627       7,466  
Construction
    45,726       524  
Installment
    12,597       115  
Commercial
    109,740       1,564  
Collateral
    1,941       -  
Home Equity LOC
    80,609       510  
Demand
    227       3  
Revolving Credit
    84       -  
Resort
    100,335       2,308  
Total
  $ 1,145,442     $ 15,188  
Total
  $ 1,176,454     $ 20,734  
 
 
F-29

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The following is a summary of loan delinquencies at recorded investment values at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
   
At December 31, 2010
 
                           
Past Due 90
 
   
31-59 Days
   
60-89 Days
   
> 90 Days
         
Days or More
 
(Dollars in thousands)   Past Due    
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
Total
   
and Still
 
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Accruing
 
Real estate Loans
                                                     
Residential
    6     $ 1,273       6     $ 4,624       10     $ 4,128       22     $ 10,025     $ -  
Commercial
    2       456       2       793       6       3,160       10       4,409       -  
Construction
    -       -       -       -       2       897       2       897       -  
Installment
    4       25       -       -       5       98       9       123       -  
Commercial
    5       456       -       -       10       761       15       1,217       -  
Collateral
    4       42       -       -       -       -       4       42       -  
Home Equity LOC
    2       100       1       24       5       1,843       8       1,967       -  
Demand
    -       -       -       -       1       25       1       25       -  
Revolving Credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Resort
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total
    23     $ 2,352       9     $ 5,441       39     $ 10,912       71     $ 18,705     $ -  
 
   
At December 31, 2009
 
                                  Past Due 90  
   
31-59 Days
   
60-89 Days
   
> 90 Days
               
Days or More
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
Total
   
and Still
 
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Accruing
 
Real estate Loans
                                                     
Residential
    11     $ 4,981       6     $ 1,919       9     $ 5,429       26     $ 12,329     $ -  
Commercial
    2       466       3       1,176       5       5,131       10       6,773       -  
Construction
    -       -       -       -       2       1,074       2       1,074       -  
Installment
    2       8       1       5       4       87       7       100       -  
Commercial
    -       -       1       300       8       707       9       1,007       -  
Collateral
    4       59       -       -       -       -       4       59       -  
Home Equity LOC
    1       350       2       38       2       1,079       5       1,467       -  
Demand
    -       -       -       -       1       25       1       25       -  
Revolving Credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Resort
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total
    20     $ 5,864       13     $ 3,438       31     $ 13,532       64     $ 22,834     $ -  
 
 
F-30

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Nonperforming assets consist of non-accruing loans and loans past due more than 90 days and still accruing interest and other real estate owned. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, non-performing assets were:
 
   
At December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2010
   
2009
 
Nonaccrual loans:
           
Real estate Loans
           
Residential
  $ 5,209     $ 6,441  
Commercial
    3,693       5,316  
Construction
    898       1,074  
Installment
    124       88  
Commercial
    862       823  
Collateral
    -       -  
Home Equity LOC
    2,031       1,079  
Demand
    25       25  
Revolving Credit
    -       -  
Resort
    4,880       -  
Total nonaccruing loans
    17,722       14,846  
Loans 90 days past due and still accruing
    -       -  
Real estate owned
    238       422  
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 17,960     $ 15,268  
 
 
F-31

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The following is a summary of impaired loans at December 31, 2010:
 
   
December 31, 2010
 
         
Unpaid
       
   
Recorded
   
Principal
   
Related
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Investment
   
Balance
   
Allowance
 
Impaired loans without a valuation allowance:
                 
Real estate Loans
                 
Residential
  $ 2,710     $ 2,703     $ -  
Commercial
    7,974       8,982       -  
Construction
    897       1,143       -  
Installment
    -       -       -  
Commercial
    2,795       2,803       -  
Collateral
    -       -       -  
Home Equity LOC
    999       999       -  
Demand
    -       -       -  
Revolving Credit
    -       -       -  
Resort
    -       -       -  
Total
    15,375       16,630       -  
                         
Impaired loans with a valuation allowance:
                       
Real estate Loans
                       
Residential
    4,291       4,306       358  
Commercial
    6,237       6,237       260  
Construction
    -       -       -  
Installment
    -       -       -  
Commercial
    -       -       -  
Collateral
    -       -       -  
Home Equity LOC
    229       300       48  
Demand
    -       -       -  
Revolving Credit
    -       -       -  
Resort
    4,880       4,880       4,880  
Total
    15,637       15,723       5,546  
Total impaired loans
  $ 31,012     $ 32,353     $ 5,546  
 
 
F-32

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The following is a summary of information pertaining to impaired and non-accrual loans at December 31, 2009 (in thousands):
 
Impaired loans without a valuation allowance
  $ 6,150  
         
Impaired loans with a valuation allowance
    10,242  
         
Total impaired loans
  $ 16,392  
         
Valuation allowance related to impaired loans
  $ 1,410  
         
Total non-accrual loans
  $ 14,846  
         
Total loans past-due ninety days or more and still accruing
  $ -  
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Average investment in impaired loans
  $ 27,741     $ 9,900     $ 176  
                         
Interest income recognized on impaired loans
  $ 347     $ 301     $ 21  
                         
Interest income recognized on a cash basis on impaired loans
  $ 347     $ 301     $ 21  
 
 
F-33

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Troubled Debt Restructures
 
A loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring   when we, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, grant a concession to the borrower in modifying or renewing the loan that we would not otherwise consider. In connection with troubled debt restructurings, terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with their current financial status, which may include a reduction in the interest rate to market rate or below, a change in the term or movement of past due amounts to the back-end of the loan or refinancing. A loan is placed on non-accrual status upon being restructured, even if it was not previously, unless the modified loan was current for the six months prior to its modification and we believe the loan is fully collectable in accordance with its new terms. Our policy to restore a restructured loan to performing status is dependent on the receipt of regular payments, generally for a period of six months and one calendar year-end. All troubled debt restructurings are classified as impaired loans and are reviewed for impairment by management on a regular basis and a calendar year-end reporting period per our policy.
 
The following table presents information on loans whose terms had been modified in a troubled debt restructuring at December 31, 2010::
 
                   
   
TDRs on Accrual Status
   
TDRs on Nonaccrual Status
    Total  
   
Number
   
Recorded
   
Number of
   
Recorded
   
Number
 
Recorded
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
of Loans
   
Investment
   
Loans
   
Investment
   
of Loans
 
Investment
 
Real estate
                                   
Residential
    5     $ 4,449       2     $ 697       7     $ 5,146  
Commercial
    5       10,544       3       2,449       8       12,993  
Construction
    -       -       2       897       2       897  
Installment
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Commercial
    5       1,932       1       146       6       2,078  
Collateral
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Home equity line of credit
    -       -       1       999       1       999  
Demand
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Revolving Credit
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Resort
    -       -       1       4,880       1       4,880  
Total
    15     $ 16,925       10     $ 10,068       25     $ 26,993  
 
Credit Quality Information
 
At the time of loan origination, a risk rating based on a nine point grading system is assigned to each commercial-related loan based on the loan officer’s and management’s assessment of the risk associated with each particular loan. This risk assessment is based on an in depth analysis of a variety of factors. More complex loans and larger commitments require that our internal credit risk management department further evaluate the risk rating of the individual loan or relationship, with credit risk management having final determination of the appropriate risk rating. These more complex loans and relationships receive ongoing periodic review to assess the appropriate risk rating on a post-closing basis with changes made to the risk rating as the borrower’s and economic conditions warrant. Our risk rating system is designed to be a dynamic system and we grade loans on a “real time” basis. Over the course of 2009 and 2010, considerable emphasis has been placed on risk rating accuracy, risk rating justification, and risk rating triggers. Our risk rating process has been enhanced with our recent implementation of industry-based risk rating “cards.” The cards are used by our loan officers and promote risk rating accuracy and consistency on an institution-wide basis. Most loans are reviewed annually as part of a comprehensive portfolio review conducted by management and/or by our independent loan review firm. More frequent reviews of loans rated low pass, special mention, substandard and doubtful are conducted by our credit risk management department. We utilize an independent loan review consulting firm to affirm our rating accuracy and opine on the overall credit quality of our loan portfolio. The consulting firm conducts two loan reviews per year aiming at a 65.0% or higher commercial portfolio penetration. Summary findings of all loan reviews performed by the outside consulting firm are reported to our board of directors and senior management upon completion.
 
 
F-34

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The Company utilizes a nine point risk rating scale as follows:
 
Risk Rating Definitions
 
Residential and consumer loans are not rated unless they are 45 days or more delinquent, in which case, depending on past-due days, they will be rated 6, 7 or 8.
 
Loans rated 1 – 5:
    Commercial loans in these categories are considered “pass” rated loans with low to average risk.
 
 
Loans rated 6:
Residential, Consumer and Commercial loans in this category are considered “special mention.” These loans are starting to show signs of potential weakness and are being closely monitored by management.
 
Loans rated 7:                     Loans in this category are considered “substandard.” Generally, a loan is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligors and/or the collateral pledged. There is a distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the weakness is not corrected.
 
Loans rated 8:                     Loans in this category are considered “doubtful.” Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, highly questionable and improbable.
 
Loans rated 9:                     Loans in this category are considered uncollectible (“loss”) and of such little value that their continuance as loans is not warranted.
 
The following table presents the Company’s loans by risk rating at December 31, 2010.
 
                                     
Home
                         
   
Residential
 
Commercial
                         
Equity Line
       
Revolving
             
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Real Estate
 
Real Estate
 
Construction
 
Installment
 
Commercial
 
Collateral
 
of Credit
 
Demand
 
Credit
 
Resort
   
Total
 
Pass
  $ 442,255     $ 306,720     $ 51,454     $ 12,452     $ 92,015     $ 1,933     $ 79,468     $ 202     $ 84     $ 84,981     $ 1,071,564  
Special Mention
    2,025       13,418       1,611       13       5,833       8       277       -       -       -       23,185  
Substandard
    9,277       29,037       6,221       132       14,687       -       2,092       25       -       20,234       81,705  
Doubtful
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total loans
  $ 453,557     $ 349,175     $ 59,286     $ 12,597     $ 112,535     $ 1,941     $ 81,837     $ 227     $ 84     $ 105,215     $ 1,176,454  
 
 
F-35

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Our senior management places considerable emphasis on the early identification of problem assets, problem-resolution and minimizing loss exposure. Delinquency notices are mailed monthly to all delinquent borrowers, advising them of the amount of their delinquency. When a loan becomes more than 30 days delinquent, we send a letter advising the borrower of the delinquency. Residential and consumer lending borrowers are typically given 30 days to pay the delinquent payments or to contact us to make arrangements to bring the loan current over a longer period of time. Generally, if a residential or consumer lending borrower fails to bring the loan current within 90 days from the original due date or to make arrangements to cure the delinquency over a longer period of time, the matter is referred to legal counsel and foreclosure or other collection proceedings are initiated. We may consider forbearance or a loan restructuring in certain circumstances where a temporary loss of income is the primary cause of the delinquency, and if a reasonable plan is presented by the borrower to cure the delinquency in a reasonable period of time after his or her income resumes. Problem or delinquent borrowers in our commercial real estate, commercial business and resort portfolios are handled on a case-by-case basis, typically by our special assets department. Appropriate problem-resolution and workout strategies are formulated based on the specific facts and circumstances.
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
The Company services residential real estate mortgage loans that it has sold without recourse to third parties. The carrying value of mortgage servicing rights was $349,000 and $57,000 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The fair value of these mortgage servicing rights approximated $ 457,000 and $57,000 as of December 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
The principal balance of loans serviced for others, which are not included in the accompanying statements of condition totaled $ 52.9 million and $23.7 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Related Party Loans
 
During the regular course of its business, the Company makes loans to its executive officers, Directors and other related parties.
 
Changes in loans to related parties were as follows:
 
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
(Dollars in thousands)
           
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 1,039     $ 1,107  
Loans to related parties who terminated services
    (345 )     -  
Addition of related parties during the period
    -       -  
Additional loans and advances
    436       435  
Repayments
    (299 )     (503 )
Balance at end of period
  $ 831     $ 1,039  
 
All related party loans as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 were performing according to their credit terms.
 
 
F-36

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
6.
 Investment in Real Estate
 
The Company was an equity partner in a joint venture with a developer and received 50% of the venture’s net profits.  The Company sold their partnership interest in this joint venture on June 17, 2004.  The sale was financed by the Company and therefore the resulting gain was deferred and recognized as income as the loan was paid down.  During 2008, the loan was paid in full and the remaining deferred gain of $701,000 was recognized.
 
There were no other investments in real estate at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
7.
 Premises and Equipment
 
The following is a summary of the premises and equipment accounts:
             
   
As of December 31,
   
Estimated
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
Useful Lives
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
Land
  $ 2,198     $ 1,658     N/A  
Premises and leasehold improvements
    19,261       18,587    
5-40 years
 
Furniture and equipment
    22,595       19,160    
3 - 10 years
 
      44,054       39,405          
                         
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (22,147 )     (19,133 )        
    $ 21,907     $ 20,272          
 
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 depreciation and amortization expense was $3.0 million, $2.0 million, and $1.8 million, respectively.
 
8.
 Credit Arrangements
 
The Company has access to a pre-approved line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”) for $8.8 million, which was undrawn at December 31 , 2010 and 2009.
The Company has access to a pre-approved unsecured line of credit with the PNC Bank for $10.0 million, which was undrawn at December 31, 2010. The Company entered into this arrangement during 2010.
 
During 2010, the Company entered into the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window loan collateral program that enables the Company to borrow up to $ 90.0 million on an overnight basis and was undrawn as of December 31, 2010. The funding arrangement was collateralized by $150.0 million in pledged commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2010.
 
In accordance with an agreement with the FHLBB, the Company is required to maintain qualified collateral, as defined in the FHLBB Statement of Credit Policy, free and clear of liens, pledges and encumbrances, as collateral for the advances, if any, and the preapproved line of credit.  The Company is in compliance with these collateral requirements.
 
 
F-37

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
FHLBB advances consist of the following as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 :
                 
(Dollars in thousands)
           
As of December 31,
 
Advance Date
 
Interest Rate
   
Maturity Date
 
2010
   
2009
 
                       
03/14/08
    2.69 %   03/15/10   $ -     $ 3,000  
04/18/08
    2.82 %  
04/19/10
    -       6,000  
08/29/08
    3.51 %  
08/30/10
    -       5,000  
12/31/10
    0.38 %  
01/03/11
    3,000       -  
08/29/08
    3.91 %  
08/29/11
    5,000       5,000  
04/11/08
    3.17 %  
04/11/12
    3,000       3,000  
04/11/08
    3.40 %  
04/11/13
    9,000       9,000  
08/29/08
    4.26 %  
08/29/13
    5,000       5,000  
12/26/08
    3.31 %  
12/26/13
    8,000       8,000  
12/26/08
    3.17 %  
12/26/13
    2,000       2,000  
10/05/09
    2.72 %  
04/07/14
    10,000       10,000  
01/25/10
    2.52 %  
07/25/14
    7,000       -  
04/11/08
    3.83 %  
04/13/15
    6,000       6,000  
07/12/10
    2.25 %  
07/13/15
    7,000       -  
07/20/10
    2.11 %  
07/20/15
    6,000       -  
                             
                $ 71,000     $ 62,000  
 
Advances from the FHLBB are collateralized by first mortgage loans with an estimated eligible collateral value of $ 439.7 million and $426.2 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLBB in an amount at least equal to the sum of 0.35% of the aggregate principal amount of its unpaid residential mortgage loans and similar obligations at the beginning of each year, or up to 4.5% of its advances (borrowings) from the FHLBB. The carrying value of FHLBB stock approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions of the stock.
 
The Bank has a Master Repurchase Agreement borrowing facility with a broker.  Borrowings under the Master Repurchase Agreement are secured by the Company’s investments in certain treasury bill securities totaling $ 25.0 million.  Outstanding borrowings are as follows:
                 
(Dollars in thousands)
           
As of December 31,
 
Advance Date
 
Interest Rate
   
Maturity Date
 
2010
   
2009
 
                       
March 13, 2008
    3.34 %  
3/13/2018
  $ 6,000     $ 6,000  
March 14, 2008
    3.93 %  
3/13/2018
    4,500       4,500  
March 15, 2008
    3.16 %  
3/13/2015
    10,500       10,500  
                $ 21,000     $ 21,000  
 
 
F-38

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The Bank offers overnight repurchase liability agreements to commercial or municipal customers whose excess deposit account balances are swept daily into collateralized repurchase liability accounts. The Bank had repurchase liabilities outstanding of $ 84.0 million and $50.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009; respectively. They are secured by the Company’s investment in specific issues of agency Government sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities and agency obligations with a market value of $ 79.0 million and $63.7 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
9.
 Deposits
 
Deposits consisted of the following:
       
   
As of December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
(Dollars in thousands)
           
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 150,186     $ 128,884  
Interest-bearing
               
NOW accounts
    217,151       151,770  
Money market
    158,232       146,906  
Savings accounts
    129,122       119,491  
Time deposits
    453,677       446,705  
Club accounts
    137       130  
Total deposits
  $ 1,108,505     $ 993,886  
 
Time certificates of deposit in denominations of $100,000 or more approximated $ 196.8 million and $171.9 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Contractual maturities of time deposits are as follows:
             
   
As of
   
As of
 
   
December 31,
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
             
(Dollars in thousands)
           
2010
  $ -     $ 397,718  
2011
    362,728       26,605  
2012
    42,359       5,825  
2013
    20,360       4,196  
2014
    11,519       12,361  
2015
    16,711       -  
Thereafter
    -       -  
    $ 453,677     $ 446,705  
 
 
F-39

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
10.
 Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
 
The Company maintains a non-contributory defined-benefit pension plan covering eligible employees hired prior to January 1, 2007.
 
The Company also maintains a supplemental retirement plan (“supplemental plan”) to provide benefits to certain employees whose calculated benefit under the qualified plan exceeds the Internal Revenue Service limitation.
 
The Company sponsors two defined benefit postretirement plans that cover eligible employees.  One plan provides health (medical and dental) benefits, and the other provides life insurance benefits.  The accounting for the health care plan anticipates no future cost-sharing changes.  The Company does not advance fund its postretirement plans.
 
The measurement date for each plan is the Company’s year end.
 
The amounts related to the qualified plan and the supplemental plan is reflected in the tables that follow as “Pension Plans.”
 
 
F-40

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The following table sets forth the change in benefit obligation, plan assets and the funded status of the pension plans and other postretirement benefits:
                         
    Pension Plans     Other Postretirement
Benefits
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2010     2009  
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
Change in projected benefit obligation:
                       
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
  $ 16,891     $ 16,053     $ 2,378     $ 2,120  
Service cost
    569       543       52       49  
Interest cost
    1,024       944       139       124  
Plan participants contributions
    -       -       -       31  
Actuarial loss (gain)
    2,523       -       122       146  
Benefits paid
    (707 )     (649 )     (63 )     (92 )
                                 
Benefit obligation at end of period
  $ 20,300     $ 16,891     $ 2,628     $ 2,378  
                                 
Change in plan assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
    12,580       11,622       -       -  
Actual return on plan assets
    577       631       -       -  
Employer contributions
    1,226       976       63       61  
Plan participants contributions
    -       -       -       31  
Benefits paid
    (707 )     (649 )     (63 )     (92 )
                                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
  $ 13,676     $ 12,580     $ -     $ -  
                                 
Funded status recognized in the statements of condition
  $ (6,624 )   $ (4,311 )   $ (2,628 )   $ (2,378 )
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ (18,093 )   $ (15,360 )                
 
 
F-41

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The following table presents the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income that have not yet been recognized  as a component of net period benefit cost as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:
                         
    Pension Plans     Other Postretirement
Benefits
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2010     2009  
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
Transition Obligation
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Prior Service Cost
    964       1,045       242       273  
Actuarial loss (gain)
    (4,749 )     (2,983 )     (88 )     (7 )
Unrecognized compenents of net periodic benefit cost in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax
  $ (3,785 )   $ (1,938 )   $ 154     $ 266  
 
The following tables set forth the components of net periodic pension and benefit costs for the pension plans and other postretirement plans and other amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the retirement plans and post retirement plans for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
       
    Pension Plans  
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
Components of net periodic pension cost:
                 
Service cost
  $ 569     $ 543     $ 519  
Interest cost
    1,025       944       899  
Expected return on plan assets
    (992 )     (885 )     (848 )
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost
    (125 )     (121 )     (121 )
Recognized net actuarial loss (gain)
    263       229       93  
                         
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 740     $ 710     $ 542  
                         
                         
Change in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income:
                       
Net loss (gain)
  $ 2,937     $ 166     $ 2,452  
Amortization of net loss
    (263 )     (229 )     (93 )
Amortization of prior service cost
    125       121       121  
Total recognized in other comprehensive income
    2,799       58       2,480  
Total recognized in net periodic pension cost and other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 3,539     $ 768     $ 3,022  
 
 
F-42

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
     
Other Postretirement Benefits
 
     
Year Ended December 31,
 
      2010     2009     2008  
(Dollars in thousands)
                   
Components of net periodic postretirement costs:
                   
Service cost
    $ 52     $ 49     $ 56  
Interest cost
      139       124       123  
Amortization of prior service costs
      (48 )     (47 )     (48 )
Recognized net loss
      -       -       -  
Net periodic benefit cost
      143       126       131  
                           
Change in Benefit Obligation Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income:
                         
Net loss (gain)
      121       149       (45 )
Amortization of prior service (credit) cost
      48       47       48  
Adjustment for change in measurement date
      0       0       12  
Total recognized in other comprehensive income
      169       196       15  
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income (loss)
    $ 312     $ 322     $ 146  
 
The estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are as follows:
               
            Other Post  
            Retirement  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Pension Plans     Benefits  
Transition Obligation
  $ -     $ -  
Prior Service Cost
    (125 )     (48 )
Actuarial loss (gain)
    407       -  
 
 
F-43

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Assumptions
 
The following table presents the significant actuarial assumptions used in preparing the required disclosures:
             
   
Pension Benefits
   
Other Postretirement Benefits
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2010
   
2009
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine funding status:
                       
Discount rate (1)
    5.50 %     6.00 %     5.65 %     6.00 %
Expected return on plan assets (2)
    7.75 %     7.75 %     -       -  
Rate of compensation increase (2)
    4.50 %     4.50 %     -       -  
                                 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs:
                               
                                 
Discount rate
    6.00 %     6.00 %     5.65 %     6.00 %
Expected return on plan assets (2)
    7.75 %     7.75 %     -       -  
Rate of compensation increase (2)
    4.50 %     4.50 %     -       -  
                                 
   (1)  Weighted average discount rate for the supplemental retirement plan was 5.00% for the year ended December 31, 2010.  
                                 
   (2)  Rates not applicable to the supplemental retirement plan.  
 
Health Care Trend Assumptions
       
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
    10.00 %     10.00 %
Rate that the cost trend rate gradually declines to
    5.00 %     5.00 %
Year that the rate reaches the rate it is assumed to remain at
    2021       2019  
 
Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for health care plans. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:
           
   
Effect of a Change in the Health Care Cost Trend Rates
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
    1 Percentage     1 Percentage     1 Percentage     1 Percentage  
 
  Point Increase     Point Decrease     Point Increase     Point Decrease  
                                 
(Dollars in thousands)
                               
Effect on total of service and interest components
  $ 22     $ (18 )   $ 19     $ (16 )
                                 
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
    264       (221 )     258       (214 )
 
 
F-44

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Plan Assets
 
Fair value estimates are made as of a specific point in time based on the characteristics of the financial instruments and relevant market information. In accordance with FASB ASC 820, the fair value estimates are measured within the fair value hierarchy. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements).
 
Basis of Fair Value Measurement
 
 
Level 1   —
Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
 
Level 2   —
Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
 
Level 3   —
Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
 
When available, quoted market prices are used. In other cases, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. These techniques involve uncertainties and are significantly affected by the assumptions used and judgments made regarding risk characteristics of various financial instruments, discount rates, estimates of future cash flows, future expected loss experience and other factors. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect these estimates. Derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in certain cases, could not be realized in an immediate sale of the instrument.
 
Fair value estimates are based on existing financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not purport to represent the underlying market value of the plan.
 
 
F-45

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2010 by asset category are listed in the table below:
                   
   
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   
Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
Investments in pooled separate accounts
  $ -     $ 13,676     $ -  
 
The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2009 by asset category are listed in the table below:
                   
   
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   
Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
Investments in pooled separate accounts
  $ -     $
12,580
    $ -  
 
The fair value of the pooled separate accounts reflected above is the net asset value (NAV) of the securities held by the plan at year end for both periods presented.
 
Investment Strategy and Asset Allocations
 
Plan assets are to be managed within an ERISA framework so as to provide the greatest probability that the following long-term objectives for the qualified pension plan are met in a prudent manner. The Company recognizes that, for any given time period, the attainment of these objectives is in large part dictated by the returns available from the capital markets in which plan assets are invested.
 
The asset allocation of plan assets reflects the Company’s long-term return expectations and risk tolerance in meeting the financial objectives of the plan. Plan assets should be adequately diversified by asset class, sector and industry to reduce the downside risk to total plan results over short-term time periods, while providing opportunities for long-term appreciation. The Company’s Human Resource Committee reserves the right to rebalance the assets at any time it deems it to be prudent.
 
 
F-46

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan’s weighted-average asset allocations and the Plan’s long-term allocation structure by asset category are as follows:
             
   
Actual Percentage of Fair Value
       
   
At December 31,
   
Target
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
Allocation
 
Money market funds
    54 %     62 %     5-15%  
Stock funds
    26 %     18 %     30-70%  
Bond funds
    20 %     20 %     30-70%  
Total
    100 %     100 %        
 
Expected Contributions
 
The Company contributed $1.0 million to the qualified defined benefit plan for the year ended December 31, 2010. Since the supplemental plan and the postretirement benefit plans are unfunded, the expected employer contributions for the year ending December 31, 2010 is equal to the Company’s estimated future benefit payment liabilities less any participant contributions.
 
Expected Benefit Payments
 
The following is a summary of benefit payments expected to be paid by the non-contributory defined benefit pension plans (dollars in thousands):

2011
  $ 776  
2012
    843  
2013
    898  
2014
    922  
2015
    991  
Years 2016 - 2020
    5,761  
 
The following is a summary of benefit payments expected to be paid by the medical, dental and life insurance plan (dollars in thousands):

2011
  $ 121  
2012
    125  
2013
    131  
2014
    140  
2015
    155  
Years 2016 - 2020
    852  
 
401(k) Plan
 
Employees who have completed one year of service and have attained the age of 21 are eligible to participate in the Company’s defined contribution savings plan (“401(k) plan”).  Eligible employees may contribute an unlimited amount (not to exceed IRS limits) of their compensation. The Company may make matching contributions of 100% of the participant’s deferral not to exceed 4% of the participant’s compensation. Contributions by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010, and 2009, were $ 562,000, and $ 492,000, respectively.  On January 1, 2007, the Company made several significant changes to the 401(k) plan:  1) implemented a Safe Harbor provision, which provides a match of 100% for the first 4% of employee contribution and eliminated the   vesting schedule for monies matched after January 1, 2007; 2) announced their plan to exercise a discretionary employer contribution which would range from 0% to 11% based on profits and determined by the Board of Directors and management (subject to a vesting schedule) and 3) the definition of compensation was changed to W-2 compensation and the entry dates were changed to quarterly from semi-annual.
 
 
F-47

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Supplemental Plans
 
The Company has entered into agreements with certain current and retired executives to provide supplemental retirement benefits.  The present values of these future payments, not included in the previous table, are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the statements of condition.  As of December  31 2010 and 2009, the accrued supplemental retirement liability was $ 1.2 million and $ 924,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 net expense for these supplemental retirement benefits was $ 452,000, $92,000, and $ 59,000, respectively.
 
11.
Income Taxes
 
The components of the income tax provision (benefit) are as follows:

   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
Current provision
                 
Federal
  $ 3,302     $ 1,079     $ 2,806  
State
    7       4       4  
      3,309       1,083       2,810  
Deferred benefit
                       
Federal
    (1,207 )     (908 )     (2,197 )
State
    -       -       -  
      (1,207 )     (908 )     (2,197 )
Total provision for income taxes
  $ 2,102     $ 175     $ 613  
 
 
F-48

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The following is a reconciliation of the expected federal statutory tax to the income tax provision as reported in the statements of income:
       
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
Income tax expense at statutory federal tax rate
  $ 2,370     $ 361     $ 870  
Dividends received deduction
    (90 )     (99 )     (111 )
State income taxes
    5       3       3  
Changes in cash surrender value of life insurance
    (227 )     (166 )     (177 )
Other - net
    44       76       28  
Income tax provision as reported
  $ 2,102     $ 175     $ 613  
 
The components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets are as follows:
       
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
(Dollars in thousands)
           
Deferred tax assets
           
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 7,050     $ 5,266  
Accrued pension and postretirement benefits
    3,514       2,588  
Deferred compensation
    2,037       1,833  
Other than temporary impairment on securities available-for-sale
    990       1,083  
Allowance for off-balance sheet provision
    89       345  
Fixed assets
    -       -  
Investment in partnerships
    486       474  
Other
    667       394  
Gross deferred tax assets
    14,833       11,983  
Valuation reserve
    -       -  
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 14,833     $ 11,983  
Deferred tax liabilities
               
Net origination fees
    1,404       1,221  
Available for sale mark to market
    572       1,391  
Fixed assets
    1,251       781  
Bond discount accretion
    74       178  
Other
    124       39  
Gross deferred tax liabilities
    3,425       3,610  
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 11,408     $ 8,373  
 
 
F-49

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The allocation of deferred tax expense (benefit) involving items charged to current year income and items charged directly to capital are as follows:

   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
Federal
   
Federal
 
(Dollars in thousands)
           
Deferred tax benefit allocated to capital
  $ (1,828 )   $ 1,120  
Deferred tax benefit (expense) allocated to income
    (1,207 )     (908 )
Total change in deferred taxes
  $ (3,035 )   $ 212  
 
The Company will only recognize a deferred tax asset when, based upon available evidence, realization is more likely than not.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company has not recorded a valuation allowance against the federal deferred tax assets.
 
During 1999, the Bank formed a subsidiary, Farmington Savings Loan Servicing Inc., which qualifies and operates as a Connecticut passive investment company pursuant to legislation enacted in May 1998.  Income earned by a passive investment company is exempt from Connecticut corporation business tax.  In addition, dividends paid by Farmington Savings Loan Servicing, Inc. to its parent, Farmington Bank are also exempt from corporation business tax.  The Bank expects the passive investment company to earn sufficient income to eliminate Connecticut income taxes in future years.  As such, no state deferred tax assets or liabilities have been recorded.
 
The Company has not provided deferred taxes for the tax reserve for bad debts, of approximately $3.4 million, that arose in tax years beginning before 1987 because it is expected that the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 593 will be met in the foreseeable future.
 
The Company had no uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities for the years ended December 31, 2006 through 2009.
 
 
F-50

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
12.
Lease Commitments
 
The Company’s headquarters and certain of the Company’s branch offices are leased under non-cancelable operating leases, which expire at various dates through the year 2025.  Various leases have renewal options of up to an additional fifteen years.  Payments on four of the leases are subject to an escalating payment schedule.  The future minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 2010 for these leases are as follows:
       
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
 
(Dollars in thousands)
     
2011
  $ 1,951  
2012
    1,997  
2013
    2,069  
2014
    1,994  
2015
    1,895  
Thereafter
    8,227  
    $ 18,133  
 
Total rental expense for all leases amounted to $ 2.1 million , $929,000 and $778,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
13.
  Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
 
The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit.  Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated statement of condition.  The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.
 
 
F-51

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.  The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.  Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk are as follows:
 
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
(Dollars in thousands)
           
Approved loan commitments
  $ 26,409     $ 41,518  
Approved resort commitments
    19,000       -  
Unadvanced portion of construction loans
    20,290       49,945  
Unadvanced portion of resort loans
    23,602       -  
Unused lines for home equity loans
    80,410       70,245  
Unused revolving lines of credit
    355       347  
Unused commercial letters of credit
    9,885       4,513  
Unused commercial lines of credit
    54,048       53,304  
    $ 233,999     $ 219,872  
 
Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk had a valuation allowance of $ 242,000 and $258,000 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.  Collateral held is primarily residential property.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had no off balance sheet special purpose entities and participated in no securitizations of assets.
 
14.
Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
The Company primarily grants commercial, residential and consumer loans to customers located within its primary market area in the state of Connecticut.  The majority of the Company’s loan portfolio is comprised of commercial and residential mortgages.  The Company has no negative amortization or option adjustable rate mortgage loans.
 
15.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
FASB ASC 825-10, Fair Value of Financial Instruments , requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the consolidated statements of condition, for which it is practicable to estimate that value.  In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.  Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument.  FASB ASC 825-10 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.
 
 
F-52

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosure for financial instruments:
 
Cash and cash equivalents :  The carrying amounts reported in the statement of condition for cash and cash equivalents approximate those assets’ fair values.
 
Investment securities:   Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices, where available.  If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.
 
Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock :  The fair value of stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston is assumed to approximate its cost.
 
Loans :  In general, discount rates used to calculate values for loan products were based on the Company’s pricing at the respective year end and included appropriate adjustments for expected credit losses.  A higher discount rate was assumed with respect to estimated cash flows associated with nonaccrual loans.  Projected loan cash flows were adjusted for estimated credit losses.  However, such estimates made by the Company may not be indicative of assumptions and adjustments that a purchaser of the Company’s loans would seek.
 
Accrued interest:   The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates its fair value.
 
Interest Rate Swap Derivative Receivable: Interest rate swap derivatives not designated as hedges are measured at fair value.
 
Deposits :  The fair values disclosed for demand deposits and savings accounts (e.g., interest and noninterest checking and passbook savings) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts).  The carrying amounts for variable-rate, fixed-term certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at the reporting date.  Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregate expected monthly maturities of time deposits.
 
Borrowed funds:   The fair value for borrowed funds are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of agreements.
 
Repurchase liability:   Repurchase liabilities represent a short-term customer sweep account product.  Because of the short-term nature of these liabilities, the carrying amount approximates its market value.
 
Interest Rate Swap Derivative Liability: Interest rate swap derivatives not designated as hedges are measured at fair value.
 
ASC 825-10 defines the fair value of demand deposits as the amount payable on demand and prohibits adjusting fair value for any value derived from retaining those deposits for an expected future period of time.  That component is commonly referred to as a deposit base intangible.  This intangible asset is neither considered in the above fair value amounts nor is it recorded as an intangible asset in the consolidated statements of condition.
 
 
F-53

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The following table presents a comparison of the carrying value and estimated fair value of the Company ’ s financial instruments:
                         
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
    Carrying
Amount
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    Carrying
Amount
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
Financial assets
                       
Cash and due from banks
  $ 18,608     $ 18,608     $ 23,299     $ 23,299  
Federal funds sold
    -       -       5,000       5,000  
Securities held-to-maturity
    3,672       3,672       3,010       3,011  
Securities available-for-sale
    163,008       163,008       121,350       121,350  
Loans held for sale
    862       862       -       -  
Loans
    1,176,454       1,179,012       1,054,426       1,044,331  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    7,449       7,449       7,449       7,449  
Accrued interest receivable
    4,227       4,227       4,223       4,223  
Interest rate swap derivative receivable
    1,771       1,771       93       93  
                                 
Financial liabilities
                               
Deposits
                               
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
    150,186       150,186       128,884       128,884  
Savings accounts
    129,122       129,122       119,491       119,491  
Money market
    158,232       158,232       146,906       146,906  
Time deposits
    453,677       456,147       446,705       453,972  
NOW accounts
    217,151       217,151       151,770       151,770  
Club accounts
    137       137       130       130  
FHLB advances
    71,000       72,779       62,000       63,302  
Repurchase agreement borrowings
    21,000       20,939       21,000       20,973  
Mortgagors escrow accounts
    9,717       9,717       8,894       8,894  
Repurchase liabilities
    84,029       84,029       50,086       50,086  
Interest rate swap derivative liability
    1,771       1,771       93       93  
 
 
F-54

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
16.
Regulatory Matters
 
The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
 
Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Company’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to quantitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).
 
Management believes, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 that the Company meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.  As of December 31, 2010, the Company was categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for Prompt Corrective Action.
 
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorizes the Company as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as well capitalized, the Company must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table.  There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.
 
 
F-55

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank are also presented in the table:
                                     
    Actual     Minimum Required for
Capital Adequacy
Purposes
   
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
                                     
Farmington Bank:
                                   
                                     
At December 31, 2010 -
                                   
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
  $ 110,772       10.27 %   $ 86,309       8.00 %   $ 107,886       10.00 %
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    97,194       9.01       43,155       4.00       64,732       6.00  
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)
    97,194       6.47       60,078       4.00       75,097       5.00  
                                                 
At December 31, 2009 -
                                               
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
  $ 104,877       10.47 %   $ 80,135       8.00 %   $ 100,169       10.00 %
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    92,425       9.22       40,098       4.00       60,146       6.00  
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)
    92,425       7.37       50,163       4.00       62,704       5.00  
                                                 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.:
                                               
                                                 
At December 31, 2010 -
                                               
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
  $ 110,872       10.28 %   $ 86,309       8.00 %   $ 107,886       10.00 %
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    97,294       9.02       43,155       4.00       64,732       6.00  
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)
    97,294       6.48       60,097       4.00       75,121       5.00  
                                                 
At December 31, 2009 -
                                               
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
  $ 104,977       10.48 %   $ 80,135       8.00 %   $ 100,169       10.00 %
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    92,525       9.23       40,098       4.00       60,146       6.00  
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)
    92,525       7.37       50,217       4.00       62,771       5.00  
 
 
F-56

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
17.
Other Comprehensive Income
 
The following table represents the components of comprehensive income and other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 :
   
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
Net income
  $ 4,869     $ 889     $ 1,946  
Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax
                       
    Unrealized (losses) gains on securities:                        
Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during the period
    (4,095 )     3,627       6,876  
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) included in net income
    1,686       (160 )     (5,206 )
Net change in unrealized (losses) gains
    (2,409 )     3,467       1,670  
Change related to employee benefit plans
    (2,968 )     (253 )     (2,496 )
Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax
    (5,377 )     3,214       (826 )
Income tax benefit (expense)
    1,828       (1,093 )     281  
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
    (3,549 )     2,121       (545 )
                         
Comprehensive income
  $ 1,320     $ 3,010     $ 1,401  
 
18.
Legal Actions
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings.  After reviewing pending and threatened actions with legal counsel, the Company believes that the outcome of such actions will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements
 
 
F-57

 
 
19.
Parent Company Statements
 
The following represents the Parent Company’s statements of condition as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 :
 
Statements of Condition
 
   
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
(Dollars in thousands)
           
             
Assets
           
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 100     $ 100  
Investment in Farmington Bank
    94,893       93,573  
Total assets
  $ 94,993     $ 93,673  
                 
Liabilities and shareholder’s equity
               
Shareholder’s equity
  $ 94,993     $ 93,673  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 94,993     $ 93,673  
 
Income Statements
 
   
For the Year Ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
    2009     2008  
                         
(Dollars in thousands)
                       
                         
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries   $ 4,869     $ 889     $ 1,946  
Net income
  $ 4,869     $ 889     $ 1,946  
 
 
F-58

 
 
Statements of Cash Flows
 
   
For the Year Ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
(Dollars in thousands)
                 
                   
Cash flows from operating activities:
                 
Net income
  $ 4,869     $ 889     $ 1,946  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activites:
                       
Equity in undistributed net income of Farmington Bank
    (4,869 )     (889 )     (1,946 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    -       -       -  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    -       -       -  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    100       100       100  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 100     $ 100     $ 100  
 
 
20.
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Non-Hedge Accounting Derivatives/Non-designated Hedges:
 
The Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. Interest rate swap derivatives not designated as hedges are offered to certain qualifying commercial customers and to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements but do not meet the strict hedge accounting under FASB ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. The interest rate swap agreements enables these customers to synthetically fix the interest rate on variable interest rate loans. The customers pay a variable rate and enter into a fixed rate swap agreement with the Company. The credit risk associated with the interest rate swap derivatives executed with these customers is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans and is subject to our normal credit policies. The Company obtains collateral based upon its assessment of the customers’ credit quality. Generally, interest rate swap agreements are offered to “pass” rated customers requesting long-term commercial loans or commercial mortgages in amounts of at least $1.0 million. The interest rate swap agreement with our customers is cross-collateralized by the loan collateral . The interest rate swap agreements do not have any embedded interest rate caps or floors.
 
For every variable interest rate swap agreement entered into with a commercial customer, the Company simultaneously enters into a fixed rate interest rate swap agreement with a correspondent bank, PNC, agreeing to pay a fixed income stream and receive a variable interest rate swap. The Company is required to collateralize the fair value of its derivative liability. As of December 31, 2010, the Company maintained a cash balance of $ 50,000 with PNC and pledged a mortgage backed security with a fair value of $ 413,000 to collateralize our position. The Company’s agreement with PNC will require PNC to collateralize their position at an agreed upon threshold based upon their investor rating at the time should the Company’s liability to them ever become a receivable. As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s agreement would require PNC to secure any outstanding receivable in excess of $10.0 million.
 
Credit-risk-related Contingent Features
 
The Company’s agreement with PNC, its derivative counterparty, contains the following provisions:
 
 
 
If the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations;
 
 
 
If the Company fails to maintain its status as a well/adequately capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions, and the Company would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements;
 
 
F-59

 
 
 
 
if the Company fails to maintain a specified minimum leverage ratio, then the Company could be declared in default on its derivative obligations; and
 
 
 
if a specified event or condition occurs that materially changes the Company’s creditworthiness in an adverse manner, it may be required to fully collateralize its obligations under the derivative instrument.

If the Company had breached any of the above provisions at December 31, 2010, it would have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at termination value of $ 413,000 which would have fully utilized the $50,000 in cash collateral and required an additional payment of $363,000 and would have resulted in the release of the Company’s pledged mortgage backed security with a fair value of $413,000.

The Company has established a derivative policy which sets forth the parameters for such transactions (including underwriting guidelines, rate setting process, maximum maturity, approval and documentation requirements), as well as identifies internal controls for the management of risks related to these hedging activities (such as approval of counterparties, limits on counterparty credit risk, maximum loan amounts, and limits to single dealer counterparties).

The interest rate swap derivatives executed with our customers and our counterparty, PNC, are marked to market and are included with prepaid expenses and other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities on our consolidated statements of condition at fair value. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had the following outstanding interest rate swaps that were not designated for hedge accounting:
 
             
December 31, 2010
         
December 31, 2009
 
   
Consolidated
 
# of
   
Notional
   
Estimated
   
# of
   
Notional
   
Estimated
 
   
Balance Sheet
 
Instruments
   
Amount
   
Fair Values
   
Instruments
   
Amount
   
Fair Values
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                                       
                                         
Commercial loan customer interest rate swap position
 
Other Assets
    9     $ 42,289     $ 1,771       3     $ 17,136     $ 93  
                                                     
Commercial loan customer interest rate swap position
 
Other Liabilities
    10       44,779       (1,497 )     3       17,899       (54 )
                                                     
Counterparty interest rate swap position
 
Other Liabilities
    19       87,068       (274 )     6       35,035       (39 )
 
 
F-60

 
 
The Company recorded the changes in the fair value of non-hedge accounting derivatives as a component of other noninterest income except for interest received and paid which is reported in interest income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as follows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
Interest Income
recorded in
Interest Income
   
MTM (loss)
Gain recorded
in Noninterest
income
   
Net Impact
   
Interest
Income
recorded in
Interest
Income
   
MTM (loss)
Gain recorded
in Noninterest
income
   
Net Impact
   
Interest
Income
recorded in
Interest
Income
   
MTM (loss)
Gain recorded
in Noninterest
income
   
Net Impact
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                                                     
                                                       
Commercial loan customer interest rate swap position
  $ 1,529     $ -     $ 1,529     $ 270     $ -     $ 270     $ -     $ -     $ -  
                                                                         
Counterparty interest rate swap position
    (1,529 )     -       (1,529 )     (270 )     -       (270 )     -       -       -  
                                                                         
Total
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
 
21.
Subsequent Events and Other Matters

Management has determined that no subsequent events have occurred following the balance sheet date of December 31, 2010, which require recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.
 
Amounts in prior period financial statements were reclassified to conform with the current year presentation due to immaterial classification errors identified by management.

New disclosures were provided to comply with SEC financial reporting and the Accounting Standard Codification guidelines for public companies. New required disclosures were included in the Credit Arrangement footnote 8, additional disclosures for public companies were added to the Pension and Other Post Retirement Plans footnote 10, subsidiary ratios were added to the Regulatory Matters footnote 16 and a new footnote was added to report Parent Company Statements in footnote 19.

Related party loan disclosures were added to loan footnote 5.  In addition, deposit maturities for deposit accounts greater than $100,000 and contractual deposit maturities for time deposits were added to the deposit footnote 9.
 
 
F-61

 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this document or that to which we have referred you. No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. or Farmington Bank. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. or Farmington Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.
 
Up to 14,950,000 Shares of Common Stock
(Subject to increase to up to 17,192,500 shares)
 
$10.00 per Share
 
(FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC. LOGO)
 
(Proposed Holding Company for Farmington Bank)
 
PROSPECTUS
 
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
 
[Prospectus Date]
 
Until [expiration date] or 25 days after commencement of the syndicated community offering, if any, whichever is later, all dealers effecting transactions in the registered securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver the prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
 
 

 
 
PART II                      INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
   
Amount *
 
*Filing Fees (Conn. Banking Commissioner, FINRA and SEC)
 
$
35,000
 
*NASDAQ listing fee
   
125,000
 
*EDGAR, printing, postage and mailing
   
300,000
 
*Legal fees and expenses
   
550,000
 
*Accounting fees and expenses
   
425,000
 
*Appraiser’s fees and expenses
   
100,000
 
*Securities marketing firm expenses (including legal fees)
   
150,000
 
*Marketing Agent (1)
   
1,625,210
 
*Conversion agent fees and expenses
   
100,000
 
*Business plan fees and expenses
   
55,000
 
*Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
   
25,000
 
*Certificate printing
   
10,000
 
*Miscellaneous
   
25,000
 
*TOTAL
 
$
3,525,210
 


* Estimated
(1) Farmington Bank has retained Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc. to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis in the offerings. Fees based on the offering of 17,192,500 shares at $10.00 per share and assume that 100% of the shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate purchase price of shares sold in the subscription and community offering, excluding shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan and directors, officers and employees of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. and members of their immediate families. In the event any shares are not sold in the subscription and community offering, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., and other selected dealers will receive aggregate fees of up to 5.5% of the aggregate price of shares sold in a syndicated community offering, if any.
 
Item 14.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
Articles 10 and 11 of the Articles of Incorporation of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:
 
ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.
 
A.             Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”) now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

B.             Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met, and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
 
 
II-1

 
 
C.             Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or action by the Board of Directors, or otherwise.
 
D.             Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.
 
E.             Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.
 
F.             Limitations Imposed by Federal Law . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law.

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.
 
ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability.
 
An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
 
Item 15.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
Not Applicable.
 
 
II-2

 
 
Item 16.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:
 
The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed (unless otherwise noted) as part of this registration statement are as follows:
 
(a)           List of Exhibits
 
The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed (unless otherwise noted) as part of this registration statement are as follows:
 
 
(a)
List of Exhibits
 
1.1
Engagement Letter between Farmington Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. *
1.2
Agency Agreement by and between Farmington Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.* *
2.1
Amended and Restated Plan of Conversion and Reorganization    
3.1
Certificate of Incorporation of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc ., as amended
3.2
Bylaws of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. *
4.1
Form of Common Stock Certificate of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
5.1
Opinion of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP regarding legality of securities being registered *
8.1
Form of Tax Opinion of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP
10.1
Phantom Stock Plan of Farmington Bank *
10.2
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of Farmington Bank *
10.3
Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Employees *
10.4
First Amendment to Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Employees *
10.5
Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees *
10.6
Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreement between Farmington Bank and John J. Patrick, Jr. *
10.7
Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreement between Farmington Bank and Gregory A. White *
10.8
Farmington Savings Bank Defined Benefit Employees’ Pension Plan as amended
10.9
Annual Incentive Compensation Plan *
10.10
Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement between John J. Patrick, Jr. and Gregory A. White *
10.11
Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement between Michael T. Schweighoffer and Farmington Bank *
10.12
Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement between Gregory A. White and Farmington Bank *
21.1
Subsidiaries of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. and Farmington Bank *
23.1
Consent of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)
23.2
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.3
Consent of RP Financial, LC. *
24
Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1
Appraisal Agreement between Farmington Bank and RP Financial, LC. *
99.2
Business Plan Agreement between Farmington Bank and FinPro, Inc. *
99.3
Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC. *
99.3.1
Appraisal Update Report of RP Financial, LC.
99.4
Marketing Materials
99.5
Stock Order and Certification Form
99.6
Letter of RP Financial, LC. regarding subscription rights *
99.7
Letter of RP Financial, LC. regarding liquidation accounts *

*
Previously filed.
* *
To be filed supplementally.
 
(b)
Financial Statement Schedules
 
No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.
 
Item 17.
Undertakings
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes: 
 
(1)          To file, during any period in which it offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
 
(i)
To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
 
(ii)
To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

 
(iii)
To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
(2)          That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3)          To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
 
II-3

 
 
(4)          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(5)          That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:
 
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
 
(i)
Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);
 
 
(ii)
Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
 
(iii)
The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
 
(iv)
Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(6)          That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(7)          That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(8)          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
 
II-4

 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the Town of Farmington, State of Connecticut on March 28, 2011.
       
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ John J. Patrick, Jr.
   
John J. Patrick, Jr.
 
   
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
We, the undersigned directors and officers of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (the “FCB”) hereby severally constitute and appoint John J. Patrick, Jr. as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said John J. Patrick, Jr. may deem necessary or advisable to enable us to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of FCB’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said John J. Patrick, Jr. shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signatures
 
Title
 
Date
         
/s/ John J. Patrick
 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
March 28, 2011
John J. Patrick, Jr.
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
   
         
/s/ Gregory A. White
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
March 28, 2011
Gregory A. White
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
   
         
/s/ Kimberly Rozanski Ruppert
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
 
March 28, 2011
Kimberly Rozanski Ruppert
 
(Principal Accounting Officer)
   
         
/s/ Ronald A. Bucchi
 
Director
 
March 28, 2011
Ronald A. Bucchi
       
         
/s/ John Carson
 
Director
 
March 28, 2011
John Carson
       
         
/s/ David M. Drew
 
Director
 
March 28, 2011
David M. Drew
       
         
/s/ Robert F. Edmunds, Jr.
 
Director
 
March 28, 2011
Robert F. Edmunds, Jr.
       
         
/s/ Kevin S. Ray
 
Director
 
March 28, 2011
Kevin S. Ray
       
         
/s/ Michael A. Ziebka
 
Director
 
March 28, 2011
Michael A. Ziebka        
 
 
II-5

 
 
     
1
.1
Engagement Letter between Farmington Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. *
1
.2
Agency Agreement by and between Farmington Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.* *
2
.1
Amended and Restated Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
3
.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
3
.2
Bylaws of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. *
4
.1
Form of Common Stock Certificate of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
5
.1
Opinion of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP regarding legality of securities being registered *
8
.1
Form of Tax Opinion of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP
10
.1
Phantom Stock Plan of Farmington Bank *
10
.2
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of Farmington Bank *
10
.3
Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Employees *
10
.4
First Amendment to Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Employees *
10
.5
Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees *
10
.6
Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreement between Farmington Bank and John J. Patrick, Jr. *
10
.7
Life Insurance Premium Reimbursement Agreement between Farmington Bank and Gregory A. White *
10
.8
Farmington Savings Bank Defined Benefit Employees’ Pension Plan, as amended
10
.9
Annual Incentive Compensation Plan *
10
.10
Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement between John J. Patrick, Jr. and Gregory A. White *
10
.11
Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement between Michael T. Schweighoffer and Farmington Bank *
10
.12
Supplemental Retirement Plan Participation Agreement between Gregory A. White and Farmington Bank *
21
.1
Subsidiaries of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. and Farmington Bank *
23
.1
Consent of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)
23
.2
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23
.3
Consent of RP Financial, LC. *
24
 
Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99
.1
Appraisal Agreement between Farmington Bank and RP Financial, LC. *
99
.2
Business Plan Agreement between Farmington Bank and FinPro, Inc. *
99
.3
Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC. *
99
.3.1
Appraisal Update Report of RP Financial, LC.
99
.4
Marketing Materials
99
.5
Stock Order and Certification Form
99
.6
Letter of RP Financial, LC. regarding subscription rights *
99
.7
Letter of RP Financial, LC. regarding liquidation accounts *
 
*
Previously filed.
**
To be filed supplementally.
 
 
II-6
 

Exhibit 2.1
 
PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

of

FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.

and

FARMINGTON BANK

January 25, 2011

Amended and Restated as of March 22, 2011

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
PAGE
1.
Introduction
 
1
2.
Definitions
 
2
3.
General Procedure for Conversion
 
6
4.
Total Number of Shares and Purchase Price of Conversion Stock
 
8
5.
Subscription Rights of Eligible Account Holders (First Priority)
 
9
6.
Subscription Rights of Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans (Second Priority)
 
9
7.
Subscription Rights of Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (Third Priority)
 
10
8.
Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering, Public Offering and Other Offerings
 
10
9.
Limitations on Subscriptions and Purchases of Conversion Stock
 
12
10.
Timing of Subscription Offering; Manner of Exercising Subscription Rights and Order Forms
 
13
11.
Payment for Conversion Stock
 
15
12.
Expiration of Subscription Rights; Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Forms; Insufficient Payment
 
16
13.
Participants in Nonqualified Jurisdictions or Foreign Countries
 
17
14.
Voting Rights of Shareholders
 
17
15.
Liquidation Account
 
17
16.
Transfer of Deposit Accounts
 
19
17.
Requirements Following the Conversion for Registration, Market Making and Stock Exchange Listing
 
19
18.
Restriction on Transfer of Conversion Stock by Officers and Directors
 
20
19.
Restriction on Acquisitions of Conversion Stock
 
20
20.
Stock Compensation Plans
 
21
21.
Dividend and Repurchase Restrictions on Stock
 
21
22.
Effective Date
 
22
23.
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
22
24.
Establishment and Funding of Charitable Foundation
 
22
25.
Amendment or Termination of the Plan
 
23
26.
Interpretation of the Plan
 
23
 
 
i

 
 
1.            INTRODUCTION.
 
This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “ Plan ”) provides for the conversion and reorganization of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company (the “ Mutual Holding Company ”), into the stock holding company form of organization (the “ Conversion ”). The Mutual Holding Company currently owns 100.0% of the common stock of Farmington Bank, a Connecticut-chartered capital stock bank (the “ Bank ”). This Plan provides for the formation of a new stock holding company (the “ Holding Company ”) to succeed to all of the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company. In addition, the Holding Company will offer the Holding Company Common Stock in a series of Offerings upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Plan. Upon completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company will own 100.0% of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank. In furtherance of the Bank’s commitment to its community, this Plan also provides for the establishment and funding of a charitable foundation, Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. (the “ Foundation ”). The Holding Company intends to contribute a number of shares of its authorized but unissued Common Stock equal to 4.0% of the shares of Common Stock issued in the Offerings to the Foundation.

The purpose of converting to the fully public stock form of ownership and conducting the Offerings at this time is to provide the Bank with additional capital to (i) support its organic strategic growth plans; (ii) maintain a strong capital position by exceeding regulatory guidelines; (iii) achieve enhanced profitability by growing its assets and otherwise positioning it to successfully compete in a competitive financial services marketplace; (iv) increase franchise and stockholder value; (v) expand products and services to meet the needs of its customers; (vi) allow it to continue to retain and attract talented and experienced employees through stock based compensation; and (vii) increase its philanthropic endeavors to the communities it serves through the formation and funding of the Foundation.

This Plan has been adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Bank and shall be adopted by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company after it is formed.  The Plan must be approved by at least (i) a majority of the total voting power of the Corporators eligible to vote and (ii) a majority of Independent Corporators, who shall constitute not less than 60.0% of the total voting power of the Corporators. The Conversion also must be approved by the Commissioner and is subject to review and non-objection by the FDIC. In addition, the Bank must receive final approval from the FRB to allow Farmington Holdings, Inc., the mid-tier holding company to be formed in connection with the Conversion in accordance with this Plan, and the Holding Company to become bank holding companies and own 100.0% of the Bank’s capital stock.

The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or customers of the Bank.  Upon consummation of the Conversion, the Bank will continue to be regulated by the Department of Banking, as its chartering authority, and by the FDIC.  In addition, the Bank will continue to be a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System and all insured savings deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC up the maximum limit provided by law.
 
 
1

 
 
2.             DEFINITIONS.

As used in this Plan, the terms set forth below have the following meanings:
 
ACTING IN CONCERT means (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.  A Person that acts in concert with another Person shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any Person that is also acting in concert with that other Person, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan shall not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a Person that serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.  The determination of whether a group is Acting in Concert shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company or Officers delegated by such Board of Directors in accordance with Connecticut law and may be based on any evidence upon which the Board of Directors or such delegate chooses to rely, including, without limitation, joint account relationships or the fact that such Persons share a common address (whether or not related by blood or marriage) or have filed Joint 13D or Schedules 13G with the SEC with respect to other companies. Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert solely as a result of their membership on any such board or boards.

AFFILIATE means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

APPLICATION means the application, including a copy of the Plan, submitted to the Commissioner for approval of the Conversion.

ASSOCIATE , when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) a corporation or organization (other than the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank or the Holding Company, or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank) if the Person is an officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10.0% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization; (ii) a trust or other estate if the Person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate, provided, however, that such term does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or a fiduciary; and (iii) any Person who is related by blood or marriage to such Person and who lives in the same home as such Person, or who is a Director or senior Officer of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank or any of their subsidiaries.

BANK means Farmington Bank, a stock bank organized under the laws of Connecticut.

BANK COMMON STOCK means the common stock of the Bank, par value $0.01 per share, which stock is not and will not be insured by the FDIC or other governmental authority, all of which is currently held by the Mutual Holding Company and subsequent to the Conversion, all of which will be held by the Holding Company.

BANK LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT means the Liquidation Account established in the Bank in connection with the Conversion.

CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

COMMISSIONER means the Banking Commissioner of the State of Connecticut.

CONTROL (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
 
 
2

 

CONVERSION means the series of transactions provided for in this Plan. All such transactions shall occur substantially simultaneously.

CONVERSION STOCK means the Holding Company Common Stock to be issued and sold in the Offerings pursuant to the Plan.

CORPORATOR means a Person qualifying as a corporator of the Mutual Holding Company in accordance with the Mutual Holding Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the laws of the State of Connecticut.

CORPORATORS’ MEETING means a special meeting of the Corporators called for the purpose of submitting this Plan to the Corporators for their approval.

DEPARTMENT OF BANKING means the State of Connecticut Department of Banking.

DEPOSIT ACCOUNT means an account maintained at the Bank into which deposits may be made, but does not include a tax and loan account, note account, United State Treasury General Account, United States Treasury Time Deposit Open Account or an escrow account established pursuant to section 49-2a of the Connecticut General Statutes.

DEPOSITOR means any Person who is legally entitled to withdraw funds from a Deposit Account.

DIRECTOR refers to the directors of the Mutual Holding Company, Bank or the Holding Company, as indicated by the context.

ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDER means any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining Subscription Rights and establishing subaccount balances in the Liquidation Account.

ELIGIBILITY RECORD DATE means the date for determining Eligible Account Holders and is the close of business on December 31, 2009.

ESOP means the Farmington Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

ESTIMATED PRICE RANGE means the range of the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Offerings, as determined by the Independent Appraiser in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

FDIC means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor thereto.

FOUNDATION means the Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc.

FRB means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any successor thereto.

FRB APPLICATION means the application to be submitted to the FRB seeking the FRB’s prior approval to allow the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company to become bank holding companies and own 100% of the Bank’s capital stock.
 
 
3

 

HOLDING COMPANY means First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a stock corporation to be organized under the laws of the State of Maryland. Upon completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company shall hold all of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank.

HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK means the common stock of the Holding Company, $0.01 par value per share, which stock is not and will not be insured by the FDIC or any other governmental authority.

INDEPENDENT APPRAISER means the independent investment banking or financial consulting firm retained by the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock.

INDEPENDENT CORPORATOR means a Corporator who is not an employee, officer, director, trustee or significant borrower of the Mutual Holding Company or the Bank.

LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT means the account established by the Holding Company that represents the potential interest of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in exchange for their interest in the Mutual Holding Company in connection with the Conversion, as described in Section 15.

LOCAL COMMUNITY means (i) all towns, cities and counties in which the Bank has offices, (ii) each such town’s, city’s or county’s metropolitan statistical area, and (iii) all zip code areas in the Bank’s Community Reinvestment Act assessment area.

MARKET MAKER means a securities dealer who (i) regularly publishes bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations for the Holding Company Common Stock in a recognized inter-dealer quotation system, (ii) furnishes bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations for the Holding Company Common Stock on request, or (iii) may effect transactions for the Holding Company Common Stock in reasonable quantities at quoted prices with other brokers or dealers.

MID-TIER HOLDING COMPANY means Farmington Holding, Inc., a stock holding company to be organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut.

MID-TIER HOLDING COMPANY MERGER means the merger of the Mid-Tier Holding Company with and into the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the survivor, as described in the form of Plan of Merger attached hereto as Annex A-2 .

MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY means First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a mutual holding company organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut.

MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY MERGER means the merger of the Mutual Holding Company with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company, with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the survivor, as described in the form of Plan of Merger attached hereto as Annex-A-1 .

OFFERINGS means the offering of Conversion Stock to Persons in the Subscription Offering, the Community Offering, the Syndicated Community Offering and/or Public Offering.
 
 
4

 

OFFICER means the president, any vice-president (but not an assistant vice-president, second vice-president, or other vice president having authority similar to an assistant or second vice-president), the secretary, the treasurer, the comptroller, and any other person performing similar functions with respect to any organization whether incorporated or unincorporated.  The term Officer also includes the chairman of the Board of Directors if the chairman is authorized by the charter or bylaws of the organization to participate in its operating management or if the chairman in fact participates in such management.

ORDER FORM means the form or forms to be provided by the Holding Company, containing all such terms and provisions as set forth in Section 10 hereof, to a Participant or other Person by which Conversion Stock may be ordered in the Offerings.

PARTICIPANT means any Eligible Account Holder, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.

PERSON means an individual, company, including any corporation, joint stock company, trust, association, partnership, limited partnership, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or similar organization, or any other legal entity, including a federal, state or municipal government or agency or any political subdivision thereof.

PLAN means this Plan of Conversion and Reorganization as adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank and any amendment hereto as provided herein.

PRIMARY PARTIES means the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company.

PROSPECTUS means the one or more documents to be used in offering the Conversion Stock in the Offerings.

PUBLIC OFFERING means the offering for sale by the Underwriters to the general public of any shares of Holding Company Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering, the Community Offering or any Syndicated Community Offering.

PURCHASE PRICE means the price per share at which the Conversion Stock is sold by the Holding Company in the Offerings in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

QUALIFYING DEPOSIT means the aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.00, and (ii) a Supplemental Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.00.

SEC means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING means the offering of the shares of Conversion Stock through nontransferable subscription rights for purchase by Participants, under Sections 5, 6 and 7 of the Plan.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS mean nontransferable subscription rights distributed without payment to Participants pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDER means any Person (other than Directors and Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank or their Associates), holding a Qualifying Deposit at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.
 
 
5

 

SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBILITY RECORD DATE means the date for determining the Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, which date is the last day of the calendar quarter preceding the Commissioner’s approval of the Conversion and will only occur if the Commissioner has not approved the Conversion within 15 months of the Eligibility Record Date.
 
SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING means the offering for sale by a syndicate of broker-dealers to the general public of shares of Conversion Stock not purchased in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering.

TAX-QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE STOCK BENEFIT PLAN is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit sharing or other plan and which, with its related trust, is “qualified” under section 401 of the Code as from time to time in effect.

UNDERWRITER means any Person who has purchased from the Holding Company with a view to, or offers to sell for the Holding Company in connection with, the distribution of any security, or participates or has a direct or indirect participation in the direct or indirect underwriting of any such undertaking, but such term shall not include a Person whose interest is limited to a commission from an underwriter or dealer not in excess of the usual and customary distributors’ or sellers’ commission.

3.
GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION.

(a)           It is anticipated that the Conversion will be effected in accordance with the steps set forth below, provided, however, that it may be effected in any other manner that is approved by the Commissioner and that is consistent with the purposes of the Plan and applicable laws and regulations.
 
 
(i)
The Holding Company shall be incorporated as a Maryland corporation and the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall be incorporated as a Connecticut corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company. 
 
 
(ii)
The Mutual Holding Company shall contribute to the Mid-Tier Holding Company 100% of the Bank Common Stock held by the Mutual Holding Company.

 
(iii)
The Mutual Holding Company shall merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity pursuant to a Plan of Merger (the “Mutual Holding Company Merger”), whereby the shares of the Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock held by the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Mutual Holding Company Merger will be extinguished and the Depositors will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 
(iii)
Immediately thereafter, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall merge with and into the Holding Company (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger”), with the Holding Company as the surviving entity, pursuant to a Plan of Merger, whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and the liquidation interests constructively received by the Depositors in the Mutual Holding Company Merger will automatically, without further action on the part of such Depositors, be exchanged for an interest in the Liquidation Account.
 
 
6

 
 
 
(iv)
Immediately thereafter, the Holding Company will consummate the sale of the Conversion Stock in the Offerings. Shares of Conversion Stock will be offered in a Subscription Offering in descending order of priority to (i) Eligible Account Holders, (ii) Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans and (iii) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, if any.  Any shares of Conversion Stock not subscribed for by the foregoing classes of Persons will be offered for sale to certain members of the public through a Community Offering, a Syndicated Community Offering or a Public Offering or through a combination of such Offerings.

 
(v)
Subject to the Commissioner’s approval, the Holding Company will contribute at least 50.0% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in a constructive exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.
 
(b)           The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Bank have adopted this Plan and shall seek the approval of the Corporators. The Bank shall provide all Corporators with notice of the Corporators’ Meeting and informational material regarding the Plan at least 10 days prior to the Corporators’ Meeting.  At the Corporators’ Meeting, the Plan must be approved by the affirmative vote of at least (i) a majority of the total voting power of the Corporators eligible to vote, which total voting power shall not be less than 25 Corporators, and (ii) a majority of Independent Corporators who shall constitute not less than 60.0% of the total voting power of the Corporators. Following the Corporators’ Meeting, the Mutual Holding Company shall file with the Commissioner a certificate of the Secretary of the Mutual Holding Company that the Corporators’ Meeting was held and that the Plan was duly approved by the Corporators in accordance with the voting requirements stated in this Plan. In addition, the Bank plans to notify Depositors, in accordance with applicable regulations, that the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Bank adopted the Plan and that a copy of the Plan is available for inspection at the Bank’s main office and branches.

(c)           Following receipt of requisite approval of the Conversion by the Commissioner, the Holding Company will mail to Participants a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of Conversion Stock in the Offerings.

(d)           The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all necessary steps to complete the Conversion, including filing timely applications and other materials for approval with the Commissioner, the FDIC, the FRB and the SEC, as necessary.  The Mutual Holding Company must also receive a tax ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion from its counsel as to the tax consequences of the Conversion, providing in part that the Conversion will not result in a taxable reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank under the Code.  All notices regarding the filing of the applications will be published as required.

(e)           The Board of Directors of the Bank intends to take all necessary steps to form the Holding Company, including the filing of any necessary applications to the appropriate regulatory authorities that will govern the activities of the Holding Company. Upon consummation of the Conversion, the Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and the initial Directors of the Holding Company will be the Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company. The Holding Company will issue and sell the Conversion Stock in accordance with this Plan and make timely applications for any requisite regulatory approvals, including an application to register as a bank holding company, and the filing of a registration statement to register the sale of the shares of Conversion Stock with the SEC.
 
 
7

 

(f)           The Holding Company may retain and pay for the services of financial and other advisors and investment bankers to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Offerings, including the payment of fees to brokers for assisting Persons in completing and/or submitting Order Forms. The Holding Company shall use its best efforts to ensure that all fees, expenses, retainers and similar items are reasonable.

4.           TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES AND PURCHASE PRICE OF CONVERSION STOCK.

(a)           An Independent Appraiser shall be employed by the Primary Parties to provide an independent valuation of the estimated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion, as required by applicable regulations. The Boards of Directors of the Primary Parties shall thoroughly review and analyze the methodology and fairness of the independent appraisal. The valuation will be made by a written report to the Primary Parties, contain the factors upon which the valuation was made and conform to procedures adopted by the Commissioner and the FDIC. The valuation shall contain an Estimated Price Range reflecting the anticipated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion. The maximum and minimum aggregate Purchase Price shall not be more than 15.0% above or 15.0% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Estimated Price Range.

(b)           The total number of shares (and the range thereof) of Conversion Stock that will be sold in connection with the Conversion will be determined by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company immediately prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering; provided, however, that the Boards of Directors may elect to increase or decrease the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be offered in the Offerings in the event of a demand for the Holding Company Common Stock or changes in market and financial conditions, with the approval of the Commissioner. If deemed appropriate, the Commissioner may condition his approval by requiring a resolicitation of subscribers. In particular, if the Estimated Price Range is increased to reflect changes in market and financial conditions after the close of the Subscription Offering and prior to the completion of the Offering, the total number of shares of Conversion Stock offered may be increased by up to 15.0%, so long as the aggregate Purchase Price is not more than 15.0% above the maximum of the Estimated Price Range.

(c)           All shares of Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings shall be sold at a uniform price per share, which when multiplied by the number of shares of Conversion Stock shall be equivalent to the pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion in accordance with the valuation furnished by the Independent Appraiser. At the close of the Subscription Offering, the Independent Appraiser shall present a valuation of the pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion. The aggregate Purchase Price of the Conversion Stock shall be adjusted to reflect any required changes in the Estimated Price Range. If, as a result of such adjustment, the Aggregate Purchase Price is more than 15.0% above the maximum of the Estimated Price Range, the Bank shall obtain an amendment to the Commissioner’s approval. If deemed appropriate, the Commissioner may condition his approval or non-objection by requiring a resolicitation of subscribers. The adjusted price per share for each share of Conversion Stock when multiplied by the number of shares of Conversion Stock shall be equivalent to the pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion in accordance with the valuation furnished by the Independent Appraiser.
 
 
8

 
 
5.
SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY).

(a)           Each Eligible Account Holder shall receive, as first priority and without payment, non-transferable Subscription Rights to purchase up to the greater of (i) 30,000 shares of the Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings, (ii) one-tenth of 1.0% of the number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Offerings, or (iii) 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of the shares of Conversion Stock that will be issued in the Offerings by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders.

(b)           In the event of an oversubscription for shares of Conversion Stock by Eligible Account Holders pursuant to paragraph 5(a), the Conversion Stock available for purchase will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his/her total allocation of Conversion Stock equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such Eligible Account Holder. Any shares of Conversion Stock remaining after such allocation will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of each such Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated on the same principle (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied, until all available shares of Conversion Stock have been allocated or all subscriptions have been satisfied.

(c)           Subscription Rights held by Eligible Account Holders who are also Directors or Officers of the Primary Parties or such Directors’ or Officers’ Associates will be subordinated to the Subscription Rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent such Subscription Rights are attributable to increased deposits during the one-year period preceding the Eligibility Record Date.
 
6.
SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF TAX-QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE STOCK BENEFIT PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY).

(a)           Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall receive without payment, as a second priority after the satisfaction of the subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, non-transferable Subscription Rights to purchase up to 10.0% of the shares of Conversion Stock offered for sale in the Offerings, including any shares of Conversion Stock to be issued as a result of an increase in the Conversion Stock valuation range approved by the Commissioner. If, after the satisfaction of the subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, a sufficient number of shares of Conversion Stock are not available to fill the subscriptions by such Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, the subscriptions shall be filled to the maximum extent possible. If all of the shares of Conversion Stock offered in the Subscription Offering are purchased by Eligible Account Holders, then the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may, with the prior approval of the Commissioner and appropriate disclosures in the Offering Circular, purchase shares in the open market following consummation of the Conversion or may purchase authorized but unissued shares directly from the Holding Company.   If authorized, the ESOP may purchase up to 8.0% of the Conversion Stock to be issued and any other Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plans may purchase in the aggregate up to 2.0% of the Conversion Stock to be issued. Notwithstanding any provision contained herein to the contrary, the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions to a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan; provided, however, that such contributions do not cause the Bank to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirements.
 
 
9

 

7.
SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY).

(a)           Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, if any, shall receive without payment, as a third priority after the satisfaction of the subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders and Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, non-transferable Subscription Rights to purchase up to the greater of (i) 30,000 shares of the Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings, (ii) one-tenth of 1.0% of the number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Offerings, or (iii) 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of the shares of Conversion Stock that will be issued in the Offerings by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of all of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.

(b)           In the event of an oversubscription for shares of Conversion Stock by the Supplemental Eligible Account Holders pursuant to paragraph 7(a), the shares of Conversion Stock available for purchase will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation of Conversion Stock equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder. Any shares of Conversion Stock remaining after such allocation will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated on the same principle (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied until all available shares of Conversion Stock have been allocated or all subscriptions have been satisfied.

(c)           If a Person is an Eligible Account Holder and a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, the Eligible Account Holder’s allocation shall be included in determining the number of shares of Conversion Stock that may be allocated to such Person as a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.

8.
COMMUNITY OFFERING, SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING, PUBLIC OFFERING AND OTHER OFFERINGS.

 
A.
Community Offering .

(i)           Conversion Stock which remains unsubscribed for after the exercise of Subscription Rights pursuant to Sections 5 through 7 hereof may be offered for sale to the general public through a Community Offering.  The Community Offering will be conducted in a manner that will promote a widespread distribution of the Conversion Stock.  The Community Offering may commence simultaneously with, during or after the Subscription Offering, as the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank so determine, provided, however, that it must be completed not more than 45 days after the last day of the Subscription Offering, unless otherwise extended with the approval of the Commissioner. The Community Offering may involve the use of a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced in the sale of savings institution securities.
 
 
10

 

(ii)           In making the Community Offering, preference will be given first to natural persons residing in the Bank’s Local Community, then to natural persons residing elsewhere in the State of Connecticut, and then to the public at large. Persons shall have the right to purchase up to the maximum of 30,000 shares of the Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings, subject to the maximum purchase limitations specified in Section 9 hereof. If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions in the Community Offering, shares shall be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all available shares have been allocated. The Holding Company and the Bank may accept or reject subscriptions for shares of Conversion Stock in the Community Offering in whole or in part.

B.           Syndicated Community Offering.

If any Conversion Stock remains unsubscribed for after the close of the Subscription Offering and Community Offering, the Holding Company may use the services of a syndicate of registered broker-dealers to sell such unsubscribed shares of Conversion Stock on a best efforts basis.  The Syndicated Community Offering will be conducted in a manner that will promote the widespread distribution of the Conversion Stock. The syndicate of registered broker-dealers may be managed by one of the syndicate members who will act as agent of the Holding Company to assist the Holding Company in the sale of the Conversion Stock. Neither the syndicate manager nor any other syndicate member shall have any obligation to take or purchase any of the shares of Conversion Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering. The Syndicated Community Offering, if held, is expected to be held during or promptly after the Subscription Offering, as may be determined at any time by the Boards of Directors, provided that it must be completed not more than 45 days after the last day of the Subscription Offering, unless otherwise extended with the approval of the Commissioner. Persons shall have the right to purchase up to the maximum of 30,000 shares of the Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings, subject to the maximum purchase limitations specified in Section 9 hereof. If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions in the Community Offering, shares shall be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all available shares have been allocated. The Holding Company may accept or reject subscriptions for shares of Conversion Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering in whole or in part.

C.           Public Offering.

If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering of unsubscribed shares of Conversion Stock cannot be effected or is not deemed to be advisable, and shares of Conversion Stock remaining unsold after the Subscription Offering, the Community Offering or any Syndicated Community Offering, these shares may be sold to Underwriters for resale to the general public in a Public Offering.  Any such Public Offering shall be conducted in accordance with applicable law and regulations. It is expected that the Public Offering would commence as soon as practicable after termination of the Subscription Offering, Community Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering.  The Public Offering, if held, must be completed not more than 45 days after the last day of the Subscription Offering, unless otherwise extended with the approval of the Commissioner. If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions in the Community Offering, shares shall be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all available shares have been allocated.
 
 
11

 

If for any reason a Public Offering of unsubscribed shares of Conversion Stock cannot be effected and any shares remain unsold after the Subscription Offering, Community Offering or any Syndicated Community Offering, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and Bank will seek to make other arrangements for the sale of the remaining shares of Conversion Stock. Such other arrangements will be subject to the approval of the Commissioner and to compliance with applicable securities laws.

D.           Timing of Offerings.

In addition to any other restrictions set forth in this Plan or required by applicable law, the Conversion shall be completed within twenty-four (24) months from the date this Plan is approved by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank.

9.
LIMITATIONS ON SUBSCRIPTIONS AND PURCHASES OF CONVERSION STOCK.

The following limitations shall apply to all purchases and issuances of Conversion Stock in the Offerings:

(a)           Other than the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, the limitations to which are set forth below, the maximum number of shares of Conversion Stock that may be subscribed for in the Offerings by any Person or Participant is 30,000 and the maximum number of shares that may be subscribed by any Person together with an Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert in the Offerings is 60,000.

(b)           A minimum of 25 shares of Conversion Stock must be purchased by each Person in the Offerings to the extent such shares are available.

(c)           In addition to the other restrictions and limitations set forth herein, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Conversion Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased by Directors, Officers and their Associates, shall not exceed 25.0% of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock purchased and issued in the Offerings, including any shares of Conversion Stock which may be issued in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Estimated Purchase Price to reflect changes in market, financial and economic conditions after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to the completion of the Offering.

(d)           Notwithstanding the limitations set forth above and except in the case of Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in the aggregate, the limitations to which are set forth below, the maximum aggregate amount of Conversion Stock which any Person, together with any Associate or Persons Acting in Concert, may, directly or indirectly, subscribe for or purchase in the Offerings, shall not exceed 60,000 shares of Conversion Stock.

(e)           The maximum number of shares of Conversion Stock which may be purchased in the Conversion by the ESOP shall not exceed 8.0% and all Tax Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not exceed 10.0% of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings, in each instance, including any shares which may be issued in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Estimated Price Range to reflect a demand for the shares or changes in market or financial conditions after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Offerings.
 
 
12

 

(f)           Depending upon the demand for our share and market and financial conditions and subject to any required regulatory approvals, the Boards of Directors, without further approval of the Corporators, unless such further approval is required by the Commissioner, may increase or decrease the purchase limitations in this Plan to a percentage that does not exceed 5.0% of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock purchased and issued in the Offerings, except as otherwise provided below. If the maximum purchase limitation is increased, the Holding Company shall resolicit Persons who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount and may, in the sole discretion of the Holding Company, resolicit certain other large subscribers. Requests to purchase additional shares of the Conversion Stock in the event that the purchase limitations are so increased will be granted by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company in its sole discretion. In the event the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5.0% upon request, the Commissioner may approve the purchase limitation to be further increased to a percentage that does not exceed 10.0% of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock purchased and issued in the Offerings; provided, however, that orders for Common Stock exceeding 5.0% of the shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10.0% of the total shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering.

(g)           The Holding Company and the Bank shall have the right to take such action as they may, in their discretion based on the relevant facts and circumstances, deem necessary or appropriate to monitor and enforce the limitations and restrictions set forth in this Plan and the Order Form, including the  right to reject, limit or revoke acceptance of any subscriptions or order, delay, terminate or refuse to consummate any sale of Conversion Stock which they believe may violate, or is designed to evade or circumvent such limitations and restrictions.  In the event the number of shares of Conversion Stock otherwise allocable to any Person or that Person’s Associates would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted hereunder, the number of shares of Conversion Stock allocated to such Person and such Person’s Associates shall be reduced to the lowest applicable limitation to that Person and so that the aggregate allocation to that Person and his or her Associates complies with the above limits.

(h)           For purposes of this Section 9, (i) Directors and Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank or the Holding Company shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a result of their being Directors or Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank or the Holding Company; (ii) the Holding Company shall not aggregate the Conversion Shares attributed to a Person in a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan with shares of Conversion Stock purchased directly by, or otherwise attributable, to such Person; and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the bank qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code, shall be aggregated and included in that individual’s purchases and not attributed to the Tax Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan; and (iv) Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of, or Persons Acting in Concert with, any Director or Officer of the Holding Company or the Bank.

10.
TIMING OF SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING; MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS AND ORDER FORMS.

(a)           Promptly after the Commissioner and the SEC have declared effective the Prospectus and all other required regulatory approvals have been obtained, the Holding Company shall cause the Prospectus, together with the Order Forms, to be distributed to all Participants at their last known address appearing in the records of the Bank, for the purpose of enabling them to exercise their respective Subscription Rights. The Prospectus shall describe the Conversion and the Offerings and will contain all information necessary to enable the recipients of the Prospectus and Order Forms to make informed investment decisions regarding the purchase of Conversion Stock and as required by the Commissioner and applicable laws and regulations
 
 
13

 

(b)           The Order Forms will contain or will be accompanied by, among other things, the following:

(i)           An explanation of the rights and privileges granted under this Plan to each class of Persons granted Subscription Rights pursuant to Sections 5 to 7, inclusive, of this Plan with respect to the purchase of shares of Conversion Stock, including the maximum and minimum number of shares that may be purchased;

(ii)           A specified time period in which Order Forms must be received by the Bank for purposes of exercising the Subscription Rights, which must be at least 20 days and not more than 45 days after the distribution of the Prospectus and Order Forms, unless otherwise extended with the approval of the Commissioner;

(iii)           A statement that the aggregate Purchase Price at which the Conversion Stock will ultimately be purchased in the Offerings has not been determined as of the date of mailing of the Prospectus and Order Form, but that such price will be within the range of prices which will be stated in the Prospectus and Order Form;

(iv)           The amount which must be returned with the Order Form to subscribe for shares of Conversion Stock.  Such amount will be equal to the Purchase Price multiplied by the number of Conversion Shares subscribed for in accordance with the terms of this Plan;

(v)           Instructions concerning how to indicate on such Order Form the extent to which a Person elects to exercise Subscription Rights under this Plan, the name or names in which the shares of Conversion Stock subscribed for are to be registered, the address to which certificates representing such shares are to be sent and the alternative methods of payment for Conversion Stock which will be permitted;

(vi)           Specifically designated blank spaces for indicating the number of shares of Conversion Stock which each Person wishes to purchase and for dating and signing the Order Form;

(vii)           An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received, prior to signing the Order Form, the Prospectus;

(viii)           A statement that the Subscription Rights provided for in this Plan are nontransferable, will be void after the specified time referred to in paragraph 10(b)(ii) above and may be exercised only by delivery of the Order Form, properly completed and executed, to the Bank, together with the full required payment (in the manner specified in Section 11 of this Plan) for the number of Shares subscribed for prior to such specified time;

(ix)           Provision for certification to be executed by the recipient of the Order Form to the effect that, as to any shares of Conversion Stock which the Person elects to purchase, such recipient is purchasing such shares for the Person’s account only and has no present agreement or understanding regarding any subsequent sale or transfer of such shares;
 
 
14

 

(x)           A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Bank, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Bank; and

(xi)           An explanation of the manner of required payment and a statement that payment may be made by withdrawal from a certificate of deposit without penalty.

11.           PAYMENT FOR CONVERSION STOCK.

(a)           Full payment for all shares of Conversion Stock subscribed for must be received by the Primary Parties, together with properly completed and executed Order Forms therefor.

(b)           A Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan that subscribes for Conversion Stock may pay for such shares of Conversion Stock upon consummation of the Offerings, provided that there is in force from the time of the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan’s subscription until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Plan, a loan commitment pursuant to which the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will be loaned funds for the payment of the shares for which it subscribed.

(c)           If it is determined that the aggregate Purchase Price should be greater than the amount stated in the Order Forms, upon compliance with such requirements as may be imposed by the Commissioner and any other regulatory authorities, each Person who subscribed for shares of Conversion Stock will be permitted to withdraw their subscription and have their payment for shares returned to them in whole or in part, with interest, or to make payment to the Primary Parties of the additional amount necessary to pay for the shares of Conversion Stock subscribed for by such Person at the Purchase Price in the manner and within the time prescribed by the Primary Parties.

(d)           If the aggregate Purchase Price is outside the range of prices established by the Independent Appraiser and as set forth in the Prospectus, the Bank will apply for an amendment to the Commissioner’s approval of this Plan and comply with such requirements as the Commissioner may then establish.

(e)           Payment for shares of Conversion Stock ordered for purchase by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, if any, and Persons in the Community Offerings will be permitted to be made in any of the following manners:

(i)           By cash, check, bank draft or money order, provided that checks will only be accepted subject to collection.  Cash should not be mailed; or

(ii)           By appropriate authorization of withdrawal from the subscriber’s Deposit Account at the Bank.  The Order Forms will contain appropriate means by which authorization of such withdrawals may be made. For purposes of determining the withdrawable balance of such Deposit Accounts, such withdrawals will be deemed to have been made upon receipt of appropriate authorization therefore, but interest at the rates applicable to the Deposit Accounts from which the withdrawals have been deemed to have been made will be paid by the Bank on the amounts deemed to have been withdrawn until the date on which the Offering is consummated, at which date the authorized withdrawal will actually be made.  Such withdrawals may be made upon receipt of Order Forms authorizing such withdrawals, but interest will be paid by the Bank on the amounts withdrawn as if such amounts had remained in the accounts from which they were withdrawn until the date upon which the sales of Conversion Stock pursuant to exercise of Subscription Rights are actually consummated.  Interest will be paid by the Bank at not less than the rate per annum being paid by the Bank on its passbook accounts at the time the Subscription Offering commences on payments for Conversion Stock received in the Subscription Offering in cash or by check, bank draft, money order or negotiable order of withdrawal from the date payment is received until consummation or termination of the Offerings.  The Bank shall be entitled to invest all amounts paid for subscriptions in the Subscription Offering for its own account until completion or termination of the Offering.
 
 
15

 

(f)           Wire transfers as payment for shares of Conversion Stock ordered for purchase will not be permitted or accepted as proper payment.

(g)           Payments for the purchase of Conversion Stock in the Subscription Offering will be permitted through authorization of withdrawals from certificate accounts at the Bank without early withdrawal penalties.  If the remaining balances of the certificate accounts after such withdrawals are less than the minimum qualifying balances under applicable regulations, the certificates evidencing the accounts will be canceled upon consummation of the Offerings, and the remaining balances will thereafter earn interest at the rate provided for in the certificates in the event of cancellation.

(h)           The Bank shall not knowingly loan funds or otherwise extend credit to any Participant or other Person to purchase Conversion Stock.

(i)            Each share of Conversion Stock shall be non-assessable upon payment in full of the aggregate Purchase Price owing.

12.
EXPIRATION OF SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS; UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORMS; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT.

(a)           All Subscription Rights provided for in this Plan will expire on a specified date described in the Prospectus and Order Form which shall be not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days following the date on which Order Forms are first mailed to the Participants, provided that the Primary Parties shall have the power to extend such expiration date upon receiving approval by the Commissioner.

(b)           The Subscription Rights of the Person to whom such Subscription Rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon in those cases in which the Primary Parties are unable to locate particular Persons granted Subscription Rights under this Plan, and cases in which Order Forms: (i) are returned as undeliverable by the United States Post Office; (ii) are not received back by the Primary Parties or are received by the Primary Parties after the expiration date specified thereon; (iii) are defectively filled out or executed; (iv) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder or (v) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Conversion Stock subscribed for (including cases in which Deposit Accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment).
 
 
16

 

(c)           The Primary Parties shall have the right, in their discretion based on the applicable facts and circumstances and without liability to any subscriber or other Person, to reject or reduce any subscription made through an Order Form, including, but not limited to, any Order Form (i) that is improperly completed or executed; (ii) that is not timely received; (iii) that is submitted by facsimile or is photocopied; (iv) that is not accompanied by the proper payment (or authorization of withdrawal for payment) or, in the case of institutional investors, not accompanied by an irrevocable order together with a legally binding commitment to pay the full amount of the purchase price prior to 48 hours before the completion of the Offerings; or (v) that is submitted by a Person whose representations are believed by the Primary Parties to be false or who the Primary Parties otherwise believe, either alone or Acting In Concert with others, is violating, evading or circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent, the terms and conditions of this Plan.  The Primary Parties may, but will not be required to, waive any irregularity on any Order Form or may require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for shares of Conversion Stock by such date as they may specify.  The interpretation of the Primary Parties of the terms and conditions of the Order Forms shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Persons.

13.
PARTICIPANTS IN NONQUALIFIED JURISDICTIONS OR FOREIGN COUNTRIES.

The Primary Parties will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all jurisdictions of the United States in which Participants entitled to subscribe for shares of Conversion Stock pursuant to this Plan reside; provided, however, that no such Participant will be offered any Subscription Rights or sold any Conversion Stock under this Plan who resides in a foreign country or who resides in a jurisdiction of the United States with respect to which all of the following apply: (a) there are few Participants eligible to subscribe for shares of Conversion Stock under the Plan who reside in such jurisdiction, (b) the granting of Subscription Rights or the offer or sale of Conversion Stock to such Participants would require the Primary Parties or their employees, under the laws of such jurisdiction, to register as a broker, dealer or agent or to register or otherwise qualify the Conversion Stock for sale in such jurisdiction, and (c) such registration, qualification or filing in the judgment of the Primary Parties would be impracticable or unduly burdensome for reasons of cost or otherwise. No payments will be made in lieu of the granting of Subscription Rights to such Persons.

14.           VOTING RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS.

Following the Conversion, voting rights with respect to the Bank will be held and exercised exclusively by the Holding Company, as the owner of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Bank. Voting rights with respect to the Holding Company will be held and exercised exclusively by the holders of the Holding Company Common Stock.

15.           LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT.

(a)           Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank.   The   Liquidation Account will be maintained in an amount equal to the net worth of the Mutual Holding Company in the statement of financial condition included in the final Prospectus.  The function of the Liquidation Account is to establish a priority in the event of liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company and, except as provided for in this Section 15, shall not affect the Bank’s or Holding Company’s net worth. The Holding Company shall cause the Bank to establish and maintain the Bank Liquidation Account for the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain a Deposit Account at the Bank.
 
 
17

 

(b)           In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such an event) within ten (10) years of the Conversion, following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Holding Company and the Bank (including Depositors), as applicable, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, if any, shall be entitled to receive from the Liquidation Account a liquidation distribution in the amount of the then-current adjusted sub-account balances for Deposit Accounts then held by such Depositor. Such distribution shall be made before any liquidation distribution is to be made to any holders of capital stock of the Holding Company or the Bank. No merger, consolidation, purchase of bulk assets with assumption of deposit accounts and other liabilities, or similar transactions in which the Holding Company or the Bank is not the surviving institution, will be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose, and, in any such transaction, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.

 (c)           In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) within ten (10) years of the Conversion, following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Bank (including Depositors), as applicable, at a time when the Bank has a positive net worth and the Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank) at the time of the liquidation to fund the distribution due with respect to the Liquidation Account, the Bank, with respect to the Bank Liquidation Account shall immediately pay directly to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders an amount necessary to fund the Holding Company’s remaining obligations under the Liquidation Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock and without making such amount subject to the Holding Company’s creditors.  Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Bank Liquidation Account with respect to the Holding Company, in the amount of the then-current adjusted subaccount balance   for Deposit Accounts then held by such Depositor.  Such distribution shall be made before any liquidation distribution is to be made to any holders of capital stock of the Holding Company.

(d)           In the event of a complete liquidation of the Holding Company where the Bank is not also completely liquidating, or in the event of a sale or other disposition of the Holding Company apart from the Bank, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be treated as surrendering such Person’s rights to the Liquidation Account and receiving from the Holding Company an equivalent interest in the Bank Liquidation Account. Each such holder’s interest in the Bank Liquidation Account shall be subject to the same terms, conditions and rights as if the Bank Liquidation Account were the Liquidation Account (except that the Holding Company shall cease to exist).

(e)           The initial balance of a sub-account in the Liquidation Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and/or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be an amount determined by multiplying the amount in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of Qualifying Deposits in such Qualifying Deposit Account on the Eligibility Record Date or the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as appropriate, and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders or all Supplemental Account Holders, as appropriate, on the corresponding record date. For Qualifying Deposit Accounts in existence at both record dates, separate sub-accounts shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Qualifying Deposit Accounts on such record dates.

(f)           The initial balance of each sub-account in the Liquidation Account shall never be increased, but will be subject to downward adjustment as follows: If the balance in the Deposit Account to which a sub-account balance relates, at the close of business on any annual closing date of the Bank subsequent to the corresponding record date, is less than (i) the balance in such Deposit Account at the close of business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as applicable, or (ii) the amount of the Qualifying Deposit as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as applicable, then the sub-account balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such sub-account balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such Deposit Account balance. In the event of such downward adjustment, the sub-account balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any increase in the balance of the related Deposit Account. If any Deposit Account is closed, its related sub-account balance shall be reduced to zero upon such closing.
 
 
18

 

 (g)           The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the equity accounts of the Holding Company or the Bank, except that neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account or Bank Liquidation Account, as applicable; or (ii) the regulatory capital requirements of the Holding Company or the Bank. Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall be required to set aside funds in connection with its obligations hereunder relating to the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, respectively. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders do not retain any voting rights in either the Holding Company or the Bank based on their liquidation subaccounts.

(h)           The amount of the Bank Liquidation Account shall equal at all times the amount of the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account shall be reduced by the same amount and upon the same terms as any reduction in the Liquidation Account.  In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution exceeding such holder’s subaccount balance in the Liquidation Account.

(i)           For the two-year period following the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company will not, without prior approval required by its banking regulators, (i) sell or liquidate the Holding Company, or (ii) cause the Bank to be sold or liquidated.  Upon the written request of the Connecticut Department of Banking at any time after two years from the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company shall eliminate or transfer the Liquidation Account to the Bank and the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the Bank, at which time the interests of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be solely and exclusively established in such liquidation account at the Bank.  In the event such transfer occurs, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have transferred the Liquidation Account to the Bank and such Liquidation Account shall become the Bank Liquidation Account and shall not be subject in any manner or amount to the claims of the Holding Company’s creditors. The Liquidation Account shall be maintained for ten (10) years after the completion of the Conversion.

16.           TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS.

The Conversion will have no affect on the Deposit Accounts at the Bank, except to the extent individual Depositors choose to have funds withdrawn in connection with a subscription of shares of Conversion Stock in the Offerings.

17.
REQUIREMENTS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION FOR REGISTRATION, MARKET MAKING AND STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING.

Following the Conversion, the Holding Company shall: (i) promptly register its shares of Holding Company Common Stock under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and shall not deregister its shares for at least 3 years; (ii) encourage and assist a Market Maker to establish and to maintain a market for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock; (iii) use its best efforts to list the shares of Holding Company Common Stock on a national or regional securities exchange or on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation system; and (iv) file all reports that the Commissioner or other regulatory authorities may require.

 
19

 
 
18.
RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER OF CONVERSION STOCK BY OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.

(a)           Directors and Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank who purchase shares of Conversion Stock in the Offering are restricted from selling such shares for a period of one year after the effective date of the Conversion, except in the event of the death of such Officer or Director, unless such sale is otherwise approved by the Commissioner.

(b)           With respect to all shares of Conversion Stock subject to restriction on subsequent disposition pursuant to Section 18(a) hereof, each of the following provisions shall apply: (i) each certificate representing such shares of Conversion Stock shall bear a legend prominently stamped on its face giving notice of such restriction; (ii) instructions will be given to the transfer agent for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any certificates representing such shares of Conversion Stock, or any change of record ownership thereof in violation of such restriction on transfer; and (iii) any shares of the Conversion Stock issued in respect of a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise in respect of ownership of outstanding shares of Conversion Stock subject to restrictions on transfer hereunder will be subject to the same restrictions as are applicable to the Conversion Stock in respect of which such shares are issued.

19.
RESTRICTION ON ACQUISITIONS OF CONVERSION STOCK.

(a)           For a period of 7 years following completion of the Conversion, no Person, acting singly or with an Associate or one or more Persons Acting In Concert, shall directly or indirectly, offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10.0% of any class of an equity security of the Holding Company without the prior written approval of the Commissioner. The provisions of this Section 19 shall not apply to (i) any offer to acquire with a view toward public resale made solely and exclusively to the Holding Company, or underwriters or a selling group acting on behalf of the Holding Company; (ii) any offer to acquire up to 1.0% of any class of shares of the Holding Company, provided the Commissioner does not object in writing; (iii) an offer to acquire or an acquisition by a corporation whose ownership is or will be substantially the same as the Holding Company’s ownership, provided the offer or acquisition is made more than 1 year after the Conversion; or (iv) the acquisition by one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, provided that the Plans do not beneficially own more than 25.0% of the shares of Conversion Stock in the aggregate.

(b)           Where any Person directly or indirectly, acquires beneficial ownership of more than 10.0% of any class of any equity security of the Holding Company within such 7 year period without the prior approval of the Commissioner, the Conversion Stock beneficially owned by such Person in excess of such 10.0% limit shall not be counted as shares entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any Person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the shareholders for a vote.
 
 
20

 

(c)           For a period of 3 years following completion of the Conversion, Directors and Officers of the Holding Company and the Bank and their Associates may only purchase shares of Conversion Stock from a registered broker-dealer under the applicable securities laws, except that such Officers, Directors and their Associates may (i) engage in a negotiated transaction involving more than 1.0% of issued and outstanding Conversion Stock and (ii) purchase Conversion Stock through any of the Holding Company’s Stock Benefit Plans.
 
20.
STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS.

(a)           The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Conversion.

(b)           Subsequent to the Conversion, the Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt stock option plans and management or employee stock plans, provided, however, that any such plan implemented during the 1 year following consummation of the Conversion: (i) is disclosed in the Prospectus; (ii) is subject to a separate majority vote by the shareholders of the Holding Company at least 6 months after consummation of the Conversion; (iii) in the case of a stock option plan, does not grant stock options in excess of 10.0% of the shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion; (iv) in the case of management stock benefit plan, does not hold, in the aggregate, more than 3.0% of the shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion, which may be increased to 4.0% with the approval of the Commissioner, subject to certain exceptions set forth in applicable regulations; (v) in the case of any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan and management stock benefit plan, does not hold, in the aggregate, more than 10.0% of the shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion which may be increased to 12.0% with the approval of the Commissioner; (vi) does not permit an individual to receive more than 25.0% of the shares under the plan; (vii) does not permit Directors of the Holding Company or the Bank who are not employees to receive more than 5.0% of the shares of any plan individually or 30.0% of the shares of any one or more benefit plan in the aggregate; (viii) complies with Connecticut statutes and regulations; (ix) does not grant stock options at less than the market price of such options at the time of grant; (x) is not funded by stock issued at the time of the Conversion; (xi) does not begin to vest earlier than one year after the shareholders of the Holding Company approve such plan or at a rate exceeding 20.0% per year; (xii) permits accelerated vesting only for disability or death or in the event of a change of control; and (xiii) provides that Officers or Directors shall exercise or forfeit their options if the Bank becomes critically undercapitalized under applicable federal law, is subject to an enforcement action by the Commissioner or receives a capital directive from the Commissioner.

21.           DIVIDEND AND REPURCHASE RESTRICTIONS ON STOCK.

(a)           The Holding Company may not repurchase shares of Conversion Stock for a period of 1 year after the Conversion, provided that the Holding Company may seek approval from the Commissioner to make (i) repurchases in the open market of up to 5.0% of the Holding Company’s outstanding stock in extraordinary circumstances; (ii) repurchases of qualifying shares of a director or pursuant to an offer made to all shareholders; (iii) repurchases to fund management recognition plans that have been ratified by the shareholders in accordance with the Holding Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; and (iv) repurchases to fund Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans.  Such request for approval shall provide the purpose of the repurchases, an explanation of any extraordinary circumstances necessitating the repurchases and any additional information required by the Commissioner. The Holding Company shall aggregate purchases of shares by the Foundation with its repurchases.
 
 
21

 

(b)           The Holding Company may declare or pay a dividend on the Holding Company Common Stock after the completion of the Conversion (i) if the Holding Company does not return any capital, other than ordinary dividends, to purchasers during the term of the business plan submitted with the Conversion; (ii) the dividend will not reduce the Holding Company’s or the Bank’s regulatory capital below the amount required for the Liquidation Account pursuant to Connecticut regulations; and (iii) it complies with applicable law.

22.           EFFECTIVE DATE.

The effective date of the Conversion shall be the date upon which the last of the following actions occurs: (i) the filing of the Plan of Merger or a Certificate of Merger with the Connecticut Secretary of State with respect to the Mutual Holding Company Merger and the filing of the Plan of Merger or Certificate of Merger with the Maryland Secretary of State with respect to the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger; and (ii) the closing of the issuance of the shares of Conversion Stock in the Offering. The filing of the Plans of Merger or a Certificate of Merger relating to the Mutual Holding Company Merger and the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger or the closings of the issuance of shares of Conversion Stock in the Offering shall not occur until all requisite regulatory and Corporator approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired and sufficient subscriptions and orders for the Conversion Stock have been received.  It is intended that the closing of the Mutual Holding Company Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger and the sales of shares of Conversion Stock in the Offering shall occur consecutively and substantially simultaneously.

23.           ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS.

As part of the Conversion, the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws will be adopted to reflect the Conversion of the Mutual Holding Company from mutual to stock form.  Copies of the proposed Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws are attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 , respectively, and made part of the Plan.  By approving the Plan, the Corporators of the Mutual Holding Company will be approving the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company. Prior to completion of the Conversion, the proposed Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company may be amended in accordance with the provisions and limitations for amending the Plan under Section 25 herein. The effective date of the adoption of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company shall be the date of filing of the Articles of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of Maryland.

24.           ESTABLISHMENT AND FUNDING OF CHARITABLE FOUNDATION.

As part of the Conversion, the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank intend to establish a charitable foundation that will qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and to donate to the Foundation from authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, 4.0% of the shares of Common Stock issued in the Offerings.  The establishment and funding of the Foundation is intended to complement the Bank’s existing community reinvestment activities in a manner that will allow the local community to share in the Bank’s long-term growth and profitability.

The Foundation will be dedicated to the promotion of charitable purposes and causes in the communities served by Farmington Bank.  The Foundation will annually distribute total grants to assist charitable organizations or to fund projects within its local community of not less than 5.0% of the average fair value of Foundation assets each year, less certain expenses. To serve the purposes for which it was founded and maintain its Section 501(c)(3) qualification, the Foundation may sell, on an annual basis, a limited portion of the Common Stock contributed to it by the Holding Company.
 
 
22

 

The Board of Directors of the Foundation initially will be comprised of individuals who are Officers and Corporators of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank and at least one member of the local community.  The Board of Directors of the Foundation will be responsible for establishing the policies of the Foundation with respect to grants or donations, consistent with the stated purposes of the Foundation. The donations of Holding Company Common Stock to the Foundation will include a condition that the amount of Common Stock that may be sold by the Foundation in any one year shall not exceed 5.0% of the average market value of the assets held by the Foundation, except where the Foundation’s Directors determine that the failure to sell a greater amount would result in a long-term reduction of the value of its assets and/or would otherwise jeopardize its capacity to carry out its charitable purposes.

25.           AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

This Plan may be substantively amended by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank in their sole discretion at any time with the concurrence of the Commissioner and, if necessary, the FRB and FDIC, or as a result of comments from regulatory authorities.  This Plan may be terminated by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and Bank at any time.

26.           INTERPRETATION OF THE PLAN.

All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank shall be final, subject to the authority of the Commissioner and other regulatory authorities.
 
 
23

 
 
Annex A-1
 
AGREEMENT AND
PLAN OF MERGER
 
This Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of                      , 2011, is made by and between First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company (the “ MHC ”) and Farmington Holdings, Inc., a Connecticut-chartered bank holding company (the “ Mid-Tier Holding Company ”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given to them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “ Plan ”) of the MHC, unless otherwise defined herein.
 
R E C I T A L S:
 
1.           The MHC is a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company that owns approximately 100% of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.
 
2.            The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a Connecticut corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of the Farmington Bank (the “Bank”).
 
3.           At least 75% of the members of the boards of directors of the MHC and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and a majority of the corporators of the MHC have approved this MHC Merger Agreement whereby the MHC shall merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company, with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving corporation, and have authorized the execution and delivery thereof.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:
 
1.             Merger .  At and on __________ (the “Effective Date”) the MHC will merge, in accordance with the provisions of the banking laws of the State of Connecticut, with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company (the “ MHC Merger ”), with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity (the “ Surviving Corporation ”), whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the MHC will be canceled and depositors of the Bank will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their depositor interests in the MHC.

2.             Effective Date .  The MHC Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved or not objected to, as applicable, by the Connecticut Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board, as applicable, after approval by at least (i) a majority of votes eligible to be cast by the Corporators of the MHC and (ii) a majority of the Corporators of the MHC who are not employees, officers, directors, trustees or significant borrowers from the MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Bank.

 
3.
Name .  The name of the Surviving Corporation shall be Farmington Holdings, Inc.
 
4.             Directors and Officers .  The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation after the Effective Date.

5.             Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws .  The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Mid-Tier Holding Company will continue as the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.
 
 
24

 
 
6 .            Rights and Duties of the Surviving Corporation .  At the Effective Date, the MHC shall be merged with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the Surviving Corporation.  All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Surviving Corporation by virtue of the MHC Merger without any deed or other document of transfer.  The Surviving Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC.  The Surviving Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC immediately prior to the MHC Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the MHC, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the MHC.
 
7.             Rights of Depositors .  At the Effective Date, the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the MHC will be canceled and depositors of the Bank will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their interests in the Mutual Holding Company.
 
8.             The Plan .   The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this MHC Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

 
25

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mid-Tier and the MHC have caused this MHC Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
 
 
Farmington Holdings, Inc.
 
   
 
By: 
   
 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
 
 
(Connecticut mutual holding company)
       
 
By: 
   
 
 
26

 
 
Annex A-2
 
AGREEMENT AND
PLAN OF MERGER
 
This Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of                      , 2011, is made by and between Farmington Holdings, Inc. a Connecticut-chartered corporation (the “ Mid-Tier Holding Company ”) and First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc, a Maryland-chartered corporation (the “ Holding Company ”).  Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given to them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “ Plan ”) of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a Connecticut mutual holding company (the “MHC”) unless otherwise defined herein.
 
R E C I T A L S:
 
1.           The Mid-Tier Holding Company was incorporated on ______, __, 2011 in the State of Connecticut pursuant to the general corporation law of the State of Connecticut. The Mid-Tier Holding Company owns 100% of the common stock of Farmington Bank (the “ Bank ”).

2.           The Holding Company was incorporated on January 27, 2011 in the State of Maryland.

3.           The Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company hereby agree to merge, with the Holding Company as the surviving Corporation.

4.           At least 75% of the members of the boards of directors of the Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have approved this Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall merge with and into the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the surviving corporation, and have authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

5.           Immediately prior to the Mid-Tier Merger, the MHC and the sole stockholder of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, merged with and into the Mid-Tier Holding company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving corporation (the “ MHC Merger ”), whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company held by the MHC were cancelled and the Depositors of the Bank constructively received liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their interests in the MHC.

6.           As a result of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:
 
1.             Merger .  At and on ______________ the (the “Effective Date”) of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with and into the Holding Company (the “ Mid-Tier Merger ”), with the Holding Company as the surviving entity (the “ Surviving Corporation ”), whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.  As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the depositors of the Bank who constructively received liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company as part of the MHC Merger will exchange the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company they constructively received for interests in the Liquidation Account, as defined in the Plan.

2.             Effective Date .  The Mid-Tier Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved or not objected to, as applicable, by the Connecticut Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board, and after approval is received by at least (i) a majority of votes eligible to be cast by the Corporators of the MHC; and (ii) a majority of the Corporators of the MHC who are not employees, officers, directors, trustees or significant borrowers from the MHC, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Bank.
 
 
27

 
 
3.             Name .  The name of the Surviving Corporation shall be First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
 
4.             Directors and Officers .  The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation after the Effective Date.

5.             Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws .  The Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company will continue as the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

6.             Authorized Capital Stock of Mid-Tier Holding Company.   The Mid-Tier Holding Company has a total of __ shares of capital stock authorized, consisting of __ shares of common stock, no par value, and __ shares of preferred stock, no par value.

7.             Authorized Capital Stock of Holding Company.   The Holding Company has a total of thirty-two million shares of capital stock authorized, consisting of thirty million shares of common stock, par value $0.01, and two million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01. The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is three hundred and twenty thousand dollars ($320,000).
 
8 .            Rights and Duties of the Surviving Corporation .  At the Effective Date, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall be merged with and into the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the Surviving Corporation.  All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Surviving Corporation by virtue of the Mid-Tier Merger without any deed or other document of transfer.  The Surviving Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company.  The Surviving Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Mid-Tier Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Holding Company.  The stockholders of the Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Surviving Corporation.  All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.
 
9.             Rights of Depositors .  At the Effective Date, the Depositors of the Bank who constructively received liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company as part of the MHC Merger will exchange the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company they constructively received for interests in the Liquidation Account.

10.             The Plan .   The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this Agreement and Plan of Merger and the Conversion.

 
28

 
 
  IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have caused this Agreement and Plan of Merger to be executed as of the date first above written.
 
 
Farmington Holdings, Inc.
 
 
(Connecticut corporation)
       
 
By: 
   
 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
 
 
(Maryland corporation)
       
 
By: 
   
 
 
29

 

Exhibit A-1

AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.
 
The undersigned, John J. Patrick, Jr., an individual over the age of 18, whose address is One Farm Glen Road, Farmington, Connecticut 06032, acting as sole incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation:
 
 
ARTICLE 1.    Name.    The name of the corporation is First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (herein the “Corporation”).
 
 
ARTICLE 2.    Principal Office.    The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201.
 
ARTICLE 3.     Purpose.

A.   To pursue any or all of the lawful objectives of a bank holding company and to exercise all of the express, implied and incidental powers conferred by such laws and by all amendments or supplements to such laws, subject to all lawful and applicable rules, regulations and orders of the Banking Commissioner of the State of Connecticut (the “Commissioner”), the Federal Reserve Board, or any other state or federal agency having the authority to supervise or regulate the Corporation and the conduct of its business.

B.   Subject to the foregoing paragraph A hereof, to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.
 
ARTICLE 4.     Resident Agent.    The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.
 
ARTICLE 5.    Capital Stock
 
A.   Authorized Stock.    The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes which the Corporation has authority to issue is thirty-two million (32,000,000) shares, consisting of:
 
                                1.   Two million (2,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and
 
                                2.   Thirty million (30,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).
 
 
30

 
 
The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is three hundred and twenty thousand dollars ($320,000).  Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation.  The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus, subject to applicable law and regulations.  The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles of Incorporation to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.  For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.
 
B.   Common Stock.    Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock, the holders thereof being entitled to one vote for each share of such Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive pro rata the remaining assets of the Corporation after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation, distribution of the Liquidation Account established for certain depositors of Farmington Bank pursuant to the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization dated January 25, 2011, as amended and restated on February 14, 2011 (the “Plan of Conversion”), and payment or provision for payment of any amounts owed to the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having preference over the Common Stock on distributions on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
 
            C.   Preferred Stock.    The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock.
 
            D.   Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.
 
1.  Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation, for a period of seven (7) years after the Corporation becomes the beneficial owner of 100% of Farmington Bank’s common stock, without the Commissioner’s prior written approval, no person shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of the Corporation’s capital stock.  If a person violates this prohibition, the Corporation shall not permit the person to vote shares in excess of 10% and shall not count the shares in excess of 10% in any shareholder vote. The foregoing restriction shall not apply to (i) any offer with a view toward public resale made solely and exclusively to the Corporation, the underwriters or a selling group acting on the Corporation’s behalf; or (ii) any of the Corporation’s tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, provided that the plan or plans do not beneficially own more than twenty-five percent of any class of the shares in the aggregate.
 
 
31

 
 
For the purposes of this section:

 
(i)
a person shall be deemed to acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of the Corporation’s stock if such person holds any combination of stock or revocable or irrevocable proxies under circumstances that give rise to a conclusive control determination under 12 CFR 574.4(a) or a rebuttable control determination under 12 CFR 574.4(b). It will be presumed that a person has acquired shares if such person entered into a binding written agreement for the transfer of shares;

 
(ii)
an offer is made when it is communicated. An offer does not include non-binding expressions of understanding or letters of intent regarding the terms of a potential acquisition; and
 
 
(iii)
a “person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity.
 
3.  The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions, including but not limited to matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of voting stock beneficially owned by any person, (ii) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (iii) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section.

4.  The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any person who is reasonably believed to beneficially own a class of capital stock in excess of the Limit (or holds of record voting stock beneficially owned by any person in excess of the Limit) (a “Holder in Excess”) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.
 
5.  Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.
 
6.  In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including stockholders owning an amount of stock over the Limit, notwithstanding any such finding.

E.             Majority Vote. Except for any provision of law requiring the authorization of any action by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws.
 
 
32

 
 
F.             Quorum.   Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in this Section D, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of this Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in the Articles of Incorporation to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

ARTICLE 6.    Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.

A.   Preemptive Rights.   No holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series, or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series, except such as may be established by the Board of Directors.

B.   Appraisal Rights.    Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.
 
ARTICLE 7.      Directors.   The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:
 
A.   Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation.
 
B.   Number, Class and Terms of Directors; Cumulative Voting .  The Board of Directors which shall consist of not less than six (6) nor more than twelve (12) members. The number of directors of the Corporation constituting the initial Board of Directors shall be seven (7) and shall thereafter be fixed from time to time at such number as the Board of Directors may by resolution determine in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) now or hereafter in force. The Directors shall be classified, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the directors in each class to hold office until their successors, if any, are elected and qualified. Each member of the Board of Directors in Class I shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders in 2012, each member of the Board of Directors in the Class II shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders in 2013 and each member of the Board of Directors in Class III shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders in 2014. At each annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, the successors, if any, to the class of directors whose terms expire at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for terms expiring at the later of the annual meeting of shareholders held in the third year following the year of their election or the election and qualification of the successors, if any, to such class of directors.
 
 
33

 
 
The class and name of each initial director of the Corporation are set forth below:

Name
 
Next Date of Election
     
David Drew
 
2014
     
Kevin S. Ray
 
2013
     
Robert F. Edmunds, Jr.
 
2012
     
John J. Carson
 
2013
     
John J. Patrick, Jr., Chairman
 
2012
     
Ronald A. Bucchi
 
2013
     
Michael A. Ziebka
 
2014
 
Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.
 
C.   Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
 
D.   Removal.   Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.
 
E.   Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors.   Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
 
ARTICLE 8.     Bylaws.    The   Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board.  The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.  In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.

 
34

 
 
ARTICLE 9.     Evaluation of Certain Offers.    The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction which would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market, or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock, other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; acquiring a company to create an antitrust or other regulatory problem for the party making the proposal; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 9 does not create any inference concerning factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.
 
For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.
 
ARTICLE 10.     Certain Business Combinations.   Without limiting the restrictions of Section D of Article 5 above, the provisions of Sections 3-602 and 3-603 of the MGCL as in effect on January 25, 2011 (or any succeeding, substantially similar statutory provisions) regarding the prohibition of a business combination with an Interested Shareholder (as defined therein) shall apply to the Corporation and are incorporated herein by reference.

ARTICLE 11.     Consolidation, Merger, Share Exchange or Transfer of Shares.   Without limiting the restrictions of Section D of Article 5 and Article 10 above, and except as otherwise provided in the MGCL, a consolidation, merger, share exchange or transfer of shares shall be approved by the affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the affirmative vote of two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter (after giving effect to the provisions of Section D of Article 5).

 
35

 
 
ARTICLE 12.    Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers

A.   Indemnification.    The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B hereof with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
 
B.   Procedure.    If a claim under Section A of this Article 12 is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 12 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

C.   Non-Exclusivity.    The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 12 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Articles of Incorporation, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.
 
D.   Insurance.     The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.
 
 
36

 
 
E.  Miscellaneous.    The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 12 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 12 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.
 
Any repeal or modification of this Article 12 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 12 is in force.
 
ARTICLE 13 .     Limitation of Liability.    An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
 
ARTICLE 14.    Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation.    The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.
 
The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.
 
No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).
 
 
37

 
 
The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 14, Article 5, Article 6, Article 7, Article 8, Article 9, Article 10, Article 11, Article 12 and Article 13.
 
ARTICLE 15.    Liquidation Account.    Under regulations of the Connecticut Department of Banking, the Corporation must establish and maintain a liquidation account (the “Liquidation Account”) for the benefit of certain Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as defined in the Plan of Conversion. In the event of a complete liquidation involving (i) the Corporation or (ii) Farmington Bank, the Corporation must comply with the regulations of the Connecticut Department of Banking and the provisions of the Plan of Conversion with respect to the amount and priorities of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s interests in the Liquidation Account. The interest of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the Liquidation Account does not entitle such account holders to voting rights.
 
I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Chairman of the Board of Directors, do make, file and record these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 17th day of February, 2011.
     
  /s/ John J. Patrick, Jr .  
  John J. Patrick, Jr.  
 
 
38

 

Exhibit A-2

BYLAWS

OF

FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.
 
January 27, 2011

 
39

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS .
 
   
Page
       
ARTICLE I -STOCKHOLDERS
   
       
Section 1.
Annual Meeting.
 
1
Section 2.
Special Meetings.
 
1
Section 3.
Notice of Meetings; Adjournment.
 
1
Section 4.
Quorum.
 
2
Section 5.
Organization and Conduct of Business.
 
2
Section 6.
Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at  Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.
 
3
Section 7.
Proxies and Voting.
 
5
Section 8.
Control Share Acquisition Act.
 
5
Section 9.
No Cumulative Voting.
 
6
       
ARTICLE II - DIRECTORS
   
       
Section 1.
Powers of Directors.
 
6
Section 2.
Number and Election.
 
6
Section 3.
Classification.
 
6
Section 4.
Term of Office.
 
7
Section 5.
Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.
 
7
Section 6.
Regular Meetings.
 
7
Section 7.
Special Meetings.
 
7
Section 8.
Quorum.
 
7
Section 9.
Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone.
 
7
Section 10.
Conduct of Business; Action Without Meeting.
 
8
Section 11.
Qualifications.
 
8
Section 12.
Executive and Non-Management Sessions.
 
8
Section 13.
Waiver of Notice.
 
8
Section 14.
Voting.
 
8
Section 15.
Removal of Directors.
 
8
Section 16.
Resignation and Retirement.
 
8
Section 17.
Committees.
 
9
Section 18.
Executive Committee.
 
9
Section 19.
Audit Committee.
 
10
Section 20.
Compensation Committee.
 
10
Section 21.
Governance and Nominating Committee.
 
10
Section 22.
Other Committees.
 
10
Section 23.
Compensation.
 
10
 
 
40

 
 
   
Page
       
ARTICLE III - OFFICERS
   
       
Section 1.
Officers.
 
11
Section 2.
General Authority and Duties.
 
11
Section 3.
Appointment and Term of Office.
 
11
Section 4.
Chairman of the Board of Directors.
 
11
Section 5.
President.
 
11
Section 6.
Corporate Secretary.
 
12
Section 7.
Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer.
 
12
Section 8.
Other Officers.
 
12
       
ARTICLE IV - LIABILITY LIMITATION AND INDEMNIFICATION
   
       
Section 1.
Limitation of Liability.
 
12
Section 2.
Indemnification.
 
12
Section 3.
Non-exclusivity.
 
12
       
ARTICLE V - STOCK
   
       
Section 1.
Certificates.
 
12
Section 2.
Transfer.
 
13
Section 3.
Lost Certificates.
 
13
Section 4.
Endorsement of Stock Certificates.
 
13
Section 5.
Stock Ledger.
 
13
       
ARTICLE VI - MISCELLANEOUS
   
       
Section 1.
Facsimile Signatures.
 
13
Section 2.
Books and Records.
 
14
Section 3.
Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.
 
14
Section 4.
Fiscal Year.
 
14
Section 5.
Time Periods.
 
14
Section 6.
Contracts and Agreements.
 
14
       
ARTICLE VII – AMENDMENTS
   

 
41

 

BYLAWS
OF
FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.

ARTICLE I – STOCKHOLDERS

1.            Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix.  Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.’s (the “Corporation”) existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.

2.            Special Meetings .  Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the Chairman, President or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”).  Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Corporate Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting.  Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Corporate Secretary.  The Corporate Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting.  The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.
 
3.            Notice of Meetings; Adjournment .  Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Corporate Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting.  The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting.  Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions.  If the Corporation has received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders’ meetings, or is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.
 
 
1

 
 
A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date.  At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.
 
As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101( l ) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) or any successor provision.
 
4.            Quorum . At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of all of the shares of the stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation), shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law. Where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation) shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time.

5.            Organization and Conduct of Business .  The Chairman of the Board of Directors or, in his or her absence the Lead Director or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the Board of Directors, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Corporate Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman appoints. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedures at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.
 
 
2

 
 
6.            Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors .
 
(a)          At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who: (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting; and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a).  For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 60 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received by the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.

A stockholder’s notice to the Corporate Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.
 
Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a).  The officer of the Corporation or other person presiding over the annual meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
 
At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.
 
 
3

 
 
(b)           Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b).  Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received by the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 60 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.
 
A stockholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation.  No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b).  The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
 
(c)           For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation.  The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.
 
 
4

 
 
7.            Proxies and Voting .  A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.

The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.

Unless the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders. All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or the Articles of Incorporation, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast.

8.            Control Share Acquisition Act.   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).
 
 
5

 
 
9.            No Cumulative Voting .  Each holder of shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder. No holder of such shares shall be entitled to cumulative voting for any purpose, including, but not limited to, the election of directors.

ARTICLE II - DIRECTORS

1.            Powers of Directors . The Corporation’s operations shall be under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is empowered to authorize the Corporation to be engaged in any activity that may be exercised or performed by the Corporation under laws of the State of Maryland, the Articles of Incorporation and these Bylaws. The Board of Directors shall be empowered to make rules and regulations essential to the performance of its duties of caring for and overseeing the property and affairs of the Corporation, to elect or appoint such officers and committees as it may deem necessary for the business of the Corporation and to prescribe their duties, to fix (or delegate to committee or executives to fix) the compensation of the directors, officers and employees of the Corporation, to declare dividends, to prescribe the rate, method of computation and time of payment of such dividends and to take or to prescribe the taking of such other action as may be necessary to the performance of its duties. The Board of Directors shall have a Lead Director who shall be an independent director in accordance with applicable stock listing rules. The powers and responsibilities of the Lead Director shall be established and modified from time to time at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

2.            Number and Election . The Board of Directors shall consist of at least six (6) directors but no more than twelve (12) directors, with the precise number of directors to be fixed, changed, and reestablished from time to time as only the Board of Directors may by resolution determine, by virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. Directors shall be elected by the stockholders at the annual meeting or at any special meeting called for the election of directors, and it shall not be a qualification of office that the directors be stockholders of the Corporation.  Each director shall hold office for the term for which he or she is elected and until his or her successor, if any, has been elected and qualified except that a Director shall cease to be in office upon his or her death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal, or court order decreeing that he or she is no longer a Director in office.

3.            Classification .  The Board of Directors shall be classified, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes as nearly equal in number as reasonably practicable, with the directors in each class to hold office until their successors, if any, are elected and qualified. When the number of directors is changed, the Board of Directors shall determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of directors shall be apportioned; provided that no change in the number of directors shall affect the term of any Director then in office.
 
 
6

 
 
4.            Term of Office .  At each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the directors whose terms expire at the meeting (or their successor nominees or nominees for new directorships) shall be elected to hold office for terms expiring at the later of the annual meeting of the stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election or the election and qualification of the successors, if any, to such class of directors (except to the extent re-classification pursuant to Section 3 requires a shorter term).

5.            Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.  No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
 
6.            Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

7.            Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), by the Chairman of the Board or by the Lead Director, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they, or he or she, shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given each Director by whom it is not waived by mailing written notice not less than five (5) days before the meeting or by telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission of the same not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.  Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

8.            Quorum .  At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then constituting the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

9.            Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
 
7

 
 
10.            Conduct of Business; Action Without Meeting .  At any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman or, in his or her absence, the Lead Director, shall preside.  Business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided herein or in the Articles of Incorporation or as required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

11.            Qualifications .  The Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, may from time to time adopt policies or rules as to the qualifications of directors.

12.            Executive and Non-Management Sessions .  The independent directors on the Board of Directors shall meet from time to time in executive sessions in connection with regularly scheduled Board of Directors meetings. Such executive sessions shall occur at least twice each calendar year in accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rules. The term “independent directors” shall have the meaning prescribed to it in the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Non-management members of the Board of Directors may also meet from time to time in non-management sessions. Executive and non-management sessions shall be called in such manner by such person(s) as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

13.            Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given with respect to any meeting of the directors, a written waiver of notice signed by the Director(s) so entitled, whether before or after the time stated therein, and filed with the Corporate Secretary, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. In addition, if any Director is present at any meeting of the directors, he or she shall be deemed to have waived notice of such meeting unless he or she protests the lack of notice at the commencement of the meeting.

14.            Voting .  At meetings of the Board of Directors, each director shall have one vote on each matter presented at that meeting, subject to rules regarding the votes of independent directors.

15.            Removal of Directors .  By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, a director may only be removed, for cause only, by two-thirds of all of the shares of the stock entitled to vote at the meeting.

16.            Resignation and Retirement .  Any Director may resign at any time by sending a written notice of such resignation to the main office of the Corporation addressed to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or the Corporate Secretary. Unless the resigning Director otherwise specifies in the notice of resignation, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or the Corporate Secretary.  Directors shall automatically be deemed to have retired upon attaining the age of seventy-two (72) without the need for any additional action by the Corporation or affected Director.
 
 
8

 
 
17.            Committees .  The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of three (3) or more directors elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may elect one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee, who may take the place of any absent member or members at a meeting of such committee.

Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise specified in the resolution of the Board of Directors designating the committee, the majority of the total number of members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of the majority of the members of the committee present at any meeting of which there is a quorum shall be the act of the committee. Each such committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

18.            Executive Committee . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors, designate not less than three (3) nor more than five (5) directors, consisting of at least the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the President, to constitute an Executive Committee. The Executive Committee, if any, shall meet at such times as it shall determine, and meetings shall be called by the Board of Directors or the President of the Corporation. The President of the Corporation shall serve as the Chair of the Executive Committee, if any, and shall preside over all meetings of the Executive Committee. The Executive Committee, if formed, shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation to the extent not exercised by, or reserved by law to, the full Board of Directors. The Executive Committee may formulate and recommend to the Board of Directors for approval general policies regarding the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The designation of the Executive Committee and the delegation of authority to it shall not operate to relieve the Board of Directors or any member of it of any responsibility imposed by law. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to increase or decrease the number of members of any Executive Committee, to fill vacancies on it, to remove any member of it, and to change its functions or terminate its existence.

Meetings of the Executive Committee, if any, regular or special, may be held either inside or outside the United States. Regular meetings of the Executive Committee, of which no notice shall be necessary, shall be held on such days and at such places as shall be determined by the Executive Committee. Special meetings of the Executive Committee shall be held at the call of any member of the Executive Committee upon two (2) days’ prior notice to all of the other members of the Executive Committee. Attendance of any member of the Executive Committee at any meeting of the Executive Committee shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting. The Executive Committee shall keep minutes of its acts and proceedings which shall be submitted to the full Board of Directors at the next succeeding meeting of the Board of Directors for approval; but failure to submit or to receive approval of such minutes shall not invalidate any action taken upon an authorization contained in them. A majority of the Executive Committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business. The acts of a majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Executive Committee.
 
 
9

 
 
19.            Audit Committee . The Board of Directors shall, by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors, designate not less than three (3) nor more than five (5) directors to constitute an Audit Committee, all of whom shall be independent in accordance with applicable federal securities laws and stock listing rules, subject to such transition rules as may apply. At least one (1) member shall be a financial expert in accordance with applicable federal securities law and any applicable stock listing rules, or disclosure of the lack of a financial expert of the Audit Committee must be made in accordance with applicable securities disclosure rules.  The Audit Committee shall, annually, cause an audit to be made of the financial statements of the Corporation by certified public accountants selected by the Audit Committee in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law and federal securities laws.  The results of such audits shall be reviewed by the Audit Committee, and if deemed acceptable by the Audit Committee, shall be recommended for acceptance by the Board of Directors. The Audit Committee may perform such other functions as are customarily discharged by audit committees of similar institutions.

20.            Compensation Committee . The Board of Directors shall, by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors, designate not less than three (3) nor more than five (5) directors to constitute a Compensation Committee, all of whom shall be independent in accordance with applicable federal securities laws and stock listing rules, subject to transition rules as may apply.  The Compensation Committee shall determine executive compensation and perform such other functions as are customarily discharged by compensation committees of similar institutions.

21.            Governance and Nominating Committee . The Board of Directors shall, by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors, designate not less than three (3) nor more than five (5) directors to constitute a Governance and Nominating Committee, all of whom shall be independent in accordance with applicable federal securities laws and stock listing rules, subject to such transition rules as may apply.  The principal function of the Governance and Nominating Committee shall be to consider and recommend to the full Board of Directors nominees for directors of the Corporation. The Governance and Nominating Committee shall also be responsible for reporting and recommending from time to time to the Board of Directors matters relative to corporate governance. In lieu of this Committee, these functions can be served by the directors who are independent meeting as a group.

22.            Other Committees .  The Board of Directors may by resolution establish other committees as it may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of business of the Corporation and may prescribe the duties, constitution and procedures thereof.

23.            Compensation .  Board members may receive such reasonable compensation in the form of cash, equity or a combination thereof for their services as they may determine from time to time.  Such compensation may be in the form retainers, per meeting compensation, a combination of the foregoing or otherwise as deemed appropriate and reasonable.  Such compensation may vary depending on the role played by individual directors (e.g., chairs may receive additional compensation).
 
 
10

 
 
ARTICLE III - OFFICERS

1.            Officers .  The officers shall consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer (who may be the same person as the Chairman), Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer (if different), Corporate Secretary, one or more Vice Presidents, and such other officers or assistant officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents as Executive Vice President(s) or Senior Vice President(s).  Any two or more principal offices may be held by the same person. If the Chairman is also the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors shall also elect a Lead Director, who shall serve in accordance with such guidelines as the Board of Directors may from time to time approve.

2.            General Authority and Duties .  All officers and agents of the Corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as may be permitted in the Maryland General Corporation Law, provided in these Bylaws or as may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors not inconsistent with these Bylaws.  In the absence of action by the Board of Directors, the officers shall have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices.

3.            Appointment and Term of Office . The officers shall be appointed annually by the Board of Directors at its annual organization meeting or as soon thereafter as conveniently possible or at such other times as the Board of Directors deems necessary.  Each officer shall hold office until his successor, if any, is chosen and qualified, or until his death, his resignation, his retirement or his removal, whichever event shall first occur. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each officer shall hold office at the discretion of the Board of Directors and appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create any contractual rights. Any officer or agent may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, the President or the Corporate Secretary or Assistant Corporate Secretary. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified in the notice, and, unless otherwise specified in it, acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

4.            Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be chosen from among the directors, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and Executive Committee, if present, and shall, in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board of Directors and such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors and the President may be the same person.

5.            President . The President shall have active executive management of the operations of the Corporation, subject, however, to the control of the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee, and to the restrictions or limitations imposed by any applicable rules, regulations or contractual provisions. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, and of the Board of Directors when the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present.
 
 
11

 
 
6.            Corporate Secretary . The Corporate Secretary or Assistant Corporate Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in a secure medium the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors; shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by law; shall be custodian of the records; and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Corporate Secretary or Assistant Corporate Secretary and such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the President.

7.            Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer . The Treasurer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and shall be responsible for all monetized property of the Corporation and shall, or shall cause, the deposit and/or investment of all such funds as he/she determines to be prudent and in accordance with applicable law; and, in general, shall perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer and such other duties as may be assigned to him/her by the Board of Directors or the President.

8.            Other Officers .  Other officers, if any, shall have the powers and perform such duties incident to the respective offices that they hold and as from time to time may be prescribed by statute, these Bylaws, the Board of Directors and the President.

ARTICLE IV - LIABILITY LIMITATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

1.            Limitation of Liability . The liability of directors shall be limited as provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.

2.            Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents as provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.

3.            Non-exclusivity . The foregoing rights of indemnification shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which any person may be entitled and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person. Any such right of indemnification shall be consistent with the laws of the State of Maryland.

ARTICLE V – STOCK

1.            Certificates . The shares of the Corporation’s stock may be certificated or uncertificated, as provided under the Maryland General Corporation Law, and shall be entered into the books of the Corporation and registered as they are issued. Any registered   stockholder shall be entitled to a   physical stock certificate upon written request to the transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation.  In the case of certificated shares, certificates representing shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and permitted by law.   Any certificates representing shares of stock shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Corporate Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

 
12

 
 
2.            Transfer . Subject to the restrictions on transfer and ownership of securities, and unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, transfers of stock, if such stock is certificated, shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 3 of Article VI of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate or uncertificated shares are issued therefor. All surrendered certificates properly endorsed shall be marked “cancelled” with the date of cancellation and a notation of cancellation shall be made in the stockholder book. Upon the receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall cancel the uncertificated shares and issue new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares to the stockholder entitled thereto. Such transfers of stock shall be recorded on the books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures required by this Section may be made by facsimile.

3.            Lost Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any certificate therefore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require a stockholder, in such case, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction or any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.

4.            Endorsement of Stock Certificates . Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, any shares of stock issued by any corporation and owned by the Corporation (including reacquired shares of stock of the Corporation) may, for sale or transfer, be endorsed in the name of the Corporation by the President or such other officer as may designated by the Corporation, and his or her signature shall be attested by the signature of the Corporate Secretary or Assistant Corporate Secretary.  Electronic and facsimile signatures are permitted to be used in the endorsement of stock certificates.

5.           Stock Ledger .   The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds.  The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection.  The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI – MISCELLANEOUS

1.           Facsimile Signatures .  In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.
 
 
13

 
 
2.           Books and Records .   The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors.  The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes               shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.
 
3.           Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records .  Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

4.           Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.           Time Periods .  In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

6.         Contracts and Agreements .  To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation.  Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.
 
ARTICLE VII - AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.

 
14

 

The Undersigned hereby certifies that these Bylaws have been adopted by a majority or more of the Directors of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. this 27th day of January, 2011.
 
  /s/ Brenda O. Kowalski
  Brenda O. Kowalski, Corporate Secretary
 
15

Exhibit 3.1
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.
 
The undersigned, John J. Patrick, Jr., an individual over the age of 18, whose address is One Farm Glen Road, Farmington, Connecticut 06032, acting as sole incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation:
 
ARTICLE 1.      Name.    The name of the corporation is First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (herein the “Corporation”).
 
ARTICLE 2.      Principal Office.    The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201.
 
ARTICLE 3.      Purpose.

A.   To pursue any or all of the lawful objectives of a bank holding company and to exercise all of the express, implied and incidental powers conferred by such laws and by all amendments or supplements to such laws, subject to all lawful and applicable rules, regulations and orders of the Banking Commissioner of the State of Connecticut (the “Commissioner”), the Federal Reserve Board, or any other state or federal agency having the authority to supervise or regulate the Corporation and the conduct of its business.

B.   Subject to the foregoing paragraph A hereof, to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.
 
ARTICLE 4.      Resident Agent.    The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.
 
ARTICLE 5.    Capital Stock
 
                A.   Authorized Stock.    The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes which the Corporation has authority to issue is thirty-two million (32,000,000) shares, consisting of:
 
                                1.   Two million (2,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and
 
                                2.   Thirty million (30,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is three hundred and twenty thousand dollars ($320,000).  Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation.  The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus, subject to applicable law and regulations.  The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles of Incorporation to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.  For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.
 
 
 

 
 
B.   Common Stock.    Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock, the holders thereof being entitled to one vote for each share of such Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive pro rata the remaining assets of the Corporation after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation, distribution of the Liquidation Account established for certain depositors of Farmington Bank pursuant to the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization dated January 25, 2011, as amended and restated on February 14, 2011 (the “Plan of Conversion”), and payment or provision for payment of any amounts owed to the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having preference over the Common Stock on distributions on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
 
                C.   Preferred Stock.    The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock.
 
                D.   Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.
 
1.  Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation, for a period of seven (7) years after the Corporation becomes the beneficial owner of 100% of Farmington Bank’s common stock, without the Commissioner’s prior written approval, no person shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of the Corporation’s capital stock.  If a person violates this prohibition, the Corporation shall not permit the person to vote shares in excess of 10% and shall not count the shares in excess of 10% in any shareholder vote. The foregoing restriction shall not apply to (i) any offer with a view toward public resale made solely and exclusively to the Corporation, the underwriters or a selling group acting on the Corporation’s behalf; or (ii) any of the Corporation’s tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, provided that the plan or plans do not beneficially own more than twenty-five percent of any class of the shares in the aggregate.
 
                For the purposes of this section:

         (i)  
a person shall be deemed to acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of the Corporation’s stock if such person holds any combination of stock or revocable or irrevocable proxies under circumstances that give rise to a conclusive control determination under 12 CFR 574.4(a) or a rebuttable control determination under 12 CFR 574.4(b). It will be presumed that a person has acquired shares if such person entered into a binding written agreement for the transfer of shares;
 
 
 

 
 
         (ii)  
an offer is made when it is communicated. An offer does not include non-binding expressions of understanding or letters of intent regarding the terms of a potential acquisition; and
 
        (iii)  
a “person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity.
 
                             3.  The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions, including but not limited to matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of voting stock beneficially owned by any person, (ii) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (iii) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section.

                             4.  The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any person who is reasonably believed to beneficially own a class of capital stock in excess of the Limit (or holds of record voting stock beneficially owned by any person in excess of the Limit) (a “Holder in Excess”) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.
 
                             5.  Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.
 
                             6.  In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including stockholders owning an amount of stock over the Limit, notwithstanding any such finding.

                E.             Majority Vote. Except for any provision of law requiring the authorization of any action by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws.
 
 
 

 
 
                F.             Quorum.   Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in this Section D, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of this Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in the Articles of Incorporation to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

ARTICLE 6.      Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.

A.   Preemptive Rights.   No holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series, or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series, except such as may be established by the Board of Directors.

B.   Appraisal Rights.    Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.
 
ARTICLE 7.        Directors.   The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:
 
 
                A.   Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation.
 
                 B.   Number, Class and Terms of Directors; Cumulative Voting .  The Board of Directors which shall consist of not less than six (6) nor more than twelve (12) members. The number of directors of the Corporation constituting the initial Board of Directors shall be seven (7) and shall thereafter be fixed from time to time at such number as the Board of Directors may by resolution determine in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, provided, however,  that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) now or hereafter in force. The Directors shall be classified, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the directors in each class to hold office until their successors, if any, are elected and qualified. Each member of the Board of Directors in Class I shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders in 2012, each member of the Board of Directors in the Class II shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders in 2013 and each member of the Board of Directors in Class III shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders in 2014. At each annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, the successors, if any, to the class of directors whose terms expire at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for terms expiring at the later of the annual meeting of shareholders held in the third year following the year of their election or the election and qualification of the successors, if any, to such class of directors.
 
 
 

 
 
The class and name of each initial director of the Corporation are set forth below:

Name
Next Date of Election
   
David Drew
2014
   
Kevin S. Ray
2013
   
Robert F. Edmunds, Jr.
2012
   
John J. Carson
2013
   
John J. Patrick, Jr., Chairman
2012
   
Ronald A. Bucchi
2013
   
Michael A. Ziebka
2014


Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.
 
                C.  Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
 
                D.   Removal.   Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.
 
                E.   Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors.   Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
 
ARTICLE 8.        Bylaws.    The   Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board.  The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.  In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.
 
 
 

 
 
ARTICLE 9.         Evaluation of Certain Offers.    The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction which would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market, or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock, other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; acquiring a company to create an antitrust or other regulatory problem for the party making the proposal; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 9 does not create any inference concerning factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.
 
For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.
 
ARTICLE 10.      Certain Business Combinations.   Without limiting the restrictions of Section D of Article 5 above, the provisions of Sections 3-602 and 3-603 of the MGCL as in effect on January 25, 2011 (or any succeeding, substantially similar statutory provisions) regarding the prohibition of a business combination with an Interested Shareholder (as defined therein) shall apply to the Corporation and are incorporated herein by reference.

ARTICLE 11.      Consolidation, Merger, Share Exchange or Transfer of Shares.   Without limiting the restrictions of Section D of Article 5 and Article 10 above, and except as otherwise provided in the MGCL, a consolidation, merger, share exchange or transfer of shares shall be approved by the affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the affirmative vote of two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter (after giving effect to the provisions of Section D of Article 5).
 
 
 

 
 
ARTICLE 12.  Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers

A.   Indemnification.    The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B hereof with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
 
                B.   Procedure.    If a claim under Section A of this Article 12 is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 12 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

                C.   Non-Exclusivity.    The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 12 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Articles of Incorporation, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.
 
                 D.   Insurance.  The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.
 
 
 

 
   
                 E.  Miscellaneous.    The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 12 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 12 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.
 
Any repeal or modification of this Article 12 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 12 is in force.
 
ARTICLE 13 .     Limitation of Liability.    An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
 
ARTICLE 14.     Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation.    The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.
 
The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.
 
No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).
 
 
 

 
 
The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 14, Article 5, Article 6, Article 7, Article 8, Article 9, Article 10, Article 11, Article 12 and Article 13.
 
ARTICLE 15.    Liquidation Account.    Under regulations of the Connecticut Department of Banking, the Corporation must establish and maintain a liquidation account (the “Liquidation Account”) for the benefit of certain Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as defined in the Plan of Conversion. In the event of a complete liquidation involving (i) the Corporation or (ii) Farmington Bank, the Corporation must comply with the regulations of the Connecticut Department of Banking and the provisions of the Plan of Conversion with respect to the amount and priorities of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s interests in the Liquidation Account. The interest of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the Liquidation Account does not entitle such account holders to voting rights.

 
 

 
 
I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Chairman of the Board of Directors, do make, file and record these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 17th day of February, 2011.
 
 
  /s/ John J. Patrick, Jr.  
  John J. Patrick, Jr.  
 
                                                     
 

Exhibit 4.1
 
COMMON STOCK     COMMON STOCK
$0.01 PAR VALUE   SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS 
      CUSIP
 
FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

SPECIMEN

is the owner of:

FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.01 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF
FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.

The shares represented by this certificate are transferable only on the stock transfer books of the Corporation by the holder of record hereof, or by his or her duly authorized attorney or legal representative, upon the surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.  This certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and any amendments thereto (copies of which are on file with the Transfer Agent), to all of which provisions the holder by acceptance hereof assents.

This certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.  The shares represented by this Certificate are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed.
 
Dated:                                                                                        [SEAL]
 
  President and Treasurer and  
  Chief Executive Officer   Chief Financial Officer  
 
 
 

 
                                                                                                                     
FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.

The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, to the effect that for a period of seven (7) years from the date the Corporation becomes the owner of one hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock of Farmington Bank, no person shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of any equity security of the Corporation without the prior written approval of the Connecticut Banking Commissioner.  In the event shares are acquired in violation of the above limitation, all shares beneficially owned by any person in excess of ten percent (10%) shall be considered “excess shares” and shall not be counted as shares entitled to vote, shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the shareholders for a vote, and shall not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to the shareholders for a vote.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized by resolution(s), from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of preferred stock in series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.  The Corporation will furnish to any shareholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.

The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter.  The affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting stock of the Corporation is required to approve certain business combinations and other transactions.  The affirmative vote of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the voting stock of the Corporation is required to amend certain sections of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
 
TEN COM – as tenants in common    UNIF GIFTS MIN ACT - ________ custodian _______
                                                                  (Cust)                (Minor)
         
TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties      under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
         
           
 
JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of
   survivorship and not as tenants
   in common
    (State)
 
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
                                        
         
For value received, _________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto    
 
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
     IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

________________________________________________________________________________________
Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee

__________________________________________________ shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ___________________________________________________ Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
 
DATED        
     
NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.
   
   
   
   
 
SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:    
  THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15  
 

Exhibit 8.1
 






  _________, 2011



Boards of Directors
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (Connecticut)
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (Maryland)
Farmington Holdings, Inc.
One Farm Glen Boulevard
Farmington, Connecticut  06032
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested our opinion regarding the material federal, Connecticut, and Maryland income tax consequences that will result from the conversion of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a Connecticut mutual holding company incorporated on November 18, 2005, into a capital stock holding company pursuant to the Banking Law of Connecticut, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 36a-197.  The Conversion is to be effected by the integrated transactions described in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.) and Farmington Bank , dated January 25, 2011, and Amended and Restated as of March 22, 2011, adopted  by the Boards of Directors of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., (Connecticut) and Farmington Bank  (the “Plan”).

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.  For the avoidance of confusion, and to differentiate two corporations with the same name but formed in different jurisdictions, this letter parenthetically identifies the state of incorporation when referring to either of the two entities known as First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.

Current Structure

First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (Connecticut) (the “Mutual Holding Company”) owns one hundred percent (100.0%) of the outstanding shares of Farmington Bank, (the “Bank”), a Connecticut-chartered capital stock bank.  The Mutual Holding Company is organized pursuant to a mutual form of organization without authority to issue capital stock.  Under Connecticut law, the depositors of the Bank (the “Depositors”) have the right to receive, upon the solvent liquidation of the Mutual Holding Company, an amount representing the surplus of the Mutual Holding Company.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., et. al.
______, 2011
Page 2
 
Description of Proposed Transaction

The major steps of the Plan are as follows, such steps to occur in the following sequence, each step to occur immediately after the occurrence of the prior step:

(i)          First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (Maryland) (the “Holding Company”), was organized on January 27, 2011, pursuant to the Maryland General Corporation Law, to act as a capital stock holding company as further described below.  Pursuant to the Connecticut Business Corporation Act, Farmington Holdings, Inc. (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”), will be organized as a capital stock holding company as further described below.  The Mid-Tier Holding Company will be formed solely to effectuate the Conversion.  The Mid-Tier Holding Company will have no significant assets or capitalization unrelated to the Conversion and will not engage in any business or other activities except in connection with the Conversion and any related transactions.

(ii)         The Mutual Holding Company will contribute to the Mid-Tier Holding Company one hundred percent (100.0%) of the Bank Common Stock held by the Mutual Holding Company.

(iii)        The Mutual Holding Company will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company pursuant to the Banking Law of Connecticut, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 36a- 194b, with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity (the “Mutual Holding Company Merger”).  The shares of the Mid-Tier Holding Company held by the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to this merger will be extinguished in the merger.  As a consequence of the merger, the Depositors will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company (the “Mutual Holding Company Merger Consideration”) in exchange for their interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

(iv)        The Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with and into the Holding Company pursuant to the Connecticut Business Corporation Act, Conn. Gen. Stat. § 33-815  and Maryland Code § 3-102, of the General Corporation Law, with the Holding Company as the surviving entity (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger”).  Upon the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger, the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by Depositors will, by operation of law be exchanged for an interest in the Liquidation Account (the “Mid-Tier Merger Holding Company Consideration”).

As a result of this merger, Bank becomes the wholly-owned subsidiary of Holding Company.

You have represented that the basis for each of the above exchanges will be fair and reasonable.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., et. al.
______, 2011
Page 3
 
(v)         The Holding Company will complete the offer and sale of shares of Conversion Stock in descending order or priority to (i) Eligible Account Holders, (ii) Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, and (iii) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, if any, and (iv) to the extent shares not subscribed for by the foregoing classes of Persons, will be offered to certain members of the public through a Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering, or a Public Offering (or a combination thereof) .

(vi)        Subject to the Commissioner’s approval, the Holding Company will contribute at least fifty percent (50.0%) of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in a constructive exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.

(vii)       It is intended for federal income tax purposes that the transitory existence of the Mid-Tier Holding Company be disregarded and the Conversion be treated as a direct merger of the Mutual Holding Company into the Holding Company followed by the offer of Conversion Stock by the Holding Company.

Our Review of the Proposed Transaction

In connection with the issuance of this letter, we have made such investigations as we have deemed relevant or necessary for the purpose of this opinion.  In our examination, we reviewed the Plan, the registration statement filed by Holding Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the applications to the Connecticut Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board.  In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial LC to you stating its belief as to certain valuation matters described below.

We have assumed the authenticity of original documents, the accuracy of copies and the genuineness of signatures.  We have further assumed the absence of adverse facts not apparent from the face of the instruments and documents we examined and on which we have relied.

Furthermore, we assume that each of the parties to the Conversion will comply with all reporting obligations with respect to the Conversion required under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

Representations

For purposes of this opinion, we are relying on the representations as to factual matters provided to us by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, Bank, and Holding Company, as set forth in the certificates for each of those aforementioned entities and signed by authorized officers of each of the aforementioned entities, incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., et. al.
______, 2011
Page 4
 
SCOPE OF THE OPINION

Our opinions in this letter are limited to those specifically set forth herein under the heading Opinions .  The opinions are rendered only with respect to the specific facts and representations set forth herein.  We express no opinion with respect to any other federal, state, local, or foreign tax or any legal aspect of the transaction described herein.  No inference should be drawn regarding any matter not specifically opined on below.

In rendering our opinions, we are relying upon the relevant provisions of the internal revenue laws, including the Code, the Treasury Regulations thereunder, the General Statutes of Connecticut, the Maryland Code, and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof -- all as of the date of this letter.  These authorities are subject to change or modification retroactively and/or prospectively and any such change could affect the validity or correctness of our opinions.  We will not update our advice for subsequent changes or modifications to the law and regulations or to the judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, unless you separately engage us to do so in writing after such subsequent change or modification.

These opinions are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service, the Connecticut Department of Revenue Services, the Treasury Department of Maryland, any other tax authority, or any court, and no assurance can be given that a position contrary to that expressed herein will not be asserted by a tax authority and ultimately sustained by a court.

We are rendering these opinions only to the Boards of Directors of each of the following corporations:  First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (formed pursuant to Connecticut Business Corporation Act on November 18, 2005); First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (formed pursuant to Maryland General Corporation Law on January 27, 2011); Farmington Holdings, Inc.; and Farmington Bank (together, the “Boards of Directors”).  Therefore, this opinion cannot be relied upon by any person or persons other than the Boards of Directors.  This opinion may not be included in any document available to any third parties, or be incorporated by reference in any document available to such third parties, without our express written consent.

Opinions

In our opinion,

1.           The Mutual Holding Company Merger and the Mid-Tier Holding Company Merger will together constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization of the Mutual Holding Company, and together such mergers will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.  Neither the Mid-Tier Holding Company nor Holding Company will recognize gain or loss as a result of such mergers.

2.           None of the Mutual Holding Company, Holding Company, eligible deposit account holders nor supplemental eligible deposit account holders, will recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company to the Mid-Tier Holding Company in constructive exchange for a liquidation interest established in the Mid-Tier Holding Company for the benefit of such persons who remain depositors of the Bank.
  
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., et. al.
______, 2011
Page 5
 
3.           Eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company for the liquidation accounts in Holding Company and the Bank.
 
4.           No gain or loss will be recognized by eligible deposit account holders or supplemental eligible deposit account holders upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company common stock.  Eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.
 
5.           It is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the liquidation accounts as of the effective date of the merger of the Mid-Tier Holding Company with and into Holding Company.
 
6.           It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of Holding Company common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price.  The holding period of Holding Company common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised.
 
7.           No gain or loss will be recognized by Holding Company on the receipt of money in exchange for Holding Company common stock sold in the offering.

In each instance above in which we opine that no gain or loss will be recognized, such opinion applies to gain or loss that would constitute (a) gross income pursuant to section 61 of the Code, (b) gross income pursuant to section 12-213(a)(9) of the General Statutes of Connecticut, (c) adjusted gross income pursuant to section 12-701(a)(19) of the General Statutes of Connecticut, and (d) Maryland taxable income pursuant to Maryland Code section 10-101(i) of the Tax – General Article.

With respect to items 4 and 6 above, Hinckley, Allen & Snyder, LLP relied on your representation that the subscription rights have no value, which you have based on the fact that they will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering.  In addition, we are relying on a letter dated January 26, 2011, from RP Financial LC to you, in which RP Financial LC states its belief that the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value at the time they are issued.  We also note that the IRS has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value.  If the subscription rights granted to eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders are deemed to have an economic value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders who exercise the subscription rights.  Eligible deposit account holders and supplemental eligible deposit account holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., et. al.
______, 2011
Page 6
 
The opinion as to item 5 above is based on your representation that the liquidation accounts have no value and is consistent with the position that:  (i) there is no history of any holder of an interest in a liquidation account receiving a payment attributable to a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the liquidation accounts are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the liquidation account with respect to each eligible deposit account holder and supplemental eligible deposit account holder will be reduced as their deposits in the Bank are reduced; and, (iv) the liquidation account payment obligation arises only if the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets to fund the liquidation account.  We also note that the U.S. Supreme Court in Paulsen v. Commissioner , 469 U.S. 131 (1985), stated the following:
 
“The right to participate in the net proceeds of a solvent liquidation is also not a significant part of the value of the shares.  Referring to the possibility of a solvent liquidation of a mutual savings association, this Court observed:  “It stretches the imagination very far to attribute any real value to such a remote contingency, and when coupled with the fact that it represents nothing which the depositor can readily transfer, any theoretical value reduces almost to the vanishing point.”   Society for the Savings v. Bowers , 349 U.S. 143, 150 (1955).”
 
In addition, we are relying on an additional letter from RP Financial LC to you, also dated January 26, 2011, stating RP Financial LC’s belief that the benefit provided by the Bank’s obligation in support of the Depositor’s liquidation rights in Holding Company, in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets, does not have any economic value.  If such rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each eligible deposit account holder or supplemental eligible deposit account holder in the amount of such fair market value as of the date of the conversion.
 
The opinion of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP, unlike a letter ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the conclusions expressed herein may be challenged at a future date.

Sincerely,



Hinckley, Allen & Snyder, LLP

 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., et. al.
______, 2011
Page 7

 
CONSENT

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Mutual Holding Company’s Application for Conversion filed with the Federal Reserve Board and with the Connecticut Department of Banking and to the Holding Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the SEC.  We also consent to the references to our firm in relation to this opinion in the Prospectus contained in the Application for Conversion and Form S-1 under the captions “The Conversion and Offering-Material Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal and Tax Matters.”



 
 

Exhibit 10.8
 
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK DEFINED BENEFIT EMPLOYEES’ PENSION PLAN
 
January 1, 1999 Restatement
 
DB1
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PREAMBLE
 
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
 
1.1
 
Plan Definitions
 
3
1.2
 
Construction
 
9
         
   
ARTICLE II
   
   
HOURS OF SERVICE
   
         
2.1
 
Crediting of Hours of Service
 
10
2.2
 
Hours of Service Equivalencies
 
12
2.3
 
Determination of Non-Duty Hours of Service
 
12
2.4
 
Allocation of Hours of Service to Service Computation Periods
 
13
2.5
 
Department of Labor Rules
 
13
         
   
ARTICLE III
   
   
SERVICE & CREDITED SERVICE
   
         
3.1
 
Service and Credited Service Prior to January 1, 1999
 
14
3.2
 
Service and Credited Service On or After January 1, 1999
 
14
3.3
 
Transfers
 
14
3.4
 
Retirement or Termination and Reemployment
 
15
3.5
 
Repayment of Distributed Benefits
 
16
3.6
 
Finality of Determinations
 
16
         
   
ARTICLE IV
   
   
ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION
   
         
4.1
 
Participation
 
 17
4.2
 
Crediting Eligibility Service
 
17
4.3
 
Loss of Eligibility Service
 
17
4.4
 
Reinstatement of Eligibility Service
 
17
4.5
 
Termination of Participation
 
18
4.6
 
Participation Upon Reemployment
 
18
4.7
 
Finality of Determinations
 
18
 
DB1
 
 
i

 

   
ARTICLE V
   
   
NORMAL RETIREMENT
   
         
5.1
 
Eligibility
 
19
5.2
 
Amount
 
19
5.3
 
401(a)(17) Fresh Start Adjustments
 
19
5.4
 
Minimum Benefits
 
19
5.5
 
Adjustment to Normal Retirement Benefit for Employment After Normal Retirement Date
 
20
5.6
 
Payment
 
21
         
   
ARTICLE VI
   
   
EARLY RETIREMENT
   
         
6.1
 
Eligibility
 
22
6.2
 
Amount
 
22
6.3
 
Payment
 
22
         
   
ARTICLE VII
   
   
VESTED RIGHTS
   
         
7.1
 
Vesting
 
23
7.2
 
Eligibility for Deferred Vested Retirement Benefit
 
23
7.3
 
Amount of Deferred Vested Retirement Benefit
 
24
7.4
 
Payment
 
24
7.5
 
Election of Former Vesting Schedule
 
24
         
   
ARTICLE VIII
   
   
DISABILITY RETIREMENT BENEFIT
   
         
8.1
 
No Disability Retirement Benefits Payable Under Plan
 
25
         
   
ARTICLE IX
   
   
FORMS OF PAYMENT
   
         
9.1
 
Normal Form of Payment
 
26
9.2
 
Optional Forms of Payment
 
27
9.3
 
Designation of Beneficiary and Beneficiary in Absence of Designated Beneficiary
 
29
9.4
 
Notice Regarding Forms of Payment
 
29
9.5
 
Election Period
 
31
9.6
 
Spousal Consent Requirements
 
31
9.7
 
Death Prior to Annuity Starting Date
 
32
 
DB1
 
 
ii

 

9.8
 
Preservation of Election of Form of Payment
 
32
9.9
 
Effect of Reemployment on Form of Payment
 
33
         
   
ARTICLE X
   
   
SURVIVOR BENEFITS
   
         
10.1
 
Eligibility for Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity
 
34
10.2
 
Amount of Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity
 
34
10.3
 
Payment of Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity
 
35
         
   
ARTICLE XI
   
   
GENERAL PROVISIONS & LIMITATIONS
   
         
11.1
 
Suspension of Benefits
 
36
11.2
 
Exception to Suspension of Benefits Rule
 
36
11.3
 
Non-Alienation of Retirement Rights or Benefits
 
36
11.4
 
Payment of Benefits to Others
 
37
11.5
 
Payment of Small Benefits; Deemed Cashout
 
37
11.6
 
Direct Rollovers
 
38
11.7
 
Limitations on Commencement
 
38
11.8
 
Post Age 70 1/2 Payments
 
39
11.9
 
Offset to Accrual After Normal Retirement Date
 
40
         
   
ARTICLE XII
   
   
MAXIMUM RETIREMENT BENEFITS
   
         
12.1
 
Definitions
 
41
12.2
 
Maximum Limitation on Annual Benefits
 
41
12.3
 
Manner of Reduction
 
42
12.4
 
Maximum Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Limitation
 
42
         
   
ARTICLE XIII
   
   
PENSION FUND
   
         
13.1
 
Pension Fund
 
43
13.2
 
Contributions by the Employers
 
43
13.3
 
Expenses of the Plan
 
43
13.4
 
No Reversion
 
43
13.5
 
Forfeitures Not to Increase Benefits
 
44
13.6
 
Change of Funding Medium
 
44
 
DB1
 
 
iii

 

   
ARTICLE XIV
   
   
ADMINISTRATION
   
         
14.1
 
Authority of the Sponsor
 
45
14.2
 
Action of the Sponsor
 
45
14.3
 
Claims Review Procedure
 
46
14.4
 
Qualified Domestic Relations Orders
 
47
14.5
 
Indemnification
 
47
14.6
 
Actions Binding
 
47
         
   
ARTICLE XV
   
   
ADOPTION BY OTHER ENTITIES
   
         
15.1
 
Adoption by Affiliated Companies
 
48
15.2
 
Effective Plan Provisions
 
48
         
   
ARTICLE XVI
   
   
AMENDMENT & TERMINATION OF PLAN
   
         
16.1
 
Sponsor’s Right of Amendment
 
49
16.2
 
Termination of the Plan
 
49
16.3
 
Adjustment of Allocation
 
50
16.4
 
Assets Insufficient for Allocation
 
50
16.5
 
Assets Insufficient for Allocation Under Paragraph (c) of Section 16.2
 
51
16.6
 
Allocations Resulting in Discrimination
 
51
16.7
 
Residual Assets
 
51
16.8
 
Meanings of Terms
 
52
16.9
 
Payments by the Funding Agent
 
52
16.10
 
Residual Assets Distributable to the Employers
 
52
16.11
 
Withdrawal of an Employer
 
52
         
   
ARTICLE XVII
   
   
MISCELLANEOUS
   
         
17.1
 
No Commitment as to Employment
 
54
17.2
 
Claims of Other Persons
 
54
17.3
 
Governing Law
 
54
17.4
 
Nonforfeitability of Benefits Upon Termination or Partial Termination
 
54
17.5
 
Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer of Plan Assets
 
54
17.6
 
Funding Agreement
 
55
17.7
 
Benefit Offsets for Overpayments
 
55
17.8
 
Internal Revenue Requirements
 
55
17.9
 
Veterans Reemployment Rights
 
56
 
DB1
 
 
iv

 

         
   
ARTICLE XVIII
   
   
TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
   
         
18.1
 
Top-Heavy Plan Definitions
 
57
18.2
 
Applicability of Top-Heavy Plan Provisions
 
59
18.3
 
Top-Heavy Vesting
 
59
18.4
 
Minimum Top-Heavy Benefit
 
59
18.5
 
Adjustment of Maximum Retirement Benefits
 
60
 
DB1
 
 
v

 
 
PREAMBLE
 
The Farmington Savings Bank Defined Benefit Employees’ Pension Plan, originally effective as of July 1, 1952, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety. The Plan, as amended and restated hereby, is intended to qualify as a defined benefit pension plan under Code Section 401(a). The Plan is maintained for the exclusive benefit of eligible employees and their beneficiaries.
 
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, this amended and restated Plan shall be effective as of January 1, 1999, and the rights of any person who did not have an Hour of Service under the Plan on or after January 1, 1999, shall generally be determined in accordance with the terms of the Plan as in effect on the date for which he was last credited with an Hour of Service.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following special effective dates shall apply:
   
(a)
The provision protecting veterans re-employment rights in Article XVII is effective December 12, 1994.
   
(b)
The Code Section 415 limitations on retirement benefits in Article XII are effective for limitation years beginning on or after January 1, 1995.
   
(c)
The definition of “Required Beginning Date” in Article I is effective January 1, 2000.
   
(d)
The definition of “Highly Compensated Employee” in Article I is effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997.
   
(e)
Elimination of family aggregation from the definition of “Earnings” in Article I is effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997.
   
(f)
The change in the definition of “leased employee” in the definition of “Employee” in Article I is effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997.
   
(g)
The change in the anti-alienation provisions in Section 11.3 to exclude certain judgments is effective August 5, 1997.
   
(h)
The increase in the cash out limitation from $3,500 to $5,000 in Section 11.5 is effective January 1, 1998.
   
(i)
The change in the definition of “Actuarial Equivalent” in Article I to provide the mortality table and interest rate required for determining present values under Code Section 417(e), as amended by GATT, is effective May 1, 1997.
 
DB1

 
1

 
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant’s vested interest in his Accrued Benefit under the Plan on and after the effective date of this amendment and restatement shall be not less than his vested interest in his Accrued Benefit on the day immediately preceding the effective date.
 
DB1
 
 
2

 
 
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
   
1.1
Plan Definitions
 
As used herein, the following words and phrases, when they appear with initial letters capitalized as indicated below, have the meanings hereinafter set forth:
   
(a)
An “ Active Participant ” means a Participant who is accruing Credited Service under the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article III.
   
(b)
A Participant’s “ Accrued Benefit ” as of any date means the portion of his monthly normal retirement benefit accrued as of that date determined as provided in Article V, based on his years of Credited Service and his Average Annual Earnings determined as of that date.
   
(c)
The “ Actuarial Equivalent ” of a value means the actuarial equivalent determined using the 1971 Group Annuity Mortality Table for male lives with a six year set back for Spouses and an interest rate of eight percent, except that in determining present value for purposes of a single sum payment, the following factors shall be used: (i) the table prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, which shall be based on the prevailing commissioners’ standard table, described in Code Section 807(d)(5)(A), used to determine reserves for group annuity contracts issued on the date as of which present value is being determined (without regard to any other subparagraph of Code Section 807(d)(5)) and (ii) the annual rate of interest on 30-year Treasury securities for the second calendar month preceding the Plan Year in which the distribution is made.
   
 
For a Participant who has reached Normal Retirement Date at the time present value is being determined, the present value of his Accrued Benefit shall be calculated based on the immediate annuity payable to the Participant as of his Annuity Starting Date. For a Participant who has not yet reached Normal Retirement Date at the time present value is being determined, the present value of his Accrued Benefit shall be calculated based on a deferred annuity payable commencing at Normal Retirement Date. For purposes of this paragraph, immediate and deferred annuities will be in the normal form applicable to unmarried Participants under Section 9.1 of the Plan.
   
(d)
The “ Actuary ” means an independent actuary selected by the Sponsor, who is an enrolled actuary as defined in Code Section 7701(a)(35), or a firm or corporation of actuaries having such a person on its staff, which person, firm, or corporation is to serve as the actuarial consultant for the Plan.
 
DB1
 
 
3

 

(e)
The “ Administrator ” means the Sponsor unless the Sponsor designates another person or persons to act as such.
   
(f)
An “ Affiliated Company ” means any corporation or business, other than an Employer, which would be aggregated with an Employer for a relevant purpose under Code Section 414.
   
(g)
A Participant’s, or Beneficiary’s, if the Participant has died, “ Annuity Starting Date ” means the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or, in the case of a single sum payment, the first day on which all events have occurred which entitle the Participant, or his Beneficiary, if applicable, to such benefit.
   
 
If a Participant whose Annuity Starting Date has occurred is reemployed by an Employer or an Affiliated Company resulting in a suspension of benefits in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.1, for purposes of determining the form of payment of such Participant’s benefit upon his subsequent retirement, such prior Annuity Starting Date shall apply to benefits accrued prior to the Participant’s reemployment. Such prior Annuity Starting Date shall also apply to benefits accrued following the Participant’s reemployment if such prior Annuity Starting Date occurred on or after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. Such prior Annuity Starting Date shall not apply to benefits accrued following the Participant’s reemployment if such prior Annuity Starting Date occurred prior to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
   
(h)
A Participant’s “ Average Annual Earnings ” means his highest average annual Earnings received for any five consecutive Earnings Computation Periods during the ten consecutive Earnings Computation Periods immediately preceding the date the Participant’s employment terminates.
   
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant has fewer than five full consecutive Earnings Computation Periods, his Average Annual Earnings shall be determined by multiplying a fraction, the numerator of which is his total Earnings and the denominator of which is his total number of full calendar months of employment as an Employee, by 12.
   
(i)
A Participant’s “ Beneficiary ” means any beneficiary who is entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan upon the death of the Participant.
   
(j)
A “ Break in Service ” with respect to any Employee means any Service Computation Period during which he completes fewer than 501 Hours of Service, except that no Employee shall incur a Break in Service solely by reason of temporary absence from work not exceeding 12 months resulting from illness, layoff, or other cause if authorized in advance by an Employer pursuant to its uniform leave policy, if his employment is not otherwise terminated during the period of such absence.
 
DB1
 
 
4

 

(k)
The “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Reference to a Code section shall include (i) such section and any comparable section or sections of any future legislation that amends, supplements, or supersedes such section and (ii) all rulings, regulations, notices, announcements, and other pronouncements issued by the U.S. Treasury Department, the Internal Revenue Service, and any court of competent jurisdiction that relate to such section.
   
(1)
A Participant’s “ Credited Service ” means his period of service for purposes of determining the amount of any benefit for which he is eligible under the Plan, as computed in accordance with the provisions of Article III.
   
(m)
The “ Earnings ” of a Participant for any Earnings Computation Period means his basic compensation received for services as an Employee, including commissions, but excluding overtime, bonuses, and any other additional compensation. In addition to the foregoing, Earnings include any amount that would have been included in the foregoing description, but for the Participant’s election to defer payment of such amount under Code Section 402(e)(3), as an elective contribution to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any Earnings Computation Period beginning on or after January 1, 1989, the definition of Earnings described above would fail the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 414(s)(3), then for such Earnings Computation Period, Earnings means compensation as defined in Treasury regulations Section 1.415-2(d)(10) received from an Employer for the specified Earnings Computation Period.
   
 
In no event, however, shall the Earnings of a Participant taken into account under the Plan for any Earnings Computation Period exceed (1) $200,000 for Earnings Computation Periods beginning before January 1, 1994, or (2) $150,000 for Earnings Computation Periods beginning on or after January 1, 1994. The limitations set forth in the preceding sentence shall be subject to adjustment annually as provided in Code Section 401(a)(17)(B) and Code Section 415(d); provided, however, that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year, if any, is effective for Earnings Computation Periods beginning in such calendar year.
   
(n)
An “ Earnings Computation Period ” means each calendar year.
   
(o)
An Employee’s “ Eligibility Service ” means his period of service for purposes of determining his eligibility to participate in the Plan, as computed in accordance with the provisions of Article IV.
   
(p)
An “ Employee ” means any employee of an Employer.
 
DB1
 
 
5

 
 
 
Any “leased employee,” other than an excludable leased employee, shall be treated as an employee of an Employer or any other Affiliated Company for all purposes of the Plan, including benefit accrual; provided, however, that contributions to a qualified plan made on behalf of a leased employee by the leasing organization that are attributable to services for the Employer shall be treated as having been made by the Employer and there shall be no duplication of benefits under this Plan.
   
 
A “leased employee” means any person who performs services for an Employer or an Affiliated Company (the “recipient”) (other than an employee of the recipient) pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person (the “leasing organization”) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, provided that such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the recipient. An “excludable leased employee” means any leased employee of the recipient who is covered by a money purchase pension plan maintained by the leasing organization which provides for (i) a nonintegrated employer contribution on behalf of each participant in the plan equal to at least ten percent of compensation, (ii) full and immediate vesting, and (iii) immediate participation by employees of the leasing organization (other than employees who perform substantially all of their services for the leasing organization or whose compensation from the leasing organization in each plan year during the four-year period ending with the plan year is less than $1,000); provided, however, that leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the recipient’s nonhighly compensated work force. For purposes of this Section, contributions or benefits provided to a leased employee by the leasing organization that are attributable to services performed for the recipient shall be treated as provided by the recipient.
   
(q)
An “ Employer ” means the Sponsor and any entity which has adopted the Plan as may be provided under Article XV.
   
(r)
An “ Entry Date ” means the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year (January 1 and July 1).
   
(s)
ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Reference to a section of ERISA shall include such section and any comparable section or sections of any future legislation that amends, supplements, or supersedes such section.
   
(t)
The “ Funding Agent ” means the person or persons which at the time shall be designated, qualified, and acting under the Funding Agreement and shall include (i) any trustee for a trust established pursuant to the Funding Agreement, (ii) any insurance company that issues an annuity or insurance contract pursuant to the Funding Agreement, or (iii) any person holding assets in a custodial account pursuant to the Funding Agreement. The Sponsor may designate a person or persons other than the Funding Agent to perform any responsibilities of the Funding Agent under the Plan, other than trustee responsibilities as defined in ERISA Section 405(c)(3), and the Funding Agent shall not be liable for the performance of such person in carrying out such responsibilities except as otherwise provided by ERISA. The term Funding Agent shall include any delegate of the Funding Agent as may be provided in the Funding Agreement.
 
DB1
 
 
6

 
 
(u)
The “ Funding Agreement ” means the agreement entered into between the Sponsor and the Funding Agent relating to the holding, investment, and reinvestment of the assets of the Plan, together with all amendments thereto and shall include any agreement establishing a trust, a custodial account, an annuity contract, or an insurance contract (other than a life, health or accident, property, casualty, or liability insurance contract) for the investment of assets; provided, however, that any custodial account or contract established hereunder meets the requirements of Code Section 401(f).
     
(v)
A “ Highly Compensated Employee ” means any Employee or former Employee who is a highly compensated active employee or a highly compensated former employee as defined hereunder.
     
 
A “highly compensated active employee” includes any Employee who performs services for an Employer or any Affiliated Company during the Plan Year and who (i) was a five percent owner at any time during the Plan Year or the look back year or (ii) received compensation from the Employers and Affiliated Companies during the look back year in excess of $80,000 (subject to adjustment annually at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d)). The dollar amount in (ii) shall be pro-rated for any Plan Year of fewer than 12 months.
     
 
A “highly compensated former employee” includes any Employee who (i) separated from service from an Employer and all Affiliated Companies (or is deemed to have separated from service from an Employer and all Affiliated Companies) prior to the Plan Year, (ii) performed no services for an Employer or any Affiliated Company during the Plan Year, and (iii) for either the separation year or any Plan Year ending on or after the date the Employee attains age 55, was a highly compensated active employee, as determined under the rules in effect under Code Section 414(q) for such year.
     
 
The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee hereunder shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 414(q) and regulations issued thereunder.
     
 
For purposes of this definition, the following terms have the following meanings:
     
 
(1)
An employee’s “compensation” means compensation as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3) and regulations issued thereunder.
 
DB1
 
 
7

 

 
(2)
The “look back year” means the 12-month period immediately preceding the Plan Year.
     
(w)
An “ Hour of Service ” with respect to any Employee means an hour which is determined and credited as such in accordance with the provisions of Article II.
     
(x)
A Participant’s “ Normal Retirement Date ” means
     
 
(1)
with respect to any Employee who became a Participant prior to January 1,1988, for purposes of benefit eligibility, the later of (i) the date he attains age 65 or (ii) the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the date the Participant commenced participation in the Plan or January 1, 1993, and for all other purposes, the first day of the month coinciding with or immediately following such date; and
     
 
(2)
with respect to any Employee who became a Participant on or after January 1, 1988, for purposes of benefit eligibility, the later of (i) the date on which he attains age 65 or (ii) the fifth anniversary of his “participation commencement date” and for all other purposes, the first day of the month coinciding with or immediately following such date. An Employee’s “participation commencement date” means the first day of the Plan Year in which he first commences participation in the Plan.
     
(y)
A “ Participant ” means any person who becomes eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article IV and who retains an Accrued Benefit under the Plan.
     
(z)
The “ Pension Fund ” means the fund or funds maintained under the Funding Agreement for purposes of accumulating contributions made by the Employers and paying benefits under the Plan.
     
(aa)
The “ Plan ” means this Farmington Savings Bank Defined Benefit Employees’ Pension Plan, established effective July 1,1952, as amended and restated by this instrument, with all amendments, modifications, and supplements hereafter made.
     
(bb)
A “ Plan Year ” means the 12-consecutive-month period ending each December 31.
     
(cc)
A “ Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity ” is an immediate annuity payable to the Participant for his life with a survivor benefit payable upon the death of the Participant to the Participant’s Spouse (determined as of his Annuity Starting Date) for the remainder of such Spouse’s lifetime. The amount of the survivor benefit payable under a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be equal to at least 50 percent of the amount the Participant was receiving on his date of death.
 
DB1
 
 
8

 

(dd)
A “ Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity ” is an annuity payable to the surviving Spouse of a Participant for such Spouse’s life as provided in Article X.
   
(ee)
A Participant’s “ Required Beginning Date ” means the April 1 following the calendar year in which occurs the later of the Participant’s (i) attainment of age 70 1/2 or (ii) the date the Participant retires; provided, however, that clause (ii) shall not apply to a Participant who is a five percent owner, as defined in Code Section 416(i), with respect to the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2. The Required Beginning Date of a Participant who is a five percent owner hereunder shall not be redetermined if the Participant ceases to be a five percent owner with respect to any subsequent Plan Year.
   
(ff)
A Participant’s “ Service ” means his period of service for purposes of determining his eligibility for a benefit under the Plan, as computed in accordance with the provisions of Article III.
   
(gg)
A “ Service Computation Period ” means the 12-month period used for determining an Employee’s years of Eligibility Service, years of Service, and years of Credited Service.
   
 
The Service Computation Period for determining an Employee’s years of Eligibility Service is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first date he completes an Hour of Service and Plan Years beginning after that date.
   
 
The Service Computation Period for determining an Employee’s years of Service is the Plan Year.
   
 
The Service Computation Period for determining an Employee’s years of Credited Service is the Plan Year.
   
(hh)
The “ Sponsor ” means Farmington Savings Bank, and any successor thereto,
   
(ii)
A Participant’s “ Spouse ” means the person who is the Participant’s lawful spouse.
   
1.2
Construction
 
Where required by the context, the noun, verb, adjective, and adverb forms of each defined term shall include any of its other forms. Wherever used herein, the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.
 
DB1
 
 
9

 
 
ARTICLE II
HOURS OF SERVICE
   
2.1
Crediting of Hours of Service
   
An Employee shall be credited with an Hour of Service under the Plan for:
   
(a)
Each hour for which he is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for an Employer as an Employee; provided, however, that hours paid for at a premium rate shall be treated as straight-time hours.
   
(b)
Each hour for which he is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties as an Employee are performed (irrespective of whether he remains an Employee) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence, up to a maximum of eight hours per day and 40 hours per week; provided, however, that no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which he performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single Service Computation Period); provided, further, that no Hours of Service shall be credited for payment which is made or due under a program maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable Workers’ Compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws; and provided, further, that no Hours of Service shall be credited to an Employee for payment which is made or due solely as reimbursement for medical or medically related expenses incurred by him.
   
(c)
Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer; provided, however, that the crediting of Hours of Service for back pay awarded or agreed to with respect to periods of employment or absence from employment described in any other paragraph of this Section shall be subject to the limitations set forth therein and, if applicable, in Section 2.4.
   
(d)
Each hour for which he would have been scheduled to work for an Employer during the period of time that he is absent from work because of service with the armed forces of the United States, up to a maximum of eight hours per day and 40 hours per week, but only if he is eligible for reemployment rights under the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 and he returns to work with an Employer within the period during which he retains such reemployment rights.
   
(e)
Solely for purposes of determining his Service under the Plan, each hour for which he would have been scheduled to work for an Employer during the period of time that he is absent from work because of disability for which he is eligible for or receiving disability benefits under a non-governmental benefit program funded by his Employer; provided that if he ceases to be eligible for or to collect disability benefits under such program prior to his Normal Retirement Date he returns promptly to work with an Employer.
 
DB1

 
10

 
 
(f)
Solely for purposes of determining his Service under the Plan, each hour for which he would have been scheduled to work for an Employer during the period of time that he is absent from work because of an approved leave of absence of no more than two years, provided that he returns to work at the end of such leave.
   
(g)
Solely for purposes of determining his Service under the Plan, each hour for which he would have been scheduled to work for an Employer during the period of time that he is absent from work because of temporary layoff, provided that he returns to active employment when recalled.
   
(h)
Solely for purposes of determining whether he has incurred a Break in Service, each hour for which he would have been scheduled to work for an Employer during the period of time that he is absent from work because of the birth of a child, pregnancy, the adoption of a child, or the caring for a child for the period beginning following the birth or adoption of such child, up to a maximum of eight hours per day and 40 hours per week so that, when added to Hours of Service credited under any other paragraph of this Section, he shall be credited with not fewer than 501 total Hours of Service under the Plan for the Service Computation Period in which his absence commenced or the immediately following Service Computation Period; provided, however, that he shall be credited with Hours of Service under this paragraph for the Service Computation Period in which his absence from employment commenced only if necessary to prevent a Break in Service; and provided, further, that he shall be credited with Hours of Service under this paragraph for the Service Computation Period immediately following the Service Computation Period in which his absence from employment commenced only if he is not credited with Hours of Service under this paragraph for the Service Computation Period in which his absence from employment commenced.
   
(i)
Solely for purposes of determining whether he has incurred a Break in Service, each hour for which he would be scheduled to work for an Employer during the period of time that he is absent from work on an approved leave of absence pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; provided, however, that Hours of Service shall not be credited to an Employee under this paragraph if the Employee fails to return to employment with an Employer following such leave.
   
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section, no more than one Hour of Service shall be credited to an Employee for any one hour of his employment or absence from employment.
 
DB1
 
 
11

 
 
2.2
Hours of Service Equivalencies
   
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if an Employer does not maintain records that accurately reflect actual hours of service with respect to an Employee, such Employee shall be credited with 190 Hours of Service for each month in which he performs an Hour of Service.
   
2.3
Determination of Non-Duty Hours of Service
   
In the case of a payment which is made or due from an Employer on account of a period during which an Employee performs no duties, and which results in the crediting of Hours of Service, or in the case of an award or agreement for back pay, to the extent that such award or agreement is made with respect to a period during which an Employee performs no duties, the number of Hours of Service to be credited shall be determined as follows:
   
(a)
In the case of a payment made or due which is calculated on the basis of units of time, such as hours, days, weeks, or months, the number of Hours of Service to be credited shall be the number of regularly scheduled working hours included in the units of time on the basis of which the payment is calculated.
   
(b)
In the case of a payment made or due which is not calculated on the basis of units of time, the number of Hours of Service to be credited shall be equal to the amount of the payment divided by the Employee’s most recent hourly rate of compensation immediately prior to the period to which the payment relates.
   
(c)
Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b), no Employee shall be credited on account of a period during which no duties are performed with a number of Hours of Service that is greater than the number of regularly scheduled working hours during such period.
   
(d)
If an Employee is without a regular work schedule, the number of “regularly scheduled working hours” shall mean the average number of hours worked by Employees in the same job classification during the period to which the payment relates, or if there are no other Employees in the same job classification, the average number of hours worked by the Employee during an equivalent, representative period.
   
For the purpose of crediting Hours of Service for a period during which an Employee performs no duties, a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from an Employer (i) regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from an Employer directly, or indirectly through (among others) a trust fund or insurer to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums, and (ii) regardless of whether contributions made or due to such trust fund, insurer, or other entity are for the benefit of particular persons or are on behalf of a group of persons in the aggregate.
 
DB1
 
 
12

 
 
2.4
Allocation of Hours of Service to Service Computation Periods
     
Hours of Service credited under Section 2.1 shall be allocated to the appropriate Service Computation Period as follows:
     
(a)
Hours of Service described in paragraph (a) of Section 2.1 shall be allocated to the Service Computation Period in which the duties are performed.
     
(b)
Hours of Service credited to an Employee for a period during which an Employee performs no duties shall be allocated as follows:
     
 
(1)
Hours of Service credited to an Employee on account of a payment which is calculated on the basis of units of time, such as hours, days, weeks, or months, shall be allocated to the Service Computation Period or Periods in which the period during which no duties are performed occurs, beginning with the first unit of time to which the payment relates.
     
 
(2)
Hours of Service credited to an Employee on account of a payment which is not calculated on the basis of units of time shall be allocated to the Service Computation Period or Periods in which the period during which no duties are performed occurs, or, if such period extends beyond one Service Computation Period, such Hours of Service shall be allocated equally between the first two such Service Computation Periods.
     
 
(3)
Hours of Service credited to an Employee for a period of absence during which the Employee performs no duties and for which no payment is due from his Employer shall be allocated to the Service Computation Period or Periods during which such absence occurred.
     
 
(4)
Hours of Service credited to an Employee because of an award or agreement for back pay shall be allocated to the Service Computation Period or Periods to which the award or agreement for back pay pertains, rather than to the Service Computation Period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made.
     
2.5
Department of Labor Rules
     
The rules set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.200b-2, which relate to determining Hours of Service attributable to reasons other than the performance of duties and crediting Hours of Service to Service Computation Periods, are hereby incorporated into the Plan by reference.
 
DB1
 
 
13

 
 
ARTICLE III
SERVICE & CREDITED SERVICE
     
3.1
Service and Credited Service Prior to January 1,1999
   
Each person who is an Employee on or after January 1,1999, shall be credited with Service and Credited Service for purposes of the Plan for periods prior to such date equal to the Service and Credited Service with which he had been credited in accordance with the Plan provisions in effect immediately prior to such date.
     
3.2
Service and Credited Service On or After January 1,1999
     
Each person who is an Employee on or after January 1,1999, shall be credited with Service and Credited Service with respect to periods of employment on or after such date, for purposes of the Plan as follows:
     
(a)
He shall be credited with a year of Service for each Service Computation Period for which he is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service.
     
(b)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Service shall be credited to an Employee for periods before his attainment of age 18.
     
(c)
Subject to any limitations set forth in Article V, he shall be credited with a year of Credited Service for each Service Computation Period for which he is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service.
     
(d)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Credited Service shall be credited to an Employee for the following periods:
     
 
(1)
periods before his attainment of age 18.
     
3.3
Transfers
     
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Service and Credited Service credited to a person shall be subject to the following:
     
(a)
Any person who transfers or retransfers to employment with an Employer as an Employee directly from other employment (i) with an Employer in a capacity other than as an Employee or (ii) with any other Affiliated Company, shall be credited with Service, but not Credited Service, for such other employment as if such other employment were employment with an Employer as an Employee.
 
DB1
 
 
14

 
 
(b)
Any person who transfers from employment with an Employer as an Employee directly to other employment (i) with an Employer in a capacity other than as an Employee or (ii) with any other Affiliated Company, shall be deemed by such transfer not to lose his Service or Credited Service, and shall be deemed not to retire or otherwise terminate his employment as an Employee until such time as he is no longer in the employment of an Employer or any other Affiliated Company, at which time he shall become entitled to benefits if he is otherwise eligible therefore under the provisions of the Plan; provided, however, that up to such time he shall receive credit only for Service, but not for Credited Service, for such other employment as if such other employment were employment with an Employer as an Employee.
   
3.4
Retirement or Termination and Reemployment
   
If an Employee retires or otherwise terminates employment with the Employers and all Affiliated Companies, his eligibility for and the amount of any benefit to which he may be entitled under the Plan shall be determined based upon the Service and Credited Service with which he is credited at the time of such retirement or other termination of employment. If such retired or former Employee is reemployed by an Employer or any Affiliated Company, the Service and Credited Service with which he was credited at the time of such prior retirement or other termination of employment shall be aggregated with the Service and Credited Service with which he is credited following his reemployment for purposes of determining his eligibility for and the amount of any benefit to which he may be entitled under the Plan upon his subsequent retirement or other termination of employment if:
   
(a)
he was eligible for any retirement benefit at the time of his previous retirement or other termination of employment; provided, however, that if the Participant received a single sum payment of the present value of his vested Accrued Benefit as provided in Section 11.5 because of such retirement or termination of employment, his prior Credited Service shall be lost and shall not be reinstated unless he meets the requirements of the following Section; or
   
(b)
he terminated his employment before satisfying the conditions of eligibility for any retirement benefit under the Plan and either (i) the aggregate number of his years of Service (not including any years of Service not required to be aggregated because of previous Breaks in Service) is greater than the number of his consecutive one-year Breaks in Service or (ii) the number of his consecutive one-year Breaks in Service is less than five.
   
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, if a retired or former Employee returns to employment in a capacity other than as an Employee, his period of employment shall be treated for the purposes of the Plan solely in accordance with the transfer provisions of this Article III.
 
DB1
 
 
15

 
 
3.5
Repayment of Distributed Benefits
   
If a former Participant who is not 100 percent vested and who received a single sum payment of the present value of his vested Accrued Benefit as provided in Section 11.5 because of his prior retirement or termination of employment is reemployed by an Employer or an Affiliated Company, the Credited Service with which he was credited at the time of his prior retirement or other termination of employment shall be reinstated and aggregated with the Credited Service credited to him following his reemployment only if the Participant meets the requirements of this Section. Payment of the present value of a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit is deemed to be made because of his prior retirement or termination of employment if it is made before the end of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which such retirement or termination occurred. Such Participant must:
   
(a)
be reemployed by an Employer or an Affiliated Company prior to incurring five-consecutive Breaks in Service following the date of the single sum payment;
   
(b)
resume employment covered under the Plan; and
   
(c)
repay to the Plan the full amount of the distribution with interest before the earlier of (i) the date he incurs five-consecutive Breaks in Service following the date of the single sum payment or (ii) the date which is five years after his reemployment date. For purposes of this paragraph, interest shall accrue annually, beginning on the date of the single sum payment, at the rate provided in Code Section 41l(c)(2)(C), as in effect on the date of repayment.
   
If a former Participant who is 100 percent vested and who received a single sum payment of the present value of his vested Accrued Benefit as provided in Section 11.5 because of his prior retirement or termination of employment is reemployed by an Employer or an Affiliated Company, the Credited Service with which he was credited at the time of his prior retirement or other termination of employment shall not be reinstated.
   
3.6
Finality of Determinations
   
All determinations with respect to the crediting of Service and Credited Service under the Plan shall be made on the basis of the records of the Employers, and all determinations so made shall be final and conclusive upon Employees, former Employees, and all other persons claiming a benefit interest under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, there shall be no duplication of Service and Credited Service.
 
DB1
 
 
16

 
 
ARTICLE IV
ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION
 
4.1
Participation
 
Each Employee who was an Active Participant immediately prior to January 1, 1999, shall continue as an Active Participant hereunder. Each other person shall become an Active Participant as of the Entry Date coinciding with or immediately following the latest of (i) the date he becomes an Employee, (ii) the date he attains age 21, or (iii) the date he completes one year of Eligibility Service.
 
4.2
Crediting Eligibility Service
 
An Employee shall be credited with a year of Eligibility Service for each Service Computation Period for which he is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service.
 
For purposes of determining an Employee’s Eligibility Service hereunder, employment with an Employer in a capacity other than as an Employee or with an Affiliated Company shall be treated as employment with an Employer as an Employee.
 
4.3
Loss of Eligibility Service
 
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, an Employee’s Eligibility Service shall be lost if he retires or if his employment with an Employer terminates for any other reason, and, subject to applicable Plan provisions for the reinstatement of Eligibility Service, if he thereafter returns to employment as an Employee, he shall be treated for Plan purposes as a new Employee.
 
4.4
Reinstatement of Eligibility Service
 
A retired or former Employee who returns to employment with an Employer or with any other Affiliated Company shall be reinstated with the Eligibility Service with which he was credited at the time of his prior retirement or other termination of employment if:
 
(a)
he was eligible for any retirement benefit at the time of his previous retirement or other termination of employment; or
   
(b)
he terminated his employment before satisfying the conditions of eligibility for any retirement benefit under the Plan and either (i) the aggregate number of his years of Eligibility Service (not including any years of Eligibility Service not required to be taken into account because of previous Breaks in Service) is greater than the number of his consecutive one-year Breaks in Service or (ii) the number of his consecutive one-year Breaks in Service is less than five.
 
DB1

 
17

 

4.5
Termination of Participation
 
A Participant shall remain an Active Participant as long as he continues in employment as an Employee. A person shall remain a Participant as long as he retains an Accrued Benefit under the Plan.
 
4.6
Participation Upon Reemployment
 
If a former Employee who was a Participant hereunder is reemployed as an Employee, he shall again become an Active Participant hereunder as of his reemployment date if his Eligibility Service is reinstated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.4. If such former Employee’s Eligibility Service is not reinstated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.4., such former Employee shall be treated as a new Employee for purposes of participation in the Plan and he shall again become an Active Participant in accordance with and subject to the requirements of Section 4.1.
 
If a former Employee who was not a Participant hereunder is reemployed as an Employee, he shall become an Active Participant hereunder as follows:
 
(a)
If such former Employee had satisfied the Eligibility Service requirement in Section 4.1 at the time of his prior termination of employment and his Eligibility Service is reinstated as provided in Section 4.4, he shall become an Active Participant as of the later of (1) the Entry Date as of which he would have become an Active Participant if he had continued employment as an Employee or (2) his reemployment date.
   
(b)
If such former Employee had not satisfied the Eligibility Service requirement in Section 4.1 at the time of his prior termination of employment, or his Eligibility Service is not reinstated as provided in Section 4.4, he shall become an Active Participant in accordance with and subject to the requirements of Section 4.1.

4.7
Finality of Determinations
 
All determinations with respect to the eligibility of an Employee to become a Participant under the Plan shall be made on the basis of the records of the Employers, and all determinations so made shall be final and conclusive for all Plan purposes. Each Employee who becomes a Participant shall be entitled to the benefits, and be bound by all the terms, provisions, and conditions of the Plan and the Funding Agreement.
 
DB1
 
 
18

 
 
ARTICLE V
 NORMAL RETIREMENT
 
5.1
Eligibility
 
Each Participant who retires from employment with his Employer and all Affiliated Companies on or after his Normal Retirement Date shall be eligible for a normal retirement benefit.
 
5.2
Amount
 
An eligible Participant’s monthly normal retirement benefit shall be equal to 1/12th of the following:
 
(a)
two percent of the Participant’s Average Annual Earnings multiplied by

(b)
the number of his years of Credited Service at retirement not in excess of 30 years.
 
In no event will a reduction in a Participant’s Average Annual Earnings reduce the normal retirement benefit payable to him below the amount that would have been payable to him under the same form of payment had he retired prior to his Normal Retirement Date when eligible for an early retirement benefit.
   
5.3
401(a)(17) Fresh Start Adjustments
 
The monthly normal retirement benefit of a Participant whose Earnings exceeded the $200,000 and $150,000 Earnings limitations described in Article I for Earnings Computation Periods ending before the Earnings Computation Periods in which the limitations were effective shall be the greatest of: (i) the Participant’s Accrued Benefit determined as of the end of the 1988 Earnings Computation Period, using the Plan formula in effect on that date (without regard to any amendments made after that date), as if the Participant terminated employment on that date; (ii) the Participant’s Accrued Benefit determined as of the end of the 1993 Earnings Computation Period, using the Plan formula in effect on that date (without regard to any amendments made after that date), as if the Participant terminated employment on that date, but applying the $200,000 Earnings limitation; or (iii) the Participant’s Accrued Benefit determined under the Plan formula in effect thereafter, but applying the $150,000 Earnings limitation.
   
5.4
Minimum Benefits
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in no event will the monthly normal retirement benefit payable to a Participant be less than the Participant’s Accrued Benefit determined as of July 31,1991, under the Plan formula in effect on that date (without regard to any amendments made after that date) as if the Participant terminated employment on that date.
 
DB1
 
 
19

 

5.5
Adjustment to Normal Retirement Benefit for Employment After Normal Retirement Date
 
The monthly normal retirement benefit payable with respect to each Participant who continues in employment with his Employer or an Affiliated Company after his Normal Retirement Date shall be determined as provided in paragraph (a), and, if applicable, (b).
   
(a)
For the period beginning on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date and ending on the April 1 following the calendar year in which he reaches age 70 1/2, his “adjusted normal retirement benefit” shall be the greater of:
     
 
(1)
the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of the date such benefit is being determined; or
     
 
(2)
Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of his Normal Retirement Date.
     
(b)
For the period beginning on the April 1 following the calendar year in which he reaches age 70 1/2, the Participant’s monthly retirement benefit shall be adjusted as of each “determination date” (as defined in this Section). His “adjusted normal retirement benefit” shall be the greater of:

 
(1)
the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of the “determination date”; or
     
 
(2)
the Actuarial Equivalent on the “determination date” of the Participant’s “adjusted normal retirement benefit” determined under this Section for the prior “determination date” (as defined in this Section).

 
For purposes of this Section, a “determination date” means the last day of each calendar year during the period beginning with the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 and ending on the earlier of (i) the date the Participant retires from employment with his Employer and all Affiliated Companies, or (ii) his Annuity Starting Date, except that the first “determination date” is the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.
 
No further adjustments shall be made to a Participant’s monthly normal retirement benefit as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (b)(2) after the earlier of (i) the date the Participant retires from employment with his Employer and all Affiliated Companies, or (ii) his Annuity Starting Date, and, if he continues to accrue benefits under the Plan, such continued accruals shall be reduced as provided in Section 11.9.
 
DB1
 
 
20

 

5.6
Payment
 
A monthly normal retirement benefit shall be paid to an eligible Participant commencing as of the first day of the month following the month in which he retires, but not later than the date specified in Section 11.7.
 
DB1
 
 
21

 
 
ARTICLE VI
 EARLY RETIREMENT
 
6.1
Eligibility
 
Each Participant who retires from employment with his Employer and all Affiliated Companies
 
(a)
at or after age 60, but prior to his Normal Retirement Date, and who has at least 30 years of Service or
   
(b)
at or after age 55, but prior to his Normal Retirement Date, and who has at least five years of Service
 
shall be eligible for an early retirement benefit.
 
6.2
Amount
 
An eligible Participant’s monthly early retirement benefit shall be equal to his vested Accrued Benefit on the date of his early retirement; provided, however, that the amount of such benefit shall be reduced by multiplying such amount by the appropriate early commencement factor determined as provided in the Adjustment Factors Addendum.
 
A Participant’s vested interest in his Accrued Benefit shall be determined in accordance with the schedule provided in Section 7.1.
 
6.3
Payment
 
A monthly early retirement benefit shall be paid to an eligible Participant commencing as of the first day of the month following the later of the month in which he retires or the month in which he makes written application for the benefit, but not later than his Normal Retirement Date.
 
DB1
 
 
22

 
 
ARTICLE VII
VESTED RIGHTS
   
7.1
Vesting
 
An Employee who became a Participant prior to August 1, 1991, shall have his vested interest in his Accrued Benefit determined in accordance with the following schedule, based upon the number of full years of Service credited to him; provided, however, that a Participant’s vested interest in his Accrued Benefit shall be 100 percent if he is employed by an Employer or an Affiliated Company on his Normal Retirement Date, regardless of whether he has completed the number of years of Service required under the schedule for 100 percent vesting.

Years of Service
Vested Interest
less than 3
0%
3, but less than 4
20%
4, but less than 5
40%
5 or more
100%
 
An Employee who becomes a Participant on or after August 1, 1991, shall have his vested interest in his Accrued Benefit determined in accordance with the following schedule, based upon the number of full years of Service credited to him; provided, however, that a Participant’s vested interest in his Accrued Benefit shall be 100 percent if he is employed by an Employer or an Affiliated Company on his Normal Retirement Date, regardless of whether he has completed the number of years of Service required under the schedule for 100 percent vesting.

Years of Service
Vested Interest
less than 5
0%
5 or more
100%

7.2
Eligibility for Deferred Vested Retirement Benefit
 
Each Participant who terminates employment with his Employer and all Affiliated Companies, who has a vested interest in his Accrued Benefit, and who is not eligible for a normal or early retirement benefit under the Plan shall be eligible for a deferred vested retirement benefit.
 
DB1
 
 
23

 

7.3
Amount of Deferred Vested Retirement Benefit
 
An eligible Participant’s monthly deferred vested retirement benefit shall be equal to his vested Accrued Benefit on the date of his termination of employment; provided, however, that if the Participant is eligible to elect to begin benefit payments before his Normal Retirement Date as provided in Section 7.4, the amount of such benefit shall be reduced for early commencement in the same way as provided in Section 6.2 with respect to an early retirement benefit.
 
7.4
Payment
 
A monthly deferred vested retirement benefit shall be paid to an eligible Participant commencing as of his Normal Retirement Date; provided, however, that a Participant who has five years of Service may elect to begin benefit payments as of the first day of any month following the month in which he attains age 55.
 
7.5
Election of Former Vesting Schedule
 
In the event the Sponsor adopts an amendment to the Plan that changes the vesting schedule under the Plan, including any amendment which directly or indirectly affects the computation of the nonforfeitable interest of Participants’ rights to Accrued Benefits, any Participant with three or more years of Service shall have a right to have his nonforfeitable interest in his Accrued Benefit continue to be determined under the vesting schedule in effect prior to such amendment rather than under the new vesting schedule, unless the nonforfeitable interest of such Participant in his Accrued Benefit under the Plan, as amended, at any time is not less than such interest determined without regard to such amendment. Such Participant shall exercise such right by giving written notice of his exercise thereof to the Administrator within 60 days after the latest of (i) the date he receives notice of such amendment from the Administrator, (ii) the effective date of the amendment, or (iii) the date the amendment is adopted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the vested interest of each Participant on the effective date of such amendment shall not be less than his vested interest under the Plan as in effect immediately prior to the effective date thereof.
 
DB1
 
 
24

 
 
ARTICLE VIII
DISABILITY RETIREMENT BENEFIT
 
8.1
No Disability Retirement Benefits Payable Under Plan

There shall be no disability retirement benefits payable under the Plan.
 
DB1
 
 
25

 
 
ARTICLE IX
FORMS OF PAYMENT
   
9.1
Normal Form of Payment
 
A Participant who is eligible to receive any retirement benefit under Section 5.1, 6.1, or 7.2 of the Plan shall receive payment of such benefit in accordance with one of the following normal forms of payment:
   
(a)
A Participant who is not married on his Annuity Starting Date shall receive such benefit in the form of a 10-year certain and life annuity. Such Participant shall receive a monthly retirement benefit payable for his lifetime, the last monthly payment being for the month in which his death occurs. If the Participant’s death occurs prior to the end of the 10-year period commencing with his Annuity Starting Date, his Beneficiary shall receive a continued monthly benefit equal to such amount for the remainder of such 10-year period. If the Participant’s Beneficiary dies after becoming eligible to receive a benefit hereunder, but prior to the end of the 10-year period, the unpaid monthly benefit shall be paid to the Beneficiary designated by the Participant to receive payment in such event or, if none, in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.3.
   
(b)
A Participant who is married on his Annuity Starting Date shall receive such benefit in the form of a 50 percent Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity with a 10-year period certain. Such Participant shall receive a reduced monthly retirement benefit payable for his lifetime, the last monthly payment being for the month in which his death occurs. If the Participant’s death occurs prior to the end of the 10-year period commencing with his Annuity Starting Date, his Spouse, or the Participant’s designated secondary Beneficiary if the Participant’s Spouse does not survive him, shall receive a continued monthly benefit equal to the reduced amount payable during the Participant’s lifetime for the remainder of such 10-year period.
   
 
If the Participant’s Spouse is still living at the end of such 10-year period, then commencing with the month following the month in which such 10-year period ends, the Participant’s Spouse shall receive a monthly benefit for his or her remaining lifetime equal to one-half of the reduced amount payable during the Participant’s lifetime, the last payment being for the month in which the Spouse’s death occurs. A married Participant may elect to increase the survivor benefit payable to his Spouse after the end of the 10-year period commencing with his Annuity Starting Date to 100 percent or 66 2/3 percent of the reduced amount payable during the Participant’s lifetime. Any such election must be made during the election period described in Section 9.5.
 
DB1

 
26

 
 
 
If the Participant’s Spouse dies after becoming eligible to receive a continued benefit hereunder, but prior to the end of the 10-year period, the monthly benefit that would have been payable to such Spouse for the remainder of such 10-year period shall be payable to the Participant’s secondary Beneficiary.
   
 
The reduced monthly payments to be made to the Participant under this paragraph shall be in an amount which, on the date of commencement thereof, is the Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly benefit otherwise payable to the Participant under the form of payment described in paragraph (a).
 
To receive a benefit under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of payment described in paragraph (b) above, a Participant’s Spouse must be the same Spouse to whom the Participant was married on his Annuity Starting Date. Once a Participant’s Annuity Starting Date occurs and retirement benefit payments commence under one of the normal forms of payment, the form of payment will not change even if the Participant’s marital status changes; provided, however, that if the Participant is reemployed by an Employer or an Affiliated Company, any benefits he accrues under the Plan following such reemployment with respect to which a separate Annuity Starting Date occurs shall be payable in the form elected by the Participant as of such separate Annuity Starting Date.
 
Subject to the requirements of Section 9.6, a Participant may waive the normal form of payment applicable to him and elect to receive payment of his benefit in one of the optional forms of payment provided in Section 9.2.
   
9.2
Optional Forms of Payment
 
Within the election period described in Section 9.5, a Participant who is eligible to receive a normal, early, or deferred vested retirement benefit may elect to receive payment of such benefit in accordance with any one of the following options. If the Participant is married on his Annuity Starting Date, any such election must satisfy the requirements of Section 9.6.
 
If the Participant’s Spouse under an optional Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or his Beneficiary under any other optional form of payment dies prior to the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, the election shall become inoperative and ineffective, and benefit payments, if any, shall be made under the normal form of payment provided in Section 9.1, unless the Participant elects another optional form of payment provided under the Plan prior to his Annuity Starting Date. Once a Participant’s Annuity Starting Date occurs, however, the optional form of payment elected by the Participant will not change even if the Participant’s marital status changes or his Beneficiary predeceases him; provided, however, that if the Participant is reemployed by an Employer or an Affiliated Company, any benefits he accrues under the Plan following his reemployment with respect to which a separate Annuity Starting Date occurs shall be payable in the form elected by the Participant as of such separate Annuity Starting Date.
 
DB1
 
 
27

 
 
The monthly payments made under any optional form of payment hereunder shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly benefit otherwise payable to the Participant in the 10-year certain and life annuity form described in paragraph (a) of Section 9.1.
   
(a)
10-Years Certain and Life Annuity. The Participant shall receive a monthly retirement benefit payable for his lifetime, the last monthly payment being for the month in which his death occurs. If the Participant’s death occurs prior to the end of the 10-year period commencing with his Annuity Starting Date, his Beneficiary shall receive a continued monthly benefit equal to such amount for the remainder of such 10-year period. If the Participant’s Beneficiary dies after becoming eligible to receive a benefit hereunder, but prior to the end of the 10-year period, the unpaid monthly benefit shall be paid to the Beneficiary designated by the Participant to receive payment in such event or, if none, in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.3.
   
(b)
100% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity with Ten-Year Term Certain. The Participant shall receive a reduced monthly retirement benefit payable for his lifetime, the last monthly payment being for the month in which his death occurs. If the Participant’s Spouse survives him, then commencing with the month following the month in which the Participant’s death occurs, his Spouse shall receive a monthly benefit for his or her remaining lifetime equal to the reduced amount payable during the Participant’s lifetime, the last monthly payment being for the month in which the Spouse’s death occurs. If the Participant’s death occurs prior to the end of the ten-year period commencing with his Annuity Starting Date, and the Participant’s Spouse does not survive him, the Participant’s secondary Beneficiary shall receive a continued monthly benefit equal to the reduced amount payable during the Participant’s lifetime for the remainder of such ten-year period.
   
 
If the Participant’s Spouse dies after becoming eligible to receive a continued benefit hereunder, but prior to the end of the ten-year period, the monthly benefit that would have been payable to such Spouse for the remainder of such ten-year period shall be payable to the Participant’s secondary Beneficiary.
   
(c)
66 2/3% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity with Ten-Year Term Certain. The Participant shall receive a reduced monthly retirement benefit payable for his lifetime, the last monthly payment being for the month in which his death occurs. If the Participant’s death occurs prior to the end of the ten-year period commencing with his Annuity Starting Date, his Spouse, or the Participant’s secondary Beneficiary if the Participant’s Spouse does not survive him, shall receive a continued monthly benefit equal to the reduced amount payable during the Participant’s lifetime for the remainder of such ten-year period.
 
DB1
 
 
28

 
 
 
If the Participant’s Spouse is still living at the end of such ten-year period, then commencing with the month following the month in which such ten-year period ends, the Participant’s Spouse shall receive a monthly benefit for his or her remaining lifetime equal to 66 2/3 percent of the reduced amount payable during the Participant’s lifetime, the last payment being for the month in which the Spouse’s death occurs.
   
 
If the Participant’s Spouse dies after becoming eligible to receive a continued benefit hereunder, but prior to the end of the ten-year period, the monthly benefit that would have been payable to such Spouse for the remainder of such ten-year period shall be payable to the Participant’s secondary Beneficiary.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, distribution under an optional form of payment shall be made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and regulations issued thereunder, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement. If a Participant designates a person other than his Spouse as his Beneficiary under an optional form of payment, and if payments under the optional form elected would not meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement, the election shall be ineffective and benefit payments, if any, shall be made under the normal form of payment provided in Section 9.1, unless the Participant elects another optional form of payment provided under the Plan prior to his Annuity Starting Date.
   
9.3
Designation of Beneficiary and Beneficiary in Absence of Designated Beneficiary
 
A Participant’s Beneficiary may be any individual or, in the case of a Beneficiary to receive payments for the remainder of a period-certain under the form of payment elected by the Participant, any individuals, trust, or estate, selected by the Participant. A Participant’s designation of a Beneficiary is subject to the spousal consent requirements of Section 9.6; provided, however, that spousal consent to the Participant’s designation of a non-Spouse secondary Beneficiary to receive payment for the remainder of any period certain applicable under a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall not be required.
 
If payment is to be made to a Participant’s surviving Beneficiary for the remainder of a period-certain under the form of payment elected by the Participant and no Beneficiary survives or the Participant has not designated a Beneficiary, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s surviving Spouse or, if none, the Participant’s surviving children in equal shares or, if none, the Participant’s estate.
   
9.4
Notice Regarding Forms of Payment
 
The Administrator shall provide a Participant with a written description of (i) the terms and conditions of the normal forms of payment provided in Section 9.1, (ii) the optional forms of payment provided in Section 9.2, (iii) the Participant’s right to waive the normal form of payment provided in Section 9.1 and to elect an optional form of payment and the effect thereof, (iv) the rights of the Participant’s Spouse with respect to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of payment, and (v) the Participant’s right to revoke a waiver of the normal form of payment or to change his election of an option and the effect thereof. The explanation shall notify the Participant of his right to defer payment of his retirement benefit under the Plan until his Normal Retirement Date, or such later date as may be provided under the Plan. The Administrator shall provide such explanation no fewer than 30 days and no more than 90 days before a Participant’s Annuity Starting Date.
 
DB1
 
 
29

 
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s Annuity Starting Date may occur fewer than 30 days after receipt of such explanation if the Administrator clearly informs the Participant:
   
(a)
of his right to consider his form of payment election for a period of at least 30 days following his receipt of the explanation;
   
(b)
the Participant, after receiving the explanation, affirmatively elects an early Annuity Starting Date, with his Spouse’s written consent, if necessary;
   
(c)
the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date occurs after the date the explanation is provided to him;
   
(d)
the election period described in Section 9.5 does not end until the later of his Annuity Starting Date or the expiration of the seven-day period beginning the day after the date the explanation is provided to him; and
   
(e)
actual payment of the Participant’s retirement benefit does not begin to the Participant before such revocation period ends.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, the Administrator may provide the written explanation described in this Section to a Participant after the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date has occurred provided that the election period described in Section 9.5 shall not end until 30 days after the date the explanation is provided to the Participant. A Participant may waive the additional 30 day election period if the Administrator informs the Participant of his election rights as provided in paragraph (a) above and (i) after receiving the explanation, the Participant affirmatively waives the additional 30 day election period, (ii) the Participant may revoke his form of payment election and/or his waiver of the 30-day election period at any time prior to the expiration of the seven-day period beginning the day after the date the explanation is provided to the Participant, and (iii) actual payment of the Participant’s retirement benefit does not begin before such revocation period ends.
 
DB1
 
 
30

 
 
9.5
Election Period
 
A Participant may waive or revoke a waiver of the normal form of payment provided in Section 9.1 and elect, modify, or change an election of an optional form of payment provided in Section 9.2 by written notice delivered to the Administrator at any time during the election period; provided, however, that no waiver of the normal form of payment and election of an optional form of payment shall be valid unless the Participant has received the written explanation described in Section 9.4. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.4 extending a Participant’s election period under certain circumstances, a Participant’s “election period” means the 90-day period ending on his Annuity Starting Date.
 
The form in which a Participant shall receive payment of his retirement benefit shall be determined upon the later of his Annuity Starting Date or the date his election period ends, based upon any waiver and election in effect on such date. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, in no event shall the form in which a Participant’s retirement benefit is paid be changed on or after such date.
   
9.6
Spousal Consent Requirements
 
A married Participant’s waiver of the normal Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of payment and his election, modification, or change of an election of an optional form of payment must include the written consent of the Participant’s Spouse, if any. A Participant’s Spouse shall be deemed to have given written consent to the Participant’s waiver and election if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that such consent cannot be obtained because of any of the following circumstances:
   
(a)
the Spouse cannot be located,
   
(b)
the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned within the meaning of local law, and the Participant has a court order to that effect, or
   
(c)
other circumstances set forth in Code Section 401 (a)(l1) and regulations issued thereunder.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, written spousal consent shall not be required if the Participant elects an optional form of payment that is a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
 
Any written spousal consent given pursuant to this Section shall acknowledge the effect of the waiver of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of payment and of the election of an optional form of payment and shall be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public. In addition, the written spousal consent shall either (i) specify the optional form of payment selected by the Participant and that such form may not be changed (except to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) without written spousal consent and specify any Beneficiary designated by the Participant and that such Beneficiary may not be changed without written spousal consent or (ii) acknowledge that the Spouse has the right to limit consent as provided in clause (i), but permit the Participant to change the optional form of payment or the designated Beneficiary without the Spouse’s further consent. Any written consent given or deemed to be given by a Participant’s Spouse shall be irrevocable and shall be effective only with respect to such Spouse and not with respect to any subsequent Spouse.
 
DB1
 
 
31

 
 
9.7
Death Prior to Annuity Starting Date
 
Except as provided in Section 9.8, should a Participant die prior to his Annuity Starting Date neither he nor any person claiming under or through him shall be entitled to any retirement benefit under the Plan; and no benefit shall be paid under the Plan with respect to such Participant except any survivor benefit payable under the provisions of Article X.
   
9.8
Preservation of Election of Form of Payment
 
If a Participant who continues employment after his Normal Retirement Date and dies before his Annuity Starting Date either has elected within the applicable election period (as defined in this Section) an optional form of payment under Section 9.2 that provides for a survivor benefit or is unmarried and would have received payment under the 10-year certain and life annuity described in paragraph (a) of Section 9.1 if he had survived to his Annuity Starting Date, his form of payment shall be given effect and payment shall be made to his Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.1 or 9.2, as applicable; provided, however, that no benefits will be payable hereunder with respect to a married Participant whose Spouse would be entitled to a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity under Article X unless the Participant has waived the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity as provided in this Section.
   
(a)
Waiver of Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. A Participant may waive or revoke a waiver of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity payable under Article X by written notice delivered to the Administrator at any time during the applicable election period (as defined in this Section).
   
(b)
Spousal Consent Requirements. A Participant’s waiver of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall include the written consent of the Participant’s Spouse, if any. A Participant’s Spouse shall be deemed to have given written consent to the Participant’s waiver if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that spousal consent cannot be obtained because of any of the following circumstances:
 
 
(1)
the Spouse cannot be located,
     
 
(2)
the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned within the meaning of local law, and the Participant has a court order to that effect, or
 
DB1
 
 
32

 
 
 
(3)
other circumstances set forth in Code Section 401(a)(l1) and   regulations issued thereunder.
     
 
Any written consent given pursuant to this Section shall acknowledge the effect of the waiver of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and shall be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public. In addition, the written spousal consent must either (i) specify any Beneficiary designated by the Participant under the optional form of payment elected by the Participant and that such Beneficiary may not be changed without written spousal consent or (ii) acknowledge that the Spouse has the right to limit consent as provided in clause (i), but permit the Participant to change the designated Beneficiary without the Spouse’s further consent.
     
(c)
Notice Regarding Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. Within the period beginning 12 calendar months before a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date and ending 12 calendar months after that date, the Administrator shall furnish the Participant with a written description of (i) the terms and conditions of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity payable under Article X, (ii) the optional forms of payment provided in Section 9.2, (iii) the Participant’s right to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and elect a survivor benefit payable under one of the optional forms, (iv) the rights of the Participant’s Spouse, and (v) the Participant’s right to revoke a waiver of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and the effect thereof.
     
(d)
Applicable Election Period. For purposes of this Section, the “applicable election period” means the period beginning on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date and ending on the earlier of the date of the Participant’s death or his Annuity Starting Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the applicable election period with respect to a Participant shall not include any period prior to the date the Participant receives the notice described in paragraph (c) above.
     
9.9
Effect of Reemployment on Form of Payment
   
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if a former Employee is reemployed, his prior election of a form of payment hereunder shall become ineffective, except to the extent that the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date occurred prior to such reemployment and such prior Annuity Starting Date is preserved with respect to a portion or all of the Participant’s retirement benefit.
 
DB1
 
 
33

 
 
ARTICLE X
SURVIVOR BENEFITS
   
10.1
Eligibility for Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity
 
If a Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date, his surviving Spouse shall be eligible for a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity if all of the following requirements are met on the Participant’s date of death:
   
(a)
The Participant has a Spouse as defined in Section 1.1.
   
(b)
The Participant has not waived the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and elected an optional form of payment that is given effect as provided in Section 9.8.
   
(c)
The Participant has a vested Accrued Benefit.
 
10.2
Amount of Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity
 
The monthly amount of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity payable to a surviving Spouse shall be equal to the survivor benefit that would have been payable to the Spouse if the Participant had:
   
(a)
separated from service on the earlier of his actual separation from service date or his date of death;
   
(b)
survived to the date as of which payment of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity to his surviving Spouse commences;
   
(c)
elected to commence retirement benefits as of the date described in paragraph (b) above in the form of a 50 percent Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity with a 10-year period certain, as described in paragraph (b) of Section 9.1; and
   
(d)
died on his Annuity Starting Date.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if prior to a Participant’s death the Participant elected an optional form of payment in accordance with the provisions of Article IX that is a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, for purposes of determining the amount of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, the optional form of payment elected by the Participant shall be substituted for the 50 percent Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity with a 10-year period certain in paragraph (c) above.
 
DB1
 
 
34

 

10.3
Payment of Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity
 
Payment of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity to a Participant’s surviving Spouse shall commence as of the first day of the month following the later of (i) the month in which the Participant dies or (ii) the month in which the Participant would have attained earliest retirement age (as defined herein) under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s surviving Spouse may elect to defer commencement of payment of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity to a date no later than the first day of the month in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2. If a Participant’s surviving Spouse dies before the date as of which payment of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity is to commence to such Spouse, no Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable hereunder.
 
Payment of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall continue to a Participant’s surviving Spouse for such Spouse’s lifetime, the last monthly payment being for the month in which the Spouse’s death occurs; provided, however, that if the Participant’s surviving Spouse dies prior to the end of the 10-year period beginning on the Spouse’s Annuity Starting Date, the monthly benefit that would have been payable to such Spouse for the remainder of such 10-year period shall be payable to the Beneficiary designated by the Participant to receive payment in such event or, if none, in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.3.
 
For purposes of this Article, a Participant’s “earliest retirement age” means the earliest age at which the Participant could have elected to commence retirement benefits under the Plan if he had survived and had continued employment as an Employee.
 
DB1
 
 
35

 
 
ARTICLE XI
GENERAL PROVISIONS & LIMITATIONS
REGARDING BENEFITS
   
11.1
Suspension of Benefits
 
Except as otherwise provided in Sections 11.2, 11.7, and 11.8, if a Participant continues employment with an Employer or an Affiliated Company after reaching his Normal Retirement Date or a retired or former Employee is reemployed by an Employer or an Affiliated Company, any benefits payable to such Participant or retired or former Employee under the Plan shall be suspended during the period of such employment or reemployment, as applicable, provided that the notice requirements of Department of Labor Regulations Section 2530.203-3(b)(4) are met. If a retired or former Employee whose Annuity Starting Date occurred prior to reemployment again becomes eligible to receive benefits under the Plan, the amount of benefit payable to the Participant shall be reduced to its Actuarial Equivalent to reflect the value of any benefit payments made to the Participant prior to his Normal Retirement Date.
   
11.2
Exception to Suspension of Benefits Rule
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant who continues in employment with his Employer or any Affiliated Company or who is reemployed by an Employer or an Affiliated Company after reaching his Normal Retirement Date shall be eligible for a retirement benefit for any month in which he is employed for fewer than 40 hours or such other amount of time that does not constitute ERISA Section 203(a)(3)(B) service.
   
11.3
Non-Alienation of Retirement Rights or Benefits
 
Except as provided in Code Section 401(a)(13)(B) (relating to qualified domestic relations orders), Code Sections 401(a)(13)(C) and (D) (relating to offsets ordered or required under a criminal conviction involving the Plan, a civil judgment in connection with a violation or alleged violation of fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA, or a settlement agreement between the Participant and the Department of Labor in connection with a violation or alleged violation of fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA), Section 1.401(a)-13(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations (relating to Federal tax levies), or as otherwise required by law, no benefit under the Plan at any time shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, assignment (either at law or in equity), encumbrance, garnishment, levy, execution, or other legal or equitable process; and no person shall have the power in any manner to anticipate, transfer, assign (either at law or in equity), alienate or subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution, or other legal or equitable process, or in any way encumber his benefits under the Plan, or any part thereof, and any attempt to do so shall be void.
 
DB1
 
 
36

 

11.4
Payment of Benefits to Others
 
If any person to whom a retirement benefit is payable is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or accident, any payment due (unless prior claim therefor shall have been made by a duly qualified guardian or other legal representative) may be paid to the Spouse, parent, brother or sister, or any other individual deemed by the Administrator to be maintaining or responsible for the maintenance of such person. The monthly payment of a retirement benefit to a person for the month in which he dies shall, if not paid to such person prior to his death, be paid to his Spouse, parent, brother, sister, or estate as the Administrator shall determine. Any payment made in accordance with the provisions of this Section shall be a complete discharge of any liability of the Plan with respect to the benefit so paid.
   
11.5
Payment of Small Benefits; Deemed Cashout
 
If the Actuarially Equivalent present value of any retirement benefit payable under Section 5.1, 6.1, or 7.2 or any survivor benefit is $5,000 or less, such Actuarially Equivalent present value shall be paid to the Participant, or his Beneficiary, if applicable, in a single sum payment, in lieu of all other benefits under the Plan, as soon as practicable following the date of the Participant’s retirement, death, or other termination of employment and he shall cease to be a Participant under the Plan as of the date of such payment. For distributions made prior to March 22, 1999, the Actuarially Equivalent present value of a benefit shall be deemed to exceed $5,000 if the Actuarially Equivalent present value of the benefit exceeded such amount at the time of any prior distribution.
 
If the nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit of a Participant is zero, such Participant shall be deemed to have received distribution of his entire vested Accrued Benefit under the Plan, in lieu of all other benefits under the Plan, as of the date of his termination of employment with his Employer and all Affiliated Companies and he shall cease to be a Participant under the Plan as of such date.
 
A former Participant who received a distribution hereunder, other than a deemed distribution, because of his retirement or other termination of employment shall lose the Credited Service with which he was credited at the time of his prior termination of employment or retirement. If such former Participant is reemployed, such prior Credited Service shall not be reinstated unless the former Participant satisfies the requirements of Section 3.5.
 
A distribution hereunder is deemed to be made because of a Participant’s retirement or termination of employment if it is made before the end of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which such retirement or termination occurred.
 
DB1
 
 
37

 

11.6
Direct Rollovers
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in lieu of receiving a single sum payment as provided in Section 11.5, a “qualified distributee” may elect in writing, in accordance with rules prescribed by the Sponsor, to have any portion or all of such payment that is an “eligible rollover distribution” paid directly by the Plan to the “eligible retirement plan” designated by the “qualified distributee”; provided, however, that this provision shall not apply if the total distribution is less than $200 and that a “qualified distributee” may not elect this provision with respect to any partial distribution that is less than $500. Any such payment by the Plan to another “eligible retirement plan” shall be a direct rollover. For purposes of this Section, the following terms have the following meanings:
   
(a)
An “eligible retirement plan” means an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a) that accepts rollovers; provided, however, that, in the case of a direct rollover by a surviving Spouse, an eligible retirement plan does not include a qualified trust described in Code Section 401 (a).
   
(b)
An “eligible rollover distribution” means any distribution of all or any portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit or a distribution of all or any portion of a survivor benefit under Article X; provided, however, that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made not less frequently than annually for the life or life expectancy of the qualified distributee or the joint lives or joint life expectancies of the qualified distributee and the qualified distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; and any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9).
   
(c)
A “qualified distributee” means a Participant, his surviving Spouse, or his Spouse or former Spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).
 
11.7
Limitations on Commencement
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, payment of a Participant’s retirement benefit shall commence not later than the earlier of:
   
(a)
the 60th day after the end of the Plan Year in which occurs the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, the tenth anniversary of the date on which he first became a Participant, or the Participant’s retirement or other termination of employment, whichever is latest; or
   
(b)
his Required Beginning Date.
 
DB1
 
 
38

 
 
Distributions required to commence under this Section shall be made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and regulations issued thereunder. If payment of a Participant’s retirement benefit does not commence until his Required Beginning Date, his Required Beginning Date shall be considered his Annuity Starting Date for all purposes of the Plan.
 
If the Participant dies after his Annuity Starting Date, but prior to distribution of his entire interest, the remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed to his Beneficiary in a method which is at least as rapid as the method being used at the date of the Participant’s death. If the Participant dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, the entire interest attributable to the Participant shall be distributed within five years after the date of his death, unless such interest is payable to a designated beneficiary (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(9)) for a period which does not exceed the life or life expectancy of such designated beneficiary, in which event distribution of such interest shall commence no later than the date the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2 if the designated beneficiary is the surviving Spouse of such Participant, or the date which is one year after the date of such Participant’s death if the designated beneficiary is not the surviving Spouse of such Participant.
 
Subject to the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(9) and 41l(d)(6), no benefit payments shall commence under the Plan until the Participant, or his surviving Spouse, if applicable, makes written application therefor on a form satisfactory to the Administrator. If the amount of a monthly retirement benefit payable to a Participant cannot be determined for any reason (including lack of information as to whether the Participant is still living or his marital status) on the date payment of such benefit is to commence under this Section, payment shall be made retroactively to such date no later than 60 days after the date on which the amount of such monthly retirement benefit can be determined.
   
11.8
Post Age 70 1/2 Payments
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant who attains age 70 1/2 prior to January 1, 2000, may elect to receive distribution of his retirement benefit beginning as of the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2, regardless of whether he has retired.
 
A Participant who is receiving retirement benefits under the Plan while employed by an Employer or an Affiliated Company because his required beginning date occurred under the provisions of Code Section 401(a)(9) as in effect prior to January 1, 1997, shall continue to receive retirement benefits hereunder.
 
A Participant who is a five percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416(i)) with respect to the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2 and who continues employment with an Employer or any Affiliated Company shall receive distribution of his retirement benefit beginning as of the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2.
 
DB1
 
 
39

 

11.9
Offset to Accrual After Normal Retirement Date
 
The amount of benefit accrued by an Employee for each year of Credited Service that he completes after the date retirement income becomes payable to him by reasons other than his retirement or termination of employment shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the Actuarial Equivalent of the retirement benefits paid to the Employee for the period for which he accrues such year of Credited Service.
 
DB1
 
 
40

 
 
ARTICLE XII
MAXIMUM RETIREMENT BENEFITS
   
12.1
Definitions
 
For purposes of this Article, the following terms have the following meanings.
   
(a)
An “affiliated employer” means any corporation or business, other than an Employer, which would be aggregated with an Employer for a relevant purpose under Code Section 414 as modified by Code Section 415(h).
   
(b)
A Participant’s “annual retirement benefit” means the amount of retirement benefit attributable to Employer contributions which is payable to him annually under the Plan multiplied by the factors prescribed in the following paragraph if such benefit is to be paid in a manner other than to the Participant for his life only or as a qualified joint and survivor annuity as defined in Code Section 417. A Participant’s “aggregate annual retirement benefit” includes his “annual retirement benefit” and his annual retirement benefit, if any, under any and all other defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by an Employer or any “affiliated employer”.
   
 
For purposes of determining a Participant’s “annual retirement benefit” payable in a manner other than to the Participant for his life only or as a qualified joint and survivor annuity the following factors shall be used: (i) the table prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, which shall be based on the prevailing commissioners’ standard table, described in Code Section 807(d)(5)(A), used to determine reserves for group annuity contracts issued on the date as of which present value is being determined (without regard to any other subparagraph of Code Section 807(d)(5)) and (ii) the annual rate of interest on 30-year Treasury securities for the second calendar month preceding the Plan Year in which the distribution is made.
   
(c)
The “limitation year” means the calendar year.
   
(d)
“Defined benefit plan” and “defined contribution plan” have the meanings given such terms in Code Section 415(k).
 
12.2
Maximum Limitation on Annual Benefits
 
The “aggregate annual retirement benefit” accrued or payable to a Participant may not at any time within any “limitation year” exceed the limitations contained in Code Section 415(b). The maximum limitations will be determined in accordance with Code Section 415 and the regulations thereunder.
 
DB1
 
 
41

 

12.3
Manner of Reduction
 
If the Participant’s “aggregate annual retirement benefit” exceeds the limitations specified in this Article, the reduction in the amount of his “annual retirement benefit” shall be equal to the amount by which his “aggregate annual retirement benefit” exceeds the limitations of this Article multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is his “annual retirement benefit” (determined without regard to this Article) and the denominator of which is his “aggregate annual retirement benefit” (determined without regard to the limitations of this Article or any corresponding limitation in any other defined benefit plan maintained by an Employer or any affiliated employer).
   
12.4
Maximum Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Limitation
 
For limitation years commencing prior to the year 2000, if a Participant also is or was covered by one or more defined contribution plans maintained by an Employer or any affiliated employer, the sum of the defined benefit plan fraction described in Code Section 415(e)(2) and the defined contribution plan fraction described in Code Section 415(e)(3) in no event shall exceed 1.0 in any limitation year. At the election of the Sponsor, the denominator of the defined contribution plan fraction may be computed in accordance with the special transition rule provided in Code Section 415(e)(7) and applicable regulations thereunder.
 
In the event that the sum of the defined benefit plan fraction and the defined contribution plan fraction would exceed the limitation of 1.0, annual additions under the defined contribution plan shall be reduced to the extent necessary to meet such limitation.
 
DB1
 
 
42

 
 
ARTICLE XIII
PENSION FUND
 
13.1
Pension Fund
 
The Pension Fund is maintained by the Funding Agent for the Plan under a Funding Agreement with the Sponsor. Subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA, benefits under the Plan shall be only such as can be provided by the assets of the Pension Fund, and no liability for payment of benefits shall be imposed upon the Employers or any Affiliated Company, or any of their officers, employees, directors, or stockholders.
 
13.2
Contributions by the Employers
 
So long as the Plan continues, contributions will be made by the Employers at such times and in such amounts as the Sponsor in its sole discretion shall from time to time determine, based on the advice of the Actuary and consistent with the funding policy for the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 13.5, all such contributions shall be delivered to the Funding Agent for deposit in the Pension Fund. Participants shall make no contributions under the Plan.
 
13.3
Expenses of the Plan
 
The expenses of administration of the Plan, including the expenses of the Administrator and fees of the Funding Agent and any investment advisor, shall be paid from the Pension Fund, unless the Sponsor or an Employer elects to make payment.
 
13.4
No Reversion
 
The Pension Fund shall be for the exclusive benefit of Participants and persons claiming under or through them. All contributions pursuant to Section 13.2 hereof shall be based on the facts then understood by the Sponsor, shall be conditioned upon the initial qualification of the Funding Agreement and Plan under Code Sections 401 and 501 (a), and, unless otherwise specified by the Sponsor, shall be conditioned upon deductibility of the contributions under Code Section 404 in the year for which such contributions were made. All such contributions shall be irrevocable and such contributions as well as the Pension Fund, or any portion of the principal or income thereof, shall never revert to or inure to the benefit of the Employers or any Affiliated Company except that:
 
(a)
the residual amounts specified in Article XVI may be returned to the Employers;
   
(b)
any contributions which are made under a mistake of fact may be returned to the Employers within one year after the contributions were made;
 
DB1
 
 
43

 

(c)
any contributions made for years during which the Funding Agreement and Plan were not initially qualified under Code Sections 401 and 501 (a) may be returned to the Employers within one year after the date of denial of initial qualification, but only if an application for determination was filed within the period of time prescribed under ERISA Section 403(c)(2)(B); and
   
(d)
any contributions, which are not, in whole or in part, deductible under Code Section 404 for the year for which they were made, may to the extent such contributions were not so deductible, be returned to the Employers within one year after the disallowance of the deduction.
 
The Sponsor shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether the contributions described above, other than the residual amounts described in paragraph (a), shall be returned to an Employer. If any such contributions are to be returned, the Sponsor shall so direct the Funding Agent, in writing, no later than ten days prior to the last day upon which they may be returned.
 
13.5
Forfeitures Not to Increase Benefits
 
Any forfeitures arising from the termination of employment or death of an Employee, or for any other reason, shall be used to reduce Employer contributions to the Pension Fund, and shall not be applied to increase the benefits any Participant otherwise would receive under the Plan at any time prior to the termination of the Plan.
 
13.6
Change of Funding Medium
 
The Sponsor shall have the right to change at any time the means through which benefits under the Plan shall be provided. No such change shall constitute a termination of the Plan or result in the diversion to the Employers of any funds previously contributed in accordance with the Plan.
 
DB1
 
 
44

 
 
ARTICLE XIV
 ADMINISTRATION
 
14.1
Authority of the Sponsor
 
The Sponsor, which shall be the administrator for purposes of ERISA and the plan administrator for purposes of the Code, shall have all the powers and authority expressly conferred upon it herein and further shall have the sole discretionary right, authority, and power to interpret and construe the Plan, and to determine any disputes arising thereunder, subject to the provisions of Section 14.3. In exercising such powers and authority, the Sponsor at all times shall exercise good faith, apply standards of uniform application, and refrain from arbitrary action. The Sponsor may employ such attorneys, agents, and accountants as it may deem necessary or advisable to assist it in carrying out its duties hereunder. The Sponsor shall be a “named fiduciary” as that term is defined in ERISA Section 402(a)(2). The Sponsor may:
 
(a)
allocate any of the powers, authority, or responsibilities for the operation and administration of the Plan (other than trustee responsibilities as defined in ERISA Section 405(c)(3)) among named fiduciaries; and
   
(b)
designate a person or persons other than a named fiduciary to carry out any of such powers, authority, or responsibilities;
 
except that no allocation by the Sponsor of, or designation by the Sponsor with respect to, any of such powers, authority, or responsibilities to another named fiduciary or a person other than a named fiduciary shall become effective unless such allocation or designation shall first be accepted by such named fiduciary or other person in a writing signed by it and delivered to the Sponsor.
 
14.2
Action of the Sponsor
 
Any act authorized, permitted, or required to be taken by the Sponsor under the Plan, which has not been delegated in accordance with Section 14.1, may be taken by a majority of the members of the committee appointed to act on behalf of the Sponsor, either by vote at a meeting, or in writing without a meeting or by the employee or employees of the Sponsor designated by the committee appointed to act on behalf of the Sponsor to carry out such acts on behalf of the Sponsor. All notices, advice, directions, certifications, approvals, and instructions required or authorized to be given by the Sponsor under the Plan shall be in writing and signed by either (i) a majority of the members of the committee appointed to act on behalf of the Sponsor, or by such member or members as may be designated by an instrument in writing, signed by all the members thereof, as having authority to execute such documents on its behalf, or (ii) the employee or employees of the Sponsor who have the authority to act on behalf of the Sponsor.
 
DB1
 
 
45

 

14.3
Claims Review Procedure
 
Whenever the Administrator decides for whatever reason to deny, whether in whole or in part, a claim for benefits filed by any person (hereinafter referred to as the “claimant”), the Administrator shall transmit to the claimant a written notice of its decision, which notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall contain a statement of (i) the specific reasons for the denial of the claim, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, and (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such information is necessary. The notice shall also include a statement advising the claimant that, within 60 days of the date on which he receives such notice, he may obtain review of the decision of the Administrator in accordance with the procedures hereinafter set forth.
 
If the claimant does not receive notice from the Administrator regarding disposition of his claim within 90 days of the date his claim for benefits was filed with the Administrator (or, if special circumstances require an extension, within 180 days of that date; provided that the delay and the reasons for the delay are communicated to the claimant within the initial 90-day period), the claimant’s claim for benefits shall be deemed to have been denied.
 
Within the 60-day period beginning on the earlier of (i) the date the claimant receives notice regarding disposition of his claim or (ii) the date the claimant’s claim for benefits is deemed denied hereunder, the claimant or his authorized representative may request that the claim denial be reviewed by filing with the Administrator a written request therefor, which request shall contain the following information:
 
(a)
the date on which the claimant’s request was filed with the Administrator provided that the date on which the claimant’s request for review was in fact filed with the Administrator shall control in the event that the date of the actual filing is later than the date stated by the claimant pursuant to this paragraph;
   
(b)
the specific portions of the denial of his claim which the claimant requests the Administrator to review;
   
(c)
a statement by the claimant setting forth the basis upon which he believes the Administrator should reverse its previous denial of his claim for benefits and accept his claim as made; and
   
(d)
any written material (offered as exhibits) which the claimant desires the Administrator to examine in its consideration of his position as stated pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section.
 
DB1
 
 
46

 
 
Within 60 days of the date determined pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section (or, if special circumstances require an extension, within 120 days of that date; provided that the delay and the reasons for the delay are communicated to the claimant within the initial 60-day period), the Administrator shall conduct a full and fair review of its decision denying the claimant’s claim for benefits and shall render its written decision on review to the claimant. The Administrator’s decision on review shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall specify the reasons and Plan provisions upon which the Administrator’s decision was based.
 
14.4
Qualified Domestic Relations Orders
 
The Administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under domestic relations orders which are deemed to be qualified orders. Such procedures shall be in writing and shall comply with the provisions of Code Section 414(p) and regulations issued thereunder.
 
14.5
Indemnification
 
In addition to whatever rights of indemnification the members of the committee appointed to act on behalf of the Sponsor or any employee or employees to whom any power, authority, or responsibility is delegated pursuant to Section 14.2, may be entitled under the organizational authority, regulations, or bylaws of the Sponsor, under any provision of law, or under any other agreement, the Sponsor shall satisfy any liability actually and reasonably incurred by any such person or persons, including expenses, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement (other than amounts paid in settlement not approved by the Sponsor), in connection with any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding which is related to the exercise or failure to exercise by such person or persons of any of the powers, authority, responsibilities, or discretion as provided under the Plan and the Funding Agreement, or reasonably believed by such person or persons to be provided thereunder, and any action taken by such person or persons in connection therewith, unless the same is judicially determined to be the result of such person’s or persons’ gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
14.6
Actions Binding
 
Subject to the provisions of Section 14.3, any action taken by the Sponsor which is authorized, permitted, or required under the Plan shall be final and binding upon the Employers, the Funding Agent, all persons who have or who claim an interest under the Plan, and all third parties dealing with the Employers or the Funding Agent.
 
DB1
 
 
47

 
 
ARTICLE XV
ADOPTION BY OTHER ENTITIES
 
15.1
Adoption by Affiliated Companies
 
An Affiliated Company that is not an Employer may, with the consent of the Sponsor, adopt the Plan and become an Employer hereunder by causing an appropriate written instrument evidencing such adoption to be executed in accordance with the requirements of its organizational authority. Any such instrument shall specify the effective date of the adoption. Unless otherwise specified in the adoption instrument, for purposes of computing the Service and Average Annual Earnings of an Employee who is in the employ of the Employer on the effective date of the adoption, employment with and compensation from the Employer before the effective date of the adoption shall be treated as employment with and Earnings from an Employer. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the adoption instrument, for purposes of computing the Credited Service of an Employee, only employment with the Employer for periods on or after the effective date of the adoption shall be treated as employment with an Employer. Any Employer shall undertake to contribute its appropriate share, as determined by the Sponsor, of any contributions made to the Funding Agent hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, any adoption of the Plan by an Employer shall be subject to the receipt of a determination from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that with respect to such Employer the Plan meets the requirements for qualification under Code Section 401(a), and, should an adverse determination be issued by the Internal Revenue Service, the adoption of the Plan by said Employer shall be null and void and of no effect whatsoever.
 
15.2
Effective Plan Provisions
 
An Employer who adopts the Plan shall be bound by the provisions of the Plan in effect at the time of the adoption and as subsequently in effect because of any amendment to the Plan.
 
DB1
 
 
48

 
 
ARTICLE XVI
AMENDMENT & TERMINATION OF PLAN
 
16.1
Sponsor’s Right of Amendment
 
The Sponsor reserves the right at any time and from time to time, by means of a written instrument executed in the name of the Sponsor by its duly authorized representatives, to amend or modify the Plan and, to the extent provided therein, to amend or modify the Funding Agreement. No pension or other benefit granted prior to the time of any amendment or modification of the Plan shall be reduced, suspended, or discontinued as a result thereof, except to the extent necessary to enable the Plan to meet the requirements for qualification under the Code or the requirements of any governmental authority. Moreover, no such action shall operate to recapture for the Employers any contributions made to the Pension Fund, except as provided in Section 13.4 or Section 16.7.
 
16.2
Termination of the Plan
 
The Sponsor reserves the right, by means of a written instrument executed in the name of the Sponsor by its duly authorized representatives, at any time to terminate the Plan. In the event of termination, no further benefits shall accrue, no further contributions shall be made, except as may be required under Title IV of ERISA or Code Section 412, and all assets remaining in the Pension Fund, after provision has been made for payment of the expenses of administration and liquidation in connection with the termination, shall be allocated by the Funding Agent upon the advice of the Actuary, among the Participants and Beneficiaries of the Plan, in the following manner and order of precedence:
 
(a)
In the case of benefits payable as an annuity,
     
 
(1)
in the case of the benefit of a Participant or Beneficiary which was in pay status as of the beginning of the three-year period ending on the termination date of the Plan, to each such benefit, based on the provisions of the Plan (as in effect during the five-year period ending on such date) under which such benefit would be the least; and
     
 
(2)
in the case of a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit (other than a benefit described in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph) which would have been in pay status as of the beginning of such three-year period if the Participant had retired prior to the beginning of such three-year period and if his benefits had commenced (in the normal form of annuity under the Plan) as of the beginning of such period, to each such benefit based on the provisions of the Plan (as in effect during the five-year period ending on such date) under which such benefit would be the least.
 
DB1
 
 
49

 
 
 
For purposes of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, the lowest benefit in pay status during a three-year period shall be considered the three-year benefit in pay status for such period.
     
(b)
Next,
 
     
 
(1)
to all other benefits, if any, of individuals under the Plan guaranteed under Title IV of ERISA (determined without regard to ERISA Section 4022(b)(5)); and
     
 
(2)
to the additional benefits, if any, which would be determined under subparagraph (1) of this paragraph if ERISA Section 4022(b)(6) did not apply.
     
 
For purposes of this paragraph, ERISA Section 4021 shall be applied without regard to subsection (c) thereof.
     
(c)
Next, to all nonforfeitable benefits under the Plan.
     
(d)
Last, to all other benefits under the Plan.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, other than Sections 16.3 through 16.8, the amount allocated to any Participant under this Section 16.2 shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable. The Sponsor shall furnish all information reasonably required for the purposes of making such allocations. The Funding Agent shall implement the allocations determined under this Section among the persons for whose benefit such allocations are made through distribution of the assets of the Pension Fund, through application of the amounts allocated to the purchase from an insurance company of immediate or deferred annuities, or through creation of one or more new funds for the purpose of distributing the assets of the Pension Fund (to the extent so allocated), or by a combination of the foregoing.
 
16.3
Adjustment of Allocation
 
The amount allocated under any paragraph of Section 16.2 with respect to any benefit shall be properly adjusted for any allocations of assets with respect to that benefit under a prior paragraph of Section 16.2.
 
16.4
Assets Insufficient for Allocation
 
If the assets available for allocation under any paragraph of Section 16.2 (other than paragraphs (c) and (d) are insufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of all individuals which are described in that paragraph, the assets shall be allocated pro rata among such individuals on the basis of the present value (as of the date of termination of the Plan) of their respective benefits described in that paragraph.
 
DB1
 
 
50

 

16.5
Assets Insufficient for Allocation Under Paragraph (c) of Section 16.2
 
This Section applies if the assets available for allocation under paragraph (c) of Section 16.2 are not sufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of individuals described in such paragraph.
 
(a)
If this Section applies, except as provided in paragraph (b), the assets shall be allocated to the benefits of individuals described in paragraph (c) of Section 16.2 on the basis of the benefits of individuals which would have been described in such paragraph under the Plan as in effect at the beginning of the five-year period ending on the date of termination of the Plan.
   
(b)
If the assets available for allocation under paragraph (a) of this Section are sufficient to satisfy in full the benefits described in such paragraph (without regard to this paragraph (b)), then for purposes of paragraph (a), benefits of individuals described in such paragraph shall be determined on the basis of the Plan as amended by the most recent Plan amendment effective during such five-year period under which the assets available for allocation are sufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of individuals described in paragraph (a), and any assets remaining to be allocated under such paragraph (a) on the basis of the Plan as amended by the next succeeding Plan amendment effective during such period.
   
16.6
Allocations Resulting in Discrimination
 
If the Secretary of the Treasury determines that the allocation made pursuant to this Article (without regard to this Section) results in discrimination prohibited by Code Section 401(a)(4), then the assets allocated under paragraphs (b)(2), (c), and (d) of Section 16.2 shall be reallocated to the extent necessary to prevent the disqualification of the Plan (or any trust or annuity contract under the Plan) under Code Section 401(a).
 
16.7
Residual Assets
 
Subject to the provisions of Section 16.10, any residual assets of the Plan shall be distributable to the Employers if:
   
(a)
all liabilities of the Plan to Participants and their beneficiaries have been satisfied; and
   
(b)
the distribution does not contravene any provision of law.
 
DB1
 
 
51

 

16.8
Meanings of Terms
 
The terms used in Sections 16.2 through 16.7 shall have, where required, the same meaning as the same terms have as used in ERISA Section 4044; provided, however, that any term specifically defined in the Plan shall retain its meaning as defined thereunder.
 
16.9
Payments by the Funding Agent
 
The Funding Agent shall make the payments specified in a written direction of the Sponsor in accordance with the provisions of Section 16.2 until the same shall be superseded by a further written direction. The obligation of the Funding Agent to make any payment hereunder in all events shall be limited to the amount of the Pension Fund at the time any such payment shall become due.
 
16.10
Residual Assets Distributable to the Employers
 
Upon written notice from the Sponsor that any residual assets of the Plan are distributable to the Employers in accordance with the provisions of Section 16.7, then the Funding Agent shall pay over such residual assets, or an amount equal to the fair market value of that portion of such residual assets which are not so paid, to the Employers; provided, however, that, under no circumstances or conditions other than as set forth in this Section 16.10 and in Section 13.4, shall any contribution of the Employers, or any portion of the proceeds or avails thereof, ever revert, be paid, or inure to the benefit, directly or indirectly, of the Employers or any Affiliated Company; nor shall any portion of the principal or the income from the Pension Fund ever be used for or diverted to any purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and persons claiming under or through them pursuant to the Plan.
 
16.11
Withdrawal of an Employer
 
Each Employer shall have the right to withdraw from the Plan by action in accordance with its organizational authority, and by filing with the Sponsor written notice thereof, in which event the Employer shall cease to be an Employer for purposes of the Plan. An Employer shall be deemed automatically to withdraw from the Plan in the event it completely discontinues contributions to the Plan or it ceases to be an Affiliated Company.
 
DB1
 
 
52

 
 
If such withdrawal is for the purpose of establishing or merging with a separate plan which meets the requirements for qualification under applicable provisions of the Code, the portion of the assets of the Pension Fund which is applicable to the withdrawing Employer, as determined by the Sponsor upon the advice of the Actuary, on a fair and equitable basis, taking into account the contributions made by the Employer, benefit payments made with respect to its Employees and retired and former Employees, and other relevant factors, shall be transferred to and become a part of the trust fund or other financing medium maintained in connection with the separate plan, subject to the limitations on merger, consolidation, or transfers of Plan assets set forth in Section 17.5.
 
DB1
 
 
53

 
 
ARTICLE XVII
MISCELLANEOUS

17.1
No Commitment as to Employment
 
Nothing contained herein shall be construed as a commitment or agreement on the part of any person to continue his employment with his Employer, or as a commitment on the part of his Employer to continue the employment, compensation, or benefits of any person for any period, and all employees of an Employer shall remain subject to discharge, layoff, or disciplinary action to the same extent as if the Plan had never been put into effect.
 
17.2
Claims of Other Persons
 
Nothing in the Plan or Funding Agreement shall be construed as giving any Participant or any other person, firm, or corporation, any legal or equitable right as against the Employers, their officers, employees, or directors, or as against the Funding Agent, except such rights as are specifically provided for in the Plan or Funding Agreement or hereafter created in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan.
   
17.3
Governing Law
 
Except as provided under Federal law, the provisions of the Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State or Commonwealth in which the Sponsor has its principal place of business.
   
17.4
Nonforfeitability of Benefits Upon Termination or Partial Termination
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of the termination or a partial termination of the Plan, including the complete discontinuation of contributions to the Plan, the rights of all Employees who are affected by such termination to benefits accrued to the date of such termination, to the extent funded as of such date, shall be nonforfeitable.
   
17.5
Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer of Plan Assets
 
The Plan shall not be merged or consolidated with any other plan, nor shall any of its assets or liabilities be transferred to another plan, unless, immediately after such merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets or liabilities, each Participant in the Plan would receive a benefit under the Plan which is at least equal to the benefit he would have received immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets or liabilities (assuming in each instance that the Plan had then terminated).
 
DB1
 
 
54

 
 
If another qualified plan merges or consolidates with the Plan, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the forms of payment and other provisions that were available with respect to benefits accrued immediately prior to the transfer or merger under such other qualified plan and that may not be eliminated under Code Section 41l(d)(6) shall continue to be available under the Plan with respect to the benefit that the Participant would have received immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets or liabilities.
   
17.6
Funding Agreement
 
The Funding Agreement and the Pension Fund maintained thereunder shall be deemed to be a part of the Plan as if fully set forth herein and the provisions of the Funding Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference into the Plan.
   
17.7
Benefit Offsets for Overpayments
 
If a Participant or Beneficiary receives benefits hereunder for any period in excess of the amount of benefits to which he was entitled under the terms of the Plan as in effect for such period, such overpayment shall be offset against current or future benefit payments, as applicable, until such time as the overpayment is entirely recouped by the Plan.
   
17.8
Internal Revenue Requirements
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, to conform to the requirements of U.S. Treasury Regulations, the benefit payable under the Plan shall be subject to the following limitations:
   
(a)
If the Plan is terminated, the benefit of any Highly Compensated Employee shall be limited to a benefit that is nondiscriminatory under Code Section 401(a)(4).
   
(b)
The annual payments in any one year to any of the 25 Highly Compensated Employees with the greatest compensation (hereinafter referred to as a “restricted employee”) in the current or any prior year shall not exceed an amount equal to the payments that would be made on behalf of the restricted employee under (1) a straight life annuity that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the restricted employee’s Accrued Benefit and other benefits to which the restricted employee is entitled under the Plan (other than a Social Security supplement), and (2) the amount of the payments the restricted employee is entitled to receive under a Social Security supplement. For purposes of this paragraph, “benefit” includes, among other benefits, loans in excess of the amounts set forth in Code Section 72(p)(2)(A), any periodic income, any withdrawal values payable to a living employee, and any death benefits not provided for by insurance on the restricted employee’s life. The foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall not apply, however, if:
 
DB1
 
 
55

 

 
(1)
After payment to a restricted employee of all benefits payable to the restricted employee under the Plan, the value of Plan assets equals or exceeds 110 percent of the value of  “current liabilities” as defined in Code Section 412(1)(7), (each value being determined as of the same date in accordance with applicable Treasury regulations);
     
 
(2)
The value of the benefits payable under the Plan to or for a restricted employee is less than one percent of the value of current liabilities before distribution; or
     
 
(3)
The value of benefits payable under the Plan to or for a restricted employee does not exceed the amount described in Code Section 41l(a)(l1)(A).

17.9
Veterans Reemployment Rights
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service shall be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).
 
DB1
 
 
56

 
 
ARTICLE XVIII
TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
   
18.1
Top-Heavy Plan Definitions
   
For purposes of this Article, the following terms have the following meanings.
   
(a)
The “compensation” of an Employee means compensation as defined in Code Section 415 and regulations issued thereunder. In no event, however, shall the compensation of a Participant taken into account under the Plan for any Plan Year exceed (1) $200,000 for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1994, or (2) $150,000 for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,1994. The limitations set forth in the preceding sentence shall be subject to adjustment annually as provided in Code Section 401(a)(17)(B) and Code Section 415(d); provided, however, that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year, if any, is effective for Plan Years beginning in such calendar year.
   
(b)
The “determination date” with respect to any Plan Year means the last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year.
   
(c)
A “key employee” means any Participant who is a key employee pursuant to the provisions of Code Section 416(i)(l) or any person claiming under or through such Participant.
   
(d)
A “non-key employee” means any Employee who is not a key employee.
   
(e)
A “permissive aggregation group” means those plans included in an Employer’s required aggregation group together with any other plan or plans of the Employer or an Affiliated Company so long as the entire group of plans would continue to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.
   
(f)
A “required aggregation group” means the group of tax-qualified plans maintained by an Employer or an Affiliated Company consisting of each plan in which a key employee participates and each other plan which enables a plan in which a key employee participates to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or Code Section 410, including any plan that terminated within the five-year period ending on the relevant determination date.
   
(g)
A “super top-heavy group” with respect to a particular Plan Year means a required or permissive aggregation group that, as of the determination date, would qualify as a top-heavy group under the definition in paragraph (j) of this Section with “90 percent” substituted for “60 percent” each place where “60 percent” appears in the definition.
 
DB1
 
 
57

 

(h)
A “super top-heavy plan” with respect to a particular Plan Year means a plan that, as of the determination date, would qualify as a top-heavy plan under the definition in paragraph (k) of this Section with “90 percent” substituted for “60 percent” each place where “60 percent” appears in such definition. A plan is also a super top-heavy plan if it is part of a super top-heavy group.
   
(i)
The “testing period” means the period of consecutive years of service, not in excess of five, during which an Employee has the greatest aggregate compensation from his Employer, excluding, however, any year which ends in a Plan Year beginning prior to January 1, 1984, as well as any Plan Year which begins after the close of the last Plan Year in which the Plan was a top-heavy plan.
   
(j)
A “top-heavy group” with respect to a particular Plan Year means a required or permissive aggregation group if the sum, as of the determination date, of the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for key employees under all defined benefit plans included in such group and the aggregate of the account balances of key employees under all defined contribution plans included in such group exceeds 60 percent of a similar sum determined for all employees covered by the plans included in such group.
   
(k)
A “top-heavy plan” with respect to a particular Plan Year means (i) in the case of a defined benefit plan, a plan for which, as of the determination date, the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits under the plan (within the meaning of Code Section 416(g) and the regulations and rulings hereunder) for key employees exceeds 60 percent of the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits under the plan for all employees, with the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits to be determined under the accrual method uniformly used under all plans maintained by his Employer or, if no such method exists, under the slowest accrual method permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Code Section 41l(b)(l)(c), (ii), in the case of a defined contribution plan, a plan for which, as of the determination date, the aggregate of the accounts (within the meaning of Code Section 416(g) and the regulations and rulings hereunder) of key employees exceeds 60 percent of the aggregate of the accounts of all participants covered under the plan, with the accounts valued as of the most recent valuation date coinciding with or preceding the determination date, and (iii) any plan included in a required aggregation group that is a top-heavy group. For purposes of this paragraph, the accounts and accrued benefits of any employee who has not performed services for an Employer or an Affiliated Company during the five-year period ending on the determination date shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a plan is included in a required or permissive aggregation group which is not a top-heavy group, such plan shall not be a top-heavy plan. For purposes of this Article, the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits under the Plan shall be determined as of the date Plan costs for minimum funding purposes are computed, and shall be calculated using the actuarial assumptions otherwise employed under the Plan for actuarial valuations, except that the same actuarial assumptions shall be used for all plans within a required or permissive aggregation group.
 
DB1
 
 
58

 

18.2
Applicability of Top-Heavy Plan Provisions
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Plan is deemed to be a top-heavy plan for any Plan Year, the provisions contained in this Article with respect to vesting and benefit accrual shall be applicable with respect to such Plan Year. If the Plan is determined to be a top-heavy plan and upon a subsequent determination date is determined no longer to be a top-heavy plan, the benefit accrual provisions specified elsewhere in the Plan shall again become applicable as of such subsequent determination date; provided, however, that the vesting provisions contained in this Article shall continue to apply to the Plan for all Plan Years occurring after the top-heavy Plan Year.
   
18.3
Top-Heavy Vesting
 
If the Plan is determined to be a top-heavy plan, an Employee’s nonforfeitable right to a percentage of the accrued portion of his monthly normal retirement benefit shall be determined no less rapidly than in accordance with the following vesting schedule.
 
Years of Service
Vested Interest
less than 3
0%
3 or more
100%

18.4
Minimum Top-Heavy Benefit
 
If the Plan is determined to be a top-heavy plan, the annual normal retirement benefit of an Employee who is a non-key employee and who is eligible therefor, payable in the form of a single life annuity beginning at his Normal Retirement Date, shall not be less than such Employee’s average compensation for years in the testing period multiplied by the lesser of:
   
(a)
Two percent multiplied by his years of Service; or
   
(b)
20 percent.
 
For purposes of this Article, “years of Service” shall only include years of Service completed after December 31,1983, but shall not include any such year of Service with an Employer if the Plan was not a top-heavy plan with respect to the Plan Year ending within such year of Service. Any minimum benefit required by this Section 18.4 shall be made without regard to the number of Hours of Service credited to an Employee for a Plan Year and without regard to any Social Security contribution made by his Employer on behalf of the Employee and without regard to whether the non-key employee was employed on a specific date. In the event the Plan is part of a required aggregation group in which another top-heavy plan is included, non-key employees who are also covered under such other top-heavy plan shall not receive minimum top-heavy benefits under both top-heavy plans. Such non-key employees shall receive the minimum top-heavy benefit provided under the Plan in lieu of the minimum top-heavy benefit or allocation provided under such other top-heavy plan.
 
DB1
 
 
59

 

18.5
Adjustment of Maximum Retirement Benefits
 
If the Plan is determined to be a top-heavy plan and an Employer or an Affiliated Company maintains a defined contribution plan covering some or all of the Employees that are covered by the Plan, the defined benefit plan fraction and the defined contribution plan fraction described in Article XII shall be determined as provided in Code Section 415 by substituting “1.00” for “1.25” each place where “1.25” appears.
 
*          *          *
 
 
EXECUTED AT Farmington   CT. , this  14 TH day of August , 2002 .
 
 
     
 
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK
     
 
By:
(SIGNATURE)
     Title: V.P. Human Resources & Administration
 
IMPORTANT NOTE
 
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, its contractors, and any employees of Connecticut General Life Insurance Company or its contractors cannot provide you with legal advice in connection with the execution of this document. Prior to execution of this document, you should consult your attorney on whether this document is appropriate for you.
 
DB1
 
 
60

 
 
ADDENDUM
 
 
Re:
Adjustment Factors
 
Early Commencement Reduction Factors
 
Factors Applicable to Participants who are Age 60 and have Completed at Least 30 Years of Service:
 
Age on Annuity Starting Date
 
Adjustment Factor
     
64
 
1.00
63
 
1.00
62
 
1.00
61
 
.933
60
 
.867
 
Factors Applicable to Other Participants
     
Age on Annuity Starting Date
 
Adjustment Factor
     
64
 
.933
63
 
.867
62
 
.800
61
 
.733
60
 
.667
59
 
.633
58
 
.600
57
 
.567
56
 
.533
55
 
.500
 
DB1
 
 
61

 
 
FIRST AMENDMENT
 
TO THE
 
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK DEFINED BENEFIT EMPLOYEES’ PENSION PLAN
 
(January 1, 1999 Restatement)
 
WHEREAS, the Farmington Savings Bank (hereinafter referred to as the “Employer”) adopted the Farmington Savings Bank Defined Benefit Employees’ Pension Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”) effective July 1, 1952 for the benefit of certain of its eligible Employees and their Beneficiaries; and
 
WHEREAS, the Employer reserves the right to amend the Plan in accordance with Section 16.1 thereof; and
 
WHEREAS, the Employer is amending the Plan to provide an ad hoc cost-of-living adjustment to retired participants.
 
NOW THEREFORE, Section 5.7 of the Plan, entitled Ad Hoc Cost-of-Living Adjustment is hereby added to the Plan by the addition of the following section:
 
5.7 Ad Hoc Cost-of-Living Adjustment
 
Effective August 1, 2002, the retirement income for each Participant, or other payee, whose Annuity Starting Date was prior to January 1, 2002 and who is in pay status as of August 1, 2002 shall be increased by 2% for each full year of retirement during the period of January 1, 1996 through December 31, 2001. In no event, however, shall the amount of retirement income payable to a Participant or other payee under the Plan after this and all prior cost-of-living adjustments exceed 150% of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit on his Annuity Starting Date.
 
Such additional monthly retirement income shall be payable in the manner and on the form payable to such Participant, or other payee, as in effect on August 1, 2002.”
 
*                    *                    *
 
          EXECUTED AT Farmington , CT , this  14 TH d ay of August ,   2002 .
   
 
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK
   
 
By:
(SIGNATURE)
     
 
Title:
V.P. Human Resources & Administration
 
 
 

 
 
PENSION FUNDING EQUITY ACT
COMPLIANCE AMENDMENT
TO
   
Name of Plan:
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK DEFINED BENEFIT EMPLOYEES’ PENSION PLAN (the “Plan”)
 
This Amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect modifications to the Code Section 415 limits made by the Pension Funding Equity Act of 2004 (the “Act”). This Amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of the Act.
 
This Amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.
 
References to provisions by Plan Section number in this Amendment are to the provisions associated with these Section numbers in the approved volume submitter specimen plan from which the Plan is generated. If the Section numbers have been changed in generating the Plan, references are to the provisions in the Plan that are associated with the Section numbers in the approved volume submitter specimen plan.
       
1.
Section 12.1(b) of the Plan is amended to provide as follows:
       
 
(b)
A Participant’s “annual retirement benefit” means the amount of retirement benefit attributable to Employer contributions which is payable to him annually under the Plan adjusted to its actuarial equivalent using the factors prescribed in the following paragraph if such benefit is to be paid (1) in a manner other than to the Participant for his life only or as a qualified joint and survivor annuity as defined in Code Section 417, (2) prior to the Participant attaining age 62, or (3) after the Participant attains age 65. If a Participant’s retirement benefit under the Plan includes contributions made by the Participant or rollover contributions (as defined in Code Section 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), or 457(e)(16)), it shall be adjusted to the actuarial equivalent of the retirement benefit attributable to the Employer’s contributions using the factors prescribed in the following paragraph. A Participant’s “aggregate annual retirement benefit” includes his “annual retirement benefit” and his annual retirement benefit, if any, under any and all other defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by an Employer or any “affiliated employer”.
       
   
For purposes of determining a Participant’s “annual retirement benefit”, the following special rules shall apply:
       
   
(i)
If (1) the Participant’s retirement benefit includes contributions made by the Participant or rollover contributions (as described above) or (2) payment is to be made in a form other than to the Participant for his life only or as a qualified joint and survivor annuity, and such form is not subject to the requirements of Code Section 417(e)(3), the following factors shall be used:
 
 
 

 
 
     
(I) the “applicable mortality table” and (II) an interest rate equal to the greater of five percent or the interest rate otherwise used under the Plan for purposes of determining Actuarial Equivalence of optional forms not subject to the requirements of Code Section 417(e)(3).
       
   
(ii)
If payment is to be made to the Participant in a form that is subject to the requirements of Code Section 417(e)(3), the following factors shall be used: (I) the “applicable mortality table” and (II) an interest rate equal to the greater of the “applicable interest rate” or the interest rate otherwise used under the Plan for purposes of determining Actuarial Equivalence of such optional form. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan Years beginning in 2004 and 2005, 5.5 percent shall be substituted for the “applicable interest rate” in (II) above; provided, however, that for a Participant receiving a distribution after December 31, 2003 and before January 1, 2005, such substitution shall not reduce the benefit payable to the Participant below the amount determined using the “applicable interest rate” in effect as of the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2004.
       
   
(iii)
If payment is to be made to the Participant beginning before the Participant attains age 62, the following factors shall be used: (I) the “applicable mortality table” and (II) an interest rate equal to the greater of five percent or the interest rate otherwise used under the Plan for purposes of determining Actuarial Equivalence of optional forms not subject to the requirements of Code Section 417(e)(3).
       
   
(iv)
If payment is to be made to the Participant beginning after the Participant attains age 65, the following factors shall be used: (I) the “applicable mortality table” and (II) an interest rate equal to the lesser of five percent or the interest rate otherwise used under the Plan for purposes of determining Actuarial Equivalence of optional forms not subject to the requirements of Code Section 417(e)(3).
       
   
For purposes of this paragraph (b), the following terms have the following meanings:
       
   
(v)
The “applicable mortality table” means the table prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, which shall be based on the prevailing commissioners’ standard table, described in Code Section 807(d)(5)(A), used to determine reserves for group annuity contracts issued on the date as of which present value is being determined (without regard to any other subparagraph of Code Section 807(d)(5)). For any distribution with an Annuity Starting Date prior to December 31, 2002, the “applicable mortality table” is the table specified in Revenue Ruling 95-6. For any distribution with an Annuity Starting Date on or after December 31, 2002, the “applicable mortality table” is the table specified in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.
 
 
 

 
 
   
(vi)
The “applicable interest rate” means the annual rate of interest on 30-year Treasury securities as in effect for the distribution date, determined as provided in Section 1.1(c) of the Plan.
 
*                              *                              *
 
EXECUTED AT Farmington , CT ,  this 13 th day of July ,   2006 .
   
 
By:
-S- LEE D. NORDSTROM
   
Lee D. Nordstrom
 
Title:
VP Director Human Resources
 
Contract No. IN-16177
PFEA Amendment
 
 
 

 
 
AMENDMENT OF NOVEMBER 2006
TO THE
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK DEFINED BENEFIT EMPLOYEES’ PENSION PLAN
 
As amended and restated effective January 1, 1999
 
            In accordance with Section 16.1 of the Plan, the following amendments are hereby made to the Plan:
       
 
1.
Section 3.4 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following new paragraph immediately preceding the final paragraph thereof:
     
   
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, any former or retired Employee rehired after December 31, 2006 shall be ineligible to become an Active Participant in the Plan.
     
 
2.
Section 4.1 of the Plan is hereby amended by the addition of the following new paragraph of the end thereof:
     
   
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Employee hired or rehired, or who transfers or retransfers to employment with an Employer as described in Section 3.3(a), after December 31, 2006, shall be eligible to become an Active Participant in the Plan.
     
 
3.
Section 5.2 of the Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor:
     
   
5.2
Amount
       
   
An eligible Participant’s monthly normal retirement benefit shall be equal to l/12 th of (A) plus (B), where:
       
     
(A) equals two percent of the Participant’s Average Annual Earnings multiplied by the number of his years of Credited Service accrued as of December 31, 2006; and
       
     
(B) equals one percent of the Participant’s Average Annual Earnings multiplied by the number of his years of Credited Service accrued after December 31, 2006.
       
   
In no event shall a Participant’s Credited Service exceed 30 years with respect to (A), (B), or the combination of (A) plus (B).
 
 
 

 
 
   
In no event will a reduction in a Participant’s Average Annual Earnings reduce the normal retirement benefit payable to him below the amount that would have been payable to him under the same form of payment had he retired prior to his Normal Retirement Date when eligible for an early retirement benefit.
     
 
The foregoing amendments shall be effective December 31, 2006.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has set his hand this 13th day of  November , 2006.
   
 
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK
   
 
By:
(SIGNATURE)
     
   
Title:
Chairman, President & CEO
 
 
 

 
 
AMENDMENT
 
WHEREAS, the Contractholder entered into Group Annuity Contract Number IN-16177 (the “Contract”) with Connecticut General Life Insurance Company; and
 
WHEREAS, the Contract transferred to Prudential Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Insurance Company”); and
 
WHEREAS, the Insurance Company reserved the right to amend the Contract;
 
NOW THEREFORE, effective November 15, 2007, the Contract is amended as follows:
 
The attached Separate Account E Appendix replaces the Separate Account E Appendix effective on July 1, 2001. This amendment shall be attached to and form a part of the Contract.
 
Executed at the Home Office on November 15, 2007.
 
 
PRUDENTIAL RETIREMENT INSURANCE
AND ANNUITY COMPANY
   
 
(SIGNATURE)
   
 
          President
 
IN-16177-2007-10464
 
 
 

 
 
SEPARATE ACCOUNT E APPENDIX
 
This Appendix references each Separate Account that the Insurance Company offers under Separate Account E. Valuation dates for each Separate Account’s transactions will occur on a daily basis unless otherwise indicated below.
 
 
Separate
Account
   
Separate Account Name
   
Investments
 
 
SA-9V
   
Large Cap Blend / Victory Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-9W
   
Large Cap Blend / AJO Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-11
   
Core Bond/Bear Stearns Asset Management Fund
   
Fund of funds invested in high-quality domestic fixed income securities
 
                 
 
SA-12
   
Core Bond Enhanced Index / PIM Fund
   
Portfolio of fixed income securities that mirrors the composition of the Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index
 
                 
 
SA-14
   
Investment Grade Corporate Bond / Bear Stearns Asset Management Fund
   
Investment grade, publicly traded U.S. dollar- denominated corporate bonds
 
                 
 
SA-15
   
Corporate Bond/Bear Stearns Asset Management Fund
   
Publicly traded U.S. dollar-denominated corporate bonds
 
                 
 
SA-16
   
High Grade Bond/Bear Stearns Asset Management Fund
   
High quality domestic and international Government and corporate fixed income securities
 
                 
 
SA-18
   
Core Plus Bond/Bear Stearns Asset Management Fund
   
Portfolio of primarily high-quality domestic and international Government and corporate fixed income securities
 
                 
 
SA-18P
   
TimesSquare Core Plus Bond Fund  Premier Class
   
Underlying mutual fund sponsored by CIGNA and advised by TimesSquare Capital Management, Inc.
 
                 
 
SA-20
   
Prudential Short-Term Fund
   
Portfolio of high-quality money market instruments
 
                 
 
SA-40
   
International Fixed Income Fund*
   
Publicly issued bonds of non-U.S. companies, foreign governments, or agencies of foreign governments
 
                 
 
SA-41
   
Emerging Debt Fund*
   
Debt instruments issued by governmental and corporate institutions of developing countries
 
                 
 
SA-66
   
Prudential America Fund*
   
Public and private debt issues and U.S. government securities
 
                 
 
SA-70
   
High Yield Bond Fund
   
Publicly traded corporate debt obligations
 
                 
 
SA-B
   
Dryden S&P 500 Index Fund
   
Common stocks representing the S&P 500 Index and S&P 500 Index futures
 
                 
 
SA-BF3
   
Balanced Growth Fund (sub-advised by Wellington Management, Blackrock)
   
Combination of equity and fixed income securities
 
                 
 
SA-BF4
   
Balanced I Fund / Wellington
   
Combination of equity and fixed income securities
 
                 
 
SAE-REV1
 
 
A-1

 
 
 
Separate
Account
   
Separate Account Name
   
Investments
 
 
SA-BIA
   
International Blend / The Boston Company Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities of non-U.S. companies
 
                 
 
SA-BRC
   
Core Bond Black Rock Fund
   
Fixed income securities, preferred stock and other fixed income obligations
 
                 
 
SA-BSC
   
Small Cap Value/MEA fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-CFB
   
Balanced/Wellington Management Fund
   
Combination of equity and fixed income securities
 
                 
 
SA-CPP
   
Core Plus Bond / PIMCO Fund
   
Public and private fixed income securities rated investment grade at the time of purchase
 
                 
 
SA-CSF
   
High Yield Bond/Cay wood-Scholl Fund
   
Invested primarily in public debt instruments of corporations rated below investment grade at the time of purchase
 
                 
 
SA-CG
   
Large Company Stock – Growth Fund/Goldman Sachs
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-CV
   
Large Cap Value / AJO Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-EMG
   
Dryden Emerging Markets Fund
   
Equity securities of emerging market countries
 
                 
 
SA-FTF
   
Small Company Stock – Growth Fund/Times Square
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-GB1
   
Government Securities/Bear Stearns Asset Management Fund
   
Debt Securities guaranteed or otherwise back by the United Stated Government, its agencies and instrumentalities
 
                 
 
SA-1
   
Dryden International Growth Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities of non-U.S. companies
 
                 
 
SA-IB2
   
International Blend/Pictet Asset Management Fund
   
Underlying mutual fund sponsored and advised by Pictet Asset Management
 
                 
 
SA-IE2
   
International Equity/Julius Baer Fund
   
Invested primarily in securities of non-U.S. corporations
 
                 
 
SA-IG2
   
International Growth II Stock Fund / Artisan Partners Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-IG3
   
International Growth / Hansberger Global Investors Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-IV1
   
International Value / LSV Asset Management Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-LC2
   
Large Cap Growth / Turner Investment Partners Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-LDB
   
Income Research & Management Long duration Bond Fund
   
Invests in a diversified portfolio of fixed income securities
 
                 
 
SAE-REV1
 
 
A-2

 
 
 
 
Separate
Account
   
Separate Account Name
   
Investments
 
 
SA-LG3
   
Large Cap Growth Fund (sub-advised by Wellington Management)
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-LG4
   
Large Company Stock Aggressive Growth Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-LG5
   
Large Cap Growth / Waddell & Reed Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-LG6
   
Large Cap Growth / Jennison Fund
   
Invested primarily in equity and equity-related securities of large-sized concerns
 
                 
 
SA-LV3
   
Large Company / Stock Value III / Wellington Management
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-LV4
   
Large Company Stock – Value Fund / Barrow Hanley
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-LV5
   
Large Cap Value/LSV Asset Management Fund
   
Equity securities of large capitalization corporations
 
                 
 
SA-L14
   
Strategic Portfolio – Conservative 2
   
Asset allocation fund of funds invested in a combination of fixed income and equity securities.
 
                 
 
SA-L15
   
Strategic Portfolio – Conservative 3
   
Asset allocation fund of funds invested in a combination of fixed income and equity securities.
 
                 
 
SA-L16
   
Strategic Portfolio – Moderate 2
   
Asset allocation fund of funds invested in a combination of fixed income and equity securities
 
                 
 
SA-L17
   
Strategic Portfolio – Moderate 3
   
Asset allocation fund of funds invested in a combination of fixed income and equity securities
 
                 
 
SA-L18
   
Strategic Portfolio – Moderate 4
   
Asset allocation fund of funds invested in a combination of fixed income and equity securities.
 
                 
 
SA-L19
   
Strategic Portfolio – Moderate 5
   
Asset allocation fund of funds invested in a combination of fixed income and equity securities
 
                 
 
SA-L20
   
Strategic Portfolio – Moderate 2
   
Asset allocation fund of funds invested in a combination of fixed income and equity securities
 
                 
 
SA-L21
   
Strategic Portfolio – Aggressive 3
   
Asset allocation fund of funds invested in a combination of fixed income and equity securities
 
                 
 
SA-L22
   
Strategic Portfolio – Aggressive 4
   
Asset allocation fund of funds invested in a combination of fixed income and equity securities
 
                 
 
SA-L23
   
Strategic Portfolio – Aggressive 5
   
Asset allocation fund of funds invested in a combination of fixed income and equity securities
 
                 
 
SA-MBS
   
Mortgage-Backed Securities / Bear Stearns Asset Management Fund
   
Mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and other fixed income securities
 
                 
 
SAE-REV1
 
 
A-3

 
 
 
Separate
Account
   
Separate Account Name
   
Investments
 
 
SA-MB2
   
Multi-Sector Bond II / Bear Stearns Asset Management Fund
   
Fund of funds invested in a broad array of fixed income instruments, both domestic and foreign
 
                 
 
SA-MCG
   
Midsize Company Stock – Blend / New Amsterdam Partners Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-MG1
   
Midsize Company Stock Growth / Artisan Partners
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-MG3
   
Mid Cap Growth / TimesSquare Fund
   
Securities of mid-cap corporations rated at the time of purchase
 
                 
 
SA-MG4
   
Mid Cap Growth / Goldman Sachs Fund
   
Invested primarily in equity and equity-related securities of mid-sized concerns
 
                 
 
SA-MG5
   
Mid Cap Growth / Frontier Capital Fund
   
Invested primarily in equity securities of mid-sized concerns
 
                 
 
SA-MG6
   
Mid Cap Growth / Westfield Capital Fund
   
Invested primarily in equity and equity-related securities of mid-sized concerns
 
                 
 
SA-MSB
   
Multi-Sector Bond / Bear Stearns Asset Management Fund*
   
Fund of funds invested in a broad array of fixed income instruments, both domestic and foreign
 
                 
 
SA-MV1
   
Midsize Company Stock Value / Wellington Management
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-MV2
   
Mid Cap Value / Cooke & Bieler Fund
   
Invested primarily in equity and equity-related securities of mid-sized concerns
 
                 
 
SA-MV3
   
Mid Cap Value / CRM Fund
   
Invested primarily in equity and equity-related securities of mid-sized concerns
 
                 
 
SA-MV4
   
Mid Cap Value / Integrity Fund
   
Invested primarily in equity and equity-related securities of mid-sized concerns
 
                 
 
SA-RFI
   
Morally Responsible Core Plus Bond / PIMCO Fund
   
Invested in a broad array of fixed income securities
 
                 
 
SA-RLG
   
Morally Responsible Large Cap Growth / Turner Fund
   
Invested primarily in equity and equity-related securities of large-sized concerns
 
                 
 
SA-RLV
   
Morally Responsible Large Cap Value / AJO Fund
   
Invested primarily in equity and equity-related securities of large-sized concerns.
 
                 
 
SA-SB1
   
Small Company Stock – Blend/Wentworth, Hauser, and Violich
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-SG2
   
Small Company Stock – Growth II / Loomis Sayles
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-SG3
   
Small Company Stock – Growth Fund/Granahan
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SAE-REV1
 
 
A-4

 
 
 
Separate
Account
   
Separate Account Name
   
Investments
 
 
SA-SG5
   
Small Cap Growth Essex Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity related securities
 
                 
 
SA-SV2
   
Small Cap Value/TS&W Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-SV3
   
Small Cap Value/Kennedy Capital Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-SV4
   
Small Cap Value / Munder Capital Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-SV5
   
Small Cap Value / Integrity Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-SV6
   
Small Cap Value / Opus Capital Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-SV7
   
Small Cap Value / Mellon Equity Fund
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securities
 
                 
 
SA-55A
   
Fidelity Advisor Growth Opportunities Fund
   
Wholly invested in the Fidelity Advisor Growth Opportunities Fund
 
                 
 
SA-55A1
   
State Street Global Advisors Daily EAFE SL Series Fund – Class T
   
Wholly invested in the State Street Global Advisors EAFE Index Fund
 
                 
 
SA-55A2
   
State Street Global Advisors Government Credit Bond NL Series Fund (Class A)
   
Wholly invested in the State Street Global Advisors Government/Corporate Bond Fund
 
                 
 
SA-55A3
   
State Street Global Advisors Intermediate Bond Index NL Series Fund – Class A Shares
   
Wholly invested in the State Street Global Advisors Intermediate Bond Fund
 
                 
 
SA-55A4
   
State Street Global Advisors Russell 3000 Index SL Series Fund (Class A)
   
Wholly invested in the State Street Global Advisors Russell 3000 Index Fund
 
                 
 
SA-55B
   
Fidelity Advisor Balanced Fund
   
Wholly invested in the Fidelity Advisor Balanced Fund
 
                 
 
SA-55C
   
Fidelity Advisor Value Strategies Fund
   
Wholly invested in the Fidelity Advisor Value Strategies Fund
 
                 
 
SA-55C1
   
Putnam Core Growth Equity Account*
   
Common stocks and other equity-related securitie
 
                 
 
SA-55E
   
Credit Suisse Large Cap Growth Fund
   
Wholly invested in the Credit Suisse Large Cap Growth Fund
 
                 
 
SA-55F
   
Credit Suisse International Focus Equity Advisor Shares Fund
   
Wholly invested in the Credit Suisse International Focus Equity Advisor Shares Fund
 
                 
 
SA-55G
   
Credit Suisse Mid-Cap Core Fund (Advisor Shares)
   
Wholly invested in the Credit Suisse Emerging Growth Fund
 
                 
 
SA-55HS
   
Templeton Foreign Fund
   
Wholly invested in the Templeton Foreign Fund
 
                 
 
SA-55I
   
AIM Diversified Dividend Fund (Investor Shares)
   
Wholly invested in the Fidelity Advisor Equity Growth Fund
 
                 
 
SA-55J
   
AIM Diversified Dividend Fund (Investor Shares)
   
Wholly invested in AIM Advisors, Inc. Core Stock Fund
 
                 
 
SA-55K
   
Balanced Fund-I / Wellington Management Fund
   
Combination of equity and fixed income securities
 
                 
 
SAE-REV1
 
 
A-5

 
 
 
Separate
Account
   
Separate Account Name
   
Investments
 
 
SA-55L
   
AIM Small Cap Growth Fund (Investor Shares)
   
Wholly invested in AIM Advisors, Inc. Small Company Growth Fund
 
                 
 
SA-55MN
   
Neuberger & Berman Guardian Trust
   
Wholly invested in the Neuberger & Berman Guardian Trust.
 
                 
 
SA-55N
   
Fidelity Contrafund
   
Wholly invested in the Fidelity Contrafund.
 
                 
 
SA-55S
   
Credit Suisse Large Cap Value Fund (Advisor Shares)
   
Wholly invested in the Credit Suisse Large Cap Value (Advisor Shares).
 
                 
 
SA-55X
   
American Century Ultra (Investor Shares)
   
Wholly invested in the American Century Ultra Fund (Investor Shares).
 
                 
 
SA-5AC
   
American Century Equity Income Fund
   
Wholly invested in the American Century Equity Income Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5AE
   
American Century Real Estate Fund (Advisor Shares)
   
Wholly invested in the American Century Real Estate Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5AR
   
American Century Real Estate Fund (Investor Shares)
   
Wholly invested in the American Century Real Estate Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5A7
   
State Street Global Advisors Russell 2000 Index SL Series Fund (Class A)
   
Wholly invested in the State Street Global Advisors Russell 2000 Index Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5A8
   
State Street Global Advisors S&P Midcap Index SL Series Fund (Class A)
   
Wholly invested in the SSgA S&P Midcap Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5BY
   
AIM Charter Fund
   
Wholly invested in the AIM Charter Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5CS
   
Cohen & Steers Realty Income Fund (I Shares)
   
Wholly invested in the Cohen & Steers Realty Income Fund (I Shares)
 
                 
 
SA-5CV
   
Calvert Social Investment Fund
   
Wholly invested in the Calvert Social Investment Fund (Class A Shares)
 
                 
 
SA-5F1
   
Janus Advisor Forty (Class A) Shares
   
Wholly invested in the Janus Advisor Forty (Class A) Shares Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5FU
   
Old Mutual Growth Fund (Class Z Shares)
   
Wholly invested in the Old Mutual Growth Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5GF
   
Franklin Balance Sheet Investment Fund (Class A Shares)
   
Underlying mutual fund sponsored and advised by Franklin Advisor Services, LLC
 
                 
 
SA-5GI
   
Goldman Sachs High Yield Fund I Shares
   
Wholly invested in the Goldman Sachs High Yield Fund I Shares, a mutual fund
 
                 
 
SA-5GS
   
Goldman Sachs Small Cap Value (Class A) Fund
   
Wholly invested in the Goldman Sachs Small Cap Value (Class A) Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5GV
   
Goldman Sachs Small Cap Value (Institutional Class) Fund
   
Wholly invested in the Goldman Sachs Small Cap Value (Institutional Class) Fund
 
                 
 
SAE-REV1
 
 
A-6

 
 
 
Separate
Account
   
Separate Account Name
   
Investments
 
 
SA-5GY
   
Goldman Sachs High Yield Fund A Shares
   
Wholly invested in the Goldman Sachs High Yield Fund A Shares, a mutual fund
 
                 
 
SA-5G2
   
PIMCO Total Return Institutional Class
   
Wholly invested in the PIMCO Total Return Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5HE
   
Henssler Equity Fund – (Closed Group)
   
Wholly invested in the Henssler Equity Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5M1
   
Morgan Stanley Institutional Fund Trust U.S. Mid Cap Value Portfolio
   
Wholly invested in the Morgan Stanley Institutional Fund Trust U.S. Mid Cap Value Portfolio
 
                 
 
SA-5M2
   
The Merger Fund
   
Wholly invested in The Merger Fund, a mutual fund
 
                 
 
SA-5NN
   
AllianceBernstein International Value Fund (Class K Shares)
   
Wholly invested in the AllianceBernstein International Value (Class K Shares) Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5NV
   
Columbia International Value Fund (Class A)
   
Wholly invested in the Nations International Value Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5NY
   
Davis New York Venture (Class A)
   
Wholly invested in the Davis New York Venture (Class A) Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5N1
   
Alliance Bernstein Balanced Fund-Class A Shares
   
Underlying mutual fund sponsored and advised by Alliance Capital Management L.P.
 
                 
 
SA-5N2
   
Alliance Bernstein Growth & Income Fund-Class A Share
   
Underlying mutual fund sponsored and advised by Alliance Capital Management L.P.
 
                 
 
SA-5N4
   
Alliance Bernstein Large Cap Growth Fund (Institutional Class II)
   
Underlying mutual fund sponsored and advised by Alliance Capital Management L.P.
 
                 
 
SA-5N8
   
Alliance Bernstein Global Value Fund (Class A)
   
Underlying mutual fund sponsored and advised by Alliance Capital Management L.P.
 
                 
 
SA-5OG
   
Oppenheimer Global (Class A) Fund
   
Wholly invested in the Oppenheimer Global Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5OS
   
Oppenheimer Small & Mid Cap Value Fund (Class A Shares)
   
Wholly invested in the Oppenheimer Small & Mid Cap Value (Class A Shares) Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5O3
   
Oakmark Equity & Income (Class I) Fund
   
Wholly invested in the Oakmark Equity & Income Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5O4
   
Oakmark Equity & Income (Class II) Fund
   
Wholly invested in the Oakmark Equity & Income Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5S1
   
Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Value Fund A
   
Wholly invested in the Wells Fargo Fund.
 
                 
 
SA-5S2
   
Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Value Fund Z
   
Wholly invested in the Wells Fargo Fund.
 
                 
 
SA-5TH
   
Thornburg International Value Fund (R1 Shares)
   
Wholly invested in the Thornburg International Value Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5T4
   
T. Rowe Price Blue Chip Growth Fund (R Shares)
   
Wholly invested in the T. Rowe Price Blue Chip Growth Fund
 
                 
 
SAE-REV1
 
 
A-7

 
 
 
Separate
Account
   
Separate Account Name
   
Investments
 
 
SA-5T5
   
T. Rowe Price Equity Income Fund (R Shares)
   
Wholly invested in the T. Rowe Price Equity Income Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5T6
   
T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund (Advisor Shares)
   
Wholly invested in the T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5T7
   
T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund (R Shares)
   
Wholly invested in the T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5VD
   
Victory Diversified Stock Fund (Class A)
   
Wholly invested in Victory Diversified Stock Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5V4
   
Vanguard Balanced-Admiral Shares Fund
   
Wholly invested in Vanguard Balanced-Admiral Shares Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5W2
   
Ivy Small Cap Growth Fund – Class Y Shares
   
Underlying mutual fund sponsored and advised by Ivy Small Cap Growth Fund
 
                 
 
SA-5W3
   
Waddell & Reed Advisors Science and Technology Fund Class A Shares
   
Wholly invested in Waddell & Reed Advisors Science and Technology Fund Class A Shares
 
                 
 
SA-5X2
   
Manning and Napier Fund, Inc. Pro Blend Moderate Term Series
   
Underlying mutual fund sponsored and advised by Manning and Napier Fund, Inc.
 
                 
 
SA-5X3
   
Manning and Napier Fund, Inc. Pro-Blend Extended Term Series
   
Underlying mutual fund sponsored and advised by Manning and Napier Fund, Inc.
 
                 
 
SA-5X4
   
Manning and Napier Fund, Inc. Pro-Blend Conservative Term Series
   
Underlying mutual fund sponsored and advised by Manning and Napier Fund, Inc.
 
                 
 
SA-5X5
   
Manning and Napier Fund, Inc. Pro-Blend Maximum Term Series
   
Underlying mutual fund sponsored and advised by Manning and Napier Fund, Inc.
 
                 
 
Additional information is available regarding each Separate Account.
 
* Valuation dates for transactions will occur on a monthly basis.
 
PRlAC reserves the right to limit investments in any Separate Account at its sole discretion.
 
SAE-REV1
 
 
A-8

 
 
415 Compliance Amendment Election Form
To
 
Farmington Savings Bank Defined Benefit Employees’ Pension Plan (the “Plan”)
 
This 415 Compliance Amendment Election Form, together with the 415 Compliance Appendix, is adopted by the Plan Sponsor to comply with (a) the Pension Funding Equity Act of 2004 (to the extent the Plan was not previously amended for such purpose), (b) certain provisions of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and (c) the provisions of the final regulations issued under Code Section 415 by the Treasury Department on April 4, 2007 (collectively the “415 modifications”). Substantive provisions of the 415 modifications for which options are available under the Volume Submitter specimen plan shall be administered in accordance with the elections contained in this 415 Compliance Amendment Election Form and shall be reflected in the 415 Compliance Appendix.
 
This 415 Compliance Amendment is intended to comply in good faith with the requirements of the 415 modifications and is to be construed in accordance with the 415 modifications and any guidance issued by the Treasury Department concerning the 415 modifications. This 415 Compliance Amendment shall be effective as of the date or dates specified below.
 
COMPLIANCE WITH PENSION FUNDING EQUITY ACT OF 2004 (“PFEA”)
 
Provisions of PFEA
 
The PFEA substitutes an interest rate of 5.5% for the 417(e) rate for purposes of converting a form of payment subject to Code Section 417(e) to a straight life annuity form to determine whether the benefit payable in such form satisfies the limitations in effect under Code Section 415(b). The change under the PFEA is effective only for distributions with an Annuity Starting Date during the 2004 and 2005 Plan Years. Transition rules were available for distributions made after December 31, 2003 and before January 1, 2005.
 
The Employer applied the following transition rule: for distributions with an Annuity Starting Date on or after the first day of the 2004 Plan Year and before the first day of the 2005 Plan Year, use of the 5.5% rate would not reduce the benefit below the amount determined using the 417(e)(3) rate for the Plan in effect on the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2004.
 
The changes made to comply with the PFEA are effective for distributions with an Annuity Starting Date during the 2004 and 2005 Plan Years.
 
COMPLIANCE WITH PENSION PROTECTION ACT OF 2006 (“PPA”)
 
Provisions of PPA
 
The PPA amends Code Section 415 to provide that for purposes of converting a form of payment subject to Code Section 417(e) to a straight life annuity form in order to determine whether the benefit payable in such form satisfies the limitations in effect under Code Section 415(b), the interest rate used must be whichever of the following produces the greatest benefit: (i) 5.5%; (ii) the rate that provides a benefit of not more than 105% of the benefit that would be provided if the applicable interest rate as defined in Code Section 417(e)(3) were used; or (iii) the rate specified under the plan. The changes made to comply with the PPA are effective for distributions with Annuity Starting Dates in Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2006.
 
Contract No. IN-16177 DB VS 415 Compliance Amendment Election Form
 
 
1

 
 
PLAN SPONSOR ELECTIONS
 
For purposes of complying with the requirements of Code § 415, the Plan Sponsor hereby elects.
 
415 Compensation: (Select either the Default Provisions or Modify Default Provisions. Please refer to pages 4 and 5 for further explanation of the terms used below):
     
[ ü ]
Default Provisions: Unless the Plan Sponsor elects otherwise below, the following will apply to comply with the Code § 415:
     
 
a.
The provisions of the Plan setting forth the definition of compensation for purposes of Code §415 (hereinafter referred to as “415 Compensation”) shall be modified by (1) including “Accrued Leave Payments”   made during the post-severance window period,   (2) including “Deferred Compensation Payments”   made during the post-severance window period,   (3) excluding salary continuation payments for Military Leave Payments” , and (4) excluding salary continuation payments for “Disability Payments” .
     
 
b.
The “first few weeks rule” (hereinafter referred to as “Optional Timing Rule” ) does not apply for purposes of 415 Compensation.
     
 
c.
Average compensation   for purposes of the limitation under Code Section 415(b)(l)(B) shall be determined over calendar years.
 
[   ]
Modify Default Provisions: In lieu of the Default Provisions above for 415 Compensation, the following apply: (select all that apply)
           
 
a.
[   ]
Exclude Accrued Leave Payments   made during the post-severance window period.
 
b.
[   ]
Exclude Deferred Compensation Payments   made during the   post-severance window period.
 
c.
[   ]
Include Military Leave Payment.
 
d.
[   ]
Include Disability Payments :
     
1.
[   ]
For Nonhighly Compensated Employees only
     
2.
[   ]
For all participants and the salary continuation will continue for the following fixed or determinable period:__________________________
 
e.
[   ]
Apply the first few weeks rule ( “Optional Timing Rule” )
 
f.
[   ]
Choose one of the following if average compensation is not determined based on calendar years:
     
(   )
average compensation is determined over plan years.
     
(   )
average compensation is determined over limitation years.
     
(   )
average compensation is determined over the following 12-month period: __________________________.
 
Contract No. IN-16177 DB VS 415 Compliance Amendment Election Form
 
 
2

 
 
Earnings based benefit formula (Select either the Default Provisions or Alternate Election Provision. )
 
Note: Complete this Section only if you have an Earnings/Compensation based benefit formula.
           
[ ü ]
Default Provisions: Unless the Plan Sponsor elects otherwise below, Earnings, as defined in Section 1.1 of the Plan shall NOT   include post-severance payments. This default provision is effective as of the date this Amendment Election Form is executed and reflects administrative practice going forward. It is not intended to reflect how post-severance payments were handled prior to the effective date. ( Please note:   If Regular Compensation Payments   received during the post-severance window are not   included in Earnings, 414(s) testing may be required.)
           
[   ]
Alternate Election Provisions: In lieu of the Default Provisions , the following apply: (select all that apply)
           
 
a.
[   ]
Include Regular Compensation Payments   made during the post-severance window   period but   only to the extent such amounts would have been included in Earnings if the participant’s employment had continued. (Though these amounts are automatically included in 415 compensation, they need not be included in Earnings for accrual purposes; however, if these amounts are not included, 414(s) testing may be required.)
 
b.
[   ]
Include Accrued Leave Payments   made during the post-severance window period.
 
c.
[   ]
Include Deferred Compensation Payments   made during the post-severance window period.
 
d.
[   ]
Include   Military Leave Payments.
 
e.
[   ]
Include Disability Payments:
     
1.
[   ]
For Nonhighly Compensated Employees only
     
2.
[   ]
For all participants and the salary continuation will continue for the following fixed or determinable period:_______________________________
           
 
Effective Date: The above election shall be effective as of ______________________ (month/day/year). The election made hereunder reflects administrative practice going forward. It is not intended to affect Earnings calculations for periods prior to the effective date.
 
Contract No. IN-16177 DB VS 415 Compliance Amendment Election Form
 
 
3

 
 
COMPLIANCE WITH FINAL REGULATIONS ISSUED BY TREASURY ON APRIL 4, 2007 (“ final 415 regulations”)
 
Mandatory Revisions Under Final 415 Regulations : As reflected in the 415 Compliance Appendix , the final 415 regulations (1) simplify the method for converting a form of payment that is not subject to Code Section 417(e) to a single life annuity for purposes of determining whether the benefit payable in such form satisfies the limitations in effect under Code Section 415(b), (2) modify the method of adjusting the dollar limit applicable to a participant under Code Section 415(b)( 1 )(A) where payments start prior to age 62 or after age 65, and (3) clarify that for purposes of applying the average compensation limit under Code Section 415(b)(l)(B), the limit on compensation in effect under Code Section 401(a)(17) is applied annually to the earnings received for a particular year and any future increase in the Code Section 401(a)17) limit is not   applied on a retroactive basis.
 
The final 415 regulations also clarify that compensation for purposes of applying the average compensation limitation in effect under Code Section 415(b)(l)(B) (“ 415 compensation ”), generally does NOT include amounts received by a participant following his severance from employment unless payment is made to the participant either (a) within 2 1/2 months of his severance date or (b) by the close of the limitation year in which the severance occurs, whichever is later (the post-severance window period ”). 415 compensation automatically includes any post-severance payment made within this period if the amount would otherwise have been paid to the participant in the course of his employment and is regular compensation for services during the participant’s regular working hours, compensation for services outside the participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential pay), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation (“ Regular Compensation Payments ”).
 
Optional Provisions Under Final 415 Regulations :
 
Period for High 3-Year Determination : The final 415 regulations retain the rule that the average compensation limitation under Code Section 415(b)(l)(B) is determined based upon calendar years of employment, unless the plan specifies a different 12-month period.
 
Optional Timing Rule : The final 415 regulations provide an optional exception to the general timing rule applicable in determining the average compensation limitation under Code Section 415(b)(l)(B). Under the general rule, amounts to be included in a participant’s 415 compensation for a particular year must be received by the participant within such year. However, a plan may provide that amounts earned during a year, but not paid during such year because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates, are included in 415 compensation for the year in which they were earned if (1) the amounts are paid within the first few weeks of the next limitation year, (2) are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to similarly-situated employees, and (3) are not also included as 415 compensation in the next year.
 
Optional Inclusion of Post-Severance Payments : The final 415 regulations also provide that in addition to the post-severance Regular Compensation Payments mandatorily included in 415 compensation as described above, a plan may provide that 415 compensation includes the post-severance amounts described below:
 
 
Payments made within the post-severance window period for accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if (1) the participant would have been able to use such leave if his employment had continued and (2) such amounts would have been included in 415 compensation if paid prior to severance from employment (“ Accrued Leave Payments ”)
 
Contract No. IN-16177 DB VS 415 Compliance Amendment Election Form
 
 
4

 
 
 
Amounts received by the participant within the post-severance window period pursuant to a non-qualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if and to the extent (1) the participant would have received such payment at the same time if he had continued in employment, (2) such amounts would have been included in 415 compensation if paid prior to severance from employment, and (3) the payment is includable in the participant’s gross income (“ Deferred Compensation Payments ”)
     
 
Salary continuation payments to a participant who is not performing services for the employer due to qualified military service, to the extent such amounts do not exceed the amounts the participant would have received if he had continued in employment with the employer - payment need not be made during the post-severance window period described above (“ Military Leave Payments ”)
     
 
Amounts received by a participant who is permanently and totally disabled, provided that the plan limits availability of this option to either (a) non-Highly Compensated Employees or (b) amounts received during a specified period – payment need not be made during the post-severance window period described above (“ Disability Payments ”)
 
EFFECTIVE DATE
 
The provisions of the final 415 regulations are generally effective the first day of the first limitation year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, However, the optional timing and post-severance compensation rules may be applied in prior years. The amendment reflects administrative practice going forward and does not capture prior administrative practice.
         
 
*
*
*
 
 
          EXECUTED AT Farmington , CT , this 11th day of December , 2008 .
 
 
By:
-S- LEE D. NORDSTROM  
         
 
Title:
SVP Human Resources   
 
Contract No. IN-16177 DB VS 415 Compliance Amendment Election Form
 
 
5

 
 
AMENDMENT TO THE
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK DEFINED BENEFIT EMPLOYEES’ PENSION PLAN
REGARDING THE PENSION PROTECTION ACT OF 2006
 
In accordance with Section 16.1 of the Plan, the following amendments are hereby made to the Plan. These amendments shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the terms of this amendment:
 
1.
Section 16.1 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following at the end thereof:
   
 
With respect to Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008, no amendment shall be made to increase benefits or accelerate benefit distributions to the extent prohibited under Code Section 436.
   
2.
The definition of “Applicable Interest Rate” is hereby amended, (or added, as applicable) effective with respect to Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008:
   
 
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008, “Applicable Interest Rate” shall mean, for purposes of calculating and paying lump sum distributions, the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates for the month of November preceding the first day of the Plan Year in which the Annuity Starting Date (or other date of determination) occurs. For this purpose, the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates are determined without regard to the 24-month averaging provided under Code Section 430(h)(2)(D)(i), and are subject to the transition rule set forth in Code Section 417(e)(3)(D)(iii) that phases in the use of the segment rates over five years, in accordance with IRS Notice 2007-81.
   
3.
The definition of “Applicable Mortality Table” is hereby amended (or added, as applicable) effective with respect to Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008:
   
 
Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the “Applicable Mortality Table” shall mean, for purposes of calculating and paying lump sum distributions, the Applicable § 417(e)(3) Mortality Table for distributions. This table is subject to change annually in accordance with Rev. Rul. 2007-67 and subsequent guidance issued by the Commissioner, without necessity of further amending the Plan.
   
 
 
 

 

 
For all other purposes in applying the limitations of Code Section 415, the “Applicable Mortality Table” shall be based upon a fixed blend of 50% of the unloaded male mortality rates and 50% of the unloaded female mortality rates underlying the mortality rates in the 1994 Group Annuity Reserving Table (‘“94 GAR”) projected to 2002, as set forth in Revenue Ruling 2001-62. This table is subject to change in accordance with the Code Sections referenced in this definition without the necessity of further amendment to the Plan.
   
 
The foregoing amendments shall be effective January 1, 2008.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has set his hand this 18 th   day of December, 2008.
       
 
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK
       
 
By:
(SIGNATURE)
       
   
Title:
Chairman, President & CEO
 
 
 

 
 
PPA ( modified by WRERA) and HEART C ompliance
A mendment E lection F orm
To
 
FARMINGTON SAVINGS BANK DEFINED BENEFIT EMPLOYEES’ PENSION PLAN
 
This PPA (modified by WRERA) and HEART Compliance Amendment Election Form, together with the PPA (modified by WRERA) and HEART Compliance Appendix, is adopted by the Plan Sponsor to comply with the provisions of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“PPA”), as modified by the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 and applicable guidance (“WRERA”), and the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (“HEART”) and applicable guidance (collectively the “legislative changes”). Substantive provisions of the legislative changes for which options are available under the plan shall be administered in accordance with the elections contained in this Election Form and shall be reflected in the PPA (modified by WRERA) and HEART Compliance Appendix.
 
This PPA (modified by WRERA) and HEART Compliance Amendment is intended to comply in good faith with the requirements of the legislative changes and is to be construed in accordance with the legislative changes and any guidance issued thereunder.
 
Square brackets [   ] indicate a provision that may be selected independently. Round brackets (   ) indicate a series of alternative provisions, only one of which may be selected.
 
PLAN SPONSOR ELECTIONS – PPA (AS MODIFIED BY WRERA) 1
         
I.
Extension of Notice and Election Period (Optional Provision): Pension plans are generally required to   provide notices regarding forms of payment no more than 90 days before a participant’s annuity starting date and participants are required to make their form of payment election within such 90-day period. The PPA extends the permitted notice and election period from 90 days to 180 days.
         
 
Extension of Notice and Election Period (select   one   of   the following):
         
   
o
Make no change to the current process.
         
   
x
Extend the notice and election period to 180-days preceding a participant’s annuity starting date.
         
     
Effective date : This provision is effective for years beginning after December 31, 2006, unless a later   effective date is selected below.
         
     
x
Other effective date: January 1, 2010
   
1 The elections below incorporate changes made by the WRERA.
 
IN-16177
DB PPA Compliance
 
Amendment Election Form
 
 
2

 

 
II.
Notice of Failure to Defer (Required Provision): The notice provided to participants prior to payment of benefits must notify the participant of his legal right to postpone payment of benefits to normal retirement date. The PPA requires that the notice also include a description of the consequences to a participant’s benefit if he elects not to defer payment.
         
 
Notice of Failure to Defer:
         
 
x
The notice required under Code Section 417 will include a description of the effect of a failure to defer payments to normal retirement date.
         
 
Effective Date : This requirement applies to plan years beginning after December 31, 2006.
         
III.
Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity (Required Provision): Pension plans must provide payment to a participant who has a spouse in the form of a qualified joint and survivor annuity (“QJSA”). The PPA requires that participants also be provided the option to   elect a joint and survivor form of payment that provides their surviving spouse with an alternative survivor annuity in the specified percentage (a “QOSA”). If the plan’s QJSA provides a survivor annuity for less than 75%, the plan must offer a 75% QOSA. If the plan’s QJSA provides a survivor annuity of 75% or more, the plan must offer a 50% QOSA.
   
 
( Note: If the plan already provides an optional joint and survivor form of payment that provides a survivor annuity in the required amount, no amendment is necessary to meet the PPA requirement.)
         
 
Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity (select   one   of   the   following):
         
 
o
The plan does not need to be amended to provide a QOSA because the plan already provides a form of payment that meets the QOSA requirements.
         
 
x
The plan is being amended to provide a QOSA as follows (select one of the following):
         
   
x
Must select if the monthly survivor annuity provided under the plan’s QJSA form is less than 75%   of the monthly amount payable for the participant’s life. In addition to the other optional forms of payment available under the plan, a participant may elect a 75% QOSA (the monthly survivor annuity payable under the QOSA will be 75% of the monthly amount payable during the life of the participant). Unless otherwise specified below, the QOSA will be available only to married participants with the survivor annuity payable only to the participant’s surviving spouse.
         
     
x
All participants may elect the QOSA form and married participants may designate a non-spouse beneficiary to receive the survivor annuity under the QOSA.
         
   
o
Must select if the monthly survivor annuity provided under the plan’s QJSA form is 75% or more of the monthly amount payable for the participant’s life . In   addition to the other optional forms of payment available under the plan, a participant may elect a 50% QOSA (the monthly survivor annuity payable under the QOSA will be 50% of the monthly amount payable during the life of the participant). Unless otherwise specified below, the QOSA will be available only to married participants with the survivor annuity payable only to the participant’s surviving spouse,
         
     
o
All participants may elect the QOSA form and married participants may designate a non-spouse beneficiary to receive the survivor annuity under the QOSA.
 
IN-16177
DB PPA Compliance
 
Amendment Election Form
 
 
3

 
 
    Effective date : This provision is effective the first day of the first plan year beginning after December 31, 2007, unless the plan is collectively-bargained and a different effective date is selected below.
         
     
o
Other effective date: ______________________  (Collectively-bargained plans are not required to add this provision until the first day of the first plan year beginning after the earlier of (1) the later of (i) December 31, 2007 or (ii) the date the last agreement expires or (2) December 31, 2007.
         
IV.
Eligible Retirement Plan for Roll Over of Post-Tax Contributions (Required Provision): The PPA provides that post-tax contributions in an eligible rollover distribution may be rolled over directly to a 403(b) plan or another defined benefit plan as long as such plan accounts for the rollover separately, including the portion of the rollover that is taxable and the portion that is not taxable.
         
 
Eligible Retirement Plan for Rollover of Post-Tax Contributions:
         
 
x
In the event the plan has post-tax contributions, such post-tax contributions may be rolled over directly to another defined benefit plan or a 403(b) annuity contract.
         
   
Effective date: This provision is effective for distributions made after December 31, 2006.
         
V.
Roth IRA as Eligible Retirement Plan for Roll Over (Required Provision): The PPA provides that participants and spouses may roll over eligible distributions to a Roth IRA.
         
 
Effective Date : This requirement applies to distributions made after December 31, 2007. ( Note:   Prior to 2010, the restrictions on rollovers from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA also apply to rollovers from a qualified plan to a Roth IRA, e.g., the taxpayer’s adjusted gross income doesn’t exceed $100,000 and the taxpayer is not married and filing separately.)
         
 
Roth IRA as Eligible Retirement Plan:
         
 
x
The definition of eligible retirement plan with respect to participants and spouses is modified to include Roth IRAs.
         
    Effective date : This provision is effective for distributions made after December 31, 2007.
         
VI.
Direct Rollovers by Non-Spouse Beneficiaries (Required Provision): The PPA provides that plans may permit non-spouse beneficiaries to make direct rollovers of eligible distributions to an IRA that is treated as an inherited IRA.
         
 
Effective Date : Plans are permitted to implement this provision for distributions made after December 31, 2006. WRERA requires plans to include this provision for distributions made after the last day of the 2009 plan year.
         
 
Direct Rollovers by Non-Spouse Beneficiaries:
         
 
x
Non-spouse beneficiaries will be permitted to make direct rollovers to IRAs that will be treated as inherited IRAs. This provision is effective for distributions made after the last day of the 2009 plan year unless an earlier effective date is selected below.
         
   
o
Earlier effective date: ___________________________ (cannot be earlier than December 31, 2006) .
       
   
( Note:   This provision is only effective to the extent the plan makes eligible rollover distributions (i.e., lump sum payments) to non-spouse beneficiaries.)
 
IN-16177
DB PPA Compliance
 
Amendment Election Form
 
 
4

 
 
VII.
Revised Actuarial Assumptions for Converting to Lump Sums (or Other Forms Subject to 417(e)) (Required Provision):   The PPA changed the interest rate and mortality table required to determine the minimum amount payable under a form of payment that is subject to Code Section 417(e) (e.g., lump sums, social security adjustment annuities, partial lump sums, etc.). The new interest rate is the adjusted first, second and third segment rates applied for plan funding under Code Section 430(h)(2)(C), computed without regard to a 24 month average. Transition rules apply for determining the applicable interest rate for the 2008, 2009, 2010, and 2011 plan years. The new mortality table is the table used for plan funding under Code Section 430(h)(3)(A), without regard to subparagraphs (C) and (D).
     
 
Treasury regulations permit a plan to substitute the PPA assumptions for the prior 417(e) assumptions, utilizing the same stability period and lookback month, without violating the cutback rules. ( Note:   A plan may change the stability period and lookback month using the transition rules described in Treasury regulations.)
     
 
As an alternative to using the PPA assumptions, a plan can use a more generous interest rate, producing an equal or greater benefit (i.e., a plan could continue to use the 30-year Treasury securities rate where that rate produces a larger benefit).
     
 
Effective Date : This provision is effective for plan years beginning after December 31, 2007.
     
 
Revised Actuarial Assumptions for Converting to Lump Sums (or other Forms Subject to Code Section 417(e)) ( select   one   of   the following ) :
       
 
x
 
Effective for plan years beginning after December 31, 2007, the 417(e) interest rate and mortality table currently provided under the plan are replaced with the interest rate and mortality table required under PPA using the same stability period and lookback year.
       
 
o
 
Elect to administer the plan using an alternative rate basis which is more generous for all participants, as provided below:
       
       
         

     
Please note: If the assumptions specified above are not the same assumptions used to calculate the QJSA under the plan, the form of payment for which the alternative assumptions are used may have a greater relative value than the QJSA form, which may violate IRS regulations requiring the QJSA to be the most valuable form under a plan. (There is an exception where certain forms are subject to Code Section 417(e), but this exception is restricted to the assumptions required to be used thereunder.)
       
VIII.
Limitations on Under-Funded Plan (Required Provision):   The PPA added limitations that become applicable if a plan’s adjusted funding target attainment percentage (“AFTAP”) falls below a specified percentage.
       
 
(1)
Unpredictable contingent events : A plan may not provide shutdown or other benefits conditioned on an unpredictable contingent event that occurs during a period that the plan’s AFTAP is less than 60% or would be less than 60% taking into account the liabilities resulting from the occurrence.
       
 
(2)
Amendments increasing liabilities : A plan may not implement an amendment that increases plan liabilities (e.g., through an increase in benefits, addition of a benefit, accelerated vesting. (other than as required by law), etc.) effective for a plan year if the AFTAP for the plan year is less than 80% or would be less than 80% taking into account the liabilities resulting from the amendment. An amendment increasing benefits under a formula that is not compensation based is exempt from this limitation if the rate of increase is not in excess of the contemporaneous rate of increase in the affected participants’ average wages.
 
IN-16177
DB PPA Compliance
 
Amendment Election Form
 
 
5

 
 
 
(3)
Payment of accelerated benefits : A plan may not provide accelerated benefit payments (generally a payment in excess of the monthly amount payable under the single life annuity form, e.g., lump sums, social security adjustment annuities, partial lump sums, certain period only annuities) for any period during which the plan sponsor is in a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding until an enrolled actuary certifies that the plan’s AFTAP is 100%. Any other plan may not provide for accelerated benefit payments for a plan year if the plan’s AFTAP is less than 60% and may only make partial accelerated payments for a plan year if the plan’s AFTAP is at least 60%, but less than 80%. The limitation on accelerated payments does not apply to a plan under which benefit accruals were continuously frozen from September 1, 2005 to the year of the distribution. WRERA clarifies that the limitation on accelerated payments does not apply to benefits that may be immediately distributed without participant consent (e.g., small benefits that are subject to automatic cashout).
     
 
(4)
Cessation of accruals : Benefit accruals under a plan must cease if the plan’s AFTAP is less than 60%.
       
 
Effective Date : These limitations are generally effective for plan years beginning after December 31, 2007, unless the plan is collectively-bargained and a different effective date is selected below. These limitations are effective for collectively-bargained plans for plan years beginning after the earlier of (1) the later of (i) the date the last bargaining agreement terminates or (ii) December 31, 2007 or (2) December 31, 2009.
       
 
Limitations on Under-Funded Plans ( select   one   of   the   following ) :
       
 
The plan adopts the limitations on under-funded plans described in Code Section 436 and the Compliance Appendix. If the plan becomes subject to the limitation on accelerated payments (e.g., lump sums, social security adjustment annuities, certain period only annuities), and only a portion of a participant’s benefit is restricted, upon commencing payments the participant may split his benefit between the restricted and non-restricted portions and receive payment of the non-restricted portion in an accelerated form and the balance of his benefit in another form permitted under the plan. In addition, the plan will apply the following rules for commencement of benefit payments ( select one of the following ):
       
 
x
Unless otherwise required by law, the plan will continue to operate in accordance with its standard benefit commencement procedures (participants are not permitted to defer payment beyond the age otherwise permitted under the plan), unless the sponsor elects to amend the plan.
       
 
o
The plan will implement the following special procedures ( select all that apply ):
       
   
o
A participant may elect to defer payment of his full benefit until the earlier of (i) the date benefits are no longer restricted or (ii) the date payments are required to commence under Code Section 401(a)(9).
       
   
o
If only a portion of a participant’s benefit is restricted, a participant will be permitted to elect immediate commencement of the non-restricted portion of his benefit and defer commencement of the restricted portion until the earlier of (i) the date benefits are no longer restricted or (ii) the date payments are required to commence under Code Section 401(a)(9).
       
   
( Please note: Participants may always commence immediate payment of the restricted portion of their benefit in an annuity form that is not an accelerated payment form.)
       
   
Effective date : This provision is effective the first day of the first plan year beginning after December 31, 2007, unless the plan is collectively-bargained and a different effective date is selected below.
 
IN-16177
DB PPA Compliance
 
Amendment Election Form
 
 
6

 
 
         
   
o
Other effective date:_______________________ ( cannot be later than the first day of the first plan year beginning after the earlier of: (1) the later of (i) the date the last bargaining agreement terminates or (ii) December 31, 2007; or (2)   December 31, 2009 ) .
         
IX.
In-Service Distribution Prior to Normal Retirement Age (Optional Provision): Pension plans are required to be established primarily to provide benefits to participants after retirement or attainment of normal retirement age. The PPA permits a defined benefit plan to provide for in-service distribution to participants at age 62.
         
 
In-Service Distribution Prior to Normal Retirement Date ( select   one   of   the   following ):
         
 
x
Make no change to the current process.
     
 
o
Permit participants who continue in employment with an employer (or a company aggregated with the employer under Code Section 414(b), (c), (m), or (o)) to receive distribution of their vested plan benefits before Normal Retirement Date upon meeting the age requirement below and, if applicable, the service requirement specified below.
         
   
Unless a later age is specified below, the age at which in-service distribution is permitted is age 62.
     
   
o
Later age required for in-service distribution: age ___________ ( must be later than age 62 )
       
   
o
Participants must also satisfy a service requirement to receive an in-service distribution: ______________ years ( select one of the following )
       
     
o
service requirement based on years of vesting service
         
     
o
service requirement based on years of accrual service
         
   
Effective date : This provision is effective the first day of the first plan year beginning after December 31, 2006, unless a later effective date is selected below.
         
   
o
Other effective date: ________________________.
         
X.
Definition of Normal Retirement Age (Required Provision): Treasury regulations incorporating the PPA change by providing that in-service distributions at or after age 62 do not violate the general distribution limitations for pension plans also provide guidance as to the lowest normal retirement age (“NRA”) that is acceptable for qualification purposes. A plan’s NRA cannot be earlier than the typical retirement age for the industry in which the workforce covered by the plan is employed. The regulations deem an NRA of age 62 not to be earlier than such typical retirement age.
         
 
The determination of whether an NRA earlier than 62 is a typical retirement age for the covered workforce is determined based on the facts and circumstances. If the NRA is not earlier than 55, the preamble indicates that a good faith determination by the employer is sufficient to demonstrate compliance. If the NRA is earlier than age 55, it is presumed not to be a typical retirement age unless the Commissioner rules otherwise.
         
 
Notice 2007-69 provides that an NRA that is conditioned on completion of a specified number of years of service typically will not satisfy the vesting and accruals rules under the Code.
         
 
Effective Date : Under the Treasury regulations, as modified by Notice 2007-69, plans with an NRA earlier than age 62 may be amended to change to a later NRA without violating Code Section 41l(d)(6) if (a) the amendment is effective no later than the first day of the first plan year beginning after June 30, 2008 and (b) the amendment is adopted no later than the later of (i) the last day of the first plan year beginning after June 30, 2008 or (ii) the due date (plus extensions) for filing the employer’s tax return for the taxable year including the first day of the first plan year beginning after June 30, 2008. Collectively-bargained plans may have a later effective date (the first day of the plan year beginning after the earlier of (1) the date the last agreement terminates or (2) May 22, 2010).
 
IN-16177
DB PPA Compliance
 
Amendment Election Form
 
 
7

 
 
 
( Note:   In order to satisfy anti-cutback rules with respect to vesting and accrual, the plan may also require amendment to provide a subsidized early retirement provision that mimics the prior NRA.)
         
 
Definition of Normal Retirement Age ( select   one   of   the   follow ing ) :
         
 
x
Does not require amendment to comply with Treasury regulations.
         
 
o
Is amended to be age: ___________
         
   
o
If the participant’s 5th anniversary of plan participation is later, normal retirement age will not occur until such 5th anniversary.
         
   
o
Participants who retire at or after reaching normal retirement age as defined prior to the effective date of this amendment may elect an unreduced early retirement benefit.
         
   
Effective date : This provision is effective the first day of the first plan year beginning after June 30, 2008, unless a different effective date is selected below.
         
   
o
Other effective date: ________________________ ( cannot be later than: (i) for standard plans - the first day of the first plan year beginning after June 30, 2008; (ii) for collectively- bargained plans – the date in (i) or, if later, the first day of the first plan year beginning after the earlier of (A) the date the last bargaining agreement expires or (B) May 22 , 2010
         
PLAN SPONSOR ELECTIONS HEART
         
XI.
Death While in Qualified Military Service (Required Provision): The HEART requires that for purposes of determining eligibility for and the amount of any survivor benefit provided under a plan, the plan is required to treat an employee who dies while performing qualified military service as if he had returned to active employment immediately prior to his death and died while actively employed. Additional accrual service is not required to be credited under this provision for the period of military absence.
         
 
This provision could impact a plan as follows: (1) If the plan 100% vests participants who die while employed, a participant who dies while performing qualified military service would be 100% vested regardless of his years of vesting service. (2) If the plan provides an enhanced QPSA or other survivor benefit that is payable only if a participant dies while actively employed, the beneficiary of a participant who dies while performing qualified military service would be eligible for the enhanced QPSA or other survivor benefit. (3) If the plan does not 100% vest participants who die while employed, but the participant would have completed the number of years of service required for full vesting if his period of qualified military service were included as service upon reemployment, the participant would be treated as 100% vested.
 
IN-16177
DB PPA Compliance
 
Amendment Election Form
 
 
8

 

 
Death While in Qualified Military Service :
         
 
x
If a participant dies while performing qualified military service, he will be treated as having returned to employment prior to his death and having died while employed, for purposes of determining the eligibility of the participant’s beneficiary for any survivor benefits, including any enhanced or special survivor benefits offered under the plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the participant shall not be entitled to additional accruals with respect to his period of military duty under this Section I.
         
   
Effective date : This provision is effective for deaths occurring on and after January 1, 2007.
         
XII.
Crediting of Accruals for Period of Qualified Military Service Upon Death or Disability (Optional Provision): The HEART permits a plan to provide that a participant who dies or becomes disabled while performing qualified military service and who therefore cannot return to employment will be credited with accruals for the period that he was engaged in qualified military service as if he had returned to employment immediately prior to his death or disability. All employees of the employer maintaining the plan (determined aggregating related employers and affiliated service groups as required under the Code) who die or become disabled while performing qualified military service must be credited with service and benefits on reasonably equivalent terms.
         
 
Crediting of Accruals for Period of Qualified Military Service Upon Death or Disability ( select   one   of   the   following ):
         
 
x
Make no change to the current process.
         
 
o
Change to provide that a participant who:
         
   
o
dies while performing qualified military service will accrue benefits under the plan for his period of qualified military service as if he returned to employment immediately prior to his date of death.
         
   
o
becomes disabled while performing qualified military service and cannot return to work with an employer will accrue benefits under the plan for his period of qualified military service as if he returned to employment immediately prior to his date of disability.
         
 
Effective date : This provision is effective for deaths and/or disabilities occurring on or after January 1, 2007, unless a later effective date is specified below.
         
 
o
Later effective date: _________________________.
         
XIII.
Differential Pay Treated as Compensation for Retirement Plan Purposes (Optional Provision): The HEART provides that a plan may treat differential pay as compensation for retirement plan purposes. Differential pay is defined as any payment made by an employer to an individual performing service in the uniformed service while on active duty of more than 30 days where such payment represents all or a portion of the wages the individual would have received if he were performing services for the employer.
         
 
This provision does not apply unless differential pay is provided on reasonably equivalent terms to all employees of the employer maintaining the plan (determined aggregating related employers and affiliated service groups as required under the Code) who are performing services in the uniformed services and employees are entitled to receive benefits with respect to such differential pay on reasonably equivalent terms.
 
IN-16177
DB PPA Compliance
 
Amendment Election Form
 
 
9

 

 
Differential P ay Treated as Compensation for Retirement Plan Purposes ( select   one   of   the fo llowing ):
         
 
o
Make no change to the current process.
         
 
x
Include differential pay in a participant’s earnings used to determine the amount of his benefit under the plan’s benefit formula.
         
 
Effective date : This provision is effective for years beginning after December 31, 2008, unless a later effective date is specified below.
         
 
o
Later effective date: ________________________.
         
 
( Note:   Under HEART, differential pay is included in compensation used in applying the Code Section 415 limits.)
         
*                    *                    *
         
 
EXECUTED AT Farmington , CT , this 27th day of October , 2009 .
 
 
By:
Lee D. Nordstrom
 
 
 
Title:
SVP Human Resources
 
 
IN-16177
DB PPA Compliance
 
Amendment Election Form
 
 
10

 
 
PPA
 
AMENDMENT FOR PENSION PROTECTION ACT AND HEART ACT
FARMINGTON BANK 401(K) PLAN
 
ARTICLE I
PREAMBLE
   
1.1
Effective date of Amendment. The Employer adopts this Amendment to the Plan to reflect recent law changes. This Amendment is effective as indicated below for the respective provisions.
   
1.2
Superseding of inconsistent provisions. This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.
   
1.3
Employer’s election. The Employer adopts all the default provisions of this Amendment except as otherwise elected in Article II.
   
1.4
Construction. Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, any reference to “Section” in this Amendment refers only to sections within this Amendment, and is not a reference to the Plan. The Article and Section numbering in this Amendment is solely for purposes of this Amendment, and does not relate to any Plan article, section or other numbering designations.
   
1.5
Effect of restatement of Plan. If the Employer restates the Plan, then this Amendment shall remain in effect after such restatement unless the provisions in this Amendment are restated or otherwise become obsolete (e.g., if the Plan is restated onto a plan document which incorporates PPA provisions).
 
ARTICLE II
EMPLOYER ELECTIONS
 
The Employer only needs to complete the questions in Sections 2.2 through 2.7 below in order to override the default provisions set forth below.
       
2.1
Default Provisions. Unless the Employer elects otherwise in this Article, the following defaults will apply:
   
 
a.
If the Plan has a vesting schedule for nonelective contributions that does not meet the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA), then the vesting schedule for any Employer nonelective contributions for Participants who complete an Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, will be the schedule below. Such schedule will apply to all nonelective contributions, even those made prior to January 1, 2007.
     
   
If the Plan has a 7-year graded vesting schedule, then the vesting schedule will be a 6-year graded schedule (20% after 2 years of vesting service and an additional 20% for each year thereafter).
       
   
If the Plan has a 5-year cliff vesting schedule, then nonelective contributions will be nonforfeitable upon the completion of 3 years of vesting service.
       
 
b.
Nonspousal beneficiary rollovers are allowed effective for distributions made after 12/31/06.
       
 
c.
Hardship distributions for expenses of a beneficiary are not allowed.
       
 
d.
The option to permit in-service distributions at age 62 (with respect to amounts attributable to a money purchase pension plan, target benefit plan, or any other defined contribution plan that has received a transfer of assets from a pension plan) is not adopted.
       
 
e.
Qualified Reservist Distributions are not allowed.
       
 
f.
Continued benefit accruals pursuant to the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (HEART Act) are not provided.
       
2.2
Vesting (Article III). The default vesting schedule applies unless a. is elected below.

 
a.
x
In lieu of the above default vesting provisions, the employer elects the following schedule:
     
1.
o
3 year cliff (a Participant’s accrued benefit derived from employer nonelective contributions is nonforfeitable upon the Participant’s completion of three years of vesting service).
     
2.
o
6 year graded schedule (20% after 2 years of vesting service and an additional 20% for each year thereafter).
 
 
1

 
 
PPA
 
     
3.
x
Other (must be at least as liberal as 1. or 2. above at each point in time):
 
Years of vesting service
Nonforfeitable percentage
   
 
1
   
0
%
 
2
   
25
%
 
3
   
50
%
 
4
   
75
%
 
5
   
100
%
 
 
The vesting schedule set forth herein only applies to Participants who complete an Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 3l, 2006, and, unless b. is elected below, applies to all nonelective contributions subject to a vesting schedule.
 
b.
o
The vesting schedule will only apply to nonelective contributions made in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006 (the prior schedule will apply to nonelective contributions made in prior Plan Years).
           
2.3
Non-spousal rollovers (Article VII). Non-spousal rollovers are allowed after December 31, 2006 unless a. is elected below (Article VII provides that such distributions are always allowed after December 31, 2009):
 
a.
x
Use the following instead of the default (select one):
     
1.
o
Non-spousal rollovers are not allowed.
     
2.
x
Non-spousal rollovers are allowed effective Jan. 1, 2010
(not earlier than January 1, 2007 and not later than January 1, 2010).
           
2.4
Hardships (Article VIII). Hardship distributions for expenses of beneficiaries will not be allowed unless elected below:
 
a.
o
Hardship distributions are allowed for beneficiary expenses (See IRS Notice 2007-7) (applies only for 401(k) or profit sharing plans that allow hardship distributions) effective as of August 17, 2006 unless another date is elected below:
     
1.
o
________________ (may not be earlier than August 17, 2006).
           
2.5
In-service distributions (Article IX). In-service distributions at age 62 will not be allowed (except as otherwise permitted under the Plan without regard to this Amendment) unless elected below:
 
a.
o
In-service distributions will be allowed for Participants at age 62 (generally applies only for money purchase (including target benefit) plans, but may apply to any other defined contribution plans that have received a transfer of assets from a pension plan) effective as of the first day of the 2007 Plan Year unless another date is elected below:
     
1.
o
________________ (may not be earlier than the first day of the 2007 Plan Year).
           
     
AND , the following limitations apply to in-service distributions:
     
2.
o
The Plan already provides for in-service distributions and the restrictions set forth in the Plan (e.g., minimum amount of distributions or frequency of distributions) are applicable to in-service distributions at age 62.
     
3.
o
N/A. No limitations.
     
4.
o
The following elections apply to in-service distributions at age 62 (select all that apply):
         
a.
o
The minimum amount of a distribution is $_________________ (may not exceed $1,000).
         
b.
o
No more than _______________ distribution(s) may be made to a Participant during a Plan Year.
         
c.
o
Distributions may only be made from accounts which are fully Vested.
         
d.
o
In-service distributions may be made subject to the following provisions: ______________ (must be definitely determinable and not subject to discretion).
               
2.6
Qualified Reservist Distributions (Article X). Qualified Reservist distributions will not be allowed unless elected below:
 
a.
o
Qualified Reservist Distributions are allowed effective as of _______________ (may not be earlier than September 12, 2001).
       
2.7
Continued benefit accruals (Article XV). Continued benefit accruals for the Heart Act (Amendment Section 15.2) will not apply unless elected below:
 
a.
o
The provisions of Amendment Section 15.2 apply.
 
ARTICLE III
NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION VESTING
   
3.1
Applicability. This Article applies to Participants who complete an Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, with respect to accrued benefits derived from employer nonelective contributions made in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006. Unless otherwise elected by the employer in Amendment Section 2.2 above, this Article also will apply to all nonelective contributions subject to a vesting schedule, including nonelective contributions allocated under the Plan terms as of a date in a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2007.
   
3.2
Vesting schedule. A Participant’s accrued benefit derived from employer nonelective contributions vests as provided in Amendment Section 2.1.a. or if applicable. Amendment Section 2.2.
 
 
2

 
 
PPA
 
ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPANT DISTRIBUTION NOTIFICATION
   
4.1
180-day notification period. For any distribution notice issued in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006, any reference to the 90-day maximum notice period prior to distribution in applying the notice requirements of Code §§402(f) (the rollover notice), 411(a)(l1) (Participant’s consent to distribution), and 417 (notice under the joint and survivor annuity rules) will become 180 days.
   
4.2
Notice of right to defer distribution. For any distribution notice issued in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006, the description of a Participant’s right, if any, to defer receipt of a distribution also will describe the consequences of failing to defer receipt of the distribution. For notices issued before the 90th day after the issuance of Treasury regulations (unless future Revenue Service guidance otherwise requires), the notice will include: (i) a description indicating the investment options available under the Plan (including fees) that will be available if the Participant defers distribution; and (ii) the portion of the summary plan description that contains any special rules that might affect materially a Participant’s decision to defer.
 
ARTICLE V
ROLLOVER OF AFTER-TAX/ROTH AMOUNTS
   
5.1
Direct rollover to qualified plan/403(b) plan. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006, a Participant may elect to transfer employee (after-tax) or Roth elective deferral contributions by means of a direct rollover to a qualified plan or to a 403(b) plan that agrees to account separately for amounts so transferred, including accounting separately for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not includible in gross income.
 
ARTICLE VI
DIVESTMENT OF EMPLOYER SECURITIES
     
6.1
Rule applicable to elective deferrals and employee contributions. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006, if any portion of the account of a Participant (including, for purposes of this Article VI, a beneficiary entitled to exercise the rights of a Participant) attributable to elective deferrals or employee contributions is invested in publicly-traded Employer securities, the Participant may elect to direct the Plan to divest any such securities, and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options which satisfy the requirements of Section 6.3.
     
6.2
Rule applicable to Employer contributions. If any portion of a Participant’s account attributable to nonelective or matching contributions is invested in publicly-traded Employer securities, then a Participant who has completed at least 3 years of vesting service, or a beneficiary of any deceased Participant entitled to exercise the right of a Participant, may elect to direct the Plan to divest any such securities, and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options which satisfy the requirements of Section 6.3.
     
 
a.
Three-year phase-in applicable to Employer contributions. For Employer securities acquired with nonelective or matching contributions during a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2007, the rule described in this Section 6.2 only applies to the percentage of the Employer securities (applied separately for each class of securities) as follows:
 
 
Plan Year
 
Percentage
 
 
2007
 
33
 
 
2008
 
66
 
 
2009
 
100
 
 

 
b.
Exception to phase-in for certain age 55 Participants. The 3-year phase-in rule of Section 6.2.a does not apply to a Participant who has attained age 55 and who has completed at least 3 years of service before the first Plan Year beginning after December 3l, 2005.
     
6.3
Investment options. For purposes of this Article VI, other investment options must include not less than 3 investment options, other than Employer securities, to which the Participant may direct the proceeds of divestment of Employer securities required by this Article VI, each of which options is diversified and has materially different risk and return characteristics. The Plan must provide reasonable divestment and reinvestment opportunities at least quarterly. Except as provided in regulations, the Plan may not impose restrictions or conditions on the investment of Employer securities which the Plan does not impose on the investment of other Plan assets, other than restrictions or conditions imposed by reason of the application of securities laws or a condition permitted under IRS Notice 2006-107 or other applicable guidance.
   
6.4
Exceptions for certain plans. This Article VI does not apply to a one-participant plan, as defined in Code §40l(a)(35)(E)(iv), or to an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) if: (i) there are no contributions to the ESOP (or related earnings) attributable to elective deferrals or matching contributions; and (ii) the ESOP is a separate plan, for purposes of Code §414(1), from any other defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan maintained by the same employer or employers.
 
 
3

 
 
PPA
 
6.5
Treatment as publicly traded Employer securities. Except as provided in Treasury regulations or in Code §401(a)(35)(F)(ii) (relating to certain controlled groups), a plan holding Employer securities which are not publicly traded Employer securities is treated as holding publicly traded Employer securities if any Employer corporation, or any member of a controlled group of corporations which includes such Employer corporation (as defined in Code §401(a)(35)(F)(iii)) has issued a class of stock which is a publicly traded Employer security.
 
ARTICLE VII
DIRECT ROLLOVER OF NON-SPOUSAL DISTRIBUTION
   
7.1
Non-spouse beneficiary rollover right. For distributions after December 31, 2009, and unless otherwise elected in Section 2.3 of this Amendment, for distributions after December 31, 2006, a non-spouse beneficiary who is a “designated beneficiary” under Code §401(a)(9)(E) and the regulations thereunder, by a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer (“direct rollover”), may roll over all or any portion of his or her distribution to an individual retirement account the beneficiary establishes for purposes of receiving the distribution. In order to be able to roll over the distribution, the distribution otherwise must satisfy the definition of an eligible rollover distribution.
   
7.2
Certain requirements not applicable. Although a non-spouse beneficiary may roll over directly a distribution as provided in Section 7.1, any distribution made prior to January 1, 2010 is not subject to the direct rollover requirements of Code §40l(a)(31) (including Code §40U(a)(31)(B), the notice requirements of Code §402(f) or the mandatory withholding requirements of Code §3405(c)). If a non-spouse beneficiary receives a distribution from the Plan, the distribution is not eligible for a “60-day” rollover.
   
7.3
Trust beneficiary. If the Participant’s named beneficiary is a trust, the Plan may make a direct rollover to an individual retirement account on behalf of the trust, provided the trust satisfies the requirements to be a designated beneficiary within the meaning of Code §40I(a)(9)(E).
   
7.4
Required minimum distributions not eligible for rollover. A non-spouse beneficiary may not roll over an amount which is a required minimum distribution, as determined under applicable Treasury regulations and other Revenue Service guidance. If the Participant dies before his or her required beginning date and the non-spouse beneficiary rolls over to an IRA the maximum amount eligible for rollover, the beneficiary may elect to use either the 5-year rule or the life expectancy rule, pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-3, A-4(c), in determining the required minimum distributions from the IRA that receives the non-spouse beneficiary’s distribution.
 
ARTICLE VIII
DISTRIBUTION BASED ON BENEFICIARY HARDSHIP
   
8.1
Beneficiary-based distribution. If elected in Amendment Section 2.4.a, then beginning as of the date specified in such Section, a Participant’s hardship event, for purposes of the Plan’s safe harbor hardship distribution provisions pursuant to Treas. Reg. §l.401(k)-l(d)(3)(iii)(B), includes an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant’s primary beneficiary under the Plan, that would constitute a hardship event if it occurred with respect to the Participant’s spouse or dependent as defined under Code §152 (such hardship events being limited to educational expenses, funeral expenses and certain medical expenses). For purposes of this Article, a Participant’s “primary beneficiary under the Plan” is an individual who is named as a beneficiary under the Plan and has an unconditional right to all or a portion of the Participant’s account balance under the Plan upon the Participant’s death.
 
ARTICLE IX
IN-SERVICE PENSION DISTRIBUTIONS
   
9.1
Age 62 distributions. If elected in Amendment Section 2.5.a, then beginning as of the date specified in such Section, if the Plan is a money purchase pension plan, a target benefit plan, or any other defined contribution plan that has received a transfer of assets from a pension plan, a Participant who has attained age 62 and who has not separated from employment may elect to receive a distribution of his or her vested account balance (or in case of a transferee plan, of the transferred account balance).
 
ARTICLE X
QUALIFIED RESERVIST DISTRIBUTION
   
10.1
401(k) distribution restrictions. If elected in Amendment Section 2.6, then effective as of the date specified in such Section, the Plan permits a Participant to elect a Qualified Reservist Distribution, as defined in this Article X.
   
10.2
Qualified Reservist Distribution defined. A “Qualified Reservist Distribution” is any distribution to an individual who is ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001, if: (i) the distribution is from amounts attributable to elective deferrals in a 40l(k) plan; (ii) the individual was (by reason of being a member of a reserve component, as defined in section 101 of title 37, United States Code) ordered or called to active duty for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period; and (iii) the Plan makes the distribution during the period beginning on the date of such order or call, and ending at the close of the active duty period.
 
 
4

 
 
PPA
 
ARTICLE XI
OTHER 401(k)/401(m) PLAN PROVISIONS
   
11.1
Gap period income on distributed excess contributions and excess aggregate contributions. This Section applies to excess contributions (as defined in Code §401(k)(8)(B)) and excess aggregate contributions (as defined in Code §40l(m)(6)(B)) made with respect to Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007. The Plan administrator will not calculate and distribute allocable income for the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the Plan Year in which the excess contribution or excess aggregate contribution occurred and prior to the distribution).
   
11.2
Gap period income on distributed excess deferrals. With respect to 401(k) plan excess deferrals (as defined in Code §402(g)) made in taxable year 2007. the Plan administrator must calculate allocable income for the taxable year and also for the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the taxable year in which the excess deferral occurred and prior to the distribution); provided that the Plan administrator will calculate and distribute the gap period allocable income only if the Plan administrator in accordance with the Plan terms otherwise would allocate the gap period allocable income to the Participant’s account. With respect to 401(k) plan excess deferrals made in taxable years after 2007, gap period income may not be distributed.
   
11.3
Plan termination distribution availability. For purposes of determining whether the Employer maintains an alternative defined contribution plan (described in Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-l(d)(4)(i)) that would prevent the Employer from distributing elective deferrals (and other amounts, such as QNECs, that are subject to the distribution restrictions that apply to elective deferrals) from a terminating 401 (k) plan, an alternative defined contribution plan does not include an employee stock ownership plan defined in Code §§4975(e)(7) or 409(a), a simplified employee pension as defined in Code §408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code §408(p), a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Code §403(b), or a plan that is described in Code §§457(b) or (f).
 
ARTICLE XII
QUALIFIED OPTIONAL SURVIVOR ANNUITY
       
12.1
Right to Elect Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity. Effective with respect to Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007, a participant who elects to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity form of benefit, if offered under the Plan, is entitled to elect the “qualified optional survivor annuity” at any time during the applicable election period. Furthermore, the written explanation of the joint and survivor annuity shall explain the terms and conditions of the “qualified optional survivor annuity.”
   
12.2
Definition of Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity.
       
 
a.
General. For purposes of this Article, the term “qualified optional survivor annuity” means an annuity:
       
   
(1)
For the life of the participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the spouse which is equal to the “applicable percentage” of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse, and
       
   
(2)
Which is the actuarial equivalent of a single annuity for the life of the participant.
       
   
Such term also includes any annuity in a form having the effect of an annuity described in the preceding sentence.
       
 
b.
Applicable percentage. For purposes of this Section, the “applicable percentage” is based on the survivor annuity percentage (i.e., the percentage which the survivor annuity under the Plan’s qualified joint and survivor annuity bears to the annuity payable during the joint lives of the participant and the spouse). If the survivor annuity percentage is less than 75 percent, then the “applicable percentage” is 75 percent; otherwise, the “applicable percentage” is 50 percent.
 
ARTICLE XIII
DIRECT ROLLOVER TO ROTH IRA
   
13.1
Roth IRA rollover. For distributions made after December 31, 2007, a participant may elect to roll over directly an eligible rollover distribution to a Roth IRA described in Code §408A(b).
 
ARTICLE XIV
QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS
   
14.1
Permissible QDROs. Effective April 6. 2007. a domestic relations order that otherwise satisfies the requirements for a qualified domestic relations order (“QDRO”) will not fail to be a QDRO: (i) solely because the order is issued after, or revises, another domestic relations order or QDRO; or (ii) solely because of the time at which the order is issued, including issuance after the annuity starting date or after the Participant’s death.
 
 
5

 
 
PPA
 
14.2
Other QDRO requirements apply. A domestic relations order described in Section 14.1 is subject to the same requirements and protections that apply to QDROs.
 
ARTICLE XV
HEART ACT PROVISIONS
     
15.1
Death benefits. In the case of a death occurring on or after January 1, 2007, if a Participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code § 414(u)), the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan as if the Participant had resumed and then terminated employment on account of death.
          
15.2
Benefit accrual. If the Employer elects in Amendment Section 2.7 to apply this Section 15.2, then for benefit accrual purposes, the Plan treats an individual who dies or becomes disabled on or after January 1, 2007 (as defined under the terms of the Plan) while performing qualified military service with respect to the Employer as if the individual had resumed employment in accordance with the individual’s reemployment rights under USERRA, on the day preceding death or disability (as the case may be) and terminated employment on the actual date of death or disability.
     
 
a.
Determination of benefits. The Plan will determine the amount of employee contributions and the amount of elective deferrals of an individual treated as reemployed under this Section 15.2 for purposes of applying paragraph Code §4l4(u)(8)(C) on the basis of the individual’s average actual employee contributions or elective deferrals for the lesser of: (i) the 12-month period of service with the Employer immediately prior to qualified military service; or (ii) if service with the Employer is less than such 12-month period, the actual length of continuous service with the Employer.
     
15.3
Differential wage payments. For years beginning after December 31, 2008, (i) an individual receiving a differential wage payment, as defined by Code §3401(h)(2), is treated as an employee of the employer making the payment, (ii) the differential wage payment is treated as compensation, and (iii) the Plan is not treated as failing to meet the requirements of any provision described in Code §414(u)(l)(C) by reason of any contribution or benefit which is based on the differential wage payment.
     
15.4
Severance from employment. Notwithstanding Section 15.3(i), for purposes of Code §40l(k)(2)(B)(i)(I), an individual is treated as having been severed from employment during any period the individual is performing service in the uniformed services described in Code §3401(h)(2)(A).
     
 
a.
Suspension of deferrals. If an individual elects to receive a distribution by reason of severance from employment, death or disability, the individual may not make an elective deferral or employee contribution during the 6-month period beginning on the date of the distribution.
     
 
b.
Nondiscrimination requirement. Section 15.3(iii) applies only if all employees of the Employer performing service in the uniformed services described in Code §340l(h)(2)(A) are entitled to receive differential wage payments (as defined in Code §3401 (h)(2)) on reasonably equivalent terms and, if eligible to participate in a retirement plan maintained by the employer, to make contributions based on the payments on reasonably equivalent terms (taking into account Code §§410(b)(3), (4), and (5)).
 
This Amendment has been executed this  29th day of   April ,_______.
 
Name of Plan: Farmington Bank 401 (k) Plan
     
 
Farmington Bank
 
 
(SIGNATURE)
 
 
EMPLOYER
 
 
6

Exhibit 23.2
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated March 28, 2011, relating to the financial statements   of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., which appear in such Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts”   in such Registration Statement.
 

 
/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Hartford, Connecticut
March 28, 2011
 

 

 

Exhibit 99.3.1
 
PRO FORMA VALUATION UPDATE REPORT
 
FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC.
Farmington, Connecticut
 
PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:
FARMINGTON BANK
Farmington, Connecticut
 
Dated As Of:
March 15, 2011
 

 
Prepared By:

RP ® Financial, LC.
1100 North Glebe Road
Suite 1100
Arlington, Virginia  22201
 

 
 
 

 
 
RP ®   FINANCIAL, LC.

Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
 
                                                         March 15, 2011
 
Boards of Directors
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Farmington Bank
One Farm Glen Boulevard
Farmington, Connecticut  06032
 
Members of the Boards of Directors:
 
We have completed and hereby provide an updated appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be issued in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion described below.
 
This updated appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements of 563b.7 and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) and applicable interpretations thereof.  Such Valuation Guidelines are relied upon by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Connecticut Department of Banking (“CDOB”) in the absence of separate written valuation guidelines.  Our original appraisal report, dated December 14, 2010 (the “Original Appraisal”) is incorporated herein by reference.  As in the preparation of our Original Appraisal, we believe the data and information used herein is reliable; however, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.
 
On January 25, 2011, the Board of Directors of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a Connecticut-chartered mutual holding company, (the “MHC”) adopted the plan of conversion and reorganization, whereby the MHC will convert to stock form.  As a result of the conversion, the MHC, which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Farmington Bank will be succeeded by a new Maryland corporation with the name of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. (“First Connecticut” or the “Company”).  Following the conversion, the MHC will no longer exist.  For purposes of this document, the existing consolidated entity will hereinafter be referred to as First Connecticut or the Company.
 
First Connecticut will offer its common stock in a subscription offering to Eligible Deposit Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans including Farmington Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”) and Supplemental Eligible Deposit Account Holders, as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable federal regulatory guidelines governing mutual-to-stock conversions.  To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the  subscription  offering, the shares may be offered for sale to members of the general public in a community offering and/or a syndicated community offering.  A portion of the net proceeds received from the sale of the common stock will be used to purchase all of the then to be issued and outstanding capital stock of Farmington Bank and the balance of the net proceeds will be retained by the Company.
 
 
Washington Headquarters
 
Three Ballston Plaza
Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite1100
Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201
Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com
E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com
 
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 2
 
At this time, no other activities are contemplated for the Company other than the ownership of the Bank, a loan to the newly-formed ESOP and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company.  In the future, First Connecticut may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.
 
The plan of conversion and reorganization provides for the establishment of Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. (the “Foundation”).  The Foundation will be funded with First Connecticut common stock contributed by the Company in an amount equal to 4.0% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering.  The purpose of the Foundation is to provide financial support to charitable causes and community development activities in the communities in which Farmington Bank operates.
 
This updated appraisal reflects the following noteworthy items:  (1) a review of recent developments in First Connecticut’s financial condition, including financial data through December 31, 2010; (2) an updated comparison of First Connecticut’s financial condition and operating results versus the Peer Group companies identified in the Original Appraisal; and (3) a review of stock market conditions since the date of the Original Appraisal.
 
The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which First Connecticut’s common stock, immediately upon completion of the public stock offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.
 
Our valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock.  Moreover, because such valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the pro forma market value thereof.  RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities.  RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits the company, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its client institutions.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 3
 
Discussion of Relevant Considerations
 
1.              Financial Results
 
Table 1 presents summary balance sheet and income statement details for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010 and updated financial information through December 31, 2010.  First Connecticut’s assets decreased by $95.8 million or 6.3% from September 30, 2010 to December 31, 2010.  Most of the decrease in assets consisted of cash and cash equivalents, which funded growth in investments and loans as well as deposit runoff.  Overall, cash and investments (inclusive of FHLB stock) decreased from $294.1 million or 19.4% of assets at September 30, 2010 to $192.7 million or 13.6% of assets at December 31, 2010.  Loans receivable increased from $1.139 billion or 75.3% of assets at September 30, 2010 to $1.158 billion or 81.7% of assets at December 31, 2010, while the balances for bank-owned life insurance and loans held for sale showed modest increases and decreases, respectively, during the quarter.
 
Updated credit quality measures showed credit quality improved during the fourth quarter of 2010.  First Connecticut’s non-performing assets decreased from $20.9 million or 1.38% of assets at September 30, 2010 to $18.0 million or 1.27% of assets at December 31, 2010.  A decrease in non-accruing residential loans accounted for the decrease in the non-performing assets balance, which was partially offset by slight increases non-accruing loans balances for commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans and home equity lines of credit.  Other real estate owned also increased slightly during the fourth quarter of 2010.  As of December 31, 2010, non-performing assets consisted of $17.7 million of non-accrual loans and $238,000 of other real estate owned.  Non-accruing commercial business loans and residential loans totaling $5.7 million and $5.2 million, respectively, comprised the two largest concentrations of non-accruing loans held by the Company at December 31, 2010.  Timeshare loans accounted for $4.9 million of the non-accruing commercial business loan balance at December 31, 2010.
 
The Company’s interest-bearing funding composition showed a decrease in deposits during the fourth quarter of 2010, which was funded with cash and cash equivalents, and, to a lesser extent, borrowings.  Deposits decreased from $1.231 billion or 81.4% of assets at September 30, 2010 to $1.109 billion or 78.2% of assets at December 31, 2010.  Most of the decrease in deposits consisted of NOW account deposits that were held by municipalities.  Borrowings increased from $149.8 million or 9.9% of assets at September 30, 2010 to $176.0 million or 12.4% of assets at December 31, 2010.  The increase in borrowings was largely due to growth of repurchase liabilities that consist of short-term customer sweep account deposits, which increased from $60.8 million at September 30, 2010 to $84.0 million at December 31, 2010.  The balance of FHLB advances increased from $68.0 million at September 30, 2010 to $71.0 million at December 31, 2010, while the balance of repurchase agreements remained at $21.0 million.  First Connecticut’s equity decreased from $97.9 million to $95.0 million during the fourth quarter, as the result of a net loss recorded in the fourth quarter and the adjustment for net unrealized gains or losses on available for sale investments going from a net gain of $244,000 at September 30, 2010 to a net loss of $2.5 million at December 31, 2010.  However, as the result asset shrinkage during the fourth quarter, First Connecticut’s equity-to-assets ratio increased from 6.5% at September 30, 2010 to 6.7% at December 31, 2010.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 4
 
Table 1
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Recent Financial Data
 
   
At September 30, 2010
   
At December 31, 2010
 
   
Amount
   
Assets
   
Amount
   
Assets
 
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
 
Balance Sheet Data
                           
Total assets
  $ 1,512,412       100.0 %   $ 1,416,630       100.0 %
Cash, cash equivalents
    135,574       9.0       18,608       1.3  
Investment securities
    151,091       10.0       166,680       11.8  
Loans receivable, net
    1,138,861       75.3       1,157,917       81.7  
Loans held for sale
    3,407       0.2       862       0.1  
FHLB stock
    7,449       0.5       7,449       0.5  
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
    19,475       1.3       19,657       1.4  
Deposits
    1,231,026       81.4       1,108,505       78.2  
Borrowings
    149,760       9.9       176,029       12.4  
Total equity
    97,902       6.5       94,993       6.7  
             
   
12 Months Ended
   
12 Months Ended
 
   
September 30, 2010
   
December 31, 2010
 
   
Amount
   
Avg. Assets
   
Amount
   
Avg. Assets
 
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
 
Summary Income Statement
                               
Interest income
  $ 61,406       4.51 %   $ 61,063       4.37 %
Interest expense
    (12,120 )     (0.89 )     (11,613 )     (0.83 )
Net interest income
    49,286       3.61       49,450       3.54  
Provisions for loan losses
    (5,319 )     (0.39 )     (6,694 )     (0.48 )
Net interest income after prov.
    43,967       3.23       42,756       3.06  
                                 
Non-interest operating income
    4,098       0.30       4,381       0.31  
Gain on sale of investments
    965       0.07       1,686       0.12  
Gain on loans sold
    408       0.03       822       0.06  
Non-interest operating expense
    (40,770 )     (2.99 )     (42,674 )     (3.05 )
Income before income tax expense
   
8,668
      0.64       6,971       0.50  
Income taxes
    (2,516 )     (0.18 )     (2,102 )     (0.15 )
Net income
  $ 6,152       0.45 %   $ 4,869       0.35 %
 
Sources: First Connecticut’s prospectus, audited and unaudited financial statements, and RP Financial calculations.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 5
 
First Connecticut’s operating results for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010 are also set forth in Table 1.  The Company’s reported earnings decreased from $6.2 million or 0.45% of average assets for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010 to $4.9 million or 0.35% of average assets for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.  The decrease in net income was due to increases in loan loss provisions and operating expenses, which were partially offset by increases in net interest income, non-interest operating income and gains on sale of loans and investments.
 
First Connecticut’s net interest income was up slightly during the most recent twelve month period, but decreased as a percent of average assets from 3.61% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010 to 3.54% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.  The decrease in the net interest income ratio was due to a more significant decrease in the interest income ratio compared to the interest expense ratio, which was consistent with trend in the Company’s interest rate spread.  First Connecticut’s interest rate spread narrowed from 3.74% during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to 3.63% during the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Higher operating expenses resulted in a very slight increase in the Company’s updated operating expense ratio, as operating expense increased from 2.99% of average assets for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010 to 3.05% of average assets for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.  Higher compensation costs accounted for most of the increase in operating expenses, which included staffing a branch that was opened in the fourth quarter of 2010.  Overall, First Connecticut’s updated ratios for net interest income and operating expenses provided for a slightly lower expense coverage ratio (net interest income divided by operating expenses).  First Connecticut’s expense coverage ratio decreased from 1.21x for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010 to 1.16x  for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.
 
Non-interest operating income was up slightly during the most recent twelve month period, increasing from 0.30% of average assets for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010 to 0.31% of average assets for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.  Overall, when factoring non-interest operating income into core earnings, the Company’s updated efficiency ratio of 79.2% (operating expenses, net of goodwill amortization, as a percent of net interest income and non-interest operating income) was slightly less favorable compared to the 76.5% efficiency ratio recorded for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 6
 
The Company’s updated earnings showed increases in gains on sale of loans and investments, which amounted to 0.06% and 0.12% of average assets, respectively, versus comparable ratios of 0.03% and 0.07% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010.
 
Loan loss provisions were higher during the most recent twelve month period and as a percent of average assets increased from 0.39% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2010 to 0.48% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.  Among the factors that contributed to the higher loan loss provisions established during the most recent twelve month period included additional net charge-offs recorded in the fourth quarter and the balance of troubled debt restructurings increased during the fourth quarter.  As of December 31, 2010, the Company maintained valuation allowances of $20.7 million, equal to 117.0%% of non-accruing loans.
 
2.              Peer Group Financial Comparisons
 
Tables 2 and 3 present the financial characteristics and operating results for First Connecticut, the Peer Group and all publicly-traded thrifts.  The Company’s and the Peer Group’s ratios are based on financial results through December 31, 2010, unless otherwise indicated for the Peer Group companies.  Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts and Abington Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania, which were two of the Peer Group companies identified in the Original Appraisal, are under pending acquisitions to sell control and, therefore, have been eliminated from the Peer Group.
 
In general, the comparative balance sheet ratios for the Company and the Peer Group did not vary significantly from the ratios exhibited in the Original Appraisal.  Consistent with the Original Appraisal, the Company’s updated interest-earning asset composition reflected a higher concentration of loans and a lower concentration of cash and investments.  Overall, the Company maintained a slightly higher level of interest-earning assets than the Peer Group, as updated interest-earning assets-to-assets ratios equaled 95.4% and 94.9% for the Company and the Peer Group, respectively.
 
The updated mix of deposits and borrowings maintained by First Connecticut and the Peer Group also did not change significantly from the Original Appraisal.  First Connecticut’s funding composition continued to reflect a higher concentration of deposits and a lower concentration of borrowings, relative to the comparable Peer Group measures.  Updated interest-bearing liabilities-to-assets ratios equaled 90.6% and 85.4% for the Company and the Peer Group, respectively.  First Connecticut’s updated tangible equity-to-assets ratio equaled 6.7%, which remained below the comparable Peer Group ratio of 13.1%.  Overall, First Connecticut’s updated interest-earning assets-to-interest-bearing liabilities (“IEA/IBL”) ratio equaled 105.3%, which remained below the comparable Peer Group ratio of 111.1%.  As discussed in the Original Appraisal, the additional capital realized from stock proceeds should serve to increase First Connecticut’s IEA/IBL ratio to a ratio that is more comparable to the Peer Group’s ratio, as the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets will be lower due to the increase in capital realized from the offering and the net proceeds realized from the offering will be primarily deployed into interest-earning assets.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 7
 
Table 2
Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of December 31, 2010
                                                                                                                           
     
Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets
   
Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates
   
Regulatory Capital
 
 
 
Cash &
Equivalents
   
MBS &
Invest
   
BOLI
   
Loans
   
Deposits
   
Borrowed
Funds
   
Subd.
Debt
   
Net
Worth
   
Goodwill
& Intang
   
Tng Net
Worth
   
Assets
   
MBS, Cash &
Investments
   
Loans
   
Deposits
   
Borrows.
&Subdebt
   
Net
Worth
   
Tng Net
Worth
   
Tangible
   
Core
   
Reg.Cap.
 
                                                                                                                         
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
                                                                                                                                                               
  December 31,
  2010
    1.3 %     12.3 %     1.4 %     81.8 %     78.2 %     12.4 %     0.0 %     6.7 %     0.0 %     6.7 %     12.86 %     20.38 %     11.42 %     11.53 %     32.27 %     1.41 %     1.41 %     6.54 %     6.54 %     10.15 %
                                                                                                                                                                   
All Public Companies
                                                                                                                                                               
  Averages
    6.1 %     20.7 %     1.4 %     66.6 %     73.0 %     13.5 %     0.5 %     12.0 %     0.8 %     11.2 %     3.63 %     11.82 %     0.79 %     6.34 %     -16.08 %     2.45 %     2.52 %     11.28 %     11.21 %     19.42 %
  Medians
    4.9 %     19.0 %     1.5 %     68.9 %     73.2 %     12.4 %     0.0 %     10.8 %     0.1 %     9.9 %     1.10 %     8.39 %     -1.39 %     3.76 %     -13.57 %     2.43 %     2.61 %     10.08 %     9.96 %     17.45 %
                                                                                                                                                                   
State of CT
                                                                                                                                                               
  Averages
    4.4 %     18.0 %     1.1 %     71.2 %     71.1 %     14.2 %     0.3 %     11.6 %     2.0 %     9.7 %     6.59 %     15.49 %     5.10 %     6.57 %     -5.72 %     4.10 %     2.12 %     8.91 %     8.91 %     13.62 %
  Medians
    3.6 %     12.1 %     1.2 %     69.3 %     71.4 %     15.6 %     0.0 %     9.5 %     0.4 %     9.2 %     6.20 %     17.50 %     0.90 %     6.55 %     -4.21 %     3.88 %     5.02 %     8.03 %     8.03 %     14.08 %
                                                                                                                                                                   
Comparable Group
                                                                                                                                                               
  Averages
    3.2 %     21.5 %     1.7 %     70.2 %     66.5 %     18.5 %     0.4 %     13.6 %     0.5 %     13.1 %     4.64 %     15.18 %     1.29 %     14.26 %     -14.10 %     6.30 %     6.47 %     13.25 %     13.25 %     20.04 %
  Medians
    1.8 %     19.4 %     1.8 %     73.5 %     68.8 %     15.4 %     0.0 %     13.2 %     0.0 %     12.7 %     4.02 %     3.49 %     2.09 %     10.45 %     -16.03 %     3.09 %     3.88 %     12.69 %     12.69 %     16.35 %
                                                                                                                                                                   
Comparable Group
                                                                                                                                                               
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
    1.2 %     18.8 %     1.0 %     76.0 %     65.8 %     23.5 %     0.0 %     10.2 %     0.0 %     10.2 %     -1.00 %     -2.44 %     -1.14 %     2.36 %     -12.14 %     7.73 %     7.73 %     9.55 %     9.55 %     13.42 %
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    2.4 %     12.5 %     0.0 %     81.7 %     66.6 %     14.3 %     0.0 %     18.3 %     1.7 %     16.6 %     4.00 %     2.73 %     4.25 %     10.85 %     -17.11 %     1.74 %     2.20 %     15.42 %     15.42 %     18.80 %
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ (1)
    2.3 %     15.7 %     2.7 %     72.9 %     71.0 %     16.0 %     0.0 %     12.5 %     2.2 %     10.3 %     -1.10 %     3.49 %     -2.07 %     2.24 %     -16.84 %     4.43 %     5.56 %     9.96 %     9.96 %     13.90 %
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    0.7 %     26.0 %     1.5 %     69.2 %     53.8 %     29.8 %     0.0 %     15.4 %     0.0 %     15.4 %     4.55 %     9.43 %     2.46 %     45.26 %     -26.99 %     -8.82 %     -8.82 %  
NA
   
NA
   
NA
 
OSHC
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ (1)
    11.7 %     3.8 %     1.8 %     79.9 %     72.0 %     13.1 %     1.8 %     11.8 %     0.0 %     11.8 %     12.86 %  
NM
      2.19 %     13.27 %     -5.92 %     47.35 %     47.35 %  
NA
   
NA
   
NA
 
OCFC
OceanFirst Financial Corp. of NJ
    1.4 %     20.0 %     1.8 %     74.1 %     73.9 %     14.8 %     1.2 %     8.9 %     0.0 %     8.9 %     10.90 %     64.14 %     1.99 %     21.97 %     -15.22 %     9.65 %     9.65 %  
NA
   
NA
   
NA
 
UBNK  
United Financial Bancorp of MA
    5.2 %     22.3 %     1.8 %     67.3 %     72.1 %     12.4 %     0.5 %     14.0 %     0.5 %     13.5 %     2.84 %     26.74 %     -4.39 %     10.05 %     -23.00 %     -1.19 %     -1.34 %  
NA
   
NA
   
NA
 
WFD
Westfield Financial Inc. of MA
    0.9 %     53.0 %     3.3 %     40.5 %     56.5 %     24.9 %     0.0 %     17.8 %     0.0 %     17.8 %     4.04 %     2.27 %     7.09 %     8.08 %     4.42 %     -10.54 %     -10.54 %     18.07 %     18.07 %     34.05 %
 
(1)  Financial information is for the quarter ending September 30, 2010.
 
Source:  SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2011 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 8
 
Table 3
Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads
Comparable Institution Analysis
For the 12 Months Ended December 31, 2010
 
           
Net Interest Income
         
Other Income
         
G&A/Other Exp.
   
Non-Op. Items
   
Yields, Costs, and Spreads
           
                             
Loss
   
NII
                     
Total
                                             
MEMO:
 
MEMO:
 
     
Net
                     
Provis.
   
After
   
Loan
   
R.E.
   
Other
   
Other
   
G&A
   
Goodwill
   
Net
   
Extrao.
   
Yield
   
Cost
   
Yld-Cost
   
Assets/
 
Effective
 
     
Income
   
Income
   
Expense
   
NII
   
on IEA
   
Provis.
   
Fees
   
Oper.
   
Income
   
Income
   
Expense
   
Amort.
   
Gains
   
Items
   
On Assets
   
Of Funds
   
Spread
   
FTE Emp.
 
Tax Rate
 
                                                                                                                   
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
                                                                                                               
  December 31, 2010
    0.35 %     4.37 %     0.83 %     3.54 %     0.48 %     3.06 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.31 %     0.31 %     3.05 %     0.00 %     0.18 %     0.00 %     4.65 %     1.02 %     3.63 %   $ 5,096     30.15 %
                                                                                                                                                         
All Public Companies
                                                                                                                                                     
  Averages
    0.10 %     4.60 %     1.57 %     3.02 %     0.75 %     2.27 %     0.02 %     -0.08 %     0.86 %     0.80 %     2.82 %     0.05 %     0.09 %     0.00 %     4.94 %     1.80 %     3.13 %   $ 5,967     29.78 %
  Medians
      0.40 %     4.61 %     1.56 %     3.06 %     0.47 %     2.49 %     0.00 %     -0.01 %     0.62 %     0.58 %     2.75 %     0.00 %     0.05 %     0.00 %     4.91 %     1.78 %     3.17 %   $ 4,904     31.69 %
                                                                                                                                                         
State of CT
                                                                                                                                                     
  Averages
    0.37 %     4.33 %     1.40 %     2.93 %     0.28 %     2.65 %     0.00 %     -0.02 %     0.87 %     0.85 %     2.82 %     0.03 %     -0.03 %     0.00 %     4.73 %     1.63 %     3.10 %   $ 5,280     27.03 %
  Medians
      0.32 %     4.27 %     1.48 %     3.09 %     0.24 %     2.69 %     0.00 %     -0.01 %     0.66 %     0.64 %     2.69 %     0.01 %     -0.04 %     0.00 %     4.72 %     1.75 %     3.26 %   $ 4,932     27.67 %
                                                                                                                                                         
Comparable Group
                                                                                                                                                     
  Averages
    0.60 %     4.67 %     1.56 %     3.11 %     0.39 %     2.72 %     0.01 %     -0.01 %     0.44 %     0.44 %     2.28 %     0.01 %     0.03 %     0.00 %     4.92 %     1.83 %     3.08 %   $ 6,557     30.37 %
  Medians
      0.56 %     4.74 %     1.37 %     3.19 %     0.28 %     2.77 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.47 %     0.50 %     2.31 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     5.05 %     1.67 %     3.23 %   $ 5,703     33.80 %
                                                                                                                                                         
Comparable Group
                                                                                                                                                     
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
    0.46 %     5.15 %     2.25 %     2.90 %     0.67 %     2.24 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.50 %     0.50 %     1.89 %     0.00 %     -0.12 %     0.00 %     5.36 %     2.50 %     2.86 %  
NM
    36.40 %
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    1.04 %     4.89 %     1.30 %     3.59 %     0.14 %     3.45 %     0.00 %     0.01 %     0.10 %     0.11 %     1.74 %     0.05 %     0.01 %     0.00 %     5.06 %     1.61 %     3.44 %   $ 10,627     40.43 %
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ (1)
    0.38 %     4.71 %     1.36 %     3.35 %     0.70 %     2.65 %     0.00 %     -0.06 %     0.60 %     0.53 %     2.70 %     0.02 %     -0.23 %     0.00 %     5.18 %     1.56 %     3.62 %   $ 5,176  
NM
 
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    0.45 %     4.56 %     1.94 %     2.62 %     0.20 %     2.41 %     0.06 %     -0.01 %     0.45 %     0.50 %     2.41 %     0.00 %     0.13 %     0.00 %     4.75 %     2.35 %     2.40 %   $ 5,248     29.35 %
OSHC
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ (1)
    0.68 %     4.84 %     1.80 %     3.04 %     0.15 %     2.89 %     0.00 %     0.01 %     0.42 %     0.42 %     2.21 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     5.08 %     2.07 %     3.01 %  
NM
    38.66 %
OCFC
OceanFirst Financial Corp. of NJ
    0.93 %     4.64 %     1.11 %     3.53 %     0.37 %     3.16 %     0.01 %     0.00 %     0.52 %     0.53 %     2.46 %     0.00 %     0.17 %     0.00 %     4.86 %     1.23 %     3.63 %   $ 5,685     33.80 %
UBNK
United Financial Bancorp of MA
    0.65 %     4.78 %     1.36 %     3.42 %     0.15 %     3.28 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.62 %     0.62 %     2.75 %     0.01 %     -0.06 %     0.00 %     5.05 %     1.60 %     3.45 %   $ 5,722     32.85 %
WFD
Westfield Financial Inc. of MA
    0.25 %     3.77 %     1.37 %     2.40 %     0.73 %     1.67 %     0.00 %     -0.03 %     0.34 %     0.31 %     2.05 %     0.00 %     0.32 %     0.00 %     3.99 %     1.72 %     2.27 %   $ 6,886     1.12 %
 
(1)  Financial information is for the quarter ending September 30, 2010.
 
Source:  SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2011 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 9
 
Updated growth rates for First Connecticut and the Peer Group are based on annual growth rates for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 or the most recent twelve month period available for the Peer Group companies.  First Connecticut recorded a 12.9% increase in assets, versus asset growth of 4.6% for the Peer Group.  Asset growth by the Company and the Peer Group included growth of loans and cash and investments, with the Company’s growth rates exceeding the comparable Peer Group growth rates.
 
Deposit growth and increased utilization of borrowings funded the Company’s asset growth, while deposit growth funded the Peer Group’s asset growth as well as a reduction in borrowings.  The Peer Group’s deposit growth rate of 14.3% was slightly above the Company’s deposit growth rate of 11.5%.  Updated tangible net worth growth rates continued to reflect a stronger growth rate for the Peer Group (6.5% increase versus a 1.4% increase for the Company), with the Peer Group’s higher growth rate continuing to be supported by Ocean Shore Holding’s 47.4% capital growth rate largely realized from completing a second-step conversion offering in December 2009.
 
Table 3 displays comparative operating results for First Connecticut’s and the Peer Group, based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, unless otherwise indicated for the Peer Group companies.  First Connecticut and the Peer Group reported updated net income to average assets ratios of 0.35% and 0.60%, respectively.  The Peer Group’s higher return was realized through lower ratios for operating expenses and loan loss provisions and a higher ratio for non-interest operating income, which were partially offset by the Company’s higher ratios for net interest income and net gains.
 
In terms of core earnings strength, updated expense coverage ratios posted by First Connecticut and the Peer Group equaled 1.16x and 1.36x, respectively.  The Peer Group’s higher expense coverage continued to be supported by a lower operating expense ratio, which was partially offset by the Company’s higher net interest income ratio.  The Company’s higher net interest income ratio was realized through maintenance of a lower interest expense ratio, which was partially offset by the Peer Group’s higher interest income ratio.
 
Non-interest operating income remained a slightly larger contributor to the Peer Group’s earnings, as such income amounted to 0.31% and 0.44% of the Company’s and the Peer Group’s average assets, respectively.  Accordingly, taking non-interest operating income into account in assessing First Connecticut’s core earnings strength relative to the Peer Group’s, the Company’s updated efficiency ratio of 79.2% remained higher or less favorable than the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 64.2%.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 10
 
Net gains and losses realized from the sale of assets and other non-operating items continued to have a more significant impact on the Company’s earnings, as the Company and the Peer Group reported net non-operating gains equal to 0.18% of average assets and 0.03% of average assets, respectively.  As set forth in the Original Appraisal, typically, such gains and losses are discounted in valuation analyses as they tend to have a relatively high degree of volatility, and, thus, are not considered part of core operations.  If gains are attributable to secondary market loan sales on a regular basis, then such gains may warrant some consideration as a core profitability component.  However, loan sale gains are typically viewed as a more volatile source of income than income generated through the net interest margin and non-interest operating income, and are given lesser consideration in developing core earnings for valuation purposes.  In this appraisal, for both First Connecticut and the Peer Group, we have considered earnings and profitability before and after such net gains and losses.  Extraordinary items remained a non-factor in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s updated earnings.
 
Loan loss provisions were a slightly larger factor in the Company’s updated earnings, with loan loss provisions established by the Company and the Peer Group equaling 0.48% and 0.39% of average assets, respectively.
 
The Company’s effective tax rate of 30.15% approximated the Peer Group’s effective tax rate of 30.37%.  As set forth in the prospectus, the Company’s effective marginal tax rate is equal to 33.0%.
 
The Company’s and the Peer Group’s updated credit quality measures remained fairly comparable.  As shown in Table 4, the Company’s non-performing assets/assets and non-performing loans/loans ratios of 1.27% and 1.53%, respectively, were slightly lower than the comparable Peer Group ratios of 1.59% and 1.96%.  The Company’s updated reserve coverage ratios continued to indicate a similar level of reserves as a percent of non-performing loans (117.00% versus 109.10% for the Peer Group) and a higher level of reserves as a percent of loans (1.79% versus 1.24% for the Peer Group).  Net loan charge-offs remained a more significant factor for the Peer Group, with net loan charge-offs as a percent of loans equal to 0.20% for the Company and 0.84% for Peer Group.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 11
 
Table 4
Credit Risk Measures and Related Information
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of December 31, 2010 or Most Recent Date Available
 
           
NPAs &
                     
Rsrves/
             
     
REO/
   
90+Del/
   
NPLs/
   
Rsrves/
   
Rsrves/
   
NPAs &
   
Net Loan
   
NLCs/
 
Institution
 
Assets
   
Assets
   
Loans
   
Loans
   
NPLs
   
90+Del
   
Chargoffs
   
Loans
 
     
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
 
                                                     
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
    0.02 %     1.27 %     1.53 %     1.79 %     117.00 %     115.45 %   $ 2,276       0.20 %
                                                                   
All Public Companies
                                                               
  Averages
    0.52 %     3.70 %     4.37 %     1.75 %     66.80 %     55.71 %   $ 1,430       0.68 %
  Medians
    0.23 %     2.51 %     3.23 %     1.49 %     45.82 %     38.20 %   $ 443       0.27 %
                                                                   
State of CT
                                                               
  Averages
    0.22 %     1.90 %     2.31 %     1.02 %     61.18 %     46.33 %   $ 273       0.20 %
  Medians
    0.23 %     1.74 %     2.06 %     1.00 %     54.95 %     45.37 %   $ 294       0.10 %
                                                                   
Comparable Group
                                                               
  Averages
    0.10 %     1.59 %     1.96 %     1.24 %     109.10 %     92.75 %   $ 1,787       0.84 %
  Medians
    0.07 %     0.97 %     1.19 %     1.25 %     89.05 %     83.71 %   $ 1,251       0.29 %
                                                                   
Comparable Group
                                                               
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
    0.00 %     1.03 %     1.18 %     1.88 %     131.32 %     117.34 %   $ 6,300       3.09 %
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    0.03 %     0.70 %     0.55 %     1.32 %     239.30 %     156.17 %   $ 1,984       0.36 %
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ (1)
    0.31 %     5.14 %     6.18 %     1.60 %     25.82 %     23.00 %   $ 2,940       1.51 %
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    0.22 %     1.82 %     2.37 %     1.02 %     42.52 %     38.09 %   $ 189       0.10 %
OSHC
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ (1)
    0.01 %     0.48 %     0.59 %     0.60 %     100.71 %     98.27 %   $ 70       0.04 %
OCFC
OceanFirst Financial Corp. of NJ
    0.10 %     2.33 %     2.97 %     1.17 %     39.35 %     37.62 %   $ 893       0.21 %
UBNK
United Financial Bancorp of MA
    0.10 %     0.91 %     1.20 %     0.93 %     77.38 %     69.15 %   $ 310       0.11 %
WFD
Westfield Financial Inc. of MA
    0.02 %     0.28 %     0.63 %     1.36 %     216.42 %     202.33 %   $ 1,609       1.30 %
 
Source:  SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2011 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 12
 
3.              Stock Market Conditions
 
Since the date of the Original Appraisal, the broader stock market has generally trended higher.  The Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) moved to a two year high ahead of the Christmas holiday, with financial stocks leading the broader market higher as some announced bank mergers heightened acquisition speculation for the sector.  The broader stock market started 2011 on an upswing, fueled by reports of manufacturing activity picking up in December.  Weaker than expected job growth reflected in the December employment report pulled stocks lower to close out the first week in 2011.  A favorable fourth quarter earnings report by J.P. Morgan and data confirming strength in the manufacturing sector helped stocks to rebound in mid-January, with the DJIA moving to its highest close since June 2008.  The positive trend in the broader stock market was sustained in late-January, which was followed by a one day sell-off as political unrest in Egypt rattled markets around the world.  The DJIA ended up 2.7% for the month of January, which was its strongest January in 14 years.  Stocks continued to trade higher through the first two weeks of February, as the DJIA closed higher for eight consecutive trading sessions.  Strong manufacturing data for January, merger news and some favorable fourth quarter earnings reports helped to sustain the rally in the broader stock market.  News that Egypt’s President resigned further boosted stocks heading into mid-February.  A strong report on manufacturing activity in the Mid-Atlantic region lifted the DJIA to a fresh two and one-half year high in mid-February, which was followed by a sell-off as stocks tumbled worldwide on worries over escalating violence in Libya.  Stocks recovered in late-February, as oil prices stabilized.  Volatility was evident in the broader stock market in early-March, as investors reacted to some strong economic reports mixed with concerns about Middle East tensions and surging oil prices.  Stocks climbed to close out the second week of March, as some companies benefited from expectations that the rebuilding efforts in Japan following the earthquake and tsunami would positively impact their earnings.  However, fears of a Japanese nuclear disaster drove stocks down around the world in mid-March.  On March 15, 2011, the DJIA closed at 11855.42 or 3.3% higher since the date of the Original Appraisal and the NASDAQ closed at 2667.33 or 1.5% higher since the date of the Original Appraisal.
 
Thrift stocks generally moved higher as well as since the date of the Original Appraisal. Expectations of a pick-up in financial institution merger activity in 2011 helped thrift stocks to close out 2010 on an upswing.  Thrift stocks rallied along with the broader stock market at the start of 2011, as investors were encouraged by data that suggested the economic recovery was strengthening.  A strong fourth quarter earnings report posted by J.P. Morgan supported gains in the financial sector in mid-January, which was followed by a downturn heading into late-January as some large banks reported weaker than expected earnings.  Thrift stocks traded higher along with the broader stock market into mid-February, as financial stocks benefitted from some favorable fourth quarter earnings reports coming out of the financial sector.  Financial stocks also benefitted from a rally in mortgage insurer stocks, which surged on a government proposal to shrink the size of FHA.  Thrift stocks faltered along with the broader market heading into late-February, as investors grew wary of mounting violence in Libya.  A report that December home prices fell to new lows in eleven major metropolitan areas further contributed to the pullback in thrift prices.  Thrift prices rebounded along with the broader market in late-February.  Higher oil prices and profit taking pressured thrift stocks lower in early-March.  News that Bank of America was planning to increase its dividend lifted financial stocks in general in the second week of March, which was followed by a downturn amid a pullback in the broader stock market. On March 15, 2011, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 570.3, an increase of 1.3% since December 14, 2010.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 13
 
Consistent with SNL Index, the updated pricing measures for the Peer Group and all publicly-traded thrifts were generally higher compared to the Original Appraisal.  The decline reflected in the Peer Group’s updated P/E multiple was due to an increase in the Peer Group’s average earnings per share.  In comparison to the averages for all publicly-traded thrifts, the Peer Group’s updated pricing measures reflected higher P/E and core P/E multiples and higher P/B and P/TB ratios.  Since the date of the Original Appraisal, the stock prices of four out of the remaining eight Peer Group companies were higher as of March 15, 2011.  A comparative pricing analysis of the Peer Group and all publicly-traded thrifts is shown in the following table, based on market prices as of December 14, 2010 and March 15, 2011.
 
Average Pricing Characteristics
 
   
At Dec. 14,
   
At March 15,
   
%
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
Change
 
Peer Group(1)
                 
Price/Earnings (x)
    23.04 x     22.67 x     (1.6 )%
Price/Core Earnings (x)
    18.22       18.91       3.8  
Price/Book (%)
    99.93 %     103.08 %     3.2  
Price/Tangible Book(%)
    104.24       107.75       3.4  
Price/Assets (%)
    14.23       14.17       (0.4 )
Avg. Mkt. Capitalization ($Mil)
  $ 225.70     $ 224.24       (0.6 )
                         
All Publicly-Traded Thrifts(1)
                       
Price/Earnings (x)
    17.39 x     17.49 x     0.6 %
Price/Core Earnings (x)
    17.38       17.65       1.6  
Price/Book (%)
    74.02 %     79.89 %     7.9  
Price/Tangible Book(%)
    82.08       87.80       7.0  
Price/Assets (%)
    8.66       9.57       10.5  
Avg. Mkt. Capitalization ($Mil)
  $ 324.55     $ 344.41       6.1  
 
(1)
Abington Bancorp, inc. of Pennsylvania and Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts have been excluded from the Peer Group averages for  both dates shown.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 14
 
As set forth in the Original Appraisal, the “new issue” market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned issues like the Peer Group companies in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically:  (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials.  The distinction between the pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps most evident in the case of the price/book (“P/B”) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value, whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio may reflect a premium to book value.  Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.
 
As shown in Table 5, two standard conversions, eight second-step conversions and one mutual holding company offering have been completed during the past three months.  The standard conversion offerings are considered to be more relevant for First Connecticut’s pro forma pricing.  The average closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio of the two recent standard conversion offerings equaled 39.4%.  On average, the two standard conversion offerings reflected price appreciation of 11.4% after the first week of trading.  As of March 15, 2011, the two recent standard conversion offerings reflected a 22.5% increase in price on average.  It should be noted, that both of the recent standard conversions had relatively high levels of non-performing assets and negative pro forma core earnings.
 
Shown in Table 6 are the current pricing ratios for the fully-converted offerings completed during the past three months that trade on NASDAQ or an Exchange, six of which were second-step offerings.  The current P/TB ratio of the fully-converted recent conversions equaled 70.18%, based on closing stock prices as of March 15, 2011.
 
Summary of Adjustments
 
In the Original Appraisal, we made the following adjustments to First Connecticut’s pro forma value based upon our comparative analysis to the Peer Group:
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 15
 
Table 5
Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends
Recent Conversions Completed (Last Three Months)
 
Institutional Information
 
Pre-Conversion Data
   
Offering Information
   
Contribution to
   
Insider Purchases
       
           
Financial Info.
   
Asset Quality
                           
Charitable Found.
   
% Off Incl. Fdn.
             
                                                                       
Benefit Plans
         
Initial
 
   
Conver.
           
Equity/
   
NPAs/
   
Res.
   
Gross
   
%
   
% of
   
Exp./
         
% of
         
Recog
   
Stk
   
Mgmt.&
   
Dividend
 
Institution
 
Date
 
Ticker
 
 
Assets
   
Assets
   
Assets
   
Cov.
   
Proc.
   
Offered
   
Mid.
   
Proc.
   
Form
   
Offering
   
ESOP
   
Plans
   
Option
   
Dirs.
   
Yield
 
           
($Mil)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
($Mil.)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
         
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)(2)
   
(%)
 
                                                                                                   
Standard Conversions
                                                                                                 
                                                                                                   
Anchor Bancorp - WA*(1)
    1/26/11  
ANCB-NASDAQ
  $ 522       8.40 %     5.10 %     123 %   $ 25.5       100 %     85 %     8.7 %     N.A.       N.A.       4.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     2.5 %     0.00 %
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. - MI*
    1/20/11  
WBKC-NASDAQ
  $ 308       13.59 %     3.86 %     98 %   $ 25.1       100 %     85 %     5.5 %     N.A.       N.A.       8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     4.2 %     0.00 %
                                                                                                                                   
  Averages - Standard Conversions:   $ 415       11.00 %     4.48 %     111 %   $ 25.3       100 %     85 %     7.1 %     NA       NA       6.0 %     2.0 %     5.0 %     3.3 %     0.00 %
  Medians - Standard Conversions:   $ 415       11.00 %     4.48 %     111 %   $ 25.3       100 %     85 %     7.1 %     NA       NA       6.0 %     2.0 %     5.0 %     3.3 %     0.00 %
                                                                                                                                   
Second Step Conversions
                                                                                                                                 
         
 
                                                                                                                       
Rockville Financial New, Inc., - CT* (1)
    3/4/11  
RCKB-NASDAQ
  $ 1,649       10.56 %     1.07 %     122 %   $ 171.1       58 %     132 %     1.9 %     N.A.       N.A.       4.0 %     3.8 %     9.5 %     0.4 %     0.00 %
Eureka Financial Corp., - PA
    3/1/11  
EKFC-NASDAQ
  $ 127       11.10 %     0.05 %     1560 %   $ 7.6       58 %     95 %     11.0 %     N.A.       N.A.       8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     10.5 %     0.00 %
Atlantic Coast Fin. Corp., - GA*
    2/4/11  
ACFC-NASDAQ
  $ 893       5.67 %     3.38 %     51 %   $ 17.1       65 %     86 %     11.5 %     N.A.       N.A.       4.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     10.8 %     0.00 %
Alliance Bancorp, Inc., - PA*
    1/18/11  
ALLB-NASDAQ
  $ 443       12.50 %     3.81 %     36 %   $ 32.6       60 %     105 %     8.0 %     N.A.       N.A.       4.6 %     6.7 %     10.0 %     1.1 %     1.20 %
SI Financial Group, Inc., - CT*
    1/13/11  
SIFI-NASDAQ
  $ 890       9.20 %     1.01 %     119 %   $ 52.4       62 %     100 %     3.5 %     C     $ 500K       6.0 %     3.1 %     7.7 %     0.3 %     1.50 %
Minden Bancorp, Inc., - LA*
    1/5/11  
MDNB-OTCBB
  $ 215       11.16 %     0.46 %     113 %   $ 13.9       59 %     107 %     7.2 %     N.A.       N.A.       4.0 %     3.6 %     8.9 %     9.1 %     0.00 %
Capitol Fed. Financial, Inc., - KS*
    12/22/10  
CFFN-NASDAQ
  $ 8,590       11.17 %     0.47 %     47 %   $ 1,181.5       71 %     85 %     4.2 %     C       3.4 %     4.0 %     2.0 %     5.0 %     0.1 %     0.00 %
Home Federal Bancorp, Inc., - LA
    12/22/10  
HFBL-NASDAQ
  $ 193       17.46 %     0.06 %     488 %   $ 19.5       64 %     104 %     8.3 %     N.A.       N.A.       6.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     1.3 %     0.00 %
                                                                                                                                   
  Averages - Second Step Conversions:   $ 1,625       11.10 %     1.29 %     317 %   $ 187.0       62 %     102 %     7.0 %     N.A.       N.A.       5.1 %     3.9 %     8.9 %     4.2 %     0.34 %
  Medians - Second Step Conversions:   $ 667       11.13 %     0.74 %     116 %   $ 26.0       61 %     102 %     7.6 %     N.A.       N.A.       4.3 %     3.9 %     9.7 %     1.2 %     0.00 %
                                                                                                                                   
Mutual Holding Company Conversions
                                                                                                                           
Oconee Fed. Fin. Corp, - SC
    1/14/11  
OFED-NASDAQ
  $ 346       17.49 %     1.85 %     19 %   $ 20.9       33 %     132 %     5.3 %     C/S       2%/6 %     11.2 %     5.6 %     14.0 %     8.4 %     0.00 %
                                                                                                                                   
  Averages - Mutual Holding Company Conversions:   $ 346       17.49 %     1.85 %     19 %   $ 20.9       33 %     132 %     5.3 %     NA       NA       11.2 %     5.6 %     14.0 %     8.4 %     0.00 %
  Medians - Mutual Holding Company Conversions:   $ 346       17.49 %     1.85 %     19 %   $ 20.9       33 %     132 %     5.3 %     NA       NA       11.2 %     5.6 %     14.0 %     8.4 %     0.00 %
                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                   
  Averages - All Conversions:   $ 1,289       11.66 %     1.92 %     252 %   $ 142.5       66 %     101 %     7.0 %     NA       NA       5.8 %     3.7 %     8.6 %     4.4 %     0.25 %
  Medians - All Conversions:   $ 443       11.16 %     1.07 %     113 %   $ 25.1       62 %     100 %     7.6 %     NA       NA       4.6 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     2.5 %     0.00 %
 
Institutional Information
 
Pro Forma Data
         
Post-IPO Pricing Trends
 
           
Pricing Ratios(3)
   
Financial Charac.
         
Closing Price:
 
                                                     
First
         
After
         
After
                   
   
Conver.
           
Core
         
Core
         
Core
   
IPO
   
Trading
   
%
   
First
   
%
   
First
   
%
   
Thru
   
%
 
Institution
 
Date
 
Ticker
   
P/TB
      P/E       P/A    
ROA
   
TE/A
   
ROE
   
Price
   
Day
   
Change
   
Week(4)
   
Change
   
Month(5)
   
Change
      3/15/11    
Change
 
             
(%)
   
(x)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
($)
   
($)
   
(%)
   
($)
   
(%)
   
($)
   
(%)
   
($)
   
(%)
 
                                                                                                         
Standard Conversions
                                                                                                       
                                                                                                         
Anchor Bancorp - WA*(1)
    1/26/11  
ANCB-NASDAQ
    38.6 %  
NM
      4.7 %     -0.1 %     12.1 %     -0.9 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 10.04       0.4 %   $ 10.45       4.5 %   $ 10.90       9.0 %
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. - MI*
    1/20/11  
WBKC-NASDAQ
    40.1 %  
NM
      7.6 %     -0.8 %     19.0 %     -7.0 %   $ 10.00     $ 12.45       24.5 %   $ 12.24       22.4 %   $ 13.50       35.0 %   $ 13.59       35.9 %
                                                                                                                                   
  Averages - Standard Conversions:     39.4 %  
NM
      6.2 %     -0.5 %     15.6 %     -4.0 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.23       12.3 %   $ 11.14       11.4 %   $ 11.98       19.8 %   $ 12.25       22.5 %
  Medians - Standard Conversions:     39.4 %  
NM
      6.2 %     -0.5 %     15.6 %     -4.0 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.23       12.3 %   $ 11.14       11.4 %   $ 11.98       19.8 %   $ 12.25       22.5 %
                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                   
Second Step Conversions
                                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                                   
Rockville Financial New, Inc., - CT* (1)
    3/4/11  
RCKB-NASDAQ
    91.0 %     27.87       16.4 %     0.6 %     18.0 %     3.3 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.60       6.0 %   $ 10.65       6.5 %   $ 10.54       5.4 %   $ 10.54       5.4 %
Eureka Financial Corp., - PA
    3/1/11  
EKFC-NASDAQ
    65.2 %     15.87       9.9 %     0.6 %     15.2 %     4.1 %   $ 10.00     $ 12.25       22.5 %   $ 11.75       17.5 %   $ 11.89       18.9 %   $ 11.89       18.9 %
Atlantic Coast Fin. Corp., - GA*
    2/4/11  
ACFC-NASDAQ
    40.9 %  
NM
      2.9 %     -2.7 %     7.1 %     -37.2 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.05       0.5 %   $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 10.20       2.0 %   $ 10.25       2.5 %
Alliance Bancorp, Inc., - PA*
    1/18/11  
ALLB-NASDAQ
    67.1 %     95.89       11.7 %     0.1 %     17.4 %     0.7 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.00       10.0 %   $ 10.68       6.8 %   $ 11.19       11.9 %   $ 11.06       10.6 %
SI Financial Group, Inc., - CT*
    1/13/11  
SIFI-NASDAQ
    68.5 %     35.61       9.0 %     0.3 %     13.3 %     1.9 %   $ 8.00     $ 9.27       15.9 %   $ 9.03       12.9 %   $ 9.40       17.5 %   $ 9.40       17.5 %
Minden Bancorp, Inc., - LA*
    1/5/11  
MDNB-OTCBB
    66.3 %     10.46       10.5 %     1.0 %     15.8 %     6.3 %   $ 10.00     $ 12.80       28.0 %   $ 12.85       28.5 %   $ 13.00       30.0 %   $ 12.90       29.0 %
Capitol Fed. Financial, Inc., - KS*
    12/22/10  
CFFN-NASDAQ
    83.9 %     24.31       17.4 %     0.7 %     20.7 %     3.5 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.65       16.5 %   $ 11.88       18.8 %   $ 11.60       16.0 %   $ 11.51       15.1 %
Home Federal Bancorp, Inc., - LA
    12/22/10  
HFBL-NASDAQ
    61.2 %  
NM
      14.6 %     0.0 %     23.8 %     0.0 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.50       15.0 %   $ 11.70       17.0 %   $ 12.13       21.3 %   $ 12.75       27.5 %
                                                                                                                                   
  Averages - Second Step Conversions:     68.0 %     35.0 x     11.5 %     0.1 %     16.4 %     -2.2 %   $ 9.75     $ 11.14       14.3 %   $ 11.07       13.5 %   $ 11.24       15.4 %   $ 11.29       15.8 %
  Medians - Second Step Conversions:     66.7 %     26.1 x     11.1 %     0.4 %     16.6 %     2.6 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.25       15.4 %   $ 11.19       14.9 %   $ 11.40       16.8 %   $ 11.29       16.3 %
                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                   
Mutual Holding Company Conversions
                                                                                                                                 
Oconee Fed. Fin. Corp, - SC
    1/14/11  
OFED-NASDAQ
    57.6 %     29.66       16.5 %     0.7 %     21.2 %     3.2 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.96       19.6 %   $ 11.90       19.0 %   $ 12.50       25.0 %   $ 12.84       28.4 %
                                                                                                                                   
  Averages - Mutual Holding Company Conversions:     57.6 %     29.7 x     16.5 %     0.7 %     21.2 %     3.2 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.96       19.6 %   $ 11.90       19.0 %   $ 12.50       25.0 %   $ 12.84       28.4 %
  Medians - Mutual Holding Company Conversions:     57.6 %     29.7 x     16.5 %     0.7 %     21.2 %     3.2 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.96       19.6 %   $ 11.90       19.0 %   $ 12.50       25.0 %   $ 12.84       28.4 %
                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                   
  Averages - All Conversions:     61.9 %     34.2 x     11.0 %     0.0 %     16.7 %     -2.0 %   $ 9.82     $ 11.23       14.4 %   $ 11.16       13.6 %   $ 11.49       17.0 %   $ 11.60       18.2 %
  Medians - All Conversions:     65.2 %     27.9 x     10.5 %     0.3 %     17.4 %     1.9 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.50       15.9 %   $ 11.70       17.0 %   $ 11.60       17.5 %   $ 11.51       17.5 %
 
Note:  * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD =RP Financial did the Conversion Business Plan.   NT - Not Traded; NA - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.
 
(1)  Non-OTS regulated thrift.
(2)  As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.
(3)  Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.
(4)  Latest price if offering is less than one week old.
  (5)  Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.
  (6)  Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.
  (7)  Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.
  (8)  Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.
  (9)  Former credit union.
  March 15, 2011 
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 16
 
Table 6
Market Pricing Comparatives
Prices As of March 15, 2011
                                                                           
     
Market
   
Per Share Data
                                                 
     
Capitalization
   
Core
   
Book
                                 
Dividends(4)
 
     
Price/
   
Market
   
12 Month
   
Value/
   
Pricing Ratios(3)
   
Amount/
         
Payout
 
Financial Institution
   
Share(1)
   
Value
   
EPS(2)
   
Share
    P/E     P/B     P/A    
P/TB
   
P/Core
   
Share
   
Yield
   
Ratio(5)
 
     
($)
   
($Mil)
   
($)
   
($)
   
(x)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(x)
   
($)
   
(%)
   
(%)
 
                                                                                 
All Public Companies
  $ 11.10     $ 304.55     ($ 0.03 )   $ 13.16       18.43 x     85.69 %     10.55 %     93.58 %     18.69 x   $ 0.21       1.63 %     28.77 %
Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)
  $ 11.25     $ 314.38     ($ 1.15 )   $ 17.75       27.21 x     69.80 %     12.17 %     70.18 %     30.19 x   $ 0.12       1.06 %     41.20 %
                                                                                                   
Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)
                                                                                               
ALLB
Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA
  $ 11.06     $ 60.55      $ 0.10     $ 14.91    
NM
      74.18 %     12.91 %     74.18 %  
NM
    $ 0.12       1.08 %  
NM
 
ANCB
Anchor Bancorp of Aberdeen, WA
  $ 10.90     $ 27.80     ($ 0.24 )   $ 25.92    
NM
      42.05 %     5.11 %     42.05 %  
NM
    $ 0.00       0.00 %  
NM
 
ACFC
Atlantic Coast Financial Corp. of GA
  $ 10.25     $ 26.96     ($ 9.12 )   $ 24.51    
NM
      41.82 %     2.97 %     41.89 %  
NM
    $ 0.00       0.00 %  
NM
 
CFFN
Capitol Federal Financial Inc. of KS
  $ 11.51     $ 1,927.86      $ 0.37     $ 12.05    
NM
      95.52 %     19.68 %     95.52 %     31.11 x   $ 0.30       2.61 %  
NM
 
HFBL
Home Federal Bancorp Inc. of LA
  $ 12.75     $ 38.84      $ 0.17     $ 16.61       17.00 x     76.76 %     18.41 %     76.76 %  
NM
    $ 0.24       1.88 %     32.00 %
RCKBD
Rockville Fin New, Inc. of CT
  $ 10.54     $ 299.50      $ 0.36     $ 11.02       27.03 x     95.64 %     17.28 %     95.99 %     29.28 x   $ 0.17       1.61 %     43.59 %
SIFI
SI Financial Group, Inc. of CT
  $ 9.40     $ 99.42      $ 0.22     $ 12.07       37.60 x     77.88 %     10.62 %     80.55 %  
NM
    $ 0.12       1.28 %     48.00 %
WBKC
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. of MI
  $ 13.59     $ 34.08     ($ 1.08 )   $ 24.93    
NM
      54.51 %     10.38 %     54.51 %  
NM
    $ 0.00       0.00 %  
NM
 
 
     
Financial Characteristics(6)
 
     
Total
   
Equity/
   
Tang Eq/
   
NPAs/
   
Reported
   
Core
 
Financial Institution
   
Assets
   
Assets
   
Assets
   
Assets
   
ROA
   
ROE
   
ROA
   
ROE
 
     
($Mil)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
 
                                                   
All Public Companies
  $ 2,690       11.57 %     10.89 %     3.67 %     0.05 %     1.49 %     -0.02 %     1.23 %
Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)
  $ 1,866       16.04 %     15.97 %     2.27 %     -0.11 %     3.57 %     -0.21 %     3.04 %
                                                                   
Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)
                                                               
ALLB
Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA
  $ 469       17.40 %     17.40 %     3.75 %     0.12 %     1.38 %     0.12 %     1.38 %
ANCB
Anchor Bancorp of Aberdeen, WA
  $ 544       12.14 %     12.14 %  
NA
      -0.11 %  
NM
      -0.11 %  
NM
 
ACFC
Atlantic Coast Financial Corp. of GA
  $ 907       7.11 %     7.10 %     5.72 %     -2.03 %  
NM
      -2.65 %  
NM
 
CFFN
Capitol Federal Financial Inc. of KS
  $ 9,798       20.60 %     20.60 %     0.78 %     0.40 %     3.02 %     0.71 %     5.32 %
HFBL
Home Federal Bancorp Inc. of LA
  $ 211       23.99 %     23.99 %     0.05 %     1.13 %     5.42 %     0.26 %     1.23 %
RCKBD
Rockville Fin New, Inc. of CT
  $ 1,733       14.36 %     14.26 %     0.80 %     0.64 %     4.45 %     0.59 %     4.11 %
SIFI
SI Financial Group, Inc. of CT
  $ 936       13.64 %     13.25 %     1.01 %     0.28 %     3.60 %     0.25 %     3.17 %
WBKC
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. of MI
  $ 328       19.04 %     19.04 %     3.75 %     -1.33 %  
NM
      -0.82 %  
NM
 
 
(1)
Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
(2)
EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis.
(3)
P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings.
(4)
Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(5)
Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings.
(6)
ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
(7)
Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
 
Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
   
Copyright (c) 2011 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 17
 
Key Valuation Parameters:
 
PreviousValuation
Adjustment
 
Financial Condition
No Adjustment
Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings
No Adjustment
Asset Growth
Slight Upward
Primary Market Area
No Adjustment
Dividends
No Adjustment
Liquidity of the Shares
No Adjustment
Marketing of the Issue
Slight Downward
Management
No Adjustment
Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform
No Adjustment
 
The factors concerning the valuation parameters of primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, management and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform did not change since the Original Appraisal.  Accordingly, those parameters were not discussed further in this update.
 
In terms of balance sheet strength, on a pro forma basis the Company’s updated financial condition remained comparable to the Peer Group’s updated financial condition.  Likewise, no adjustment remained appropriate for earnings, as the Company’s pro forma core earnings strength and ability to grow core earnings on a pro forma basis were viewed to be comparable to the comparable Peer Group measures.  A slight upward adjustment remained appropriate for the Company’s asset growth, based on the Company’s continued stronger historical growth and comparable pro forma leverage capacity.
 
The general market for thrift stocks has increased change since the date of the Original Appraisal, as indicated by the increase recorded in the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts.  Similarly, the updated pricing measures for the Peer Group and all publicly-traded thrifts generally were higher since the date of the Original Appraisal.  Notably, acquisitions of two of the original Peer Group companies were announced subsequent to the date of the Original Appraisal, which would tend to heighten acquisition speculation for other thrifts operating in the same regional market area as those companies.  As shown in Table 7, three acquisitions of thrifts based in the Northeast region of the U.S. have been announced since December 1, 2010.  The market for thrift offerings remained favorable, as a total of 11 conversions were successfully completed during the past three months and they are all currently trading above their IPO prices.
 
Overall, taking into account the foregoing factors, we believe that an increase in the Company’s estimated pro market value as set forth in the Original Appraisal is appropriate.

 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 18

Table 7
Northeast Region Thrift Acquisitions December 1, 2010 - March 15, 2011

                       
Target Financials at Announcement
   
Deal Terms and Pricing at Announcement
 
                       
Total
                           
NPAs/
   
Rsrvs/
   
Deal
   
Value/
                           
Prem/
 
Announce
 
Complete
                 
Assets
      E/A    
TE/A
   
ROAA
   
ROAE
   
Assets
   
NPLs
   
Value
   
Share
    P/B    
P/TB
    P/E     P/A    
Cdeps
 
Date
 
Date
 
Buyer Short Name
     
Target Name
      ($000)    
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
($M)
   
($)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(x)
   
(%)
   
(%)
 
                                                                                                           
01/20/2011
 
Pending
 
People s United Financial Inc.
 
CT
 
Danvers Bancorp, Inc.
 
MA
    2,630,968     11.16       10.01       0.61     5.71       0.73       89.87     488.9     22.810     163.16     184.10     28.51     18.58     13.37  
12/31/2010
 
Pending
 
Hometown Bank A Co-Op Bank
 
MA
 
Athol-Clinton Co-operative Bank
 
MA
    89,181     9.17       9.17       -1.55     -15.30       13.20       20.47    
NA
   
NA
   
NA
   
NA
   
NA
   
NA
   
NA
 
12/21/2010
 
Pending
 
Berkshire Hills Bancorp Inc.
 
MA
 
Legacy Bancorp, Inc.
 
MA
    972,040     12.08       10.68       -0.74     -5.85       2.26       47.09     112.8     13.073     96.34     110.70    
NM
    11.61     1.88  
                                                                                                                   
               
Average:
        1,230,730     10.80       9.95       -0.56     -5.15       5.40       52.48                 129.75     147.40     28.51     15.10     7.63  
               
Median:
        972,040     11.16       10.01       -0.74     -5.85       2.26       47.09                 129.75     147.40     28.51     15.10     7.63  
                                                                                                           
Source: SNL Financial, LC.
                                                                                                         
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 19
 
Valuation Approaches
 
In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the regulatory agencies, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing First Connecticut’s to-be-issued stock -- price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches -- all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the conversion proceeds.
 
In computing the pro forma impact of the offering and the related pricing ratios, the valuation parameters utilized in the Original Appraisal were updated with financial data as of December 31, 2010.
 
Consistent with the Original Appraisal, this updated appraisal continues to be based primarily on fundamental analysis techniques applied to the Peer Group, including the P/E approach, the P/B approach and the P/A approach.  Also consistent with the Original Appraisal, this updated appraisal incorporates a “technical” analysis of recently completed offerings, including principally the P/B approach which (as discussed in the Original Appraisal) is the most meaningful pricing ratio as the pro forma P/E ratios reflect an assumed reinvestment rate and do not yet reflect the actual use of proceeds.
 
The Company will adopt Statement of Position (“SOP” 93-6) which will cause earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding shares owned by an ESOP where there is not a commitment to release such shares.  For the purpose of preparing the pro forma pricing tables and exhibits, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering including shares purchased by the ESOP as outstanding to capture the full dilutive impact of such stock to the Company’s shareholders.  However, we have considered the impact of the Company’s adoption of SOP 93-6 in the determination of pro forma market value.
 
Based on the foregoing, we have concluded that an increase in First Connecticut’s value is appropriate.  Therefore, as of March 15, 2011, the pro forma market value of First Connecticut’s conversion stock, taking into account the dilutive impact of the stock contribution to the Foundation, equaled $135,200,000 at the midpoint.
 
1.            P/E Approach .  In applying the P/E approach, RP Financial’s valuation conclusions considered both reported earnings and a recurring or “core” earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one time non-operating and extraordinary items, plus the estimated after tax-earnings benefit from reinvestment of net stock proceeds.  The Company’s reported earnings equaled $4.869 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.  In deriving First Connecticut’s core earnings, the adjustments made to reported earnings were to eliminate gains on the sale of investments and loans, which equaled $1.686 million and $822,000, respectively.  As shown below, on a tax effected basis, assuming application of an effective marginal tax rate of 33.0%, the Company’s core earnings were determined to equal $3.188 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.  (Note:  see Exhibit 2 for the adjustments applied to the Peer Group’s earnings in the calculation of core earnings).

 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 20

   
Amount
 
    ($000)  
Net income
  $ 4,869  
Less: Gain on sale of investments(1)
    (1,130 )
Less: Gain on sale of loans(1)
    (551 )
Core earnings estimate
  $ 3,188  
 
 
(1)
Tax effected at 33.0%.
 
Based on First Connecticut’s reported and estimated core earnings, and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Company’s reported and core P/E multiples at the $135.2 million updated midpoint value equaled 31.52 times and 51.80 times, respectively.  The Company’s updated reported and core P/E multiples provided for premiums of 39.04% and 173.93% relative to the Peer Group’s average reported and core P/E multiples of 22.67 times and 18.91 times, respectively (versus premiums of 0.92% and 47.83% relative to the Peer Group’s average reported and core P/E multiples as indicated in the Original Appraisal).  The Company’s updated reported and core P/E multiples indicated premiums of 44.52% and 170.35% relative to the Peer Group’s median reported and core P/E multiples, which equaled 21.81 times and 19.161 times, respectively (versus premiums of 4.45% and 64.53% relative to the Peer Group’s median reported and core P/E multiples as indicated in the Original Appraisal).  The Company’s pro forma P/E ratios based on reported earnings at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 26.29 times and 43.51 times, respectively, and based on core earnings at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 42.67 times and 73.55 times, respectively.  The Company’s implied conversion pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group’s pricing ratios are indicated in Table 8, and the pro forma calculations are detailed in Exhibits 3 and 4.
 
2 .             P/B Approach.   P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, with the greater determinant of long term value being earnings.  In applying the P/B approach, we considered both reported book value and tangible book value.  Based on the $135.2 million midpoint value, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 65.19%.  In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios indicated for the Peer Group of 103.08% and 107.75%, respectively, First Connecticut’s updated ratios reflected a discount of 36.76% on a P/B basis and a discount of 39.50% on a P/TB basis (versus discounts of 40.99% and 43.69% from the average Peer Group’s P/B and P/TB ratios as indicated in the Original Appraisal).  In comparison to the median P/B and P/TB ratios indicated for the Peer Group of 102.61% and 109.55%, respectively, First Connecticut’s updated ratios reflected discounts of 36.47% and 40.49% at the $135.2 million midpoint value (versus discounts of 43.13% and 44.28% from the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios as indicated in the Original Appraisal).  At the top of the super range, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 73.21%.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflected discounts of 28.98% and 32.06%, respectively.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflected discounts of 28.65% and 33.17%, respectively.  RP Financial considered the discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable, given that the Company’s pro forma P/E multiples were at significant premiums to the Peer Group’s P/E multiples.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 21
Table 8
Public Market Pricing
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. and the Comparables
As of March 15, 2011
 
                                                                                                                                 
     
Market
   
Per Share Data
                                                                                                       
     
Capitalization
   
Core
   
Book
                                 
Dividends(4)
   
Financial Characteristics(6)
       
     
Price/
   
Market
   
12 Month
   
Value/
   
Pricing Ratios(3)
   
Amount/
         
Payout
   
Total
   
Equity/
   
Tang. Eq./
   
NPAs/
   
Reported
   
Core
   
Offering
 
   
Share(1)
   
Value
   
EPS(2)
   
Share
      P/E       P/B       P/A    
P/TB
   
P/Core
   
Share
   
Yield
   
Ratio(5)
   
Assets
   
Assets
   
Assets
   
Assets
   
ROA
   
ROE
   
ROA
   
ROE
   
Size
 
     
($)
   
($Mil)
   
($)
   
($)
   
(x)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(x)
   
($)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
($Mil)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
($Mil)
 
                                                                                                                                       
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
                                                                                                                                   
  Superrange
  $ 10.00     $ 178.80     $ 0.14     $ 13.66       43.51 x     73.21 %     11.42 %     73.21 %     73.55 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 1,566       15.60 %     15.60 %     1.15 %     0.26 %     1.68 %     0.16 %     0.99 %   $ 171.9  
  Maximum
  $ 10.00     $ 155.48     $ 0.16       14.44       36.97 x     69.25 %     10.06 %     69.25 %     61.53 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %     1,546       14.52 %     14.52 %     1.16 %     0.27 %     1.87 %     0.16 %     1.12 %   $ 149.5  
  Midpoint
  $ 10.00     $ 135.20     $ 0.19       15.34       31.52 x     65.19 %     8.84 %     65.19 %     51.80 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %     1,529       13.56 %     13.56 %     1.17 %     0.28 %     2.07 %     0.17 %     1.26 %   $ 130.0  
  Minimum
  $ 10.00     $ 114.92     $ 0.23       16.56       26.29 x     60.39 %     7.60 %     60.39 %     42.67 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %     1,512       12.58 %     12.58 %     1.19 %     0.29 %     2.30 %     0.18 %     1.41 %   $ 110.5  
                                                                                                                                                                           
All Public Companies(7)
                                                                                                                                                                       
  Averages
  $ 11.53     $ 344.41     ($ 0.08 )   $ 14.27       17.49 x     79.89 %     9.57 %     87.80 %     17.65 x   $ 0.22       1.65 %     29.13 %   $ 2,882       11.38 %     10.70 %     3.59 %     0.00 %     1.32 %     -0.08 %     1.08 %        
  Medians
  $ 12.24     $ 65.17     $ 0.36     $ 13.58       17.00 x     82.36 %     8.69 %     85.00 %     16.89 x   $ 0.17       1.23 %     0.00 %   $ 907       10.50 %     9.84 %     2.46 %     0.36 %     3.54 %     0.28 %     3.19 %        
                                                                                                                                                                           
State Of Connecticut (No MHCs)(7)
                                                                                                                                                                       
  Averages
  $ 10.75     $ 1,605.41     $ 0.29     $ 12.54       32.31 x     86.06 %     15.18 %     104.05 %     29.28 x   $ 0.30       2.64 %     45.79 %   $ 9,236       14.35 %     11.95 %     1.18 %     0.44 %     3.22 %     0.43 %     3.06 %        
  Medians
  $ 10.54     $ 299.50     $ 0.28     $ 12.07       32.31 x     84.65 %     17.28 %     95.99 %     29.28 x   $ 0.17       1.61 %     23.88 %   $ 1,733       18.07 %     14.12 %     1.01 %     0.39 %     3.60 %     0.45 %     3.17 %        
                                                                                                                                                                           
Comparable Group Averages
                                                                                                                                                                       
  Averages
  $ 11.86     $ 224.24     $ 0.56     $ 11.76       22.67 x     103.08 %     14.17 %     107.75 %     18.91 x   $ 0.25       2.13 %     40.19 %   $ 1,479       13.63 %     13.16 %     1.67 %     0.60 %     4.77 %     0.58 %     4.69 %        
  Medians
  $ 12.23     $ 198.12     $ 0.56     $ 11.82       21.81 x     102.61 %     13.47 %     109.55 %     19.16 x   $ 0.24       2.07 %     44.44 %   $ 1,160       13.25 %     12.71 %     0.91 %     0.56 %     4.61 %     0.61 %     5.16 %        
                                                                                                                                                                           
Peer Group
                                                                                                                                                                       
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
  $ 14.20     $ 91.38     $ 0.90     $ 16.86       18.44 x     84.22 %     8.63 %     84.22 %     15.78 x   $ 0.20       1.41 %     25.97 %   $ 1,059       10.25 %     10.25 %  
NA
      0.46 %     4.76 %     0.54 %     5.56 %        
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
  $ 10.25     $ 605.49     $ 0.47     $ 8.39       21.81 x     122.17 %     22.26 %     134.51 %     21.81 x   $ 0.34       3.32 %     72.34 %   $ 2,720       18.31 %     16.94 %     0.70 %     1.04 %     5.62 %     1.04 %     5.62 %        
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ
  $ 9.74     $ 129.68     $ 0.42     $ 9.93       32.47 x     98.09 %     12.22 %     118.78 %     23.19 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 1,061       12.46 %     10.52 %     5.14 %     0.37 %     3.06 %     0.52 %     4.29 %        
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
  $ 12.40     $ 159.09     $ 0.30     $ 12.95       33.51 x     95.75 %     14.72 %     95.75 %  
NM
    $ 0.20       1.61 %     54.05 %   $ 1,081       15.37 %     15.37 %     1.82 %     0.45 %     2.71 %     0.36 %     2.20 %        
OSHC
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ
  $ 12.06     $ 88.00     $ 0.73     $ 13.61       16.52 x     88.61 %     10.50 %     88.61 %     16.52 x   $ 0.24       1.99 %     32.88 %   $ 838       11.85 %     11.85 %     0.48 %     0.68 %     5.76 %     0.68 %     5.76 %        
OCFC
OceanFirst Financial Corp. of NJ
  $ 12.94     $ 243.57     $ 0.95     $ 10.69       11.98 x     121.05 %     10.82 %     121.05 %     13.62 x   $ 0.48       3.71 %     44.44 %   $ 2,251       8.94 %     8.94 %     2.33 %     0.93 %     10.52 %     0.82 %     9.25 %        
UBNK
United Financial Bancorp of MA
  $ 14.87     $ 239.54     $ 0.66     $ 13.82       23.98 x     107.60 %     15.11 %     111.97 %     22.53 x   $ 0.32       2.15 %     51.61 %   $ 1,585       14.05 %     13.57 %     0.91 %     0.65 %     4.47 %     0.69 %     4.76 %        
WFD
Westfield Financial Inc. of MA
  $ 8.42     $ 237.16     $ 0.01     $ 7.86    
NM
      107.12 %     19.13 %     107.12 %  
NM
    $ 0.24       2.85 %  
NM
    $ 1,240       17.86 %     17.86 %     0.28 %     0.25 %     1.30 %     0.02 %     0.12 %        
 
(1)
Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
(2)
EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis, and is shown on a pro forma basis where appropriate.
(3)
P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings.
(4)
Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(5)
Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings.
(6)
ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
(7)
Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
   
Source: Corporate reports, offering circulars, and RP Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 22
 
In addition to the fundamental analysis applied to the Peer Group, RP Financial utilized a technical analysis of recent conversion offerings.  As indicated in the Original Appraisal, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings are not the primary determinate of value.  Consistent with the Original Appraisal, particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the conversion funds (i.e., external funds versus deposit withdrawals).
 
As discussed previously, two standard conversion offerings were completed during the past three months.  In comparison to the 39.4% average closing forma P/TB ratio of the recent standard conversions, the Company’s P/TB ratio of 65.2% at the midpoint value reflects an implied premium of 65.48%.  At the top of the superrange, the Company’s P/TB ratio of 73.2% reflects an implied premium of 85.79% relative to the recent standard conversions average P/TB ratio at closing.  The current average P/TB ratio of the two recent standard conversions that are publicly-traded equaled 48.3%, based on closing stock prices as of March 15, 2011.  In comparison to the current average P/TB ratio of the recent publicly-traded standard conversions, the Company’s P/TB ratio at the midpoint value reflects an implied premium of 34.99% and at the top of the superrange reflects an implied premium of 51.55%.
 
3.            P/A Approach .  P/A ratios are generally not as a reliable indicator of market value, as investors do not place significant weight on total assets as a determinant of market value.  Investors place significantly greater weight on book value and earnings -- which have received greater weight in our valuation analysis.  At the $135.2 million midpoint value, First Connecticut’s pro forma P/A ratio equaled 8.84%.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s average P/A ratio of 14.17%, First Connecticut’s P/A ratio indicated a discount of 37.61% (versus a discount of 49.11% at the midpoint valuation in the Original Appraisal).  In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 13.47%, First Connecticut’s P/A ratio at the $135.2 million midpoint value indicated a discount of 34.37% (versus a discount of 47.78% at the midpoint valuation in the Original Appraisal).
 
 
 

 
Boards of Directors
March 15, 2011
Page 23
 
Valuation Conclusion
 
Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of March 15, 2011, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, including shares to be issued to the Foundation, equaled $135,200,000 at the midpoint, equal to 13,520,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00.  Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% offering range indicates a minimum value of $114,920,000 and a maximum value of $155,480,000.  Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 11,492,000 at the minimum and 15,548,000 at the maximum.  In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a super maximum value of $178,802,000 without a resolicitation.  Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the super maximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 17,880,200.  Based on this valuation range, the offering range is as follows:  $110,500,000 at the minimum, $130,000,000 at the midpoint, $149,500,000 at the maximum and $171,925,000 at the super maximum.  Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the number of offering shares is as follows:  11,050,000 at the minimum, 13,000,000 at the midpoint, 14,950,000 at the maximum and 17,192,500 at the super maximum.  The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 8 and are detailed in Exhibit 3 and Exhibit 4.
 
  Respectfully submitted,
   
  RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
   
  /s/ William E. Pommerening
  William E. Pommerening 
 
Chief Executive Officer and
  Managing Director
   
 
/s/ Gregory E. Dunn
 
Gregory E. Dunn
  Director
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBITS

 
 

 

RP Financial, LC.
 
LIST OF EXHIBITS
 
Exhibit
Number
   
Description
 
     
1
 
Stock Prices: As of March 15, 2011
     
2
 
Peer Group Core Earnings Analysis
     
3
 
Pro Forma Analysis Sheet
     
4
 
Pro Forma Effect of Conversion Proceeds
     
5
 
Firm Qualifications Statement
 
 
 

 
 

EXHIBIT 1
 
Stock Prices
As of March 15, 2011
 
 
 

 
 
RP FINANCIAL, LC.  
Financial Services Industry Consultants  
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100  
Arlington, Virginia 222011  
(703) 528-1700  
 
Exhibit 1
Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part One
Prices As Of   March 15, 2011
                                                           
                   
Current Per Share Financials
 
   
Market Capitalization
 
Price Change Data
             
Tangible
     
       
Shares
 
Market
 
52 Week (1)
     
% Change From
 
Trailing
 
12 Mo.
 
Book
 
Book
     
   
Price/
 
Outst-
 
Capital-
         
Last
 
Last
 
52 Wks
 
MostRcnt
 
12 Mo.
 
Core
 
Value/
 
Value/
 
Assets/
 
Financial Institution
 
Share (1)
 
anding
 
ization (9)
 
High
 
Low
 
Week
 
Week
 
Ago (2)
 
YrEnd (2)
 
EPS (3)
 
EPS (3)
 
Share
 
Share (4)
 
Share
 
   
($)
 
(000)
 
($Mil)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
Market Averages. All Public Companies (no MHC)
                                                         
                                                           
All Public Companies (122)
 
11.53
 
32,441
 
344.4
 
13.73
 
8.80
 
11.62
 
-0.97
 
9.12
 
5.15
 
0.02
 
-0.08
 
14.27
 
13.30
 
141.81
 
NYSE Traded Companies (7)
 
12.69
 
217,050
 
2,240.3
 
15.97
 
11.01
 
12.76
 
-2.66
 
-17.76
 
-5.90
 
0.26
 
0.32
 
9.46
 
7.03
 
101.26
 
AMEX Traded Companies (1)
 
35.90
 
2,078
 
74.6
 
37.32
 
26.01
 
36.30
 
-1.10
 
7.49
 
3.07
 
3.46
 
3.52
 
36.81
 
35.04
 
362.71
 
NASDAQ Listed OTC Companies (114)
 
11.24
 
22,373
 
240.6
 
13.38
 
8.51
 
11.32
 
-0.87
 
10.65
 
5.79
 
-0.02
 
-0.13
 
14.33
 
13.45
 
142.02
 
California Companies (5)
 
10.78
 
8,535
 
105.2
 
13.12
 
6.29
 
11.06
 
-2.18
 
47.79
 
5.90
 
0.91
 
0.46
 
12.91
 
12.83
 
147.93
 
Florida Companies (3)
 
9.77
 
53,667
 
891.3
 
12.14
 
9.37
 
9.76
 
-2.66
 
-46.07
 
-32.09
 
-1.54
 
-1.29
 
5.56
 
5.23
 
93.97
 
Mid-Atlantic Companies (37)
 
12.50
 
46,694
 
598.1
 
14.47
 
9.77
 
12.58
 
-0.71
 
10.99
 
1.55
 
0.07
 
0.16
 
14.06
 
12.64
 
144.96
 
Mid-West Companies (33)
 
8.62
 
30,928
 
134.7
 
11.60
 
6.73
 
8.71
 
-1.45
 
2.51
 
7.57
 
-0.17
 
-0.48
 
13.82
 
13.08
 
154.07
 
New England Companies (18)
 
15.43
 
36,710
 
449.7
 
16.71
 
11.18
 
15.58
 
-1.39
 
21.23
 
5.54
 
0.77
 
0.76
 
15.69
 
13.96
 
138.04
 
North-West Companies (5)
 
8.45
 
32,631
 
432.0
 
10.16
 
6.26
 
8.53
 
-0.74
 
8.83
 
23.54
 
-0.49
 
-0.42
 
13.27
 
12.41
 
107.39
 
South-East Companies (15)
 
12.58
 
5,801
 
61.0
 
14.89
 
9.46
 
12.54
 
0.62
 
4.62
 
9.48
 
-0.44
 
-0.60
 
16.90
 
16.49
 
148.96
 
South-West Companies (3)
 
13.21
 
16,156
 
220.9
 
13.79
 
9.51
 
13.26
 
-0.32
 
19.66
 
14.71
 
0.25
 
0.07
 
15.32
 
15.31
 
104.64
 
Western Companies (Excl CA) (3)
 
13.72
 
10,990
 
152.8
 
16.24
 
11.84
 
13.91
 
-0.83
 
-2.47
 
-3.75
 
0.41
 
0.36
 
14.55
 
14.47
 
94.23
 
Thrift Strategy (116)
 
11.57
 
29,716
 
317.4
 
13.71
 
8.81
 
11.65
 
-0.94
 
9.28
 
5.83
 
0.04
 
-0.03
 
14.43
 
13.48
 
141.22
 
Mortgage Banker Strategy (3)
 
3.43
 
31,887
 
57.8
 
4.63
 
1.43
 
3.49
 
-1.46
 
18.77
 
-6.42
 
-1.15
 
-2.06
 
4.39
 
4.26
 
122.28
 
Real Estate Strategy (l)
 
1.89
 
25,670
 
48.5
 
2.75
 
1.61
 
1.90
 
-0.53
 
-5.50
 
3.85
 
-0.23
 
-0.42
 
3.03
 
3.03
 
32.36
 
Diversified Strategy (2)
 
26.29
 
183,828
 
2,380.3
 
33.89
 
22.52
 
26.79
 
-1.91
 
-6.30
 
-13.65
 
0.83
 
0.64
 
25.89
 
22.39
 
257.67
 
Companies Issuing Dividends (76)
 
13.70
 
39,021
 
511.2
 
15.89
 
10.57
 
13.80
 
-0.75
 
13.11
 
2.87
 
0.70
 
0.67
 
15.22
 
13.96
 
146.57
 
Companies Without Dividends (46)
 
7.94
 
21,578
 
69.0
 
10.16
 
5.88
 
8.02
 
-1.32
 
2.54
 
8.90
 
-1.09
 
-1.31
 
12.69
 
12.22
 
133.95
 
Equity/Assets <6% (12)
 
2.73
 
68,437
 
114.3
 
6.22
 
1.84
 
2.84
 
-3.96
 
-36.15
 
-3.01
 
-3.02
 
-2.94
 
5.58
 
4.94
 
165.92
 
Equity/Assets 6-12% (57)
 
12.64
 
21,164
 
245.4
 
15.12
 
9.56
 
12.70
 
-0.47
 
15.63
 
6.75
 
0.40
 
0.26
 
15.61
 
14.74
 
182.04
 
Equity/Assets >12% (53)
 
12.08
 
37,754
 
502.5
 
13.69
 
9.37
 
12.20
 
-0.92
 
11.06
 
5.01
 
0.21
 
0.14
 
14.53
 
13.39
 
91.73
 
Converted Last 3 Mths (no MHC) (7)
 
11.35
 
27,754
 
316.5
 
14.09
 
8.47
 
11.47
 
-1.05
 
13.09
 
8.85
 
-1.09
 
-1.37
 
18.71
 
18.65
 
141.58
 
Actively Traded Companies (4)
 
23.89
 
33,150
 
556.1
 
27.22
 
15.78
 
24.04
 
-1.91
 
27.47
 
8.75
 
1.18
 
1.30
 
21.99
 
20.51
 
276.60
 
Market Value Below $20 Million (17)
 
6.01
 
2,540
 
11.1
 
8.61
 
4.69
 
5.94
 
-0.40
 
-12.93
 
6.57
 
-1.87
 
-2.06
 
11.45
 
11.43
 
159.54
 
Holding Company Structure (117)
 
11.16
 
33,608
 
355.8
 
13.38
 
8.56
 
11.27
 
-1.04
 
8.95
 
5.02
 
-0.06
 
-0.15
 
14.13
 
13.18
 
138.87
 
Assets Over $1 Billion (56)
 
12.35
 
65,344
 
702.0
 
15.23
 
9.71
 
12.46
 
-1.31
 
3.31
 
-0.52
 
0.37
 
0.28
 
13.18
 
11.79
 
134.53
 
Assets $500 Million-$1 Billion (34)
 
10.56
 
6,772
 
58.3
 
12.44
 
7.53
 
10.70
 
-0.88
 
14.48
 
6.83
 
-0.69
 
-0.77
 
14.32
 
13.59
 
150.84
 
Assets $250-$500 Million (24)
 
12.02
 
3,109
 
34.6
 
13.34
 
9.23
 
11.98
 
-0.06
 
11.55
 
15.93
 
0.38
 
0.28
 
16.80
 
16.13
 
149.73
 
Assets less than $250 Million (8)
 
8.73
 
1,919
 
16.5
 
10.14
 
6.79
 
8.87
 
-1.54
 
18.82
 
5.60
 
-0.40
 
-0.61
 
14.20
 
14.17
 
131.19
 
Goodwill Companies (74)
 
11.66
 
37,374
 
467.4
 
14.28
 
9.07
 
11.79
 
-1.41
 
8.61
 
4.77
 
0.00
 
-0.05
 
14.45
 
12.88
 
149.84
 
Non-Goodwill Companies (48)
 
11.32
 
24,594
 
148.8
 
12.84
 
8.36
 
11.34
 
-0.25
 
9.95
 
5.75
 
0.06
 
-0.11
 
13.98
 
13.97
 
129.03
 
Acquirors of FSLIC Cases (1)
 
17.08
 
112,283
 
1,917.8
 
21.65
 
13.97
 
17.35
 
-1.56
 
-14.77
 
0.95
 
1.06
 
1.43
 
16.40
 
14.12
 
120.11
 
 
(1)
Average of high/low or bid/ask price per share.
(2)
Or since offering price if converted or first listed in the past 52 weeks. Percent change figures are actual year-to-date and are not annualized
(3)
EPS (earnings per share) is based on actual trailing twelve month data and is not shown on a pro forma basis.
(4)
Excludes intangibles (such as goodwill, value of core deposits, etc.).
(5)
ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing twelve month common earnings and average common equity and assets balances.
(6)
Annualized, based on last regular quarterly cash dividend announcement.
(7)
Indicated dividend as a percent of trailing twelve month earnings.
(8)
Excluded from averages due to actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
(9)
For MHC institutions, market value reflects share price multiplied by public (non-MHC) shares.
   
*
Parentheses following market averages indicate the number of institutions included in the respective averages. All figures have been adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, and secondary offerings.
 
Source:
SNL Financial, LC. and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP FINANCIAL, LC.
 
Financial Services Industry Consultants
 
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
 
Arlington, Virginia 222011
(703) 528-1700
 
 
Exhibit 1 (continued)
Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part One
Prices As Of March 15, 2011
                                                           
            Current Per Share Financials  
     Market Capitalization   Price Change Data               Tangible      
        Shares   Market   52 Week (1)       % Change From   Trailing   12 Mo.   Book   Book      
   
Price/
 
Outst-
 
Capital-
         
Last
 
Last
 
52 Wks (1)
 
MostRcnt
 
12 Mo.
 
Core
 
Value/
 
Value/
 
Assets/
 
Financial Institution
 
Share (1)
 
anding
 
ization(9)
 
High
 
Low
 
Week
 
Week
 
Ago (2)
 
YrEnd (2)
 
EPS (3)
 
EPS (3)
 
Share
 
Share (4)
 
Share
 
   
($)
 
(000)
 
($Mil)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
                                                           
Market Averages. MHC Institutions
                                                         
                                                           
All Public Companies (26)
 
9.12
 
33,964
 
122.7
 
10.94
 
6.88
 
9.11
 
0.08
 
1.63
 
5.48
 
0.22
 
0.19
 
8.11
 
7.65
 
69.37
 
NASDAQ Listed OTC Companies (26)
 
9.12
 
33,964
 
122.7
 
10.94
 
6.88
 
9.11
 
0.08
 
1.63
 
5.48
 
0.22
 
0.19
 
8.11
 
7.65
 
69.37
 
Mid-Atlantic Companies (15)
 
9.20
 
28,483
 
120.9
 
11.38
 
7.04
 
9.18
 
0.16
 
-7.68
 
2.04
 
0.21
 
0.23
 
8.10
 
7.73
 
74.57
 
Mid-west Companies (6)
 
8.19
 
72,177
 
190.2
 
9.99
 
6.15
 
8.20
 
-0.70
 
5.87
 
1.15
 
0.17
 
0.02
 
7.56
 
6.78
 
53.00
 
New England Companies (3)
 
8.93
 
12,010
 
53.8
 
9.45
 
5.72
 
8.95
 
-0.15
 
32.27
 
21.36
 
0.32
 
0.35
 
8.02
 
7.44
 
78.76
 
South-East Companies (2)
 
11.20
 
12,468
 
71.7
 
12.25
 
9.25
 
11.03
 
1.74
 
14.90
 
18.22
 
0.28
 
0.09
 
9.68
 
9.54
 
57.14
 
Thrift Strategy (26)
 
9.12
 
33,964
 
122.7
 
10.94
 
6.88
 
9.11
 
0.08
 
1.63
 
5.48
 
0.22
 
0.19
 
8.11
 
7.65
 
69.37
 
Companies Issuing Dividends (16)
 
9.77
 
17,151
 
64.7
 
11.41
 
7.43
 
9.72
 
0.37
 
0.46
 
6.62
 
0.26
 
0.22
 
8.18
 
7.79
 
69.96
 
Companies without Dividends (10)
 
8.16
 
59,183
 
209. 8
 
10.23
 
6.05
 
8.19
 
-0.36
 
3.38
 
3.76
 
0.16
 
0.15
 
8.00
 
7.44
 
68.47
 
Equity/Assets <6% (1)
 
10.15
 
2,485
 
9.2
 
10.15
 
6.00
 
10.15
 
0.00
 
27.83
 
19.41
 
0.82
 
0.77
 
9.81
 
8.26
 
164.40
 
Equity/Assets 6-12% (13)
 
8.95
 
20,519
 
91.9
 
10.25
 
6.50
 
8.94
 
-0.33
 
9.45
 
6.76
 
0.32
 
0.25
 
8.20
 
7.86
 
82.73
 
Equity /Assets >12% (12)
 
9.21
 
50,032
 
163.1
 
11.69
 
7.33
 
9.19
 
0.49
 
-8.37
 
3.04
 
0.08
 
0.08
 
7.88
 
7.39
 
48.08
 
Market Value Below $20 Million (l)
 
0.70
 
12,889
 
2.5
 
9.48
 
0.68
 
0.68
 
2.94
 
-90.81
 
-45.74
 
-1.08
 
-0.41
 
5.68
 
5.68
 
40.68
 
Holding Company Structure(24)
 
9.13
 
35,345
 
127.8
 
10.97
 
6.89
 
9.11
 
0.10
 
2.12
 
5.29
 
0.22
 
0.18
 
8.28
 
7.78
 
71.26
 
Assets Over $1 Billion (10)
 
10.37
 
74,222
 
275.2
 
12.03
 
8.13
 
10.41
 
-0.72
 
-1.54
 
4.29
 
0.19
 
0.09
 
7.36
 
6.88
 
57.87
 
Assets $500 Million-$1 Billion (6)
 
7.76
 
7,660
 
18.8
 
10.46
 
5.57
 
7.69
 
0.90
 
-13.50
 
-0.41
 
0.11
 
0.21
 
8.01
 
8.00
 
84.45
 
Assets $250-$500 Million (9)
 
8.59
 
6,641
 
21.9
 
9.87
 
6.18
 
8.56
 
0.19
 
19.28
 
12.13
 
0.35
 
0.32
 
9.21
 
8.61
 
77.22
 
Assets less than $250 Million (1)
 
9.20
 
7,790
 
28.7
 
11.42
 
7.80
 
9.00
 
2.22
 
-17.12
 
-0.54
 
0.17
 
0.16
 
7.47
 
5.58
 
30.99
 
Goodwill Companies (15)
 
9.90
 
51,884
 
196.6
 
11.26
 
7.28
 
9.89
 
0.10
 
8.00
 
10.30
 
0.26
 
0.21
 
8.02
 
7.20
 
68.64
 
Non-Goodwill Companies (11)
 
8.13
 
11,156
 
28.8
 
10.53
 
6.37
 
8.10
 
0.05
 
-6.48
 
-0.66
 
0.17
 
0.16
 
8.22
 
8.22
 
70.29
 
MHC Institutions (26)
 
9.12
 
33,964
 
122.7
 
10.94
 
6.88
 
9.11
 
0.08
 
1.63
 
5.48
 
0.22
 
0.19
 
8.11
 
7.65
 
69.37
 
MHC Converted Last 3 Months (1)
 
12.24
 
6,348
 
27.2
 
13.50
 
11.00
 
12.25
 
-0.08
 
22.40
 
22.40
 
0.39
 
0.39
 
12.09
 
12.09
 
57.04
 
 
(1)
Average of high/low or bid/ask price per share.
(2)
Or since offering price if converted or first listed in the past 52 weeks.  Percent change figures are actual year-to-date and are not annualized
(3)
EPS (earnings per share) is based on actual trailing twelve month data and is not shown on a pro forma basis.
(4)
Excludes intangibles (such as goodwill, value of core deposits, etc.).
(5)
ROA (return on assets) and ROB (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing twelve month common earnings and average common equity and assets balances.
(6)
Annualized, based on last regular quarterly cash dividend announcement.
(7)
Indicated dividend as a percent of trailing twelve month earnings.
(8)
Excluded from averages due to actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
(9)
For MHC institutions, market value reflects share price multiplied by public (non-MHC) shares.
*
Parentheses following market averages indicate the number of institutions included in the respective averages.  All figures have been adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, and secondary offerings.
 
Source:
SNL Financial, LC. and RP Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
 
RP FINANCIAL, LC.  
Financial Services Industry Consultants  
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100  
Arlington, Virginia 222011  
(703) 528-1700  
 
Exhibit 1 (continued)
Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part One
Prices As Of March 15, 2011
                                                             
                                         
Current Per Share Financials
 
     
Market Capitalization
 
Price Change Data
             
Tangible
     
         
Shares
 
Market
 
52 Week (1)
     
% Change From
 
Trailing
 
12 Mo.
 
Book
 
Book
     
     
Price/
 
Outst-
 
Capital-
         
Last
 
Last
 
52 Wks
 
MostRcnt
 
12 Mo.
 
Core
 
Value/
 
Value/
 
Assets/
 
Financial Institution
 
Share (1)
 
anding
 
ization (9)
 
High
 
Low
 
Week
 
Week
 
Ago (2)
 
YrEnd (2)
 
EPS (3)
 
EPS (3)
 
Share
 
Share (4)
 
Share
 
     
($)
 
(000)
 
($Mil)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
NYSE Traded Companies
                                                         
AF
Astoria Financial Corp. of NY*
 
13.76
 
97,877
 
1,346.8
 
17.55
 
11.55
 
13.81
 
-0.36
 
-4.11
 
-1.08
 
0.75
 
0.72
 
12.69
 
10.80
 
184.82
 
BBX
BankAtlantic Bancorp Inc of FL*
 
0.88
 
62,571
 
55.1
 
3.28
 
0.60
 
0. 96
 
-8.33
 
-53.19
 
-23.48
 
-2.39
 
-2.43
 
1.02
 
0.78
 
72.36
 
BKU
BankUnited, Inc.*
 
28.15
 
92,972
 
2,617.2
 
29.90
 
27.25
 
28.05
 
0.36
 
4.26
 
4.26
 
1.57
 
2.62
 
13.48
 
12.74
 
116.91
 
FBC
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. of MI*
 
1.60
 
553,313
 
885.3
 
10.10
 
1.13
 
1.69
 
-5.33
 
-79.75
 
-1.84
 
-0.46
 
-0.87
 
1.47
 
1.47
 
25.01
 
NYB
New York Community Bcrp of NY*
 
17.66
 
435,647
 
7,693.5
 
19.33
 
14.40
 
17.67
 
-0.06
 
5.88
 
-6.31
 
1.25
 
1.05
 
12.69
 
6.91
 
94.55
 
NAL
NewAlliance Bancshares of CT (8)*
 
15.09
 
104,960
 
1,583.8
 
16.10
 
10.98
 
15.13
 
-0.26
 
19.38
 
0.73
 
0.55
 
0.62
 
13.90
 
8.62
 
86.01
 
PFS
Provident Fin. Serv. Inc of NJ*
 
14.08
 
59,921
 
843.7
 
15.66
 
11.14
 
14.40
 
-2.22
 
20.34
 
-6.94
 
0.83
 
0.83
 
15.38
 
9.50
 
113.89
 
                                                             
AMEX  Traded Companies
                                                         
TSH
Teche Hlding Cp of N Iberia LA*
 
35. 90
 
2,078
 
74.6
 
37.32
 
26.01
 
36.30
 
-1.10
 
7.49
 
3.07
 
3.46
 
3.52
 
36.81
 
35.04
 
362.71
 
                                                             
NASDAQ Listed OTC Companies
                                                         
ABBC
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA(8)*
 
11.74
 
20,167
 
236.8
 
13.23
 
7.84
 
11. 97
 
-1.92
 
45.84
 
-1.59
 
0.38
 
0.38
 
10.51
 
10.51
 
61.84
 
ALLB
Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA*
 
11.06
 
5,475
 
60.6
 
11.70
 
8.54
 
11.10
 
-0.36
 
8.64
 
-0.90
 
0.10
 
0.10
 
14.91
 
14.91
 
85.66
 
ABCW
Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin of WI*
 
1.07
 
21,683
 
23. 2
 
1.90
 
0.40
 
1.01
 
5.94
 
-21.90
 
-10.83
 
-2.15
 
-3.40
 
0.15
 
0.00
 
175.43
 
ANCB
Anchor Bancorp of Aberdeen, WA*
 
10.90
 
2,550
 
27.8
 
11.22
 
9.53
 
10.97
 
-0.64
 
9.00
 
9.00
 
-0.24
 
-0.24
 
25.92
 
25.92
 
213.51
 
AFCB
Athens Bancshares, Inc. of TN*
 
13.53
 
2,777
 
37.6
 
14.05
 
10.50
 
13.53
 
0.00
 
25.86
 
8.33
 
0.11
 
0.13
 
18.20
 
18.04
 
103.09
 
ACFC
Atlantic Coast Fin. Corp of GA*
 
10.25
 
2,630
 
27.0
 
21.68
 
5.51
 
10.32
 
-0.68
 
8.58
 
14.78
 
-6.99
 
-9.12
 
24.51
 
24.47
 
344.71
 
BCSB
BCSB Bancorp, Inc. of MD*
 
12.97
 
3,192
 
41.4
 
13.23
 
9.15
 
12.97
 
0.00
 
36.67
 
14.78
 
-0.01
 
0.00
 
15.82
 
15.80
 
195.39
 
BKMU
Bank Mutual Corp of WI*
 
3.82
 
45,769
 
174.8
 
7.68
 
3.80
 
4.00
 
-4.50
 
-41.32
 
-20.08
 
-1.59
 
-1.94
 
6.84
 
5.67
 
56.63
 
BFIN
BankFinancial Corp. of IL*
 
8.64
 
21,073
 
182.1
 
10.11
 
8.12
 
8.66
 
-0.23
 
-8.67
 
-11.38
 
-0.20
 
-0.22
 
12.02
 
10.82
 
72.64
 
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY*
 
14.20
 
6,435
 
91.4
 
14.59
 
8.31
 
14.10
 
0.71
 
72.12
 
20.34
 
0.77
 
0.90
 
16.86
 
16.86
 
164.55
 
BNCL
Beneficial Mut MHC of PA(43.7)
 
8.75
 
80,718
 
315.5
 
11.05
 
7.15
 
8.76
 
-0.11
 
-9.70
 
-0.91
 
-0.11
 
-0.13
 
7.63
 
6.05
 
61.07
 
BHLB
Berkshire Hills Bancorp of MA*
 
21.16
 
14,076
 
297.8
 
22.92
 
16.81
 
21.83
 
-3.07
 
13.09
 
-4.30
 
0.98
 
1.00
 
27.56
 
15.27
 
204.65
 
BOFI
Bofi Holding, Inc. Of CA*
 
14.97
 
10,236
 
153.2
 
19.27
 
10.80
 
15.03
 
-0.40
 
16.23
 
-3.48
 
2.07
 
1.45
 
12.95
 
12.95
 
162.25
 
BYFC
Broadway Financial Corp. of CA*
 
2.20
 
1,744
 
3.8
 
6.25
 
1.68
 
2.20
 
0.00
 
-63.88
 
-9.47
 
0.44
 
0.45
 
9.60
 
9.60
 
277.48
 
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA*
 
10.25
 
59, 072
 
605.5
 
11.68
 
8.63
 
10.30
 
-0.49
 
-3.85
 
-5.53
 
0.47
 
0.47
 
8.39
 
7.62
 
46.05
 
BFSB
Brooklyn Fed MHC of NY (28.2)
 
0.70
 
12,889
 
2.5
 
9.48
 
0.68
 
0.68
 
2.94
 
-90.81
 
-45.74
 
-1.08
 
-0.41
 
5.68
 
5.68
 
40.68
 
CITZ
CFS Bancorp, Inc of Munster IN*
 
5.58
 
10,850
 
60.5
 
6.25
 
4.01
 
5.63
 
-0.89
 
29.47
 
6.69
 
0.32
 
0.27
 
10.41
 
10.40
 
103.38
 
CMSB
CMS Bancorp Inc of W Plains NY*
 
9.20
 
1,863
 
17.1
 
10.75
 
7.52
 
9.20
 
0.00
 
15.00
 
-6.69
 
0.08
 
-0.15
 
11.57
 
11.57
 
131.81
 
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ*
 
9.74
 
13,314
 
129.7
 
10.25
 
6.74
 
9.85
 
-1.12
 
31.62
 
14.59
 
0.30
 
0.42
 
9.93
 
8.20
 
79.69
 
CFFN
Capitol Federal Fin Inc. of KS*
 
11.51
 
167,494
 
1,927.9
 
17.00
 
10.16
 
11.80
 
-2.46
 
-27.84
 
-3.36
 
0.21
 
0.37
 
12.05
 
12.05
 
58.50
 
CARV
Carver Bancorp, Inc. of NY*
 
0.66
 
2,484
 
1.6
 
9.05
 
0.61
 
0.69
 
-4.35
 
-91.75
 
-65.45
 
-14.96
 
-15.04
 
3.72
 
3.67
 
299.32
 
CEBK
Central Bncrp of Somerville MA*
 
18.26
 
1,667
 
30.4
 
20.00
 
8.56
 
19.45
 
-6.12
 
92.41
 
32.51
 
0.96
 
1.05
 
22.17
 
20.83
 
307.34
 
CFBK
Central Federal Corp. of OH*
 
1.41
 
4,122
 
5.8
 
2.26
 
0.45
 
1.60
 
-11.88
 
41.00
 
176.47
 
-1.96
 
-2.21
 
2.30
 
2.27
 
69.61
 
CHFN
Charter Fin Corp MHC GA (49.0)
 
10.15
 
18,588
 
116.3
 
11.00
 
7.50
 
9.80
 
3.57
 
7.41
 
14.04
 
0.16
 
-0.21
 
7.26
 
6.98
 
57.23
 
CHEV
Cheviot Fin Cp MHC of OH(38.5)
 
8.60
 
8,865
 
29.4
 
9.55
 
7.30
 
8.55
 
0.58
 
-3.91
 
-3.37
 
0.24
 
0.20
 
7.96
 
7.96
 
39.55
 
CBNK
Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. of MA*
 
13.89
 
6,012
 
83.5
 
14.50
 
10.79
 
14.00
 
-0.79
 
9.11
 
9.80
 
0.08
 
0.06
 
15.28
 
15.28
 
95.43
 
CZWI
Citizens Comm Bncorp Inc of WI*
 
4.94
 
5,113
 
25.3
 
5.70
 
3.51
 
4.75
 
4.00
 
26.67
 
25.06
 
-1.47
 
-1.18
 
10.13
 
9.99
 
113.50
 
CSBC
Citizens South Bnkg Corp of NC*
 
4.74
 
11,509
 
54.6
 
6.90
 
3.90
 
4.77
 
-0.63
 
3.95
 
9.22
 
0.66
 
1.86
 
6.34
 
6.19
 
92.49
 
CSBK
Clifton Svg Bp MHC of NJ(35.8)
 
11.50
 
26,137
 
110.5
 
12.18
 
8.08
 
11.71
 
-1.79
 
19.29
 
6.38
 
0.33
 
0.33
 
6.83
 
6.83
 
43.04
 
COBK
Colonial Financial Serv. of NJ*
 
12.44
 
4,173
 
51.9
 
13.09
 
8.99
 
12.60
 
-1.27
 
31.36
 
1.97
 
0.90
 
0. 97
 
16.80
 
16.80
 
142.07
 
CFFC
Community Fin. Corp. of VA*
 
3.35
 
4,362
 
14.6
 
5.29
 
2.72
 
3.25
 
3.08
 
-15.83
 
-3.74
 
0.15
 
0.15
 
8.42
 
8.42
 
120.97
 
DNBK
Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of MA(8)*
 
21.15
 
20,724
 
438.3
 
22.18
 
13.65
 
21.36
 
-0.98
 
42.42
 
19.69
 
0.88
 
0.81
 
13.77
 
12.17
 
137.68
 
DCOM
Dime Community Bancshars of NY*
 
14.47
 
34,593
 
500.6
 
15.89
 
11.18
 
14.58
 
-0.75
 
8.07
 
-0.82
 
1.20
 
1.22
 
9.50
 
7.89
 
116.80
 
ESBF
ESB Financial Corp. of PA*
 
12.92
 
12,034
 
155.5
 
17.19
 
11.90
 
13.04
 
-0.92
 
-1.90
 
-20.44
 
1.22
 
1.28
 
13.95
 
10.42
 
159.04
 
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA*
 
12.40
 
12,830
 
159.1
 
13.52
 
10.62
 
12.49
 
-0.72
 
-4.17
 
-6.20
 
0.37
 
0.30
 
12.95
 
12.95
 
84.26
 
EBMT
Eagle Bancorp Montanta of MT*
 
11.40
 
4,083
 
46.5
 
11.81
 
8.76
 
11.40
 
0.00
 
22.06
 
5.26
 
0.62
 
0.28
 
12.92
 
12.92
 
81.54
 
ESBK
Elmira Svgs Bank, FSB of NY*
 
17.15
 
1,964
 
33.7
 
18.50
 
14.88
 
17.02
 
0.76
 
7.86
 
-6.03
 
1.72
 
1.19
 
19.31
 
12.73
 
254.50
 
FFDF
FFD Financial Corp of Dover OH*
 
14.90
 
1,012
 
15.1
 
15.00
 
12.52
 
14.90
 
0.00
 
12.45
 
4.63
 
1.33
 
0.85
 
18.34
 
18.34
 
206.72
 
FFCO
FedFirst Financial Corp of PA*
 
13.75
 
2, 993
 
41.2
 
14.68
 
7.84
 
13.90
 
-1.08
 
13.26
 
-0.07
 
0.36
 
0.37
 
19.90
 
19.44
 
115.19
 
FSBI
Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. of PA*
 
9.10
 
3,062
 
27.9
 
10.50
 
4.90
 
9.00
 
1.11
 
85.71
 
60.49
 
0.22
 
0.52
 
13.97
 
13.10
 
227.52
 
FABK
First Advantage Bancorp of TN*
 
13.65
 
4,108
 
56.1
 
13.82
 
10.12
 
13.71
 
-0.44
 
31.12
 
12.53
 
0.41
 
0.20
 
16.24
 
16.24
 
84.04
 
FBSI
First Bancshares, Inc. of MO*
 
6.29
 
1,551
 
9.8
 
9.70
 
5.76
 
6.29
 
0.00
 
-26.86
 
-6.26
 
-2.11
 
-1.99
 
13.25
 
13.17
 
131.84
 
FCAP
First Capital, Inc. of IN*
 
15.77
 
2,787
 
44.0
 
16.81
 
14.19
 
15.77
 
0.00
 
5.20
 
-5.23
 
1.17
 
1.04
 
17.41
 
15.43
 
162.34
 
FCLF
First Clover Leaf Fin Cp of IL*
 
7.25
 
7,911
 
57.4
 
7.57
 
5.19
 
7.24
 
0.14
 
7.41
 
6.93
 
0.25
 
0.17
 
9.89
 
8.30
 
73.14
 
FCFL
First Community Bk Corp of FL*
 
0.28
 
5,457
 
1.5
 
3.25
 
0.25
 
0.28
 
0.00
 
-89.27
 
-77.05
 
-3.81
 
-4.07
 
2.18
 
2.18
 
92.65
 
FDEF
First Defiance Fin. Corp of OH*
 
14.00
 
8,118
 
113.7
 
14.85
 
8.53
 
14.01
 
-0.07
 
34.49
 
17.65
 
0.75
 
0.19
 
25.11
 
17.27
 
250.74
 
FFNM
First Fed of N. Michigan of MI*
 
3.50
 
2,884
 
10.1
 
4.01
 
1.25
 
3.59
 
-2.51
 
121.52
 
25.00
 
0.23
 
0.15
 
8.21
 
7.99
 
74.94
 
FFBH
First Fed. Bancshares of AR(8)*
 
2.30
 
4,847
 
11.1
 
4.00
 
0.94
 
2.32
 
-0.86
 
-36.11
 
53.33
 
-4.88
 
-5.30
 
4.79
 
4.79
 
130.46
 
FFNW
First Fin NW, Inc of Renton WA*
 
5.66
 
18,805
 
106.4
 
7.64
 
3.21
 
5.78
 
-2.08
 
-22.04
 
41.50
 
-2.88
 
-2.91
 
9.28
 
9.28
 
63.48
 
 
 
 

 
 
RP FINANCIAL, LC.
 
Financial Services Industry Consultants
 
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
 
Arlington, Virginia 222011
 
(703) 528-1700
 
 
Exhibit 1 (continued)
Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part One
Prices As Of March 15, 2011
                                                           
                           
Current Per Share Financials
 
   
Market Capitalization
 
Price Change Data
             
Tangible
     
       
Shares
 
Market
 
52 Week (1)
     
% Change From
 
Trailing
 
12 Mo.
 
Book
 
Book
     
   
Price/
 
Outst-
 
Capital-
         
Last
 
Last
 
52 Wks
 
MostRcnt
 
12 Mo.
 
Core
 
Value/
 
Value/
 
Assets/
 
Financial Institution
 
Share(l)
 
anding
 
ization (9)
 
High
 
Low
 
Week
 
Week
 
Ago(2)
 
YrEnd (2)
 
EPS(3)
 
EPS(3)
 
Share
 
Share(4)
 
Share
 
   
($)
 
(000)
 
($Mil)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
NASDAQ Listed OTC Companies (continued)
                                                         
FFCH
First Fin. Holdings Inc. of SC*
 
10.28
 
16,527
 
169. 9
 
15.70
 
8.98
 
10.51
 
-2.19
 
-21.47
 
-10.69
 
-2.11
 
-2.11
 
15.15
 
12.86
 
199.75
 
FFHS
First Franklin Corp. of OH (8)*
 
14.40
 
1,686
 
24.3
 
16.49
 
5.40
 
14.45
 
-0.35
 
117.52
 
-2.31
 
-1.23
 
-2.32
 
12.56
 
12.56
 
163.02
 
FPTB
First PacTrust Bancorp of CA*
 
16.14
 
9,729
 
157.0
 
16.68
 
6.08
 
16.59
 
-2.71
 
157.83
 
21.63
 
0.19
 
-0.01
 
13.98
 
13.98
 
88.56
 
FPFC
First Place Fin. Corp. of OH*
 
2.02
 
16,974
 
34.3
 
5.71
 
2.00
 
2.25
 
-10.22
 
-48.21
 
-22.61
 
-2.10
 
-2.91
 
10.76
 
10.24
 
185.73
 
FSFG
First Savings Fin. Grp. of IN*
 
15.26
 
2,369
 
36.2
 
18.49
 
11.10
 
16.00
 
-4.63
 
36.25
 
3.11
 
1.19
 
1.61
 
22.86
 
19.35
 
217.43
 
FFIC
Flushing Fin. Corp. of NY*
 
14.20
 
31,256
 
443.6
 
15.00
 
10.51
 
14.16
 
0.28
 
9.23
 
1.43
 
1.24
 
1.29
 
12.48
 
11.92
 
138.37
 
FXCB
Fox Chase Bancorp , Inc. of PA *
 
12.95
 
14,547
 
188.4
 
13.45
 
9.13
 
12.90
 
0.39
 
25.85
 
9.28
 
0.19
 
0.10
 
14.14
 
14.14
 
75.31
 
GSLA
GS Financial Corp. of LA*
 
14.00
 
1,258
 
17.6
 
14.18
 
8.50
 
11.99
 
16.76
 
0.07
 
57.13
 
0.32
 
-0.27
 
22.01
 
22.01
 
209.71
 
GCBC
Green Co Bcrp MHC of NY (44.1)
 
18.48
 
4,135
 
33.5
 
19.97
 
14.46
 
18.00
 
2.67
 
24.86
 
-5.08
 
1.25
 
1.21
 
11.10
 
11.10
 
128.50
 
HFFC
HF Financial Corp. of SD*
 
11.03
 
6,979
 
77.0
 
11.73
 
9.25
 
11.00
 
0.27
 
10.52
 
2.13
 
0.74
 
0.42
 
13.53
 
12.90
 
175.67
 
HMNF
HMN Financial, Inc. of MN*
 
2.59
 
4,310
 
11.2
 
6.78
 
2.02
 
2.56
 
1.17
 
-49.61
 
-7.83
 
-4.38
 
-5.08
 
13.00
 
13.00
 
210.53
 
HBNK
Hampden Bancorp, Inc. of MA*
 
12.70
 
6,822
 
86.6
 
12.72
 
9.06
 
12.60
 
0.79
 
28.15
 
12.09
 
0.22
 
0.17
 
13.59
 
13.59
 
82.86
 
HARL
Harleysville Svgs Fin Cp of PA*
 
15.10
 
3,705
 
55.9
 
16.20
 
13.30
 
15.10
 
0.00
 
9.90
 
1.96
 
1.35
 
1.35
 
14.63
 
14.63
 
231.22
 
HBOS
Heritage Fin Group, Inc of GA*
 
13.07
 
8,711
 
113.9
 
15.98
 
9.32
 
13.10
 
-0.23
 
4.31
 
5.23
 
-0.16
 
0.19
 
13.74
 
13.44
 
82.56
 
HIFS
Hingham Inst. for Sav. of MA*
 
49.95
 
2,124
 
106.1
 
51.51
 
31.61
 
48.86
 
2.23
 
53.69
 
12.25
 
4.82
 
4.82
 
34.24
 
34.24
 
479.21
 
HBCP
Home Bancorp Inc. Lafayette LA*
 
13.36
 
8,131
 
108.6
 
14.81
 
12.34
 
13.62
 
-1.91
 
-4.57
 
-3.33
 
0.58
 
0.64
 
16.18
 
15.96
 
86.14
 
HOME
Home Federal Bancorp Inc of ID*
 
10.86
 
16,710
 
181.5
 
16.12
 
10.31
 
10.77
 
0.84
 
-21.48
 
-11.49
 
-0.31
 
-0.20
 
12.06
 
11.83
 
82.62
 
HFBL
Home Federal Bancorp Inc of LA*
 
12.75
 
3,046
 
38.8
 
13.30
 
8.45
 
13.10
 
-2.67
 
36.66
 
10.87
 
0.75
 
0.17
 
16.61
 
16.61
 
69.25
 
HFBC
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of KY*
 
9.11
 
7,335
 
66.8
 
14.74
 
8.74
 
9.40
 
-3.09
 
-18.52
 
0.77
 
1.08
 
0.65
 
13.80
 
13.67
 
152.77
 
HCBK
Hudson City Bancorp, Inc of NJ*
 
9.77
 
526,718
 
5,146.0
 
14.75
 
9.51
 
9.92
 
-1.51
 
-27.74
 
-23.31
 
1.02
 
0.83
 
10.46
 
10.16
 
116.13
 
I SBC
Investors Bcrp MHC of NJ (43.0)
 
14.22
 
112,851
 
711.7
 
14.59
 
10.56
 
14.20
 
0.14
 
3.49
 
8.38
 
0.55
 
0.50
 
7.99
 
7.72
 
85.09
 
JXSB
Jacksonville Bancorp Inc of IL*
 
12.33
 
1,927
 
23.8
 
15.97
 
9.35
 
12.25
 
0.65
 
11.28
 
14.38
 
0.91
 
0.57
 
19.09
 
17.67
 
157.67
 
JFBI
Jefferson Bancshares Inc of TN *
 
3.85
 
6,636
 
25.5
 
5.02
 
2.75
 
3.88
 
-0.77
 
-14.44
 
18.83
 
-3.53
 
-3.73
 
8.51
 
8.17
 
92.48
 
KFFB
KY Fst Fed Bp MHC of KY (39.3)
 
9.20
 
7,790
 
28.7
 
11.42
 
7.80
 
9.00
 
2.22
 
-17.12
 
-0.54
 
0.17
 
0.16
 
7.47
 
5.58
 
30.99
 
KFFG
Kaiser Federal Fin Group of CA*
 
12.25
 
9,559
 
117.1
 
14.70
 
9.58
 
13.00
 
-5.77
 
-2.62
 
5.79
 
0.75
 
0.75
 
16.05
 
15.63
 
92.30
 
KRNY
Kearny Fin Cp MHC of NJ (25.1)
 
9.34
 
67, 975
 
167.4
 
10.85
 
8.24
 
9.56
 
-2.30
 
-8.43
 
8.60
 
0.08
 
0.11
 
7.01
 
5.42
 
42.39
 
LSBI
LSB Fin.Corp of Lafayette IN*
 
15.40
 
1,554
 
23.9
 
16.36
 
8.90
 
15.40
 
0.00
 
53.69
 
13.40
 
1.36
 
0.93
 
22.89
 
22.89
 
239.28
 
LPSB
LaPorte Bancrp MHC of IN (45.0)
 
9.99
 
4,586
 
20.6
 
10.01
 
5.50
 
9.99
 
0.00
 
76.81
 
10.51
 
0.65
 
0.46
 
11.15
 
9.15
 
97.90
 
LSBK
Lake Shore Bnp MHC of NY (39.4)
 
10.61
 
5, 997
 
26.0
 
14.00
 
7.52
 
10.36
 
2.41
 
31.31
 
14.95
 
0.49
 
0.38
 
9.65
 
9.65
 
79.39
 
LEGC
Legacy Bancorp, Inc. of MA (8)*
 
12.97
 
8,632
 
112.0
 
13.75
 
7.36
 
13.32
 
-2.63
 
34.96
 
-1.29
 
-0.84
 
-0.66
 
13.61
 
11.84
 
112.61
 
LABC
Louisiana Bancorp, Inc. of LA*
 
14.75
 
3,640
 
53.7
 
15.50
 
13.92
 
14.93
 
-1.21
 
-1.67
 
1.03
 
0.68
 
0.56
 
16.92
 
16.92
 
88.57
 
MSBF
MSB Fin Corp MHC of NJ (40.3)
 
5.80
 
5,175
 
12.4
 
8.34
 
5.15
 
5.88
 
-1.36
 
-20.00
 
-1.69
 
0.14
 
0.14
 
7.79
 
7.79
 
67.75
 
MGYR
Magyar Bancorp MHC of NJ (44.7)
 
4.25
 
5,783
 
11.0
 
5.36
 
3.01
 
4.24
 
0.24
 
-5.35
 
6.25
 
0.70
 
0.58
 
7.63
 
7.63
 
91.04
 
MLVF
Malvern Fed Bncp MHC PA (4 4. 6)
 
8.00
 
6,103
 
21.8
 
9.85
 
5.05
 
8.15
 
-1.84
 
-15.79
 
6.67
 
-0.64
 
-0.63
 
10.59
 
10.59
 
113.29
 
MFLR
Mayflower Bancorp , Inc. of MA *
 
8.37
 
2,080
 
17.4
 
10.35
 
6.82
 
6.92
 
-6.17
 
7.31
 
-7.00
 
0.65
 
0.38
 
10.04
 
10.04
 
118.03
 
EBSB
Meridian Fn Serv MHC MA (41.4)
 
12. 95
 
22,481
 
122.4
 
13.39
 
9.85
 
13.01
 
-0.46
 
24.64
 
9.84
 
0.59
 
0.55
 
9.59
 
8.98
 
81.66
 
CASH
Meta Financial Group of IA*
 
17.13
 
3.112
 
53.3
 
37.88
 
11.90
 
17.23
 
-0.58
 
-25.29
 
24.31
 
3.83
 
3.66
 
22.73
 
22.34
 
363.00
 
MFSF
MutualFirst Fin. Inc. of IN*
 
9.37
 
6, 985
 
65.4
 
10.50
 
5.90
 
9.29
 
0.86
 
54.62
 
0.75
 
0.68
 
0.60
 
14.22
 
13.57
 
201.08
 
NASB
NASB Fin, Inc. of Grandview MO*
 
13.59
 
7,866
 
106.9
 
24.91
 
12.49
 
14.11
 
-3.69
 
-35.65
 
-18.91
 
0.89
 
-2.32
 
21.58
 
21.26
 
169.95
 
NECB
NE Comm Bncrp MHC of NY (44.6)
 
6.00
 
13,140
 
35.7
 
7.50
 
4.40
 
6.00
 
0.00
 
-18.92
 
7.14
 
-0.07
 
-0.07
 
8.20
 
8.06
 
38.05
 
NHTB
NH Thrift Bancshares of NH*
 
13.33
 
5,774
 
77.0
 
13.55
 
9.30
 
13.25
 
0.60
 
30.05
 
6.22
 
1.31
 
0.86
 
14.28
 
9.29
 
172.33
 
NVSL
Naug Vlly Fin MHC of CT (40.4)
 
8.54
 
7,019
 
24.3
 
9.07
 
4.70
 
8.54
 
0.00
 
33.44
 
26.52
 
0.21
 
0.23
 
7.45
 
7.44
 
80.96
 
NFSB
Newport Bancorp, Inc. of RI*
 
14.20
 
3,489
 
49.5
 
14.47
 
10.97
 
14.20
 
0.00
 
17.84
 
18.33
 
0.52
 
0.54
 
14.25
 
14.25
 
128.89
 
FFFD
North Central Bancshares of IA*
 
16.64
 
1,351
 
22.5
 
19.66
 
12.11
 
16.62
 
0.12
 
4.52
 
-0.30
 
0.87
 
0.87
 
28.90
 
28.40
 
334.76
 
NFBK
Northfield Bcp MHC of NY (43.4)
 
12.97
 
43,541
 
247.5
 
15.30
 
10.51
 
12.95
 
0.15
 
-11.47
 
-2.63
 
0.32
 
0.30
 
9.11
 
8.74
 
51.61
 
NWBI
Northwest Bancshares Inc of PA*
 
12.28
 
110,295
 
1,354.4
 
12.79
 
10.24
 
12.18
 
0.82
 
4.16
 
4.24
 
0.52
 
0.52
 
11.85
 
10.26
 
73.88
 
OBAF
OBA Financial Serv. Inc of MD*
 
14.02
 
4,629
 
64.9
 
14.30
 
10.20
 
14.05
 
-0.21
 
33.91
 
1.45
 
-0.07
 
0.10
 
17.41
 
17.41
 
76.52
 
OSHC
Ocean shore Holding Co. of NJ*
 
12.06
 
7,297
 
88.0
 
12.40
 
10.12
 
12.27
 
-1.71
 
8.65
 
5.33
 
0.73
 
0.73
 
13.61
 
13.61
 
114.86
 
OCFC
OceanFirst Fin. Corp of NJ*
 
12.94
 
18,823
 
243.6
 
14.13
 
11.03
 
13.30
 
-2.71
 
14.41
 
0.54
 
1.08
 
0.95
 
10.69
 
10.69
 
119.61
 
OFED
Oconee Fed Fn Cp MHC SC (35.0)
 
12.24
 
6,348
 
27.2
 
13.50
 
11.00
 
12.25
 
-0.08
 
22.40
 
22.40
 
0.39
 
0.39
 
12.09
 
12.09
 
57.04
 
OABC
OmniAmerican Bancorp Inc of TX*
 
15.44
 
11, 903
 
183.8
 
15.93
 
11.00
 
15.58
 
-0.90
 
33. 91
 
13.95
 
0.14
 
0.04
 
16.69
 
16.69
 
93.12
 
ONFC
Oneida Financial Corp. of NY*
 
8.82
 
7,165
 
63.2
 
10.95
 
7.06
 
8.80
 
0.23
 
-12.67
 
12.36
 
0.50
 
0.56
 
12.06
 
8.62
 
90.43
 
ORIT
Oritani Financial Corp of NJ*
 
12.23
 
56,202
 
687.4
 
12.98
 
9.06
 
12.26
 
-0.24
 
13.98
 
-0.08
 
0.27
 
0.28
 
11.42
 
11.42
 
45.71
 
PSBH
PSB Hldgs Inc MHC of CT (42.9)
 
5.30
 
6,529
 
14.8
 
5.89
 
2.60
 
5.30
 
0.00
 
38.74
 
27.71
 
0.15
 
0.26
 
7.01
 
5.89
 
73.66
 
PVFC
PVF Capital Corp. of Solon OH*
 
1.89
 
25,670
 
48.5
 
2.75
 
1.61
 
1.90
 
-0.53
 
-5.50
 
3.85
 
-0.23
 
-0.42
 
3.03
 
3.03
 
32.36
 
PFED
Park Bancorp of Chicago IL*
 
3.85
 
1,193
 
4.6
 
6.33
 
3.25
 
3.85
 
0.00
 
-25.53
 
6.94
 
-4.23
 
-4.21
 
17.71
 
17.71
 
180.56
 
PVSA
parkvale Financial Corp of PA*
 
9.75
 
5,576
 
54.4
 
12.39
 
5.75
 
10.21
 
-4.51
 
36.36
 
6.21
 
-3.10
 
1.15
 
16.21
 
11.18
 
321.22
 
PBHC
Pathfinder BC MHC of NY (36.3)
 
10.15
 
2,485
 
9.2
 
10.15
 
6.00
 
10.15
 
0.00
 
27.83
 
19.41
 
0.82
 
0.77
 
9.81
 
8.26
 
164.40
 
PEOP
peoples Fed Bancshrs Inc of MA*
 
13.81
 
7,142
 
98.6
 
14.91
 
10.10
 
14.05
 
-1.71
 
38.10
 
6.15
 
-0.01
 
0.45
 
16.19
 
16.19
 
74.24
 
PBCT
Peoples united Financial of CT*
 
12.30
 
359,130
 
4,417.3
 
16.79
 
12.17
 
12.55
 
-1.99
 
-20.85
 
-12.21
 
0.24
 
0.28
 
14.53
 
9.07
 
69.72
 
PROV
Provident Fin. Holdings of   CA*
 
8.33
 
11,407
 
95.0
 
8.70
 
3.30
 
8.50
 
-2.00
 
131.39
 
15.06
 
1.08
 
-0.35
 
11.99
 
11.99
 
119.06
 
PBNY
Provident NY Bncrp, Inc. of NY*
 
9.54
 
38,199
 
364.4
 
11.09
 
7.86
 
9.30
 
2.58
 
4.72
 
-9.06
 
0.55
 
0.36
 
10.99
 
6.69
 
76.98
 
PBIP
Prudential Bncp MHC PA (25.5)
 
6.59
 
10,031
 
20.0
 
9.05
 
5.50
 
6.50
 
1.38
 
-27.34
 
8.93
 
0.23
 
0.26
 
5.58
 
5.58
 
52.20
 
PULB
pulaski Fin Cp of St. Louis MO*
 
7.42
 
10,446
 
77.5
 
8.00
 
5.50
 
7.49
 
-0.93
 
9.12
 
-2.11
 
0.30
 
-0.11
 
6.37
 
7.98
 
140.43
 
RIVR
River Valley Bancorp of IN*
 
14.55
 
1,514
 
22.0
 
16.50
 
13.03
 
15.30
 
-4.90
 
11.49
 
-9.06
 
1.65
 
1.08
 
18.13
 
18.08
 
252.52
 
 
 
 

 
 
RP FINANCIAL, LC.
 
Financial Services Industry Consultants
 
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
 
Arlington, Virginia  222011
 
(703) 528-1700
 
 
Exhibit 1 (continued)
Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part One
Prices As Of March 15, 2011
 
                                                           
Current Per Share Financials
 
     
Market Capitalization
   
Price Change Date
                     
Tangible
       
           
Shares
   
Market
   
52 Week (1)
         
% Change From
   
Trailing
   
12 Mo.
   
Book
   
Book
       
   
Price/
   
Outst-
   
Capital-
               
Last
   
Last
   
52 Wks
   
MostRcnt
   
12 MO.
   
Core
   
Value/
   
value/
   
Assets/
 
Financial Institution
 
Share (1)
   
anding
   
ization(9)
   
High
   
Low
   
Week
   
Week
   
Ago (2)
   
YrEnd (2)
   
EPS(3)
   
EPS (3)
   
Share
   
Share (4)
   
Share
 
     
($)
    (000)    
($Mil)
   
($)
   
($)
   
($)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
($)
   
($)
   
($)
   
($)
   
($)
 
NASDAQ Listed OTC Companies (continued)
                                                                                   
RVSB
Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA*
  3.06     22,472     68.8     4.23     1.71     3.07     -0.33     28.57     12.50     -0.06     -0.07     4.72     3.57     37.31  
RCKBD
Rockville Fin New, Inc. of CT*
  10.54     28,416     299.5     10.87     6.92     10.65     -1.03     36.00     30.77     0.39     0.36     11.02     10.98     61.00  
ROMA
Roma Fin Corp MHC of NJ (26.2)
  10.60     30,281     88.2     12.96     9.29     10.61     -0.09     -14.24     0.00     0.17     0.13     6.96     6.90     60.08  
ROME
Rome Bancorp, Inc. of Rome NY(8)*
  11.82     6,778     80.1     12.96     8. 12     12.03     -1.75     28.48     -1.66     0.33     0.38     8.95     8.95     48.28  
SIFI
SI Financial Group, Inc. of CT*
  9.40     10,577     99.4     10.02     6. 11     9.48     -0.84     20.67     -4.37     0.25     0.22     12.07     11.67     88.50  
SPBC
SP Bancorp, Inc. of Plano, TX*
  11.00     1,725     19.0     11.69     8.71     11.11     -0.99     10.00     17.27     0.09     -0.08     17.90     17.90     136.36  
SVBI
Severn Bancorp, Inc. of MD*
  4.67     10,067     47.0     6.57     2. 80     4.83     -3.31     13.35     35.36     -0.21     -0.41     7.87     7.83     96.94  
STND
Standard Financial Corp. of PA*
  14.81     3,478     51.5     14.93     10. 90     14.81     0.00     48.10     6.93     0.53     0.89     21.48     18.71     124.07  
SUPR
Superior Bancorp of AL (8)*
  0.41     12,560     5.1     4.50     0. 34     0.48     -14.58     -87.94     -28.07     -16.47     -17.42     0.24     -0.86     252.11  
THRD
TF Fin. Corp. of Newtown PA*
  20.75     2,823     58.6     22.86     17.85     20.90     -0.72     15.99     -2.26     1.19     0.98     26.11     24.50     245.04  
TFSL
TFS Fin Corp MHC of OH (26.4)
  10.47     308,396     850.1     14.46     7. 76     10.65     -1.69     -20.50     16.08     -0.02     -0.07     5.67     5.64     35.88  
TBNK
Territorial Bancorp, Inc of HI*
  18.91     12,177     230.3     20.80     16. 46     19.56     -3.32     -7.98     -5.02     0.91     0.99     18.67     18.67     118.54  
TSBK
Timberland Bancorp, Inc. of WA*
  5.55     7,045     39.1     6.08     2. 90     5.50     0.91     43.41     53.74     -0.31     -0.30     10.04     9.17     102.55  
TRST
TrustCo Bank Corp NY of NY*
  5.71     77,130     440.4     7.18     5. 19     5.82     -1.89     -8.49     -9.94     0.38     0.35     3.31     3.30     51.27  
UCBA
United Comm Bncp MHC IN    (40. 7) (8)
7.12     7,846     22.7     8.13     6. 04     7.25     -1.79     9.54     -1.79     0.15     0.12     7.04     6.57     62.55  
UCFC
United Community Fin. of OH*
  1.36     30,925     42.1     2.30     1. 12     1.41     -3.55     -6.21     1.49     -1.17     -1.40     6.51     6.49     74.95  
UBNK
United Financial Bncrp of MA*
  14.87     16,109     239.5     16.05     12. 68     15.01     -0.93     0.75     -2.62     0.62     0.66     13.82     13.28     98.38  
VPFG
ViewPoint Financal Group of TX*
  13.20     34,839     459.9     13.75     8.82     13.08     0.92     15.08     12.92     0.51     0.26     11.38     11.35     84.45  
WSB
WSB Holdings, Inc. of Bowie MD*
  3.29     7,929     26.1     3.75     1.85     3.25     1.23     -9.12     43.04     -0.51     -0.41     6.50     6.50     48.65  
WSFS
WSFS Financial Corp. of DE*
  40.28     8,525     343.4     50.99     32.87     41.03     -1.83     8.25     -15.09     1.42     1.00     37.25     35.70     445.62  
WVFC
WVS Financial Corp. of PA*
  8.60     2,058     17.7     14.25     8.31     8.70     -1.15     -38.62     -5.39     0.17     0.23     13.56     13.56     132.62  
WFSL
Washington Federal, Inc. of WA*
  17.08     112,283     1,917.8     21.65     13.97     17.35     -1.56     -14.77     0.95     1.06     1.43     16.40     14.12     120.11  
WSBF
Waterstone Fin MHC of WI (26.2)
  2.70     31,250     22.1     4.52     2.37     2.83     -4.59     -5.92     -16.92     -0.18     -0.65     5.56     5.56     60.68  
WAYN
Wayne Savings Bancshares of OH*
  8.32     3,004     25.0     9.93     7.11     8.32     0.00     -4.37     -7.35     0.74     0.69     12.65     11.97     136.32  
WFD
Westfield Fin. Inc. of MA*
  8.42     28,166     237.2     10.37     7.23     8.53     -1.29     -4.10     -8.97     0.11     0.01     7.86     7.86     44.01  
WBKC
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. of MI*
  13.59     2,508     34.1     13.70     11.00     13.55     0.30     35.90     35.90     -1.74     -1.08     24.93     24.93     130.93  
 
 
 

 
 
RP FINANCIAL, LC.
 
Financial Services Industry Consultants
 
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
 
Arlington, Virginia 22201
 
(703) 528-1700
 
 
Exhibit 1
Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part Two
Prices As Of March 15, 2011
                                                                               
    Key Financial Ratios   Asset Quality Ratios   Pricing Ratios   Dividend Data (6)  
           Tang.                                    Price/    Price/    Ind.    Divi-      
     Equity/      Equity/   Reported Earnings   Core Earnings    NPAs    Resvs/    Resvs/    Price/    Price/    Price/    Tang.    Core    Div. /    dend    Payout  
Financial Institution     Assets     Assets   ROA (5)     ROE (5)   ROI (5)   ROA (5)   ROE (5)   Assets   NPAs   Loans   Earning   Book   Assets   Book   Earnings   Share   Yield    Ratio (7)  
   
(%)
   
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(X)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(X)
 
($)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
                                                                             
Market Averages. All Public Companies (no MHCs)
                                                             
                                                                             
All Public Companies  (122)
  11.56     10.89   0.00   1.32   3.58   -0.08   1.08   3.59   60.63   1.81   17.49   79.89   9.57   87.80   17.65   0.22   1.65   29.13  
NYSE Traded Companies (7)
  8.77     6.73   -0.20   0.99   -0.95   -0.37   9.78   6.33   36.45   2.19   16.84   123.85   11.70   162.30   15.91   0.42   2.43   52.67  
AMEX Traded Companies (1)
  10.15     9.71   0.95   9.65   9.64   0.96   9.82   2.60   50.80   1.68   10.38   97.53   9.90   102.45   10.20   1.44   4.01   41.62  
NASDAQ Listed OTC Companies (114)
  11.74     11.14   0.01   1.25   3.75   -0.07   0.65   3.46   61.95   1.79   17.65   77.23   9.45   83.44   17.91   0.20   1.58   27.85  
California Companies (5)
  10.94     10.86   0.70   7.55   10.82   0.34   3.63   6.26   33.61   2.49   9.07   79.95   9.70   80.36   10.52   0.13   0.94   7.59  
Florida Companies (3)
  5.10     4.80   -1.90   11.69   5.58   -1.71   19.51   12.36   27.60   3.47   17.93   102.65   8.53   115.54   10.74   0.19   0.66   35.67  
Mid - Atlantic Companies (37)
  11.48     10.48   0.27   4.10   4.07   0.29   4.48   2.83   49.82   1.43   18.55   89.66   10.34   103.50   17.74   0.28   2.14   36.36  
Mid - West Companies (33)
  9.58     9.14   -0.33   -3.00   2.57   -0.56   -4.21   4.67   41.83   2.38   14.64   62.18   6.08   65.77   17.38   0.18   1.63   24.30  
New England Companies (18)
  14.17     12.99   0.48   4.23   4.09   0.47   4.03   1.16   115.62   1.10   21.18   96.41   13.54   108.94   21.70   0.30   2.00   37.73  
North - West Companies (5)
  12.57     11.53   -0.78   -6.28   -0.89   -0.73   -5.82   8.73   23.43   2.42   16.11   65.46   8.37   74.05   11.94   0.05   0.28   22.64  
South - East Companies (15)
  13.37     13.16   -0.13   -1.02   2.48   -0.17   -0.11   3.05   102.87   1.73   19.27   71.59   10.19   73.49   16.46   0.22   1.18   18.35  
South - West Companies (3)
  14.84     14.83   0.29   3.60   1.86   0.11   1.73   2.09   45.45   1.12   25.88   89.99   13.43   90.09  
NM
  0.07   0.51   13.07  
Western Companies (Excl CA) (3)
  15.40     15.32   0.36   2.59   2.47   0.30   2.06   1.32   41.21   1.18   19.56   93.19   14.36   93.77   19.10   0.26   1.99   37.97  
Thrift Strategy (116)
  11.74     11.10   0.03   1.30   3.66   -0.03   1.25   3.34   61.71   1.71   17.48   79.78   9.72   87.30   17.65   0.22   1.68   29.44  
Mortgage Banker Strategy (3)
  3.86     3.72   -1.12   9.55   12.97   -1.74   -3.09   11.19   35.39   4.62   7.71   77.87   2.94   91.15  
NM
  0.01   0.16   3.70  
Real Estate Strategy (1)
  9.36     9.36   -0.69   -7.72   -12.17   -1.26   -14.09   9.28   40.86   5.21  
NM
  62.38   5.84   62.38  
NM
  0.00   0.00   0.00  
Diversified Strategy (2)
  14.60     11.08   0.35   2.71   2.74   0.34   2.28   2.05   55.00   1.64   28.37   96.39   13.34   124.22  
NM
  0.55   3.12   33.80  
Companies Issuing Dividends (76)
  12.23     11.34   0.47   4.56   5.29   0.44   4.35   2.16   66.06   1.46   17.32   91.11   11.16   101.88   17.35   0.36   2.65   39.42  
Companies without Dividends (46)
  10.47     10.15   -0.78   -5.26   -0.36   -0.92   -5.74   5.83   52.16   2.41   18.15   60.91   6.95   63.99   18.75   0.00   0.00   0.00  
Equity/Assets <6% (12)
  3.45     3.20   -1.92   -14.64   -1.57   -2.16   -11.06   9.29   36.43   3.62   14.87   53.06   2.10   59.72   6.68   0.05   0.59   0.00  
Equity/Assets 6 - 12% (57)
  8.80     8.39   0.17   2.82   5.31   0.10   2.12   3.50   52.40   1.73   13.80   79.74   7.01   85.37   15.69   0.27   1.83   28.55  
Equity/Assets >12% (53)
  16.32     15.27   0.20   1.64   2.10   0.15   1.18   2.48   74.19   1.53   23.24   84.97   13.98   95.68   22.47   0.20   1.66   31.10  
Converted Last 3 Mths (no MHC) (7)
  16.27     16.21   -0.22   3.35   -0.62   -0.32   2.77   2.51   141.91   1.83   27.30   66.10   11.44   66.49   31.11   0.11   0.98   40.00  
Actively Traded Companies (4)
  8.90     8.11   0.30   3.60   0.15   0.39   4.26   3.02   50.28   1.74   15.17   100.06   8.93   108.61   13.23   0.40   1.59   21.13  
Market Value Below $20 Million (17)
  7.62     7.60   -1.01   -5.95   5.97   -1.14   -7.42   6.32   36.27   2.59   13.33   47.93   4.09   48.10   21.25   0.10   0.81   12.58  
Holding Company Structure (117)
  11.62     10.94   -0.02   1.06   3.54   -0.10   0.86   3.60   61.35   1.85   17.64   78.98   9.57   86.84   17.96   0.21   1.65   29.07  
Assets Over $1 Billion (56)
  11.41     10.41   0.18   2.69   4.63   0.09   2.84   3.45   50.34   1.77   17.12   93.52   10.82   106.24   16.58   0.28   2.15   34.05  
Assets $500 Million - $1 Billion (34)
  10.89     10.36   -0.33   -0.13   1.32   -0.37   -0.22   4.27   52.56   1.96   18.38   68.93   8.20   74.02   16.98   0.16   1.06   24.86  
Assets $250 - $500 Million (24)
  12.85     12.52   0.12   1.08   3.77   0.06   0.28   3.22   74.85   1.83   18.52   70.80   9.40   74.47   20.09   0.20   1.50   25.69  
Assets less than $250 Million (8)
  11.76     11.72   -0.14   -1.96   5.14   -0.35   -3.62   2.62   137.71   1.45   14.07   61.77   7.42   61.96   20.96   0.15   1.16   20.01  
Goodwill Companies(74)
  10.90     9.81   0.03   1.55   4.24   0.01   1.41   3.24   53.55   1.77   17.88   80.61   9.05   93.38   17.00   0.26   1. 98   33.29  
Non - Goodwill Companies (48)
  12.62     12.62   -0.05   0.93   2.55   -0.21   0.51   4.16   72.14   1.89   16.60   78.71   10.41   78.71   19.16   0.16   1.13   22.26  
Acquirors of FSLIC Cases (1)
  13.65     11.98   0.90   6.63   6.21   1.21   8.95   0.00   0.00   1.81   16.11   104.15   14.22   120. 96   11.94   0.24   1.41   22.64  
 
(1)
Average of high/low or bid/ask price per share.
(2)
Or since offering price if converted or first listed in the past 52 weeks. Percent change figures are actual year-to-date and are not annualized
(3)
EPS (earnings per share) is based on actual trailing twelve month data and is not shown on a pro forma basis.
(4)
Excludes intangibles (such as goodwill, value of core deposits, etc.).
(5)
ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing twelve month common earnings and average common equity and assets balances; ROI (return on investment) is current EPS divided by current price.
(6)
Annualized, based on last regular quarterly cash dividend announcement.
(7)
Indicated dividend as a percent of trailing twelve month earnings.
(8)
Excluded from averages due to actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
   
*
Parentheses following market averages indicate the number of institutions included in the respective averages. All figures have been adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, and secondary offerings.
 
Source:
SNL Financial, LC. and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP FINANCIAL, LC.
 
Financial Services Industry Consultants
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
Arlington, Virginia 22201
(703) 528-1700
 
 
Exhibit 1 (continued)
Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part Two
Prices As Of March 15, 2011
                                                                           
    Key Financial Ratios   Asset Quality Ratios   Pricing Ratios   Dividend Date (6)  
         Tang.                                                Price/    Price/    Ind.    Divi-      
     Equity/    Equity/   Reported Earnings   Core Earnings    NPAs    Resvs/    Resvs/    Price/    Price/    Price/    Tang.    Core    Div./    dend    Payout  
Financial Institution     Assets     Assets     ROA (5)     ROE (5)     ROI (5)     ROA (5)     ROE (5)     Assets   NPAs   Loans     Earning     Book     Assets     Book     Earnings     Share     Yield   Ratio (7)  
   
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(X)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(X)
 
($)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
Market Averages. MHC Institutions
                                                                         
                                                                           
All Public Companies (26)
  13.23   12.54   0.26   2.25   2.58   0.24   1.88   4.01   31.79   1.41   23.68   111.94   15.00   119.73   23.88   0.15   1.53   26.68  
NASDAQ Listed OTC Companies (26)
  13.23   12.54   0.26   2.25   2.58   0.24   1.88   4.01   31.79   1.41   23.68   111.94   15.00   119.73   23.88   0.15   1.53   26.68  
Mid-Atlantic Companies (15)
  12.38   11.87   0.18   2.18   3.08   0.26   2.61   4.57   34.34   1.50   20.61   111.88   13.79   118.76   21.76   0.17   1.67   37.57  
Mid-West Companies (6)
  16.12   14.75   0.30   1.54   0.86   0.05   -0.82   4.07   31.66   1.52   25.60   110.80   19.05   123.26   21.72   0.18   1.99   0.00  
New England Companies (3)
  10.15   9.46   0.42   3.81   3.28   0.46   4.30   2.78   24.71   1.06   28.64   108.42   11.20   116.33   27.02   0.04   0.47   19.05  
South-East Companies (2)
  16.94   16.73   0.47   2.20   2.38   0.17   -2.88   2.04   26.15   1.01   31.38   120.52   19.60   123.33   31.38   0.10   0.99   0.00  
Thrift Strategy (26)
  13.23   12.54   0.26   2.25   2.58   0.24   1.88   4.01   31.79   1.41   23.68   111.94   15.00   119.73   23.88   0.15   1.53   26. 68  
Companies Issuing Dividends (16)
  13.84   13.14   0.39   3.01   2.18   0.33   2.53   3.04   32.20   1.24   24.69   120.21   16.61   127.85   25.62   0.25   2.55   53.36  
Companies Without Dividends (10)
  12.30   11.64   0.07   0.99   3.26   0.10   0.78   5.26   31.25   1.64   22.66   99.54   12.58   107.57   22.13   0.00   0.00   0.00  
Equity/Assets <6% (1)
  5.97   5.07   0.52   6.68   8.08   0.49   6.28   1.57   56.13   1.28   12.38   103.47   6.17   122.88   13.18   0.12   1.18   14.63  
Equity/Assets 6-12% (13)
  10.05   9.69   0.38   3.74   3.02   0.29   2.79   4.01   34.13   1.32   21.14   107.00   10.83   111.24   22.40   0.13   1.23   16.16  
Equity/Assets >12% (12)
  17.01   16.02   0.11   0.23   1.60   0.17   0.48   4.22   27.24   1.52   30.93   117.58   19.91   127.97   31.38   0.18   1.86   48.09  
Market Value Below $20 Million (1)
  13.96   13.96   -2.64   -17.20   0.00   -1.00   -6.53   19.04   21.80   5.15  
NM
  12.32   1.72   12.32  
NM
  0.00   0.00   0.00  
Holding Company Structure (24)
  13.22   12.48   0.23   2.05   2.53   0.20   1.61   4.31   30.53   1.45   22.06   109.22   14.59   117.69   22.63   0.15   1.44   22.49  
Assets Over $1 Billion (l0)
  13.29   12.52   0.32   2.25   0.97   0.15   0.63   3.31   34.98   1.40   27.55   139.70   18.98   149.54   28.94   0.12   1.08   33.81  
Assets $500 Million-$l Billion (6)
  10.04   10.03   -0.12   0.86   4.24   0.14   2.45   6.31   33.61   1.99   16.50   90.46   8.50   90.49   21.27   0.19   1.62   37.71  
Assets $250-$500 Million (9)
  14.17   13.62   0.43   3.44   3.66   0.38   3.12   3.09   28.63   1.00   25.33   91.94   13.06   98.77   22.92   0.14   1.68   14.36  
Assets less than $250 Million (1)
  24.10   19.17   0.56   2.29   1.85   0.52   2.15   3.15   20.59   0.82  
NM
  123.16   29.69   164.87  
NM
  0.40   4.35   0.00  
Goodwill Companies (15)
  13.54   12.32   0.34   2.86   2.43   0.27   2.29   2.98   35.68   1.33   22.18   125.69   17.01   139.61   24.07   0.12   1.26   19.18  
Non-Goodwill Companies (11)
  12.82   12.82   0.15   1.40   2.79   0.20   1.30   5.13   27.54   1.52   24.75   94.43   12.43   94.43   23.68   0.19   1.88   37.17  
MHC Institutions (26)
  13.23   12.54   0.26   2.25   2.58   0.24   1.88   4.01   31.79   1.41   23.68   111.94   15.00   119.73   23.88   0.15   1.53   26.68  
MHC Converted Last 3 Months (1)
  21.20   21.20   0.68   0.00   3.19   0.68   0.00   1.35   17.63   0.33   31.38   101.24   21.46   101.24   31.38   0.00   0.00   0.00  
 
(1)
Average of high/low or bid/ask price per share.
(2)
Or since offering price if converted or first listed in the past 52 weeks.  Percent change figures are actual year-to-date and are not annualized
(3)
EPS (earnings per share) is based on actual trailing twelve month data and is not shown on a pro forma basis.
(4)
Excludes intangibles (such as goodwill, value of core deposits, etc.).
(5)
ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing twelve month common earnings and average common equity and assets balances; ROI (return on investment) is current EPS divided by current price.
(6)
Annualized, based on last regular quarterly cash dividend announcement.
(7)
Indicated dividend as a percent of trailing twelve month earnings.
(8)
Excluded from averages due to actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
 
*
Parentheses following market averages indicate the number of institutions included in the respective averages.  All figures have been adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, and secondary offerings.
 
Source:
SNL Financial, LC. and RP Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP FINANCIAL, LC.
 
Financial Services Industry Consultants
 
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
 
Arlington, Virginia 22201
 
(703) 528-1700
 
 
Exhibit 1 (continued)
Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part Two
Prices As Of March 15, 2011
                                                                           
    Key Financial Ratios   Assets Quality Ratios   Pricing Ratios   Dividend Data (6)  
         Tang.                                                Price/    Price/    Ind.    Divi-      
     Equity/    Equity/   Reported Earnings   Core Earnings    NPAs    Resvs/    Resvs/    Price/    Price/    Price/    Tang.    Core    Div./   dend    Payout  
Financial Institution     Assets     Assets     ROA (5)     ROE (5)     ROI (5)     ROA (5)     ROE (5)     Assets     NPAs     Loans     Earning     Book     Assets     Book     Earnings     Share   Yield    Ratio (7)  
   
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(X)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(x)
 
($)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
NYSE Traded Companies
                                                                         
AF
Astoria Financial Corp. of NY*
  6.87   5.90   0.38   5.98   5.45   0.36   5.74   2.78   40.00   1.41   18.35   108.43   7.45   127.41   19.11   0.52   3.78   69.33  
BBX
BankAtlantic Bancorp Inc of FL*
  1.41   1.08   -3.16  
NM
 
NM
  -3.21  
NM
  13.65   30.10   5.05  
NM
  86.27   1.22   112.82  
NM
  0.00   0.00  
NM
 
BKU
BankUnited, Inc.*
  11.53   10.97   1.33   11.69   5.58   2.21   19.51  
NA
 
NA
  1.48   17.93   208.83   24.08   220.96   10.74   0.56   1.99   35.67  
FBC
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. of MI*
  5.88   5.88   -1.80   -28.22   -28.75   -3.41  
NM
  11.60   29.52   3.08  
NM
  108.84   6.40   108.84  
NM
  0.00   0.00  
NM
 
NYB
New York Community Bcrp of NY*
  13.42   7.78   1.30   9.99   7.08   1.09   8.39   1.95   21.22   0.58   14.13   139.16   18.68   255.57   16.82   1.00   5.66  
NM
 
NAL
NewAlliance Bancshares of CT(8)*
  16.16   10.68   0.66   3.97   3.64   0.75   4.47   0.83   74.32   1.08   27.44   108.56   17.54   175.06   24.34   0.28   1.86   50.91  
PFS
Provident Fin. Serv. Inc of NJ*
  13.50   8.80   0.73   5.49   5.89   0.73   5.49   1.65   61.39   1.56   16.96   91.55   12.36   148.21   16.96   0.44   3.13   53.01  
                                                                             
AMEX Traded Companies
                                                                         
TSH
Teche Hlding Cp of N Iberia LA*
  10.15   9.71   0.95   9.65   9.64   0. 96   9.82   2.60   50.80   1.68   10.38   97.53   9.90   102.45   10.20   1.44   4.01   41.62  
                                                                             
NASDAQ Listed OTC Companies
                                                                         
ABBC
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA(8)*
  17.00   17.00   0.61   3.60   3.24   0.61   3.60   3.34   10.26   0.61   30.89   111.70   18.98   111.70   30.89   0.24   2.04   63.16  
ALLB
Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA*
  17.41   17.41   0.12   1.38   0.90   0.12   1.38   3.75   29.85   1.75  
NM
  74.18   12.91   74.18  
NM
  0.12   1.08  
NM
 
ABCW
Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin of WI*
  0.09   0.00   -1.09  
NM
 
NM
  -1.73  
NM
  13.74   31.99   5.51  
NM
 
NM
  0.61  
NM
 
NM
  0.00   0.00  
NM
 
ANCB
Anchor Bancorp of   Aberdeen, WA*
  12.14   12.14   -0.11  
NM
  -2.20   -0.11  
NM
 
NA
 
NA
  2.96  
NM
  42.05   5.11   42.05  
NM
  0.00   0.00  
NM
 
AFCB
Athens Bancshares, Inc. of TN*
  17.65   17.53   0.11   0.76   0.81   0.13   0.89   2.52   47.71   1.95  
NM
  74.34   13.12   75.00  
NM
  0.20   1.48  
NM
 
ACFC
Atlantic Coast Fin. Corp of GA*
  7.11   7.10   -2.03  
NM
 
NM
  -2.65  
NM
  5.72   21.46   2.18  
NM
  41.82   2.97   41.89  
NM
  0.00   0.00  
NM
 
BCSB
BCSB Bancorp, Inc. of MD*
  8.10   8.09   -0.01   -0.05   -0.08   0.00   0.00   2.11   54.43   1.82  
NM
  81.98   6.64   82.09  
NM
  0.00   0.00  
NM
 
BKMU
Bank Mutual Corp of WI*
  12.08   10.22   -2.21   -18.95  
NM
  -2.70   -23.12   3.40   22.65   3.40  
NM
  55.85   6.75   67.37  
NM
  0.12   3.14  
NM
 
BFIN
BankFinancial Corp. of IL*
  16.55   15.15   -0.27   -1.62   -2.31   -0.30   -1.78   4.21   34.38   2.06  
NM
  71.88   11.89   79.85  
NM
  0.28   3.24  
NM
 
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY*
  10.25   10.25   0.46   4.76   5.42   0.54   5.56  
NA
 
NA
  1.88   18.44   84.22   8.63   84.22   15.78   0.20   1.41   25.97  
BNCL
Beneficial Mut MHC of PA(43.7)
  12.49   10.17   -0.18   -1.39   -1.26   -0.22   -1.64   2.28   40.31   1.62  
NM
  114.68   14.33   144.63  
NM
  0.00   0.00  
NM
 
BHLB
Berkshire Hills Bancorp of MA*
  13.47   7.94   0.50   3.58   4.63   0.51   3.65   0.77   147.16   1.49   21.59   76.78   10.34   138.57   21.16   0.64   3.02   65.31  
BOFI
Bofi Holding, Inc. of CA*
  7.98   7.98   1.44   17.34   13.83   1.01   12.14   1.92   21.56   0.67   7.23   115.60   9.23   115.60   10.32   0.00   0. 00   0.00  
BYFC
Broadway Financial Corp. of CA*
  3.46   3.46   0.15   2.36   20.00   0.15   2.41   14.25   29.66   4.73   5.00   22.92   0.79   22.92   4.89   0.00   0.00   0.00  
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA*
  18.22   16.82   1.04   5.62   4.59   1.04   5.62   0.70   156.17   1.32   21.81   122.17   22.26   134.51   21.81   0.34   3.32   72.34  
BFSB
Brooklyn Fed MHC of NY (28.2)
  13.96   13.96   -2.64   -17.20  
NM
  -1.00   -6.53   19.04   21.80   5.15  
NM
  12.32   1.72   12.32  
NM
  0.00   0.00  
NM
 
CITZ
CFS Bancorp, Inc of Munster IN*
  10.07   10.06   0.32   3.09   5.73   0.27   2.61   7.87   19.46   2.34   17.44   53.60   5.40   53.65   20.67   0.04   0.72   12.50  
CMSB
CMS Bancorp Inc of W Plains NY*
  8.78   8.78   0.06   0.70   O.87   -0.12   -1.31   2.29   19.66   0.63  
NM
  79.52   6.98   79.52  
NM
  0.00   0.00   0.00  
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ*
  12.46   10.52   0.37   3.06   3.08   0.52   4.29   5.14   23.00   1.60   32.47   98.09   12.22   118.78   23.19   0.00   0.00   0.00  
CFFN
Capitol Federal Fin Inc. of KS*
  20.60   20.60   0.40   3.02   1.82   0.71   5.32   0.78   22.37   0.29  
NM
  95.52   19.68   95.52   31.11   0.30   2.61  
NM
 
CARV
Carver Bancorp, Inc. of NY*
  1.24   1.23   -4.74  
NM
 
NM
  -4.77  
NM
  12.22   23.47   3.53  
NM
  17.74   0.22   17.98  
NM
  0.00   0.00  
NM
 
CEBK
Central Bncrp of Somerville MA*
  7.21   6.81   0.30   3.53   5.26   0.33   3.86   3.42   21.40   0.92   19.02   82.36   5.94   87.66   17.39   0.20   1.10   20.83  
CFBK
Central Federal Corp. of OH*
  3.30   3.26   -2.88   -38.43  
NM
  -3.24   -43.33   4.83   72.51   4.69  
NM
  61.30   2.03   62.11  
NM
  0.00   0.00  
NM
 
CHFN
Charter Fin Corp MHC GA (49.0)
  12.69   12.26   0.26   2.20   1.58   -0.35   -2.88   2.72   34.67   1.68  
NM
  139.81   17.74   145.42  
NM
  0.20   1.97  
NM
 
CHEV
Cheviot Fin Cp MHC of OH(38.5)
  20.13   20.13   0.61   3.07   2.79   0.51   2.55   2.40   14.26  
NA
  35.83   108.04   21.74   108.04  
NM
  0.48   5.58  
NM
 
CBNK
Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. of MA*
  16.01   16.01   0.09   0.51   0.58   0.06   0.38   1.11   67.42   1.01  
NM
  90.90   14.56   90.90  
NM
  0.00   0.00   0.00  
CZWI
Citizens Comm Bncorp Inc of WI*
  8.93   8.81   -1.30   -13. 97   -29.76   -1.04   -11.22   2.65   28.66   0.98  
NM
  48.77   4.35   49.45  
NM
  0.00   0.00  
NM
 
CSBC
Citizens South Bnkg Corp of NC*
  6.85   6.70   0.74   8.37   13.92   2.08   23.57   2.44   45.93   1.61   7.18   74.76   5.12   76.58   2.55   0.04   0.84   6.06  
CSBK
Clifton Svg Bp MHC of NJ(35.8)
  15.87   15.87   0.78   4.89   2.87   0.78   4.89   0.46   42.75   0.48   34.85   168.37   26.72   168.37   34.85   0.24   2.09   72.73  
COBK
Colonial Financial Serv. of NJ*
  11.83   11.83   0.65   7.36   7.23   0.70   7.94   2.96   16.01   0.85   13.82   74.05   8.76   74.05   12.82   0.00   0.00   0.00  
CFFC
Community Fin. Corp. of VA*
  6.96   6.96   0.12   1.33   4.48   0.12   1.33   7.56   23.50   1.92   22.33   39.79   2.77   39.79   22.33   0.00   0.00   0.00  
DNBK
Danvers Bancorp, Inc. of MA(8)*
  10. 00   8.94   0.70   6.29   4.16   0.65   5.79   0.73   85.98   1.00   24.03   153.59   15.36   173.79   26.11   0.16   0.76   18.18  
DCOM
Dime Community Bancshars of NY*
  8.13   6.85   1.02   13.23   8.29   1.04   13.45   0.70   60.76   0.55   12.06   152.32   12.39   183.40   11.86   0.56   3.87   46.67  
ESBF
ESB Financial Corp. of PA*
  8.77   6.70   0.76   8.66   9.44   0.79   9.08   0.75   45.38   1.01   10.59   92.62   8.12   123.99   10.09   0.40   3.10   32.79  
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA*
  15.37   15.37   0.45   2.71   2.98   0.36   2.20   1.82   38.09   1.02   33.51   95.75   14.72   95.75  
NM
  0.20   1.61   54.05  
EBMT
Eagle Bancorp Montanta of MT*
  15.84   15.84   0.78   5.32   5.44   0.35   2.40   1.16   36.18   0.72   18.39   88.24   13.98   88.24  
NM
  0.28   2.46   45.16  
ESBK
Elmira Svgs Bank, FSB of NY*
  7.59   5.13   0.68   6.05   10.03   0.47   4.18   0.76   75.38   0. 94   9.97   88.81   6.74   134.72   14.41   0.80   4.66   46.51  
FFDF
FFD Financial Corp of Dover OH*
  8.87   8.87   0.66   7.36   8.93   0.42   4.71   1.48   78.60   1.32   11.20   81.24   7.21   81.24   17.53   0.68   4.56   51.13  
FFCO
FedFirst Financial Corp of PA*
  17.28   16.95   0.31   2.33   2.62   0.32   2.39   0.76   101.33   1.21   38.19   69.10   11.94   70.73   37.16   0.12   0.87   33.33  
FSBI
Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. of PA*
  6.14   5.78   0.09   1.40   2.42   0.22   3.31   2.47   34.80   1.62  
NM
  65.14   4.00   69.47   17.50   0.08   0.88   36.36  
FABK
First Advantage Bancorp of TN*
  19.32   19.32   0.49   2.47   3.00   0.24   1.20   0.95   85.49   1.49   33.29   84.05   16.24   84.05  
NM
  0.20   1.47   48.78  
FBSI
First Bancshares, Inc. of MO*
  10.05   9.99   -1.55   -14.39  
NM
  -1.46   -13.57   4.05   30.48   2.43  
NM
  47.47   4.77   47.76  
NM
  0.00   0.00  
NM
 
FCAP
First Capital, Inc. of IN*
  10.72   9.62   0.71   6.90   7.42   0.63   6.13  
NA
 
NA
  1.50   13.48   90.58   9.71   102.20   15.16   0.76   4.82   64.96  
FCLF
First Clover Leaf Fin Cp of IL*
  13.52   11.60   0.34   2.54   3.45   0.23   1.72   2.68   35.14   1.37   29.00   73.31   9.91   87.35  
NM
  0.24   3.31  
NM
 
FCFL
First Community Bk Corp of FL*
  2.35   2.35   -3.88  
NM
 
NM
  -4.14  
NM
  11.07   25.09   3.89  
NM
  12.84   0.30   12.84  
NM
  0.00   0.00  
NM
 
FDEF
First Defiance Fin. Corp of OH*
  10.01   7.11   0.30   2.56   5.36   0.08   0.65   2.78   72.54   2.67   18.67   55.75   5.58   81.07  
NM
  0.00   0.00   0.00  
FFNM
First Fed of N. Michigan of MI*
  10.96   10.69   0.29   2.83   6.57   0.19   1.84   5.95   22.67   1.72   15.22   42.63   4.67   43.80   23.33   0.00   0.00   0.00  
FFBH
First Fed. Bancshares of AR(8)*
  3.67   3.67   -3.40  
NM
 
NM
  -3.69  
NM
  15.74   35.20   7.96  
NM
  48.02   1.76   48.02  
NM
  0.00   0.00  
NM
 
FFNW
First Fin. NW, Inc. of Renton WA*
  14.62   14.62   -4.22   -27.80  
NM
  -4.26   -28.09   12.68   14.88   2.56  
NM
  60. 99   8.92   60.99  
NM
  0.00   0.00  
NM
 
FFCH
First Fin. Holdings Inc. of SC*
  7.58   6.51   -1.04   -10.59   -20.53   -1.04   -10.59   4.72   56.65   3.38  
NM
  67.85   5.15   79.94  
NM
  0.20   1.95  
NM
 
 
 
 

 
 
RP FINANCIAL, LC.
   
Financial Services Industry Consultants
   
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
   
Arlington, Virginia 22201
   
(703) 528-1700
Exhibit 1 (continued)
Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part Two
Prices As Of March 15, 2011
 
 
                                                                           
    Key Financial Ratios   Asset Quality Ratios   Pricing Ratios   Dividend Data (6)  
         Tang.                                                Price/    Price/    Ind.    Divi-      
     Equity/    Equity/   Reported Earnings   Core Earnings    NPAs    Resvs/    Resvs/    Price/    Price/     Price/    Tang.    Core    Div./    dend    Payout  
Financial Institution   Assets   Assets   ROA (5)   ROE (5)   ROI (5)   ROA (5)   ROE (5)   Assets   NPAs   Loans   Earning   Book   Assets   Book   Earnings   Share   Yield   Ratio (7)  
   
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(X)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(X)
 
($)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
                                                                           
NASDAQ Listed OTC Companies (continued)
                                                                         
FFHS
First Franklin Corp. of OH(8)*
 
7.70
 
7.70
 
-0.72
 
-9.38
 
-8.54
 
-1.35
 
-17.70
 
NA
 
NA
 
NA
 
NM
 
114.65
 
8.83
 
114.65
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
FPTB
First PacTrust Bancorp of CA*
 
15.79
 
15.79
 
0.21
 
1.75
 
1.18
 
-0.01
 
-0.09
 
5.71
 
29.74
 
2.11
 
NM
 
115.45
 
18.22
 
115.45
 
NM
 
0.42
 
2.60
 
NM
 
FPFC
First Place Fin. Corp. of OH*
 
5.79
 
5.53
 
-1.10
 
-13.16
 
NM
 
-1.52
 
-18.23
 
4.42
 
32.78
 
1.78
 
NM
 
18.77
 
1.09
 
19.73
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
FSFG
First Savings Fin. Grp. of IN*
 
10.51
 
9.05
 
0.56
 
5.23
 
7.80
 
0.76
 
7.07
 
1.47
 
51.03
 
1.15
 
12.82
 
66.75
 
7.02
 
78.86
 
9.48
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
FFIC
Flushing Fin. Corp. of NY*
 
9.02
 
8.65
 
0.92
 
10.24
 
8.73
 
0.95
 
10.65
 
3.07
 
20.87
 
0.85
 
11.45
 
113.78
 
10.26
 
119.13
 
11.01
 
0.52
 
3.66
 
41.94
 
FXCB
Fox Chase Bancorp, Inc. of PA*
 
18.78
 
18.78
 
0.24
 
1.60
 
1.47
 
0.13
 
0.84
 
3.51
 
32.37
 
1.90
 
NM
 
91.58
 
17.20
 
91.58
 
NM
 
0.08
 
0.62
 
42.11
 
GSLA
GS Financial Corp. of LA*
 
10.50
 
10.50
 
0.15
 
1.43
 
2.29
 
-0.13
 
-1.21
 
4.82
 
29.10
 
1.92
 
NM
 
63.61
 
6.68
 
63.61
 
NM
 
0.40
 
2.86
 
NM
 
GCBC
Green Co Bcrp MHC of NY (44.1)
 
8.64
 
8.64
 
1.03
 
11.62
 
6.76
 
1.00
 
11.25
 
1.23
 
71.13
 
1.55
 
14.78
 
166.49
 
14.38
 
166.49
 
15.27
 
0.70
 
3.79
 
56.00
 
HFFC
HF Financial Corp. of SD*
 
7.70
 
7.37
 
0.42
 
5.51
 
6.71
 
0.24
 
3.13
 
2.91
 
36.59
 
1.49
 
14.91
 
81.52
 
6.28
 
85.50
 
26.26
 
0.45
 
4.08
 
60.81
 
HMNF
HMN Financial, Inc. of MN*
 
6.17
 
6.17
 
-1.90
 
-20.17
 
NM
 
-2.20
 
-23.39
 
10.91
 
44.57
 
6.03
 
NM
 
19.92
 
1.23
 
19.92
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
HBNK
Hampden Bancorp, Inc. of MA*
 
16.40
 
16.40
 
0.26
 
1.60
 
1.73
 
0.20
 
1.23
 
2.52
 
42.64
 
1.52
 
NM
 
93.45
 
15.33
 
93.45
 
NM
 
0.12
 
0.94
 
54.55
 
HARL
Harleysville Svgs Fin Cp of PA*
 
6.33
 
6.33
 
0.59
 
9.52
 
8.94
 
0.59
 
9.52
 
0.29
 
101.34
 
0.52
 
11.19
 
103.21
 
6.53
 
103.21
 
11.19
 
0.76
 
5.03
 
56.30
 
HBOS
Heritage Fin Group, Inc of GA*
 
16.64
 
16.28
 
-0.19
 
-2.64
 
-1.22
 
0.23
 
3.13
 
2.49
 
38.33
 
1.93
 
NM
 
95.12
 
15.83
 
97.25
 
NM
 
0.12
 
0.92
 
NM
 
HIFS
Hingham Inst. for Sav. of MA*
 
7.15
 
7.15
 
1.05
 
14.83
 
9.65
 
1.05
 
14.83
 
0.92
 
72.78
 
0.86
 
10.36
 
145.88
 
10.42
 
145.88
 
10.36
 
0.96
 
1.92
 
19.92
 
HBCP
Home Bancorp Inc. Lafayette LA*
 
18.78
 
18.58
 
0.71
 
3.56
 
4.34
 
0.78
 
3.93
 
0.27
 
209.74
 
0.89
 
23.03
 
82.57
 
15.51
 
83.71
 
20.88
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
HOME
Home Federal Bancorp Inc of ID*
 
14.60
 
14.36
 
-0.48
 
-2.52
 
-2.85
 
-0.31
 
-1.63
 
2.55
 
43.79
 
2.60
 
NM
 
90.05
 
13.14
 
91.80
 
NM
 
0.22
 
2.03
 
NM
 
HFBL
Home Federal Bancorp Inc of LA*
 
23.99
 
23.99
 
1.13
 
5.42
 
5.88
 
0.26
 
1.23
 
0.05
 
630.09
 
0.61
 
17.00
 
76.76
 
18.41
 
76.76
 
NM
 
0.24
 
1.88
 
32.00
 
HFBC
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of KY*
 
9.03
 
8.96
 
0.74
 
8.33
 
11.86
 
0.45
 
5.01
 
2.18
 
36.88
 
1.61
 
8.44
 
66.01
 
5.96
 
66.64
 
14.02
 
0.32
 
3.51
 
29.63
 
HCBK
Hudson City Bancorp, Inc of NJ*
 
9.01
 
8.77
 
0.88
 
9.80
 
10.44
 
0.72
 
7.97
 
1.50
 
23.79
 
0.76
 
9.58
 
93.40
 
8.41
 
96.16
 
11.77
 
0.60
 
6.14
 
58.82
 
ISBC
Investors Bcrp MHC of NJ(43.0)
 
9.39
 
9.10
 
0.70
 
7.04
 
3.87
 
0.63
 
6.40
 
1.79
 
52.97
 
1.13
 
25.85
 
177.97
 
16.71
 
184.20
 
28.44
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
JXSB
Jacksonville Bancorp Inc of IL*
 
12.11
 
11.31
 
0.59
 
6.29
 
7.38
 
0.37
 
3.94
 
1.21
 
79.22
 
NA
 
13.55
 
64.59
 
7.82
 
69.78
 
21.63
 
0.30
 
2.43
 
32.97
 
JFBI
Jefferson Bancshares Inc of TN*
 
9.20
 
8.87
 
-3.64
 
-35.48
 
NM
 
-3.84
 
-37.49
 
4.64
 
29.28
 
1.92
 
NM
 
45.24
 
4.16
 
47.12
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
KFFB
KY Fst Fed Bp MHC Of KY (39.3)
 
24.10
 
19.17
 
0.56
 
2.29
 
1.85
 
0.52
 
2.15
 
3.15
 
20.59
 
0.82
 
NM
 
123.16
 
29.69
 
164.87
 
NM
 
0.40
 
4.35
 
NM
 
KFFG
Kaiser Federal Fin Group of CA*
 
17.39
 
17.01
 
0.82
 
6.77
 
6.12
 
0.82
 
6.77
 
3.24
 
43.01
 
1.65
 
16.33
 
76.32
 
13.27
 
78.37
 
16.33
 
0.20
 
1.63
 
26.67
 
KRNY
Kearny Fin Cp MHC of NJ (25.1)
 
16.54
 
13.29
 
0.23
 
1.13
 
0.86
 
0.31
 
1.55
 
NA
 
NA
 
0.75
 
NM
 
133.24
 
22.03
 
172.32
 
NM
 
0.20
 
2.14
 
NM
 
LSBI
LSB Fin. Corp. of Lafayette IN*
 
9.57
 
9.57
 
0.56
 
6.10
 
8.83
 
0.38
 
4.17
 
4.10
 
30.63
 
1.63
 
11.32
 
67.28
 
6.44
 
67.28
 
16.56
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
LPSB
LaPorte Bancrp MHC of IN(45.0)
 
11.39
 
9.54
 
0.71
 
5.96
 
6.51
 
0.50
 
4.22
 
1.45
 
68.38
 
1.52
 
15.37
 
89.60
 
10.20
 
109.18
 
21.72
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
LSBK
Lake Shore Bnp MHC of NY(39.4)
 
12.16
 
12.16
 
0.66
 
5.20
 
4.62
 
0.51
 
4.03
 
0.65
 
26.55
 
0.36
 
21.65
 
109.95
 
13.36
 
109.95
 
27.92
 
0.28
 
2.64
 
57.14
 
LEGC
Legacy Bancorp, Inc. of MA(8)*
 
12.09
 
10.68
 
-0.76
 
-6.02
 
-6.48
 
-0.60
 
-4.73
 
2.26
 
42.59
 
1.45
 
NM
 
95.30
 
11.52
 
109.54
 
NM
 
0.20
 
1.54
 
NM
 
LABC
Louisiana Bancorp, Inc. of LA*
 
19.10
 
19.10
 
0.76
 
3.51
 
4.61
 
0.62
 
2.89
 
0.85
 
69.17
 
0.99
 
21.69
 
87.17
 
16.65
 
87.17
 
26.34
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
MSBF
MSB Fin Corp MHC of NJ (40.3)
 
11.50
 
11.50
 
0.20
 
1.81
 
2.41
 
0.20
 
1.81
 
7.18
 
11.08
 
1.18
 
NM
 
74.45
 
8.56
 
74.45
 
NM
 
0.12
 
2.07
 
NM
 
MGYR
Magyar Bancorp MHC of NJ(44.7)
 
8.38
 
8.38
 
0.75
 
9.54
 
16.47
 
0.62
 
7.90
 
8.23
 
10.77
 
1.08
 
6.07
 
55.70
 
4.67
 
55.70
 
7.33
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
MLVF
Malvern Fed Bncp MHC PA(44.6)
 
9.35
 
9.35
 
-0.56
 
-5.80
 
-8.00
 
-0.55
 
-5.71
 
4.91
 
22.22
 
1.40
 
NM
 
75.54
 
7.06
 
75.54
 
NM
 
0.12
 
1.50
 
NM
 
MFLR
Mayflower Bancorp, Inc. of MA*
 
8.51
 
8.51
 
0.54
 
6.51
 
7.77
 
0.32
 
3.80
 
NA
 
NA
 
1.00
 
12.88
 
83.37
 
7.09
 
83.37
 
22.03
 
0.24
 
2.87
 
36.92
 
EBSB
Meridian Fn Serv MHC MA (41.4)
 
11.74
 
11.08
 
0.80
 
6.38
 
4.56
 
0.75
 
5.95
 
2.68
 
23.86
 
0.85
 
21.95
 
135.04
 
15.86
 
144.21
 
23.55
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
CASH
Meta Financial Group of IA*
 
6.26
 
6.16
 
1.19
 
18.61
 
22.36
 
1.13
 
17.78
 
0.98
 
51.73
 
1.37
 
4.47
 
75.36
 
4.72
 
76.68
 
4.68
 
0.52
 
3.04
 
13.58
 
MFSF
MutualFirst Fin. Inc. of IN*
 
7.07
 
6.77
 
0.33
 
3.60
 
7.26
 
0.29
 
3.18
 
3.20
 
36.42
 
1.63
 
13.78
 
65.89
 
4.66
 
69.05
 
15.62
 
0.24
 
2.56
 
35.29
 
NASB
NASB Fin, Inc. of Grandview MO*
 
12.70
 
12.53
 
0.49
 
4.20
 
6.55
 
-1.27
 
-10.95
 
5.34
 
45.50
 
2.76
 
15.27
 
62.97
 
8.00
 
63.92
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NECB
NE Comm Bncrp MHC of NY (44.6)
 
21.55
 
21.26
 
-0.18
 
-0.85
 
-1.17
 
-0.18
 
-0.85
 
7.61
 
13.29
 
1.35
 
NM
 
73.17
 
15.77
 
74.44
 
NM
 
0.12
 
2.00
 
NM
 
NHTB
NH Thrift Bancshares of NH*
 
8.29
 
5.55
 
0.77
 
8.31
 
9.83
 
0.51
 
5.45
 
0.79
 
127.40
 
1.44
 
10.18
 
93.35
 
7.74
 
143.49
 
15.50
 
0.52
 
3.90
 
39.69
 
NVSL
Naug Vlly Fin MHC of CT (40.4)
 
9.20
 
9.19
 
0.26
 
2.87
 
2.46
 
0.28
 
3.15
 
3.19
 
28.55
 
1.33
 
NM
 
114.63
 
10.55
 
114.78
 
37.13
 
0.12
 
1.41
 
57.14
 
NFSB
Newport Bancorp, Inc. of RI*
 
11.06
 
11.06
 
0.40
 
3.61
 
3.66
 
0.42
 
3.75
 
0.17
 
451.74
 
1.02
 
27.31
 
99.65
 
11.02
 
99.65
 
26.30
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
FFFD
North Central Bancshares of IA*
 
8.63
 
8.50
 
0.26
 
2.40
 
5.23
 
0.26
 
2.40
 
3.57
 
38.05
 
1.80
 
19.13
 
57.58
 
4.97
 
58.59
 
19.13
 
0.04
 
0.24
 
4.60
 
NFBK
Northfield Bcp MHC of NY(43.4)
 
17.65
 
17.06
 
0.65
 
3.50
 
2.47
 
0.61
 
3.29
 
3.22
 
30.20
 
2.64
 
NM
 
142.37
 
25.13
 
148.40
 
NM
 
0.20
 
1.54
 
62.50
 
NWBI
Northwest Bancshares Inc of PA*
 
16.04
 
14.19
 
0.71
 
4.38
 
4.23
 
0.71
 
4.38
 
2.23
 
42.12
 
1.38
 
23.62
 
103.63
 
16.62
 
119.69
 
23.62
 
0.40
 
3.26
 
NM
 
OBAF
OBA Financial Serv. Inc of MD*
 
22.75
 
22.75
 
-0.08
 
-0.45
 
-0.50
 
0.12
 
0.64
 
1.09
 
56.32
 
0.76
 
NM
 
80.53
 
18.32
 
80.53
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
OSHC
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ*
 
11.85
 
11.85
 
0.68
 
5.76
 
6.05
 
0.68
 
5.76
 
0.48
 
98.27
 
0.60
 
16.52
 
88.61
 
10.50
 
88.61
 
16.52
 
0.24
 
1.99
 
32.88
 
OCFC
OceanFirst Fin. Corp of NJ*
 
8.94
 
8.94
 
0.93
 
10.52
 
8.35
 
0.82
 
9.25
 
2.33
 
37.62
 
1.17
 
11.98
 
121.05
 
10.82
 
121.05
 
13.62
 
0.48
 
3.71
 
44.44
 
OFED
Oconee Fed Fn Cp MHC SC (35.0)
 
21.20
 
21.20
 
0.68
 
NM
 
3.19
 
0.68
 
NM
 
1.35
 
17.63
 
0.33
 
31.38
 
101.24
 
21.46
 
101.24
 
31.38
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
OABC
OmniAmerican Bancorp Inc of TX*
 
17.92
 
17.92
 
0.15
 
0.94
 
0.91
 
0.04
 
0.27
 
3.62
 
22.85
 
1.33
 
NM
 
92.51
 
16.58
 
92.51
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
ONFC
Oneida Financial Corp. of NY*
 
13.34
 
9.91
 
0.59
 
5.50
 
5.67
 
0.66
 
6.16
 
0.48
 
131.93
 
1.49
 
17.64
 
73.13
 
9.75
 
102.32
 
15.75
 
0.48
 
5.44
 
NM
 
ORIT
Oritani Financial Corp of NJ*
 
24.98
 
24.98
 
0.66
 
3.12
 
2.21
 
0.68
 
3.23
 
1.83
 
51.40
 
1.45
 
NM
 
107.09
 
26.76
 
107.09
 
NM
 
0.40
 
3.27
 
NM
 
PSBH
PSB Hidgs Inc MHC of CT (42.9)
 
9.52
 
8.12
 
0.20
 
2.19
 
2.83
 
0.35
 
3.80
 
2.48
 
21.71
 
1.00
 
35.33
 
75.61
 
7.20
 
89.98
 
20.38
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
PVFC
PVF Capital Corp. of Solon OH*
 
9.36
 
9.36
 
-0.69
 
-7.72
 
-12.17
 
-1.26
 
-14.09
 
9.28
 
40.86
 
5.21
 
NM
 
62.38
 
5.84
 
62.38
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
PFED
Park Bancorp of Chicago IL*
 
9.81
 
9.81
 
-2.33
 
-22.14
 
NM
 
-2.32
 
-22.03
 
NA
 
NA
 
2.77
 
NM
 
21.74
 
2.13
 
21.74
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
PVSA
Parkvale Financial Corp of PA*
 
5.05
 
3.54
 
-0.93
 
-13.07
 
NM
 
0.35
 
4.85
 
2.04
 
52.96
 
1.89
 
NM
 
60.15
 
3.04
 
87.21
 
8.48
 
0.08
 
0.82
 
NM
 
PBHC
Pathfinder BC MHC of NY (36.3)
 
5.97
 
5.07
 
0.52
 
6.68
 
8.08
 
0.49
 
6.28
 
1.57
 
56.13
 
1.28
 
12.38
 
103.47
 
6.17
 
122.88
 
13.18
 
0.12
 
1.18
 
14.63
 
PEOP
Peoples Fed Bancshrs Inc of MA*
 
21.81
 
21.81
 
-0.01
 
-0.09
 
-0.07
 
0.60
 
3.83
 
1.12
 
52.48
 
0.81
 
NM
 
85.30
 
18.60
 
85.30
 
30.69
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
PBCT
Peoples United Financial of CT*
 
20.84
 
14.12
 
0.39
 
1.62
 
1.95
 
0.45
 
1.89
 
1.74
 
45.37
 
0.98
 
NM
 
84.65
 
17.64
 
135.61
 
NM
 
0.62
 
5.04
 
NM
 
PROV
Provident Fin. Holdings of CA*
 
10.07
 
10.07
 
0.88
 
9.55
 
12.97
 
-0.29
 
-3.09
 
6.17
 
44.07
 
3.29
 
7.71
 
69.47
 
7.00
 
69.47
 
NM
 
0.04
 
0.48
 
3.70
 
PBNY
Provident NY Bncrp, Inc. of NY*
 
14.28
 
9.20
 
0.71
 
4.95
 
5.77
 
0.47
 
3.24
 
1.95
 
54.08
 
1.82
 
17.35
 
86.81
 
12.39
 
142.60
 
26.50
 
0.24
 
2.52
 
43.64
 
PBIP
Prudential Bncp MHC PA (25.5)
 
10.69
 
10.69
 
0.44
 
4.13
 
3.49
 
0.50
 
4.67
 
1.26
 
47.20
 
1.45
 
28.65
 
118.10
 
12.62
 
118.10
 
25.35
 
0.20
 
3.03
 
NM
 
PULB
Pulaski Fin Cp of St. Louis MO*
 
5.96
 
5.70
 
0.22
 
2.71
 
4.04
 
-0.08
 
-0.99
 
5.13
 
36.23
 
2.04
 
24.73
 
88.65
 
5.28
 
92.98
 
NM
 
0.38
 
5.12
 
NM
 
RIVR
River Valley Bancorp of IN*
 
7.18
 
7.16
 
0.64
 
8.21
 
11.34
 
0.42
 
5.38
 
2.3 8
 
38.31
 
1.41
 
8.82
 
80.25
 
5.76
 
80.48
 
13.47
 
0.84
 
5.77
 
50.91
 
RVSB
Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA*
 
12.65
 
9.87
 
-0.16
 
-1.43
 
-1.96
 
-0.18
 
-1.67
 
6.41
 
32.47
 
2.58
 
NM
 
64.83
 
8.20
 
85.71
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
RCKBD
Rockville Fin New, Inc. of CT*
 
18.07
 
18.00
 
0.64
 
4.45
 
3.70
 
0.59
 
4.11
 
0.80
 
107.21
 
1.00
 
27.03
 
95.64
 
17.28
 
95.99
 
29.28
 
0.17
 
1.61
 
43.59
 
 
 
 

 
 
RP FINANCIAL, LC.
 
Financial Services Industry Consultants
 
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
 
Arlington, Virginia 22201
 
(703) 528-1700
 
 
Exhibit 1 (continued)
Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part Two
Prices As Of March 15, 2011
 
     
Key Financial Ratios
 
Asset Quality Ratios
 
Pricing Ratios
 
Dividend Data (6)
 
         
Tang.
                                             
Price/
 
Price/
 
Ind.
 
Divi-
     
     
Equity/
 
Equity/
 
Reported Earnings
 
Core Earnings
 
NPAs
 
Resvs/
 
Resvs/
 
Price/
 
Price/
 
Price/
 
Tang.
 
Core
 
Div./
 
dend
 
Payout
 
Financial Institution  
Assets
 
Assets
 
ROA (5)
 
ROE (5)
 
ROI (5)
 
ROA (5)
 
ROE (5)
 
Assets
 
NPAs
 
Loans
 
Earning
 
Book
 
Assets
 
Book
 
Earnings
 
Share
 
Yield
 
Ratio (7)
 
     
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(X)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
(x)
 
($)
 
(%)
 
(%)
 
NASDAQ Listed OTC Companies (continued)
                                                                         
ROMA
Roma Fin Corp MHC of NJ (26.2)
 
11.58
 
11.50
 
0.33
 
2.38
 
1.60
 
0.25
 
1.82
 
NA
 
NA
 
1.09
 
NM
 
152.30
 
17.64
 
153.62
 
NM
 
0.32
 
3.02
 
NM
 
ROME
Rome Bancorp, Inc. of Rome NY (8)*
 
18.54
 
18.54
 
0.68
 
3.66
 
2.79
 
0.78
 
4.22
 
0.63
 
125.12
 
0.92
 
35.82
 
132.07
 
24.48
 
132.07
 
31.11
 
0.36
 
3.05
 
NM
 
SIFI
SI Financial Group, Inc. of CT*
 
13.64
 
13.19
 
0.28
 
3.60
 
2.66
 
0.25
 
3.17
 
1.01
 
55.36
 
0.78
 
37.60
 
77.88
 
10.62
 
80.55
 
NM
 
0.12
 
1.28
 
48.00
 
SPBC
SP Bancorp, Inc. of Plano, TX*
 
13.13
 
13.13
 
0.07
 
NM
 
0.82
 
-0.06
 
NM
 
1.91
 
44.74
 
1.09
 
NM
 
61.45
 
8.07
 
61.45
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
SVBI
Severn Bancorp, Inc. of MD*
 
8.12
 
8.08
 
-0.22
 
-1.99
 
-4.50
 
-0.42
 
-3.88
 
13.46
 
23.10
 
3.69
 
NM
 
59.34
 
4.82
 
59.64
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
STND
Standard Financial Corp. of PA*
 
17.30
 
15.42
 
0.43
 
3.07
 
3.58
 
0.71
 
5.16
 
1.10
 
83.00
 
1.42
 
27.94
 
69.01
 
11.94
 
79.16
 
16.64
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
SUPR
Superior Bancorp of AL(8)*
 
0.10
 
-0.34
 
-6.34
 
NM
 
NM
 
-6.70
 
NM
 
15.24
 
31.37
 
6.10
 
NM
 
170.83
 
0.16
 
NM
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
THRD
TF Fin. Corp. of Newtown PA*
 
10.66
 
10.06
 
0.47
 
4.59
 
5.73
 
0.39
 
3.78
 
NA
 
NA
 
1.63
 
17.44
 
79.47
 
8.47
 
84.69
 
21.17
 
0.19
 
0.92
 
15.97
 
TFSL
TFS Fin Corp MHC of OH (26.4)
 
15.80
 
15.73
 
-0.06
 
-0.35
 
-0.19
 
-0.20
 
-1.23
 
3.57
 
37.54
 
1.50
 
NM
 
184.66
 
29.18
 
185.64
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
TBNK
Territorial Bancorp, Inc of HI*
 
15.75
 
15.75
 
0.78
 
4.96
 
4.81
 
0.85
 
5.40
 
0.24
 
43.66
 
0.23
 
20.78
 
101.29
 
15.95
 
101.29
 
19.10
 
0.28
 
1.48
 
30.77
 
TSBK
Timberland Bancorp, Inc. of WA*
 
9.79
 
9.02
 
-0.30
 
-2.54
 
-5.59
 
-0.29
 
-2.46
 
7.09
 
22.93
 
2.19
 
NM
 
55.28
 
5.41
 
60.52
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
TRST
TrustCo Bank Corp NY of NY*
 
6.46
 
6.44
 
0.77
 
11.55
 
6.65
 
0.71
 
10.64
 
1.42
 
74.53
 
1.78
 
15.03
 
172.51
 
11.14
 
173.03
 
16.31
 
0.26
 
4.55
 
68.42
 
UCBA
United Comm Bncp MHC IN (40.7) (8)
 
11.25
 
10.58
 
0.25
 
2.12
 
2.11
 
0.20
 
1.70
 
NA
 
NA
 
2.18
 
NM
 
101.14
 
11.38
 
108.37
 
NM
 
0.44
 
6.18
 
NM
 
UCFC
United Community Fin. of OH*
 
8.69
 
8.66
 
-1.54
 
-16.69
 
NM
 
-1.85
 
-19.97
 
8.47
 
20.83
 
2.29
 
NM
 
20.89
 
1.81
 
20.96
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
UBNK
United Financial Bncrp of MA*
 
14.05
 
13.57
 
0.65
 
4.47
 
4.17
 
0.69
 
4.76
 
0.91
 
69.15
 
0.93
 
23.98
 
107.60
 
15.11
 
111.97
 
22.53
 
0.32
 
2.15
 
51.61
 
VPFG
ViewPoint Financal Group of TX*
 
13.48
 
13.45
 
0.66
 
6.27
 
3.86
 
0.33
 
3.19
 
0.73
 
68.75
 
0.93
 
25.88
 
115.99
 
15.63
 
116.30
 
NM
 
0.20
 
1.52
 
39.22
 
WSB
WSB Holdings, Inc. of Bowie MD*
 
13.36
 
13.36
 
-0.95
 
-7.66
 
-15.50
 
-0.76
 
-6.16
 
11.40
 
23.47
 
NA
 
NM
 
50.62
 
6.76
 
50.62
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
WSFS
WSFS Financial Corp. of DE*
 
8.36
 
8.04
 
0.32
 
3.79
 
3.53
 
0.23
 
2.67
 
2.36
 
64.63
 
2.29
 
28.37
 
108.13
 
9.04
 
112.83
 
NM
 
0.48
 
1.19
 
33.80
 
WVFC
WVS Financial Corp. of PA*
 
10.22
 
10.22
 
0.10
 
1.22
 
1.98
 
0.14
 
1.65
 
0.88
 
27.52
 
1.19
 
NM
 
63.42
 
6.48
 
63.42
 
37.39
 
0.16
 
1.86
 
NM
 
WFSL
Washington Federal, Inc. of WA*
 
13.65
 
11.98
 
0.90
 
6.63
 
6.21
 
1.21
 
8.95
 
NA
 
NA
 
1.81
 
16.11
 
104.15
 
14.22
 
120.96
 
11.94
 
0.24
 
1.41
 
22.64
 
WSBF
Waterstone Fin MHC of WI (26.2)
 
9.16
 
9.16
 
-0.30
 
-3.27
 
-6.67
 
-1.08
 
-11.82
 
9.76
 
17.54
 
2.22
 
NM
 
48.56
 
4.45
 
48.56
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
WAYN
Wayne Savings Bancshares of OH*
 
9.28
 
8.82
 
0.55
 
5.90
 
8.89
 
0.51
 
5.50
 
NA
 
NA
 
1.27
 
11.24
 
65.77
 
6.10
 
69.51
 
12.06
 
0.24
 
2.88
 
32.43
 
WFD
Westfield Fin. Inc. of MA*
 
17.86
 
17.86
 
0.25
 
1.30
 
1.31
 
0.02
 
0.12
 
0.28
 
202.33
 
1.36
 
NM
 
107.12
 
19.13
 
107.12
 
NM
 
0.24
 
2.85
 
NM
 
WBKC
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. of MI*
 
19.04
 
19.04
 
-1.33
 
NM
 
-12.80
 
-0.82
 
NM
 
3.75
 
92.33
 
4.25
 
NM
 
54.51
 
10.38
 
54.51
 
NM
 
0.00
 
0.00
 
NM
 
 
 
 

 
 

EXHIBIT 2
 
Core Earnings Analysis
 
 
 

 

RP ® Financial, LC.
 
Exhibit 2
Core Earnings Analysis
Comparable Institution Analysis
For the 12 Months Ended December 31, 2010
 
                       
Less:
   
Estimated
             
     
Net Income
   
Less: Net
   
Tax Effect
   
Extraordinary
   
Core Income
         
Estimated
 
Comparable Group
 
to Common
   
Gains(Loss)
   
@. 34%
   
Items
   
to Common
   
Shares
   
Core EPS
 
      ($000)     ($000)     ($000)     ($000)     ($000)       (000)    
($)
 
                                                           
BFED
Beacon Federal Bancorp of NY
  $ 4,928     $ 1,318     ($ 448 )   $ 0     $ 5,798       6,435     $ 0.90  
BRKL
Brookline Bancorp, Inc. of MA
  $ 27,640     ($ 198 )   $ 67     $ 0     $ 27,509       59,072     $ 0.47  
CBNJ
Cape Bancorp, Inc. of NJ (1)
  $ 4,041     $ 2,425     ($ 825 )   $ 0     $ 5,642       13,314     $ 0.42  
ESSA
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of PA
  $ 4,730     ($ 1,422 )   $ 483     $ 0     $ 3,791       12,830     $ 0.30  
OSHC
Ocean Shore Holding Co. of NJ (1)
  $ 5,330     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 5,330       7,297     $ 0.73  
OCFC
OceanFirst Financial Corp. of NJ
  $ 20,377     ($ 3,657 )   $ 1 ,243     $ 0     $ 17,963       18,823     $ 0.95  
UBNK
United Financial Bancorp of MA
  $ 10,032     $ 905     ($ 308 )   $ 0     $ 10,629       16,109     $ 0.66  
WFD
Westfield Financial Inc. of MA
  $ 3,006     ($ 3,925 )   $ 1,335     $ 0     $ 416       28,166     $ 0.01  
 
(1)
Financial information is for the quarter ending September 30, 2010.
 
Source:
SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2011 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 

EXHIBIT 3
 
Pro Forma Analysis Sheet
 
 
 

 

Exhibit 3
PRO FORMA ANALYSIS SHEET
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Prices as of March 15, 2011
                           
                 
Peer Group
 
Connecticut Companies
 
All Publicly-Traded
 
Price Multiple
     
Symbol
 
Subject (1)
 
Mean
 
Median
 
Mean
 
Median
 
Mean
 
Median
 
Price-earnings ratio (x)
     
P/E
 
31.52
22.67
x
21.81
x
32.31
x
32.31
x
17.49
x
17.00
x
Price-core earnings ratio (x)
     
P/Core
 
51.85
18.91
x
19.16
x
29.28
x
29.28
x
17.65
x
16.89
x
Price-book ratio (%)
 
=
 
P/B
 
65.19
103.06
%
102.61
%
86.06
%
84.65
%
79.89
%
82.36
%
Price-tangible book ratio (%)
 
=
 
P/TB
 
65.19
107.75
%
109.55
%
104.05
%
95.99
%
87.80
%
85.00
%
Price-assets ratio (%)
 
=
 
P/A
 
8.84
14.17
%
13.47
%
15.18
%
17.28
%
9.57
%
8.69
%
 
Valuation Parameters
                   
Pre-Conversion Earnings (Y)
 
$4,869,000
 
ESOP Stock Purchases (E)
 
8.00
%
 (5)
 
Pre-Conversion Earnings (CY)
 
$3,188,000
 
Cost of ESOP Borrowings (S)
 
0.00
%
 (4)
 
Pre-Conversion Book Value (B)
 
$94,993,000
 
ESOP Amortization (T)
 
15.00
 
 years
 
Pre-Conv. Tang. Book Val. (TB)
 
$94,993,000
 
RRP Amount (M)
 
4.00
   
Pre-Conversion Assets (A)
 
$1,416,630,000
 
RRP Vesting (N)
 
5.00
 
 years (5)
 
Reinvestment Rate (2)(R)
 
2.01
%
Foundation (F)
 
3.85
%
   
Est. Conversion Expenses (3)(X)
 
2.36
%
Tax Benefit (Z)
 
1,716,000
     
Tax Rate (TAX)
 
33.00
%
Percentage Sold (PCT)
 
100.00
%
   
       
Option (O1)
 
10.00
%
 (6)
 
       
Estimated Option Value (O2)
 
34.80
%
 (6)
 
       
Option vesting (O3)
 
5.00
 
 (6)
 
       
Option pct taxable (O4)
 
25.00
%
 (6)
 
 
Calculation of Pro Forma Value After Conversion
               
1.
V=
                    P/E * (Y)
 
V=
$
135,200,000
   
1 - P/E * PCT * ((1-X-E-M-F)*R*(1-TAX) - (1-TAX)*E/T - (1-TAX)*M/N) - (1-(TAX*O4))*(O1*O2)/O3)
       
               
2.
V=
                    P/Core * (Y)
 
V=
$
135,200,000
   
1 - P/core * PCT * ((1-X-E-M-F)*R*(1-TAX) - (1-TAX)*E/T - (1-TAX)*M/N) - (1-(TAX*O4))*(O1*O2)/O3)
       
               
3.
V=
                    P/B * (B+Z)
   
V=
$
135,200,000
   
1 - P/B * PCT * (1-X-E-M-F)
         
               
4.
V=
              P/TB * (TB+Z)
   
V=
$
135,200,000
   
1 - P/TB * PCT * (1-X-E-M-F)
         
               
5.
V=
                    P/A * (A+Z)
   
V=
$
135,200,000
   
1 - P/A * PCT * (1-X-E-M-F)
         
 
Conclusion
 
Shares Issued
To the Public
 
Price Per
Share
 
Gross Offering
Proceeds
 
Shares
Issued To
Foundation
 
Total Shares
Issued
 
Aggregate
Market Value
of Shares Issued
 
Supermaximum
   
17,192,500
   
10.00
 
$
171,925,000
   
687,700
   
17,880,200
 
$
178,802,000
 
Maximum
   
14,950,000
   
10.00
   
149,500,000
   
598,000
   
15,548,000
   
155,480,000
 
Midpoint
   
13,000,000
   
10.00
   
130,000,000
   
520,000
   
13,520,000
   
135,200,000
 
Minimum
   
11,050,000
   
10.00
   
110,500,000
   
442,000
   
11,492,000
   
114,920,000
 
 

(1)
Pricing ratios shown reflect the midpoint value.
(2)
Net return reflects a reinvestment rate of 2.01 percent and a tax rate of 33.0 percent.
(3)
Offering expenses shown at estimated midpoint value.
(4)
No cost is applicable since holding company will fund the ESOP loan.
(5)
ESOP and MRP amortize over 15 years and 5 years, respectively; amortization expenses tax effected at 33.0 percent.
(6)
10 percent option plan with an estimated Black-Scholes valuation of 34.80 percent of the exercise price, including a 5 year vesting with 25 percent of the options (granted to directors) tax effected at 33.0 percent.
 
 
 

 
 

EXHIBIT 4
 
Pro Forma Effect of Conversion Proceeds
 
 
 

 

Exhibit 4
PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
At the Minimum
           
1.
Pro Forma Market Capitalization
 
$
114,920,000
 
 
Less: Foundation Shares
   
4,420,000
 
2.
Offering Proceeds
 
$
110,500,000
 
 
Less: Estimated Offering Expenses
   
2,893,314
 
 
Net Conversion Proceeds
 
$
107,606,686
 
           
3.
Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds
       
           
 
Net Conversion Proceeds
 
$
107,606,686
 
 
Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation
   
(0
)
 
Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)
   
13,790,400
 
 
Net Proceeds Reinvested
 
$
93,816,286
 
 
Estimated net incremental rate of return
   
1.35
%
 
Reinvestment Income
 
$
1,263,424
 
 
Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)
   
0
 
 
Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)
   
410,647
 
 
Less: Amortization of Options (4)
   
733,856
 
 
Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)
   
615,971
 
 
Net Earnings Impact
 
($
497,051
)
 
                 
Net
       
           
Before
 
Earnings
 
After
 
4.
Pro Forma Earnings
       
Conversion
 
Increase
 
Conversion
 
                             
 
12 Months ended December 31, 2010 (reported)
       
$
4,869,000
 
($
497,051
)
$
4,371 ,949
 
 
12 Months ended December 31, 2010 (core)
       
$
3,188,000
 
($
497,051
)
$
2,690,949
 
                             
     
Before
 
Net Cash
 
Tax Benefit
 
After
 
5.
Pro Forma Net Worth
 
Conversion
 
Proceeds
 
Of Contribution
 
Conversion
 
                             
 
December 31, 2010
 
$
94,993,000
 
$
93,816,286
 
$
1,458,600
 
$
190,267,886
 
 
December 31, 2010 (Tangible)
 
$
94,993,000
 
$
93,816,286
 
$
1,458,600
 
$
190,267,886
 
                             
     
Before
 
Net Cash
 
Tax Benefit
 
After
 
6.
Pro Forma Assets
 
Conversion
 
Proceeds
 
Of Contribution
 
Conversion
 
                             
 
December 31, 2010
 
$
1,416,630,000
 
$
93,816,286
 
$
1,458,600
 
$
1,511,904,886
 
 
(1)
Includes ESOP and RRP stock purchases equal to 8.0 and 4.0 percent of total shares issued, respectively.
(2)
ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3)
ESOP borrowings are amortized over 15 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 33.0 percent rate.
(4)
Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assumes 25 percent is taxable.
(5)
RRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 33.0 percent.
 
 
 

 
 
Exhibit 4
PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
At the Midpoint
           
1.
Pro Forma Market Capitalization
 
$
135,200,000
 
 
Less: Foundation Shares
   
5,200,000
 
2.
Offering Proceeds
 
$
130,000,000
 
 
Less: Estimated Offering Expenses
   
3,072,090
 
 
Net Conversion Proceeds
 
$
126,927,910
 
           
3.
Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds
       
           
 
Net Conversion Proceeds
 
$
126,927,910
 
 
Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation
   
(0
)
 
Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)
   
16,224,000
 
 
Net Proceeds Reinvested
 
$
110,703,910
 
 
Estimated net incremental rate of return
   
1.35
%
 
Reinvestment Income
 
$
1 ,490,850
 
 
Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)
   
0
 
 
Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)
   
483,115
 
 
Less: Amortization of Options (4)
   
863,360
 
 
Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)
   
724,672
 
 
Net Earnings Impact
 
($
580,297
)
 
               
Net
     
           
Before
 
Earnings
 
After
 
4.
Pro Forma Earnings
       
Conversion
 
Increase
 
Conversion
 
                             
 
12 Months ended December 31, 2010 (reported)
       
$
4,869,000
 
($
580,297
)
$
4,288,703
 
 
12 Months ended December 31, 2010 (core)
       
$
3,188,000
 
($
580,297
)
$
2,607,703
 
                             
     
Before
 
Net Cash
 
Tax Benefit
 
After
 
5.
Pro Forma Net Worth
 
Conversion
 
Proceeds
 
Of Contribution
 
Conversion
 
                             
 
December 31, 2010
 
$
94,993,000
 
$
110,703,910
 
$
1,716,000
 
$
207,412,910
 
 
December 31, 2010 (Tangible)
 
$
94,993,000
 
$
110,703,910
 
$
1,716,000
 
$
207,412,910
 
                             
     
Before
 
Net Cash
 
Tax Benefit
 
After
 
6.
Pro Forma Assets
 
Conversion
 
Proceeds
 
Of Contribution
 
Conversion
 
                     
 
December 31, 2010
 
$
1,416,630,000
 
$
110,703,910
 
$
1,716,000
 
$
1,529,049,910
 
 
(1)
Includes ESOP and RRP stock purchases equal to 8.0 and 4.0 percent of total shares issued, respectively.
(2)
ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3)
ESOP borrowings are amortized over 15 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 33.0 percent rate.
(4)
Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assumes 25 percent is taxable.
(5)
RRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 33.0 percent.
 
 
 

 
 
Exhibit 4
PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
At the Maximum Value
           
1.
Pro Forma Market Capitalization
 
$
155,480,000
 
 
Less: Foundation Shares
   
5,980,000
 
2.
Offering Proceeds
 
$
149,500,000
 
 
Less: Estimated Offering Expenses
   
3,250,866
 
 
Net Conversion Proceeds
 
$
146,249,134
 
           
3.
Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds
       
           
 
Net Conversion Proceeds
 
$
146,249,134
 
 
Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation
   
(0
)
 
Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)
   
18,657,600
 
 
Net Proceeds Reinvested
 
$
127,591,534
 
 
Estimated net incremental rate of return
   
1.35
%
 
Reinvestment Income
 
$
1,718,275
 
 
Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)
   
0
 
 
Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)
   
555,582
 
 
Less: Amortization of Options (4)
   
992,864
 
 
Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)
   
833,373
 
 
Net Earnings Impact
 
($
663,544
)
 
                 
Net
       
           
Before
 
Earnings
 
After
 
4.
Pro Forma Earnings
       
Conversion
 
Increase
 
Conversion
 
                             
 
12 Months ended December 31, 2010 (reported)
       
$
4,869,000
 
($
663,544
)
$
4,205,456
 
 
12 Months ended December 31, 2010 (core)
       
$
3,188,000
 
($
663,544
)
$
2,524,456
 
                             
                             
     
Before
 
Net Cash
 
Tax Benefit
 
After
 
5.
Pro Forma Net Worth
 
Conversion
 
Proceeds
 
Of Contribution
 
Conversion
 
                             
 
December 31, 2010
 
$
94,993,000
 
$
127,591,534
 
$
1,973,400
 
$
224,557,934
 
 
December 31, 2010 (Tangible)
 
$
94,993,000
 
$
127,591,534
 
$
1,973,400
 
$
224,557,934
 
                             
     
Before
 
Net Cash
 
Tax Benefit
 
After
 
6.
Pro Forma Assets
 
Conversion
 
Proceeds
 
Of Contribution
 
Conversion
 
                             
 
December 31, 2010
 
$
1,416,630,000
 
$
127,591,534
 
$
1,973,400
 
$
1,546,194,934
 
 
(1)
Includes ESOP and RRP stock purchases equal to 8.0 and 4.0 percent of total shares issued, respectively.
(2)
ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3)
ESOP borrowings are amortized over 15 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 33.0 percent rate.
(4)
Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assumes 25 percent is taxable.
(5)
RRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 33.0 percent.
 
 
 

 

Exhibit 4
PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
At the Supermaximum Value
 
1.
Pro Forma Market Capitalization
 
$
178,802,000
 
 
Less: Foundation Shares
   
6,877,000
 
2.
Offering Proceeds
 
$
171,925,000
 
 
Less: Estimated Offering Expenses
   
3,456,458
 
 
Net Conversion Proceeds
 
$
168,468,542
 
           
3.
Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds
       
           
 
Net Conversion Proceeds
 
$
168,468,542
 
 
Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation
   
(0
)
 
Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)
   
21,456,240
 
 
Net Proceeds Reinvested
 
$
147,012,302
 
 
Estimated net incremental rate of return
   
1.35
%
 
Reinvestment Income
 
$
1,979,815
 
 
Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)
   
0
 
 
Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)
   
638,919
 
 
Less: Amortization of Options (4)
   
1,141,794
 
 
Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)
   
958,379
 
 
Net Earnings Impact
 
($
759,277
)
 
                 
Net
       
           
Before
 
Earnings
 
After
 
4.
Pro Forma Earnings
       
Conversion
 
Increase
 
Conversion
 
                             
 
12 Months ended December 31, 2010 (reported)
       
$
4,869,000
 
($
759,277
)
$
4,109,723
 
 
12 Months ended December 31, 2010 (core)
       
$
3,188,000
 
($
759,277
)
$
2,428,723
 
                             
     
Before
 
Net Cash
 
Tax Benefit
 
After
 
5.
Pro Forma Net Worth
 
Conversion
 
Proceeds
 
Of Contribution
 
Conversion
 
                             
 
December 31, 2010
 
$
94,993,000
 
$
147,012,302
 
$
2,269,410
 
$
244,274,712
 
 
December 31, 2010 (Tangible)
 
$
94,993,000
 
$
147,012,302
 
$
2,269,410
 
$
244,274,712
 
                             
     
Before
 
Net Cash
 
Tax Benefit
 
After
 
6.
Pro Forma Assets
 
Conversion
 
Proceeds
 
Of Contribution
 
Conversion
 
                             
 
December 31, 2010
 
$
1,416,630,000
 
$
147,012,302
 
$
2,269,410
 
$
1,565,911,712
 
 
(1)
Includes ESOP and RRP stock purchases equal to 8.0 and 4.0 percent of total shares issued, respectively.
(2)
ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3)
ESOP borrowings are amortized over 15 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 33.0 percent rate.
(4)
Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assumes 25 percent is taxable.
(5)
RRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 33.0 percent.
 
 
 

 
 

EXHIBIT 5
 
Firm Qualifications Statement
 
 
 

 
 
RP FINANCIAL, LC.
 
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
 
FIRM QUALIFICATIONS STATEMENT
 
RP Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) provides financial and management consulting, merger advisory and valuation services to the financial services companies, including banks, thrifts, credit unions, insurance companies, mortgage companies and others. We offer a broad array of services, high quality and prompt service, hands-on involvement by our senior staff, careful structuring of strategic initiatives and sophisticated valuation and other analyses consistent with industry practices and regulatory requirements. Our staff has extensive consulting, valuation, financial advisory and industry backgrounds.
 
STRATEGIC PLANNING SERVICES
 
RP Financial’s strategic planning services, for established or de novo banking companies, provide effective feasible plans with quantifiable results to enhance shareholder value, achieve regulatory approval or realize other objectives. We conduct situation analyses; establish mission/vision statements, develope strategic goals and objectives; and identify strategies to enhance value, address capital, increase earnings, manage risk and tackle operational or organizational matters. Our proprietary financial simulation models facilitate the evaluation of the feasibility, impact and merit of alternative financial strategies.
 
MERGER ADVISORY SERVICES
 
RP Financial’s merger advisory services include targeting buyers and sellers, assessing acquisition merit, conducting due diligence, negotiating and structuring deal terms, preparing merger business plans and financial simulations, rendering fairness opinions, preparing fair valuation analyses and supporting post-merger strategies. RP Financial is also expert in de novo charters, shelf charters and failed bank deals with loss sharing or other assistance. Through financial simulations, valuation proficiency and regulatory familiarity, RP Financial’s merger advisory services center on enhancing shareholder returns.
 
VALUATION SERVICES
 
RP Financial’s extensive valuation practice includes mergers, thrift stock conversions, insurance company demutualizations, merger valuation and goodwill impairment, ESOPs, going private, secondary offerings and other purposes. We are highly experienced in performing appraisals conforming with regulatory guidelines and appraisal standards. RP Financial is the nation’s leading valuation firm for thrift stock conversions, with offerings ranging up to $4 billion.
 
MANAGEMENT STUDIES
 
RP Financial provides effective organizational planning, and we are often engaged to prepare independent management studies required for regulatory enforcement actions. We evaluate Board, management and staffing needs, assess existing talent and capabilities and make strategic recommendations for new positions, replacement, succession and other organizational matters.
 
ENTERPRISE RISK ASSESSMENT SERVICES
 
RP Financial provides effective enterprise risk assessment consulting services to assist our clients in evaluating the degree to which they have properly identified, understood, measured, monitored and controlled enterprise risk as part of a deliberate risk/reward strategy and to help them implement strategies to mitigate risk, enhance performance, ensure effective reporting and compliance with laws and regulations and avoid potential future damage to their reputation and associated consequences and to mitigate residual risk and unanticipated losses.
 
OTHER CONSULTING SERVICES
 
RP Financial provides other consulting services including evaluating regulatory changes, development diversification and branching strategies, conducting feasibility studies and other research, and preparing management studies in response to regulatory enforcement actions. We assist clients with CRA plans and revising policies and procedures. Our other consulting services are aided by proprietary valuation and financial simulation models.
         
KEY PERSONNEL (Years of Relevant Experience & Contact Information)
Ronald S. Riggins, Managing Director (31)
 
(703) 647-6543
 
rriggins@rpfinancial.com
William E. Pommerening, Managing Director (27)
 
(703) 647-6546
 
wpommerening@rpfinancial.com
Gregory E. Dunn, Director (28)
 
(703) 647-6548
 
gdunn@rpfinancial.com
James P. Hennessey, Director (25)
 
(703) 647-6544
 
jhennessey@rpfinancial.com
James J. Oren, Director (24)
 
(703) 647-6549
 
joren@rpfinancial.com
Marcus Faust, Senior Vice President (23)
 
(703) 647-6553
 
mfaust@rpfinancial.com
Timothy M. Biddle, Senior Vice President (21)
 
(703) 647-6552
 
tbiddle@rpfinancial.com
Janice Hollar, Senior Vice President (29)
 
(703) 647-6554
 
jhollar@rpfinancial.com
         
 
RP Financial, LC.
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
Arlington, VA 22201
Phone: (703) 528-1700
Fax: (703) 528-1788
www.rpfinancial.com
 
1

Exhibit 99.4
 
Farmington Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dear Depositor:
 
We are pleased to announce that Farmington Bank is converting from the mutual to the stock form of ownership.  Farmington Bank will be the wholly-owned subsidiary of a newly formed stock holding company to be known as First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.  In connection with the conversion, First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock in a subscription and community offering pursuant to a Plan of Conversion.
 
Because we believe you may be interested in learning more about an the merits of an investment in the common stock of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., we are sending you the following materials which describe the offering:
 
PROSPECTUS: This document provides detailed information about Farmington Bank’s operations and the proposed offering of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. common stock.
 
STOCK ORDER AND CERTIFICATION FORM: This form can be used to purchase stock by returning it with your payment in the enclosed business reply envelope. Your completed stock order and certification form must be received (not postmarked) by 12:00 Noon, Eastern Time, on ________________, 2011.
 
As a depositor of Farmington Bank on December 31, 2009 or March 31, 2011, in accordance with the priorities set forth in the prospectus, you will have the opportunity to buy common stock directly from First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. in the offering without paying a commission or fee.  If you have any questions regarding the conversion and stock offering, please call our Stock Information Center, toll free, at (877) 860-2086, Monday through Friday, 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time.
 
We are pleased to offer you this opportunity to become a shareholder of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
 
Sincerely,
 
 
 
 
John J. Patrick, Jr.
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
 
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
 
F
 
 
 

 
 
Read This First
 
Guidance for Account Holders
 
Farmington Bank is in the process of selling stock to the public in a mutual-to-stock conversion. As a depositor of Farmington Bank, you have certain priority subscription rights to purchase stock in the offering. These priority subscription rights are non-transferable. If you subscribe for stock, you will be asked to sign a statement that the purchase is for your own account, and that you have no agreement or understanding regarding the subsequent sale or transfer of any shares you receive.
 
On occasion, unscrupulous people attempt to persuade depositors to transfer subscription rights, or to purchase shares in the offering based on the understanding that the shares will subsequently be transferred to others. Such arrangements violate federal regulations. If you participate in these schemes, you are breaking the law and may be subject to prosecution. If someone attempts to persuade you to participate in such a scheme, please contact the First Connecticut Bancorp Stock Information Center at (877) 860-2086. First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. is very interested in ensuring that the prohibitions on transfer of subscription rights are not violated.
 
How will you know if you are being approached illegally? Typically, a fraudulent opportunist will approach you and offer to “loan” you money to purchase a significant amount of stock in the offering. In exchange for that “loan” you most likely will be asked either to transfer control of any stock purchased with that money to an account the other person controls, or sell the stock and give the majority of the profits to the other person. You may be told, untruthfully, that there is no risk to you, that the practice is common, and even if you are caught, that your legal expenses will be covered.
 
On the back of this page is a list of some key concepts that you should keep in mind when considering whether to participate in a mutual-to-stock conversion.  If you have questions, please contact the Stock Information Center at (877) 860-2086.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reg

 
 

 

What Investors Need to Know
 
Key concepts for investors to bear in mind when considering whether to participate in a conversion offering, include the following:
 
 
Know the Rules – By law, account holders cannot sell or transfer their priority subscription rights, or the stock itself, prior to the completion of a financial institution’s conversion. Moreover, account holders cannot enter into agreements or arrangements to sell or transfer either their subscription rights or the underlying conversion stock.
 
 
“Neither a Borrower nor a Lender Be” – If someone offers to lend you money so that you can participate or participate more fully in a conversion, be extremely wary. Be even more wary if the source of the money is someone you do not know. The loan agreement may make you unable to certify truthfully that you are the true holder of the subscription rights and the true purchaser of the stock and that you have no agreements regarding the sale or transfer of the stock.
 
 
Watch Out for Opportunists – The opportunist may tell you that he or she is a lawyer or a consultant or a professional investor, or some similarly impressive tale, who has experience with similar mutual conversion transactions. The opportunist may go to extreme lengths to assure you that the arrangement you are entering into is legitimate. They might tell you that they have done scores of these transactions and that this is simply how they work. Or they might downplay the warnings or restrictions in the prospectus or order form, telling you that “everyone” enters into such agreements or that the deal they are offering is legitimate. They may also tell you that you have no risk in the transaction. The cold, hard truth is that these are lies, and if you participate, you are breaking the law.
 
 
Get the Facts from the Source – If you have any questions about the offering, ask the Bank for more information. If you have any doubts about a transaction proposed to you by someone else, ask the Bank whether the proposed arrangement is proper. You may be able to find helpful resources on the institution’s website or by visiting a branch office.
 
The bottom line for investors is always to remember that if an opportunity sounds too good to be true, it probably is too good to be true.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reg

 
 

 

GRAPHIC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  To Depositors and Friends Of Farmington Bank

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, is assisting Farmington Bank in converting from the mutual to the stock form of ownership. Upon completion of the conversion, Farmington Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the newly formed stock holding company, First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.  In connection with the conversion, First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock in a subscription and community offering pursuant to a Plan of Conversion.
 
At the request of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., we are enclosing materials explaining this process and your options, including an opportunity to invest in the shares of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. common stock being offered to depositors of Farmington Bank and various other persons until 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on _______________, 2011.  Please read the enclosed prospectus carefully for a complete description of the stock offering.  First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. has asked us to forward the prospectus and accompanying documents to you in view of certain requirements of the securities laws in your state.
 
If you have any questions regarding the conversion and stock offering, please call our Stock Information Center, toll free, at (877) 860-2086, Monday through Friday, 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time.
 
Very truly yours,
 
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
 
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
 
BD

 
 

 
 
Farmington Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dear Prospective Investor:
 
We are pleased to announce that Farmington Bank is converting from the mutual to the stock form of ownership.  Farmington Bank will be the wholly-owned subsidiary of a newly formed stock holding company to be known as First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.  In connection with the conversion, First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock in a subscription and community offering pursuant to a Plan of Conversion.  Please refer to the enclosed prospectus for further details.
 
We have enclosed the following materials that will help you learn more about the merits of an investment in the common stock of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.  Please read and review the materials carefully.
 
PROSPECTUS: This document provides detailed information about Farmington Bank’s operations and a complete discussion of the proposed conversion and stock offering.
 
STOCK ORDER AND CERTIFICATION FORM: This form can be used to purchase stock by returning it with your payment in the enclosed business reply envelope.  Your completed stock order and certification form must be received (not postmarked) by 12:00 Noon, Eastern Time, on ________________, 2011.
 
We invite you and other community members to become shareholders of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. Through this offering you have the opportunity to buy stock directly from First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. without paying a commission or a fee.
 
If you have any questions regarding the conversion and stock offering, please call our Stock Information Center, toll free, at (877) 860-2086, Monday through Friday, 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time.
 
Sincerely,
 
 
 
 
John J. Patrick, Jr.
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
 
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
 
C

 
 

 
 
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Proposed Holding Company for Farmington Bank
 
 
 
 
Questions
and
Answers
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
 
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.

 
 

 
 
FACTS ABOUT CONVERSION
 
The Board of Directors of Farmington Bank has adopted a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) to convert from the mutual to the stock form of ownership.
 
This pamphlet answers some of the most frequently asked questions about the conversion and about your opportunity to invest in the common stock of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., a newly-formed corporation that will become the holding company for Farmington Bank following the conversion.
 
Investment in the common stock of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. involves certain risks. For a discussion of these risks and other factors, including a complete description of the offering, investors are urged to read the accompanying prospectus , especially the discussion under the heading “Risk Factors.”
 
WHY IS FARMINGTON BANK CONVERTING TO STOCK FORM?

The reasons for the conversion and our decision to conduct the offering are to provide us with additional capital to support our organic strategic growth plans; maintain a strong capital position exceeding regulatory guidelines; achieve enhanced profitability by growing our assets; expand products and services to meet the needs of our customers; allow us to continue to retain and attract talented and experienced employees through stock based compensation; and increase our philanthropic endeavors to the communities we serve through the formation and funding of a new charitable foundation.
 
WHAT EFFECT WILL THE CONVERSION HAVE ON EXISTING DEPOSIT AND LOAN ACCOUNTS AND CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS?

The conversion will have no effect on existing deposit or loan accounts and customer relationships. Deposits will continue to be federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the maximum legal limit. Interest rates and existing terms and conditions on deposit accounts will remain the same upon completion of the conversion. Contractual obligations of borrowers of Farmington Bank will not change and there will be no change in the amount, interest rate, maturity, security or any other condition relating to the respective loans of customers.
 
ARE FARMINGTON BANK S DEPOSITORS REQUIRED TO PURCHASE STOCK IN THE CONVERSION?

No depositor or other person is required to purchase stock. However, depositors and other eligible persons will be provided the opportunity to purchase stock consistent with the established priority of subscription rights contained in the Plan, should they so desire. The decision to purchase stock will be exclusively that of each person. Whether an individual decides to purchase stock or not will have no positive or negative impact on his or her standing as a customer of Farmington Bank. The conversion will allow depositors of Farmington Bank an opportunity to buy common stock and become shareholders of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
 
WHO IS ELIGIBLE TO PURCHASE COMMON SHARES IN THE SUBSCRIPTION AND COMMUNITY OFFERINGS?

Pursuant to the Plan, non-transferable rights to subscribe for shares of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority.
 
Priority 1 – Depositors with an aggregate balance of at least $50 with Farmington Bank at the close of business on December 31, 2009;
 
1
 
 
 

 
 
Priority 2 – Our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan;
 
Priority 3 – Depositors with an aggregate balance of at least $50 with Farmington Bank at the close of business on March 31, 2011.
 
Shares not purchased in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with preferences given to the following classes of persons:  (i) natural persons residing in Hartford County, Connecticut, and (ii) natural persons residing elsewhere in Connecticut.
 
Shares not sold in the Subscription and Community Offerings may be offered for sale through a Syndicated Community Offering to the general public.
 
HOW MANY COMMON SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED AND AT WHAT PRICE?

First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. is offering up to 14,950,000  shares of common stock, subject to adjustment as described in the prospectus, at a price of $10.00 per share, through the prospectus.
 
HOW MANY SHARES MAY I BUY?

The minimum order is 25 shares. The maximum order for an individual is 30,000 shares. In addition, no person, together with associates of, and persons acting in concert with such person, may purchase more than 60,000 shares, as further discussed in the prospectus.
 
WILL THE COMMON STOCK BE INSURED?

No. Like any other common stock, First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock will not be insured.
 
HOW DO I ORDER THE COMMON STOCK ?

You must complete and return the enclosed Stock Order and Certification Form. Instructions for completing your Stock Order and Certification Form are included with the form. Your order must be received (not postmarked) by 12:00 Noon, Eastern Time, on ______________, 2011.  Delivery of an original Stock Order and Certification Form (we are not required to accept copies or facsimilies) and full payment may be made by mail, using the Stock Order Reply Envelope provided, by overnight courier to the indicated address on the Stock Order and Certification Form, or by hand-delivery to any of our full service banking locations.  Please do not mail Stock Order and Certification Forms to Farmington Bank.
 
HOW MAY I PAY FOR MY COMMON STOCK ?

First, you may pay for common stock by check or money order made payable to First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. Interest will be paid by First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. on these funds at Farmington Bank’s passbook rate from the day the funds are received until the completion or termination of the conversion. Second, you may authorize us to withdraw funds from your savings account or certificate of deposit at Farmington Bank for payment. You will not have access to these funds from the day we receive your order until completion or termination of the conversion. There is no penalty for early withdrawal from a certificate of deposit for the purpose of purchasing First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. common stock.
 
2

 
 

 

CAN I PURCHASE STOCK USING FUNDS IN MY FARMINGTON BANK IRA ACCOUNT?

Unfortunately, stock can not be held in IRAs at Farmington Bank. To use funds in your Farmington Bank IRA to purchase First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. stock, you must establish a self-directed IRA at an unaffiliated brokerage firm or trust department to which you can transfer a portion or all of your IRA at Farmington Bank. Please contact your broker or self-directed IRA provider as soon as possible if you want to explore this option, as such transactions take time.  Your ability to use such funds for this purchase may depend on time constraints, because this type of purchase requires additional processing time.
 
WILL DIVIDENDS BE PAID ON THE COMMON STOCK?

Following completion of the offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. In the future, our board of directors intends to consider a policy of paying cash dividends on the common stock. However, no decision has been made with respect to the payment of dividends. No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, will not be reduced or eliminated in the future.
 
HOW WILL THE COMMON STOCK BE TRADED ?

First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.’s stock is expected to trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “FBNK.” However, no assurance can be given that an active and liquid market will develop.
 
ARE EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF FARMINGTON BANK PLANNING TO PURCHASE STOCK ?

Yes! The executive officers and directors of Farmington Bank plan to purchase, in the aggregate, $2,475,000 worth of stock or approximately 1.9% of the common stock offered at the midpoint of the offering range.
 
MUST I PAY A COMMISSION ?

No. You will not be charged a commission or fee on the purchase of common stock in the conversion.
 
For additional information please call our stock information center Monday through Friday, 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern time.
 
 
STOCK INFORMATION CENTER
 
(877) 860-2086
 
Farmington Bank
One Farm Glen Boulevard
Farmington, CT
 
3

Exhibit 99.5
 
STOCK ORDER AND CERTIFICATION FORM
 
 
 
First
Connecticut
Bancorp, Inc.
 
SEND OVERNIGHT PACKAGES TO:
First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
Stock Order Processing Center
10 South Wacker, Suite 3400, Chicago, IL 60606
(877) 860-2086
 
ORDER DEADLINE: The Subscription Offering ends at 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on ____________, ____. Your original Stock Order and Certification Form, properly executed and with the correct payment, must be received (not postmarked) by the deadline or it will be considered void. Orders will be accepted at the address on the top of this form, the PO Box address on the business reply envelope provided or by hand delivery to our Stock Information Center located at any of our full service banking locations. Faxes or copies of this form will not be accepted. First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. reserves the right to accept or reject improper order forms.
(1) Number of Shares
      Price Per Share           (2) Total Amount Due
   
(4) Purchaser Information (check one)
   
   x  $10.00 =
$                         .00      
 
a.  o
 
 
 
 
b.  o
 
 
 
 
 
c.  o
 
 
d.  o
 
e.  o
 
 
Eligible Account Holder – Check here if you were a depositor with at least $50 on deposit with Farmington Bank as of the close of business on December 31, 2009. Enter information in Section 9 for all deposit accounts that you had at Farmington Bank on December 31, 2009.
 
Supplemental Eligible Account Holder – Check here if you were a depositor with at least $50 on deposit with Farmington Bank as of the close of business on March 31, 2011 but were not an Eligible Account Holder. Enter information in Section 9 for all deposit accounts that you had at Farmington Bank as of March 31, 2011.
 
Local  Community  –  Natural  persons  residing  in  Hartford  County,  Connecticut.
 
Natural persons residing in elsewhere in Connecticut.
 
General Public.
 
Minimum Number of Shares: 25 ($250). Generally, no person may purchase more than 30,000 shares ($300,000), and no person together with his or her associates or group of persons acting in concert may purchase more than 60,000 shares ($600,000).
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
(3a) Method of Payment- Check or Money Order
Enclosed is a personal check, bank check or money order
made payable to First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
$                                .
   
   
     
     
(3b) Method of Payment- Deposit Account Withdrawal
   
Farmington Bank Savings or Certificate Account Number(s)  Withdrawal
Amount(s)
   
MARK THE
Savings   o
     
ACCOUNT
       
TYPE
CD            o
   $
   
MARK THE
Savings   o
     
ACCOUNT
       
TYPE
CD            o
   $
   
MARK THE
Savings   o
     
ACCOUNT
       
TYPE
CD            o
   $
   
(Do not list checking accounts)                    Total Withdrawal
    $
   
(5) Check if you (or a household family member) are a: o  Director or Officer of Farmington Bank or First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.  o Employee of Farmington Bank or First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.
(6) Maximum Purchaser Identification: o  Check here if you, individually or together with others (see section 7), are subscribing for the maximum purchase allowed and are interested in purchasing more shares if the maximum purchase limitation is increased. See Section 1 of the Stock Order Form Instructions provided.
(7) Associates/Acting in Concert: o  Check here if you, or any associates or persons acting in concert with you, have submitted other orders for shares. If you check this box, list below all other orders submitted by you or your associates or by persons acting in concert with you. See reverse side of this form for further details.
Name(s) listed in Section 8 on other Order Forms
Number of Shares Ordered
 
Name(s) listed in Section 8 on other Order Forms
Number of Shares Ordered
         
         
         

(8) Stock Registration - Please Print Legibly and Fill Out Completely: (Note: The stock certificate and all correspondence related to this stock order will be mailed to the address provided below.)
o
Individual
o
Individual Retirement Account
o
Corporation
o
Joint Tenants
o
Uniform Transfer to Minors Act
o
Partnership
o
Tenants in Common
 
 
o
Trust - Under Agreement Dated_________
Name
       
SS# or Tax ID
           
Name
       
SS# or Tax ID
           
Address
       
Daytime Telephone #
           
City
State
Zip Code
  County
 
Evening Telephone #
           

(9) Qualifying Accounts: You should list any accounts that you may have or had with Farmington Bank in the box below. SEE THE STOCK ORDER FORM INSTRUCTION GUIDE FOR FURTHER DETAILS. All subscription orders are subject to the provisions of the stock offering. Attach a separate page if additional space is needed.
NAMES ON ACCOUNTS
ACCOUNT NUMBER
   
   
   
   
Please Note: Failure to list all of your accounts may result in the loss of part or all of your subscription rights.

(10) Acknowledgement, Certification and Signature: I understand that to be effective, this form, properly completed, together with full payment or withdrawal authorization, must be received by First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. no later than 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on ______________, 2011, otherwise this form and all of my subscription rights will be void. (continued on reverse side of form)
*** ORDER NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED ***
ONE SIGNATURE REQUIRED, UNLESS SECTION (3b) OF THIS FORM INCLUDES ACCOUNTS REQUIRING MORE THAN ONE SIGNATURE TO AUTHORIZE WITHDRAWAL
Signature
Date
 
Signature
Date
         
For Internal Use Only
 
REC’D _________ CHECK# ____________ $____________ CHECK#___________ $_________ BATCH # ________ ORDER # ________ CATEGORY ______
 
 
 

 
 
(7) Associates/Acting In Concert (continued from front side of Stock Order Form)
 
Associate – The term “associate” of a person means:
1)
Any corporation or organization, other than First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. or Farmington Bank, of which the person is an officer, partner or 10% beneficial stockholder;
2)
Any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; provided, however, it does not include any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and
3)
Any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either lives in the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. or Farmington Bank.
   
Acting in Concert – The term “acting in concert” means:
1)
Knowing participation in a joint activity or parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or
2)
A combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any arrangement, whether written or otherwise.
   
A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) also will be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.
 
Please see the Prospectus section entitled “The Conversion and Offering – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” for more information on purchase limitations and a more detailed description of “associates” and “acting in concert.”
 
(10) Acknowledgment, Certification and Signature (continued from, AND TO BE SIGNED, on the front side of Stock Order Form)
 
I agree that after receipt by First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., this Stock Order Form may not be modified or cancelled without First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.’s consent, and that if withdrawal from a deposit account has been authorized, the authorized amount will not otherwise be available for withdrawal. Under penalty of perjury, I certify that (1) the Social Security or Tax ID information and all other information provided hereon are true, correct and complete, (2) I am purchasing shares solely for my own account and that there is no agreement or understanding regarding the sale of such shares, or my right to subscribe for shares, and (3) I am not subject to backup withholding tax [cross out (3) if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding]. I acknowledge that my order does not conflict with the maximum purchase limitation of 60,000 shares of common stock issued in the conversion for any person or entity together with associates of, or persons acting in concert with, such person, or entity, in all categories of the offering, combined, as set forth in the Prospectus dated _______________, 2011.
 
Subscription rights pertain to those eligible to subscribe in the Subscription Offering. Federal and State regulations prohibit any person from transferring or entering into any agreement directly or indirectly to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of subscription rights, or the underlying securities, to the account of another.
 
I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ARE NOT A DEPOSIT OR ACCOUNT AND ARE NOT FEDERALLY INSURED, AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED BY FIRST CONNECTICUT BANCORP, INC. OR FARMINGTON BANK OR BY THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT.
 
I further certify that, before purchasing the common stock of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., I received the Prospectus dated _______________, 2011, and that I have read the terms and conditions described in the Prospectus, including disclosure concerning the nature of the security being offered and the risks involved in the investment described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page __, which risks include but are not limited to the following:
 
RISK FACTORS
1.    A substantial portion of our loan portfolio consists of commercial real estate loans and commercial loans, which expose us to increased risks and could adversely impact our earnings.
2.      Our loan portfolio possesses increased risk due to its rapid expansion and unseasoned nature.
3.      Our loan portfolio includes timeshare loans, the performance of which has been negatively impacted by the downturn in the economy and in turn could negatively impact our profitability.
4.      Our lack of geographic diversification increases our risk profile.
5.    If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.
6.      Future changes in interest rates may reduce our profits which could have a negative impact on the value of our stock.
7.      We opened new branches in 2010 and expect to continue branch expansion which may result in losses at those branches initially as they generate new deposit and loan portfolios, and negatively impact our earnings.
8.      Strong competition within Farmington Bank’s market area may limit our growth and profitability.
9.      If our government banking deposits were lost within a short period of time, this could negatively impact our liquidity and earnings.
10.    The loss of our Chief Executive Officer could adversely impact our business.
11.  The local and national economies remain weak and unemployment levels are high. A prolonged economic downturn will adversely affect our business and financial results.
12.    Passage of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act will increase our operational and compliance costs.
13.    Higher Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums and special assessments will adversely affect our earnings.
14.    We operate in a highly regulated environment and our business may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.
15.    We face various technological risks that could adversely affect our business.
16.    The future price of the shares of common stock may be less than the $10.00 purchase price per share in the offering.
17.    You may not revoke your decision to purchase First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the subscription or community offering after you send us your order.
18.  Our failure to deploy the net proceeds effectively may have an adverse impact on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.
19.    Our return on equity will be low following the stock offering. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.
20.    Our implementation of one or more new stock benefits plans may dilute your ownership interest.
21.    The implementation of our employee stock ownership plan and one or more new stock benefit plans will increase our compensation and benefit expenses and adversely affect our profitability.
22.    There may be a limited market for our common stock, which may lower our stock price and make it more difficult for investors to sell their shares of our common stock.
23.    The issuance of shares to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. will dilute your ownership interests and adversely affect our net income.
24.  Our contribution to Farmington Bank Community Foundation, Inc. may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits.
25.    Our stock value may suffer from anti-takeover provisions that may impede potential takeovers.
 
EXECUTION OF THIS CERTIFICATION FORM WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY RIGHTS THAT A PURCHASER MAY HAVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, BOTH AS AMENDED.

 
 

 
 
   
First Connecticut
Bancorp, Inc.
 
 
Stock Order Form Instructions
Stock Information Center: (877) 860-2086
   

Stock Order Form Instructions – All subscription orders are subject to the provisions of the stock offering.
 
Item 1 and 2 - Fill in the number of shares that you wish to purchase and the total payment due. The amount due is determined by multiplying the number of shares ordered by the subscription price of $10.00 per share. The minimum purchase is 25 shares. Generally, the maximum purchase for any person is 30,000 shares. No person, together with “associates,” as defined in the prospectus, and persons “acting in concert,” as defined in the prospectus, may purchase more than 60,000 shares of common stock sold in the offering. For additional information, see “The Conversion and Offering – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” in the Prospectus.
 
Item 3a Payment for shares may be made by check, bank draft or money order payable to First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. DO NOT MAIL CASH. Cash will only be accepted in person at the Stock Information Center. Your funds will earn interest at Farmington Bank’s passbook savings rate until the stock offering is completed.
 
Item 3b - To pay by withdrawal from a savings account or certificate of deposit at Farmington Bank insert the account number(s) and the amount(s) you wish to withdraw from each account. If more than one signature is required for a withdrawal, all signatories must sign in the signature box on the front of the Stock Order Form. To withdraw from an account with checking privileges, please write a check . Farmington Bank will waive any applicable penalties for early withdrawal from certificate of deposit accounts (CDs). A hold will be placed on the account(s) for the amount(s) you indicate to be withdrawn. Payments will remain in account(s) until the offering closes and earn their respective rate of interest, but will not be available for your use until the completion of the conversion.
 
Item 4 - Please check the appropriate box to tell us the earliest of the two dates that apply to you, or the local community or general public boxes if you were not a member of Farmington Bank on either of the key dates.
 
Item 5 - Please check one of these boxes if you are a director, officer or employee of Farmington Bank or First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., or a member of such person’s household.
 
Item 6 - Please check the box, if applicable. If you check the box but have not subscribed for the maximum amount and did not complete Item 7, you may not be eligible to purchase more shares.
 
Item 7 - Check the box, if applicable, and provide the requested information. Attach a separate page, if necessary. In the Prospectus dated _______________, 2011, please see the section entitled “The Conversion and the Offering – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” for more information regarding the definition of “associate” and “acting in concert.”
 
Item 8 - The stock transfer industry has developed a uniform system of stockholder registrations that we will use in the issuance of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Please complete this section as fully and accurately as possible, and be certain to supply your social security or Tax I.D. number(s) and your daytime and evening phone numbers. We will need to call you if we cannot execute your order as given. If you have any questions regarding the registration of your stock, please consult your legal advisor or contact the Stock Information Center at (877) 860-2086. Subscription rights are not transferable. If you are an eligible or supplemental eligible account holder or other member, to protect your priority over other purchasers as described in the Prospectus, you must take ownership in at least one of the account holder’s names.
 
Item 9 - You should list any qualifying accounts that you have or may have had with Farmington Bank in the box located under the heading “Qualifying Accounts.” For example, if you are ordering stock in just your name, you should list all of your account numbers as of the earliest of the three dates that you were a depositor. Similarly, if you are ordering stock jointly with another depositor, you should list all account numbers under which either of you are owners, i.e. individual accounts, joint accounts, etc. If you are ordering stock in your minor child’s or grandchild’s name under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, the minor must have had an account number on one of the three dates and you should list only their account number(s). If you are ordering stock as a corporation, you need to list just that corporation’s account number, as your individual account number(s) do not qualify. Failure to list all of your qualifying deposit account numbers may result in the loss of part or all of your subscription rights.
 
Item 10 - Sign and date the form where indicated. Before you sign please read both sides of the Stock Order and Certification Form carefully and review the information which you have provided and read the acknowledgement. Only one signature is required, unless any account listed in Item 3b of this form requires more than one signature to authorize a withdrawal. Please review the Prospectus dated ____________, 2011 carefully before making an investment decision.
 
Should you have any questions, please call our Stock Information Center at (877) 860-2086 Monday – Friday from 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, except bank holidays.
 
(See Reverse Side for Stock Ownership Guide)
 
 
 

 

   
First Connecticut
Bancorp, Inc.
 
 
Stock Order Form Instructions
Stock Information Center: (877) 860-2086
   

Stock Ownership Guide
 
Individual - The stock is to be registered in an individual’s name only. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.
 
Joint Tenants - Joint tenants with rights of survivorship identifies two or more owners. When stock is held by joint tenants with rights of survivorship, ownership automatically passes to the surviving joint tenant(s) upon the death of any joint tenant. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.
 
Tenants in Common - Tenants in common may also identify two or more owners. When stock is to be held by tenants in common, upon the death of one co-tenant, ownership of the stock will be held by the surviving co-tenant(s) and by the heirs of the deceased co-tenant. All parties must agree to the transfer or sale of shares held by tenants in common. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.
 
Individual Retirement Account - Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”) holders may potentially make stock purchases from their existing IRA if it is a self-directed IRA or through a prearranged “trustee-to-trustee” transfer if their IRA is currently at Farmington Bank. The stock cannot be held in your Farmington Bank account . Please contact your broker or self-directed IRA account provider as quickly as possible to explore this option, as it may take a number of weeks to complete a trustee-to-trustee transfer and place a subscription in this manner.
   
Registration for IRA’s:
On Name Line 1 - List the name of the broker or trust department followed by CUST or TRUSTEE.
On Name Line 2 - FBO (for benefit of) YOUR NAME [IRA a/c #______].
Address will be that of the broker / trust department to where the stock certificate will be sent.
The Social Security / Tax I.D. number(s) will be either yours or your trustee’s, as the trustee directs.
Please list your phone numbers, not the phone numbers of your broker / trust department.
   
Uniform Transfers To Minors Act - For residents of Connecticut  and many states, stock may be held in the name of a custodian for the benefit of a minor under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act. In this form of ownership, the minor is the actual owner of the stock with the adult custodian being responsible for the investment until the child reaches legal age. Only one custodian and one minor may be designated.
   
Registration for UTMA:
On Name Line 1 - Print the name of the custodian followed by the abbreviation “CUST”
On Name Line 2 - FBO (for benefit of) followed by the name of the minor, followed by UTMA-CT (or your state’s abbreviation)
List only the minor’s social security number on the form.
 
Corporation/Partnership - Corporations/Partnerships may purchase stock. Please provide the Corporation/Partnership’s legal name and Tax I.D. To have subscription rights, the Corporation/Partnership must have an account in its legal name and Tax I.D. Please contact the Stock Information Center to verify depositor rights and purchase limitations.
 
Fiduciary/Trust - Generally, fiduciary relationships (such as Trusts, Estates, Guardianships, etc.) are established under a form of trust agreement or pursuant to a court order. Without a legal document establishing a fiduciary relationship, your stock may not be registered in a fiduciary capacity.
 
Instructions: On the first name line, print the first name, middle initial and last name of the fiduciary if the fiduciary is an individual. If the fiduciary is a corporation, list the corporate title on the first name line. Following the name, print the fiduciary title, such as trustee, executor, personal representative, etc. On the second name line, print the name of the maker, donor or testator or the name of the beneficiary. Following the name, indicate the type of legal document establishing the fiduciary relationship (agreement, court order, etc.). In the blank after “Under Agreement Dated,” fill in the date of the document governing the relationship. The date of the document need not be provided for a trust created by a will.
 
Should you have any questions, please call our Stock Information Center at (877) 860-2086 Monday – Friday from 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, except bank holidays.
 
(See Reverse Side for Stock Order Form Instructions)